GRANITE FINANCIAL INC
10QSB, 1997-05-15
EQUIPMENT RENTAL & LEASING, NEC
Previous: MARQUEE GROUP INC, 10QSB, 1997-05-15
Next: ROFIN SINAR TECHNOLOGIES INC, 10-Q, 1997-05-15



                              
             SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                   Washington, D.C. 20549
                              
                         Form 10-QSB

 x   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR  15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
                              
        For the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 1997

                             or
                              
__   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
             OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

          For the transition period from __________to__________

                    Commission file number 0-21591
                   GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.
 (Name of small business issuer as specified in its charter)
                              
          Delaware                               84-1349929
     (State of Incorporation)         (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                    6424 West 91st Avenue
                 Westminster, Colorado 80030
          (Address of principal executive offices)
                              
                       (303) 650-4059
                 (IssuerOs telephone number)

     Check whether the issuer (1) filed all reports required to
be filled by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the
past 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  X   No __

APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS
               DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS
                              
     Check whether the registrant filed all documents and reports
required to be filed by Section 12, 13, or 15 (d) of the Exchange
Act after the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed
by court.
Yes __   No__
     State the number of shares outstanding of each of the
issuerOs classes of common equity, as of the latest practicable
date.
 Common stock, $.001 par value, 3,725,000 shares outstanding
                    as of March 31, 1997
     Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (check one):
Yes __   No_X
                              
                              1
                   GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.
                              
                         FORM 10-QSB
                              
                QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
                              
                            INDEX
                              
PART 1.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION                   PAGE NO.

ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements:

      Consolidated Balance Sheets                   4
      Consolidated Statements of Operations         5
      Consolidated Statement of Changes in          6
      Members'/Stockholders' Equity
      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows        7-8
      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   9-15


ITEM 2. MANAGEMENTOS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN
      OF OPERATIONS                               16-23
     
PART 2. OTHER INFORMATION                          25

EXHIBITS

10.1 Trust and Security Agreement dated March 1, 1997, among
     GF   Funding  Corp.  III  (the  "Transferor"),  Granite
     Financial,   Inc.   (the   "Company"),   Norwest   Bank
     Minnesota,  National  Association (the  "Trustee")  and
     Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association (the "Back-
     up Servicer");

10.2 Lease   Acquisition  Agreement  dated  March  1,  1997,
     between the Company and the Transferor;

10.3 Servicing  Agreement dated March  1,  1997,  among  the
     Transferor,  the Company, the Trustee and  the  Back-up
     Servicer;

10.4 Unsecured Revolving Loan Agreement dated January  1997,
     in  the maximum principal amount of $2,000,000, between
     the  Company, as borrower, and Colorado National  Bank,
     as lender;
                              
10.5 Loan and Security Agreement dated February 4, 1997,  in
     the  maximum principal amount of $36,000,000, among the
     Company, as borrower, CoreStates Bank, as lead  lender,
     and certain other lenders specified therein.

10.6       Amendment  No. 1 to CoreStates Loan and  Security
     Agreement dated April 18, 1997.

10.7 Asset Purchase Agreement effective March 31, 1997 among
Granite Financial
      Acquisition Corp. I, Global Finance & Leasing,  Inc.
and Thomas Mannes.

11.1       Computation  of  Earnings per  Common  Share  and
     Common Equivalent Share

27   Financial Data Schedule


SIGNATURES                                         26

                              
                              3




          GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                              
                 Consolidated Balance Sheets



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                               
                                              June 30,       March 31,
                                                1996           1997
                                                             (Unaudited)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>
                               Assets
Cash and cash equivalents                     $ -             $4,774,653
Direct financing leases available for          8,671,869      11,194,158
 sale
Direct financing leases assigned to           22,575,827      17,340,624
 lender                                                     
Residual interest in securitized leases          -             6,107,119
Other receivables                                -               897,207
Prepaid and other assets                         255,716         389,786
Equipment held for sale                          -               349,628
Furniture and equipment, net of                            
 accumulated depreciation of $37,350             399,150         780,793
 (1996) and $130,210 (1997)                              
Loan origination fees, net of accumulated                  
 amortization of $20,885 (1996) and               450,342      1,072,183
 $76,354 (1997)                                           
Goodwill                                          -            2,588,567
                                                           
Total assets                                  $32,352,904    $45,494,718
                                                           
                       Liabilities and Equity
Line-of-credit (Note 4)                       $ 3,690,618    $ 5,685,655
Accounts payable and accrued expenses           1,050,308      1,114,798
Security deposits                                  -             401,570
Due to trustee                                     -             514,266
Due to seller of acquired business (Note 8)        -           1,884,000
Current and deferred income taxes payable          -             618,060
Limited recourse Class A note payable          20,761,785     16,293,489
Notes payable (Note 4)                          4,090,818      4,236,982
                                               29,593,529     30,748,820
Commitments (Note 3)                                       
                                                           
Common stock, $.001 par value; 20,000,000                  
 shares authorized; 3,725,000 shares               -               3,725 
 issued and outstanding                              
Additional paid-in capital                         -          13,750,310
Members' equity/retained earnings               2,759,375        991,863
   Total members' and stockholders' equity      2,759,375     14,745,898
     (Note 5)                                               
                                                           
Total liabilities and equity                  $32,352,904    $45,494,718
</TABLE>


       See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                              
                              4
                              
                     GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES            
                       Consolidated Statements of Operations
                                     (Unaudited)
                                                                  
                                                
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                  
                                 Three Months Ended    Nine Months Ended
                                     March 31,             March 31,
                                  1996       1997       1996       1997
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>   
Revenues
  Sales of leases (Note 2)    $3,895,621  $22,452,552  $16,380,270 $50,307,716
  Income from direct             117,138    1,006,884      135,200   2,918,388
   financing leases                               
       Total revenues          4,012,759   23,459,436   16,515,470  53,226,104
                                                                      
Costs
  Cost of leases sold (Note                                           
   2)                          3,650,426   20,864,725   15,296,597  46,876,077
  Provision for credit                                                
   losses                         45,000      311,686       46,619     442,686
  Interest expense                14,306      436,249       15,631   1,376,999
  Securitization expenses            -        113,926          -       257,157
    and amortization                  
       Total costs             3,709,732   21,726,586   15,358,847  48,952,919
                                                                      
Gross profit                     303,027    1,732,850    1,156,623   4,273,185
 Selling, general and                                                  
  administrative                 313,305      825,571      792,078   1,935,240
                                                                      
Income (loss) before income
 taxes                           (10,278)     907,279      364,545   2,337,945

Pro forma income tax expense
 (benefit) (see note below)       (3,803)     353,042      134,880     982,563

Pro forma net income (loss)     $ (6,475)    $554,237     $229,665  $1,355,382

Pro forma earnings per share        0.00         0.14         0.11        0.44

Weighted average number of pro
 forma common and common equivalent
 shares (Notes 1 and 5)        2,000,000    3,858,134    2,000,000   3,093,900
</TABLE>

Note:  Income taxes for the 1997 periods reflect federal and state income taxes
       and the nine months ended March 31, 1997 includes a one-time charge to 
       earnings of $100,000 as part of the reorganization from an LLC Company 
       to a C Corporation.  Income taxes for the 1996 periods reflect pro forma
       taxes at 37% as if the entity was taxed as a C Corporation.


       See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                              
                              5





                    GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members'/Stockholders' Equity
                 For the Period June 30, 1996 to March 31, 1997
                                  (Unaudited)
                                                                          
                                                                          
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Additional
                   Members'     Common Stock      Paid-in    Retained
                    Equity    Shares     Amount    Capital    Earnings    Total
<S>                  <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>

Balance, June 30, 
 1996              $2,759,375     -      $    -    $    -     $   -   $2,759,375
                                                                          
Net income for the 
 period July 1 - 
 October 25, 1996     363,519     -           -         -         -      363,519
                                                                          
Distribution to 
 members to pay tax
 liabilities related
 to the LLC (Note 5) (111,000)    -           -          -         -   (111,000)
                                                                          
Restructuring of
 Granite Financial,
 LLC into Granite 
 Financial, Inc. (3,011,894) 2,000,000 2,000    3,009,894      -          -
                                                                          
Issuance of common
 stock pursuant to
 initial public                                                 
 offering (net of
 issuance costs
 of $ 2,195,357)
 (Note 5)              -    1,725,000  1,725    10,740,416      -     10,742,141
                                                                          
Net income for the
 period October 26, 
 1996 March 31, 1997   -           -           -         -   991,863     991,863

Balance, March 31, 
 1997              $   -    3,725,000  $3,725  $13,750,310  $991,863 $14,745,898
                                                                          
</TABLE>                                           
                              
       See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                              
                              6




          GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                              
            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                         (Unaudited)
                                                         
                                                         
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                         
                                               For the Nine Months Ended
                                                        March 31,
                                                 1996             1997
<S>                                             <C>                 <C>
Cash flows from operating activities                           
 Net income                                   $   364,545      $1,355,382
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to                    
  net cash used in operating activities
   Provision for losses                            46,619         442,686
   Depreciation and amortization                   16,343         638,634
   Changes in operating assets and                          
    liabilities
     Direct financing leases available for                   
     sale                                      (8,545,283)      1,135,407
     Residual interest in securitized                        
      leases                                           -       (6,107,119)
     Other receivables                                 -         (885,860)
     Prepaids and other assets                    (55,505)       (218,107)
     Equipment held for sale                           -         (333,778)
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses       1,703,341       (252,205)
     Due to trustee                                    -          514,266
     Current and deferred income taxes                 -          597,063
     Security deposits                                 -          401,570
                                                (6,834,485)    (4,067,443)
     Net cash used in operating                            
      activities                                (6,469,940)    (2,712,061)
                                                           
Cash flows from investing activities                       
 Payments received on leases assigned to                   
  lender                                                -        5,235,203
 Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash                    
  acquired                                              -         (410,725)
 Purchase of furniture and equipment              (131,336)       (404,379)
     Net cash (used) provided by                           
      investing activities                        (131,336)      4,420,099
                                                           
Cash flows from financing activities                       
 Proceeds from notes payable                            -        1,032,255
 Principal payments on notes payable                    -       (5,056,627)
 Net proceeds from line-of-credit                4,919,950       1,995,037
 Principal payments on Class A note                        
  payable                                               -       (4,468,296)
 Expenditures for loan origination fees                 -       (1,164,660)
 Members' equity contribution net of                       
  related costs                                  1,237,669              -
 Net proceeds of common stock issuance                  -       10,839,906
 Distributions to members                               -         (111,000)
     Net cash provided by financing                        
      activities                                 6,157,619       3,066,615
                                                           
Net (decrease) increase in cash                   (443,657)      4,774,653
                                                           
Cash - beginning of period                         443,657             -
                                                           
Cash - end of period                             $      -       $4,774,653
</TABLE>


Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
     Cash  paid  during the nine months periods ended  March  31,
     1996  and  1997  for  interest was $15,631  and  $1,379,775,
     respectively.

     Cash  paid  during the nine month periods ending  March  31,
     1996  and  1997  for  income  taxes  was  $0  and  $385,500,
     respectively.

Non cash investing and financing activities:
     Concurrently  with  the consummation of the  initial  public
     offering  and the related restructuring from  an  LLC  to  a
     regular  corporation,  members'  equity  of  $3,011,894  was
     reclassified to common stock of $2,000 and additional  paid-
     in  capital  of $3,009,894.  In addition, deferred  offering
     costs  of  $97,765  were reclassified to additional  paid-in
     capital upon consummation of the initial public offering.

     On  March  31, 1997, the Company acquired all of the  assets
     and recorded liabilities of Global Finance & Leasing, Inc. for
     $1,884,000   cash   (paid   subsequent   to   period   end).
     Additionally,  $916,000 is contingent consideration  payable
     to   the   seller  based  upon  the  collection  of  certain
     receivables.    The  total  aggregate  purchase   price   is
     $2,334,000.   The  assets and liabilities acquired  were  as
     follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                           <C>
Assets acquired                               
Cash                                        $   39,275
Direct financing leases                      4,100,382
Other receivables                               11,347
Prepaid and other assets                        16,684
Equipment held for sale                         15,850
Furniture and equipment                         70,124
                                            $4,253,662
                                              
Liabilities assumed                           
Accounts payable                            $  316,696
Income taxes payable                            20,997
Notes payable                                4,170,536
                                             4,508,229
                                              (254,567)
Aggregate purchase price                     2,334,000
                                              
Goodwill                                    $2,588,567
</TABLE>

                                 7
             See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                              
                              

              GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                  
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                  
                                  
(1) Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements  of  Granite
Financial,  Inc.  and subsidiaries (the Company) reflect  all  adjustments
(which  include  only  normal  recurring adjustments)  necessary,  in  the
opinion  of  management, for a fair presentation of  the  interim  periods
presented.  The results of operations for the three and nine months  ended
March  31, 1996 and 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results  of
the  entire  year.  The consolidated financial statements included  herein
are  presented  in  accordance with the requirements of  Form  10-QSB  and
consequently do not include all of the disclosures normally  made  in  the
registrantOs annual Form 10-KSB filing.  These financial statements should
be  read  in  conjunction with the financial statements and notes  thereto
included  in  the Company's Amendment No. 3 to Form SB-2 which  was  filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 24, 1996.

The  Company's consolidated financial statements include the accounts
of  Granite  Financial,  Inc. and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  GF
Funding  Corp. I ("GF Funding I"), GF Funding Corp. II  ("GF  Funding
II"),  GF  Funding Corp. III ("GF Funding III") and  Granite Financial
Acquisitions Corp. I ("GF  Acquisitions").   All intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  The assets of GF
Funding  I,  GF  Funding II and GF Funding III are not  available  to
satisfy creditors of the Company.


(2)  Adoption of FAS 125

On  January 1, 1997, the Company adopted FAS No. 125, "Accounting for
Transfers  and  Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments  of
Liabilities" ("FAS 125").  FAS 125 provides consistent standards  for
distinguishing  transfers of financial assets  that  are  sales  from
transfers  that  are  secured borrowings.  Under  FAS  125,  after  a
transfer of financial assets, an entity recognizes the financial  and
servicing  assets  it controls and the liabilities it  has  incurred,
derecognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered,  and
derecognizes liabilities when extinguished.  FAS 125 prohibits  early
application  and, accordingly, the Company adopted this standard  for
transactions which occurred after December 31, 1996.  Under FAS  125,
a transfer of lease assets in which the transferor surrenders control
of  the  lease assets is accounted for as a sale and the  transferred
lease  assets  are removed from the balance sheet with the  resulting
gain  or loss on sale reflected in the statement of operations.   The
adoption  of FAS 125 did not have a material effect on the  Company's
financial statements.

In November 1996, GF Funding II was formed to establish the Company's
second  securitization  facility.   The  facility  provides  for  the
issuance of up to $65 million in aggregate principal amount of  Class
A Lease-Backed Certificates due June 20, 2003 (the 1996 Certificates)
in a private placement.  For purposes of computing interest, the 1996
Certificates  are issued in two tranches, consisting of the  Floating
Rate Tranche and the Fixed Rate Tranche.  The principal amount of the
Floating  Rate  Tranche  will generally convert  to  the  Fixed  Rate
Tranche  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The Floating  Rate  Tranche  bears
interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR Rate, as adjusted  from
time to time, plus .50%.  The Fixed Rate Tranche bears interest at an
annual  rate  equal to the Treasury Rate, as adjusted  from  time  to
time, plus .70%.  The annual interest rate on each tranche is subject
to  a maximum annual rate of 10%.  The 1996 Certificates represent an
undivided  interest  in  a  trust estate created  by  GF  Funding  II
comprised of (i) payments to be made under leases contributed  to  GF
Funding  II,  (ii) all of GF Funding II's right and interest  in  the
leased  equipment,  (iii)  a  cash  collateral  account  and  (iv)  a
financial  guaranty insurance policy.  The initial funding under  the
securitization facility was approximately $7,200,000.  The Company is
required  to  sell  a  minimum  of  $1,500,000  in  leases   to   the
securitization  facility  per  month.   As  this  securitization  was
completed through the issuance of equity certificates and GF  Funding
II  has  surrendered control over the future cash  flows  from  these
lease assets for the benefit of the holders of the Certificates.  
The transfer of the lease assets is accounted for as a
sale.   Accordingly, the portion of the underlying lease assets  sold
were  removed  from the consolidated balance sheet and the  resulting
sales  of  leases  and  cost  of leases sold  are  reflected  in  the
consolidated statement of operations.  The sales of leases  represent
the  net proceeds from the certificate holders and the cost of leases
sold  represent  the Company's net investment in the portion  of  the
lease  assets sold.  The Company has recorded sales of leases  and  a
cost  of leases sold with respect to this securitization of $7,271,065  and
$6,806,737,  respectively, during the three months  ended  March  31,
1997.   Included in the consolidated balance sheet is  the  allocated
portion  of  the Company's net investment in the lease  assets  which
represents  the residual interest retained in the lease assets.   The 
allocation between the cost of leases sold and the residual interest
retained is based on their relative fair values on the date of sale. 
The residual  interest in securitized leases at March  31,  1997 for this
securitization totaled $3,278,415.

In  March  1997, GF Funding III was formed to establish the Company's
third  securitization  facility.   The  facility  provides  for   the
issuance  of up to $27,500,000 in the aggregate principal  amount  of
6.82%  Class A Lease-Backed Certificates due December 20,  2002  (the
1997  Certificates)  in a private placement.  The  1997  Certificates
represent  an  undivided interest in a trust  estate  created  by  GF
Funding  III  comprised  of (i) payments  to  be  made  under  leases
contributed to GF Funding III, (ii) all of GF Funding III's right and
interest in the leased equipment, (iii) a cash collateral account,  a
capitalized  interest account, a prefunding account and a  collection
account  and (iv) a financial guaranty insurance policy.  The Company
and  GF  Funding  III have surrendered control over all  future  cash
flows  of  the  underlying  lease assets  and,  under  FAS  125,  such
securitization was accounted  for as a sale.  The Company has recorded 
sales  of  leases and  cost of leases sold with respect to this 
securitization of $15,181,487 and  $14,057,988, respectively, during the
three months  ended  March 31,  1997.   Included  in  the  consolidated 
balance  sheet  is  the allocated portion of the Company's net investment
in the lease assets which  represents the residual interest retained
in the lease assets.  The allocation between the cost of leases sold and
the residual interest retained is based on their relative fair values
on the date of sale.  The  residual  interest in securitized leases for
this securitization was  $2,819,703 at March 31, 1997.
                                  

(3) Recourse Obligations on Sale of Leases

With  respect to certain leases sold to Heartland Bank, there is  recourse  to
the  Company  for  the  amount  of the equipment  residual  guarantees  of
approximately $759,000 at March 31, 1997.
                                  


(4) Credit Facilities

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               June 30,      March 31,
Lines-of-Credit                                  1996          1997
                                                             (Unaudited)
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
$36,000,000    line-of-credit    to     a                    
consortium of lenders, due                                   
February  1998.   Interest  at  the  lead                    
lender's  prime  rate  plus  5/8  of  one                    
percent   (9.125%  at  March  31,   1997)                    
payable    monthly.     The    line    is     
collateralized    by    first    security
interest  in specific leases pledged  and
the underlying equipment.                    $3,690,618     $3,114,805
                                                             
$2,000,000 unsecured line-of-credit to  a                    
bank  due January 1998.  Interest  is  at                    
the   bank's  reference  rate  plus  .75%               
(9.25%   at   March  31,  1997)   payable                  
monthly.                                             -       1,800,000
                                                             
$800,000  line-of-credit to a  bank,  due                    
May  1997.   Interest at the  prime  rate                    
plus  1% (9.5% at March 31, 1997) payable                    
monthly.   The line is collateralized  by                    
all  tangible and intangible property  of                    
Granite Financial Acquisitions Corp. I.              -         770,850
                                                             
                                              $3,690,618    $5,685,655
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  
                                               June 30,      March 31,
Notes Payable                                    1996          1997
                                                             (Unaudited)
<S>                                                <C>          <C>
Note payable to bank; the note requires a                    
minimum  monthly payment of  $86,700,  as                    
defined in the agreement, and interest at                    
11%,   with  all  unpaid  principal   and                    
interest due July 31, 1997. The notes were
paid in full  in November  1996  using 
proceeds  from  the initial public offering.  $1,126,600       $         -

Note  payable to bank, payable in monthly                    
installments   of   $28,303,    including                    
interest  of 9.80% through January  2000.                    
The  note  is collateralized  by  certain                    
leases  including a security interest  in                    
the  underlying equipment.   The  Company                    
has  a  total  of  a $3,000,000  line-of-                
credit  with  the bank to  be  funded  in
increments of $500,000 or more.                      -              837,296
                                                             
Note  payable  to a limited  partnership,                    
monthly  interest only payments  at  13%.                    
All unpaid principal and interest due  at                    
maturity  in January 2000.  The  note  is                    
collateralized    by    all    equipment,                    
inventory, accounts and intangibles of  a                  
subsidiary.                                          -            1,470,615
                                                             
Note  payable  to  a  bank,  payable   in                    
monthly    installments    of    $83,000,                    
including  interest at 8.72% through  May                    
1999.  The note is collateralized by  all                   
tangible  and  intangible property  of  a                   
subsidiary.                                          -            1,929,071
                                                                  
Note  payable to bank, payable in monthly                    
installments   of   $78,754,    including                    
interest at the Treasury Rate plus 3% (9%                    
at June 30, 1996), through February, 2000                    
when all unpaid principal and interest is                    
due;  collateralized  by  certain  leases                    
including  a  security  interest  in  the                    
underlying equipment.  Note was repaid in                 
full  in November 1996 as part of a  sale                 
of   leases  into  the  Company's  second
securitization.                                  2,964,218              -
                                                             
                                                $4,090,818      $4,236,982
</TABLE>
                                  

Maturities due on the notes payable are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Year Ending June 30,                     
<S>                                                         <C>                                              
            1997 (remaining three months)              $       272,469
            1998                                             1,154,900
            1999                                             1,147,193
            2000                                             1,662,420
                                              
                                                       $     4,236,982
</TABLE>


(5) Members'/Stockholders' Equity

Initial Public Offering

In October 1996, the Company completed a public offering of 1,725,000
shares  of  common  stock at $7.50 per share.  The  proceeds  of  the
offering  were  $10,742,141,  net of offering  costs  of  $2,195,357.
Additionally,  the  Company issued warrants  to  the  underwriter  to
purchase 150,000 shares at $10.50.

Stock Option Plans

In  June  1996,  the Company adopted a Stock Option Plan  (the  Plan)
allowing  for  the  issuance  of qualified  and  non-qualified  stock
options.   The  Plan is administered by the Board of Directors.   The
Plan  provides that qualified stock options be granted at an exercise
price  equal to fair market value of the common shares of the Company
on  the  date of the grant, and must be at least 110% of fair  market
value  when  granted to a 10% or more shareholder.  The term  of  all
qualified  stock options granted under the Plan may  not  exceed  ten
years, except the term of qualified stock options granted to a 10% or
more shareholder which may not exceed five years.

The  Plan provides that non-qualified stock options be granted at  an
exercise  price not less than 85% of the fair market  value  of  the
common  shares of the Company on the date of grant.  The term of  all
non-qualified stock options granted under the Plan may not exceed ten
years,  except the term of non-qualified stock options granted  to  a
10% or more shareholder which may not exceed five years.
                                  
An  aggregate of 450,000 shares are currently reserved for the  Plan.
The following is a summary of options and warrants:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Exercise
                                   Options      Warrants          Price
<S>                                  <C>           <C>              <C>                                                             
Outstanding, June 30, 1996         250,000          -         $5.95 to 6.55
Granted                             45,000      150,000      $8.375 to 10.50
Canceled                               -            -                -
Exercised                              -            -                -
                                                             
Outstanding, March 31, 1997        295,000      150,000     $5.95 to 10.50
</TABLE>

Subsequent  to  March 31, 1997, the Company granted  110,000  options
under  the Plan at exercise prices ranging from $9.50 to $10.45  and
amended and restated the Plan to reflect changes in Rule 16b-3 of the
Securities and Exchange Commission.


(6) Income Taxes

The Company's status as an LLC was terminated upon the completion  of
the  initial  public  offering.   At  that  time,  the  deferred  tax
liabilities  were recorded, and a charge to earnings of approximately
$100,000  was included in continuing operations during the period  of
the  change in tax status.  The Company distributed $111,000  to  the
members  of the LLC to provide the members with sufficient  funds  to
pay  the tax liabilities arising as a result of income received prior
to the date of the public offering.
                                  

(7) Major Supplier

The  Company's  leases are originated through a network of 48  independent
lease  originators  located  throughout the United  States.   Transactions
generated   by  a  single  independent  lease  originator  accounted   for
approximately  12.8%  of the CompanyOs leases funded  during  the  quarter
ended March 31, 1997.  Transactions generated by the CompanyOs ten largest
independent lease originators accounted for approximately 64.4% of  leases
funded during the quarter ended March 31, 1997.


(8) Acquisitions

On   March  31,  1997,  the  Company  acquired  certain  assets   and
liabilities  of  Global  Finance  & Leasing,  Inc.  (Global)  for  an
aggregate  cash  purchase price of $2,334,000.  The  acquisition  has
been  accounted  for using the purchase method of accounting.   Under
the  purchase  method of accounting, the results of  Global  will  be
included   in  the  Company's  results  from  the  acquisition   date
(March  31, 1997).  The allocation of the purchase price to the  fair
market  value of the net assets is based on preliminary estimates  of
fair  market  value and may be revised as additional  information  is
obtained.  Goodwill is being amortized over a twenty-year period.

The   acquisition   agreement  provides  for  additional   contingent
consideration  of  $916,000  based  on  the  collection  of   certain
receivables.   The  Company believes the collection  of  the  certain
receivables  is remote; therefore, no liability is recorded  at  this
time.
                                  


                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                        OF PLAN OF OPERATIONS


Factors that may Affect Operating Results

The statements contained in this Report on Form 10-QSB that are not purely
historical  are forward-looking statements within the meaning  of  Section
27A  of  the  Securities  Act of 1933 and Section 21E  of  the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  including  statements  regarding  the  Company's
expectations, hopes, intentions or strategies regarding the  future.   All
forward-looking  statements  included  in  this  document  are  based   on
information  available to the Company on the date hereof, and the  Company
assumes  no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.   It
is  important  to  note  that the Company's actual  results  could  differ
materially  from  those  in such forward-looking  statements.   Among  the
factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are the  risk
factors  set  forth in the Company's Registration Statement on  Form  SB-2
(Registration  No.  333-5264-D).  The  reader should  consult  these  risk
factors  as well as risk factors listed from time to time in the Company's
reports  on Forms 10-QSB, 10-KSB and filings under the Securities  Act  of
1933,  as amended.


Results of Operations

Three and nine months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996

Revenues  -  During the nine months ended March 31,  1997,  sales  of
leases  increased  $33.9 million compared to the  nine  months  ended
March 31, 1996.  Revenue is recognized in connection with the sale of
leases  on  the  date  of sale based upon the present  value  of  the
payments  to be received under the leases.  The increase in sales  of
leases  is  due  to the consistent increase in the volume  of  leases
originated  and  sold by the Company since its  inception.   For  the
quarters  ended March 31, 1997 (1997 period) and 1996 (1996  period),
the Company sold leases for $22,452,552 and $3,895,621, respectively.
During  the 1997 period, leases were sold into the Company's  second
and  third  securitization  facilities.  For  the  1996  period,  the
majority  of the sales were to Heartland Bank, a related party  (Note
3)   and  a  small  portion  to  an  independent  third  party.   The
significant increase in lease sales from the 1996 period to the  1997
period  is  largely the result of an increase in leases funded  which
increased from 438 in the 1996 period to 915 in the 1997 period.
                                  
During  the  nine  months ended March 31, 1997,  income  from  direct
financing  leases increased $2.5 million when compared  to  the  nine
months  ended  March 31, 1996.  Income from direct  financing  leases
primarily consists of the accretion of income on the Company's  lease
portfolio  as well as servicing fees received on leases sold  by  the
Company.   For  the three months ended March 31, 1997 and  1996,  the
Company  has  income from direct financing leases of  $1,006,884
and $117,138, respectively.  The significant increase from period  to
period  can  be  attributed  to leases included  in  the  April  1996
securitization and from the securitization residual interest portion
of  leases  sold  into the Company's second and third securitization.
The  April  1996  securitization is accounted for as a collateralized
borrowing due to the legal structure of such securitization.  Under
this method of accounting, the Company records  the securitized leases
and related limited recourse debt in the financial statements and 
recognizes the related finance income over the life of the leases using
the interest method.

Expenses  -  During  the nine months ended March 31,  1997,  cost  of
leases  sold  increased $31.4 million compared to  the  nine  months
ended March 31, 1996.  For the quarter ended March 31, 1997, cost  of
leases  sold  increased $17.2 million as compared to the quarter  ended
March   31,  1996.   The  increase  for  the  nine  and  three  month
comparative periods is in direct relation to the increase in sales of
leases experienced during said periods.  Cost of leases sold includes
all  direct costs of funding the leases and commissions and fees paid
to the Company's independent lease originators.

Provision  for  credit  losses increased by $396,000  from  the  nine
months ended March 31, 1996 to the nine months ended March 31,  1997
and  represented less than 1% of total revenues.  The increase in the
provision  reflects the significant increase in the volume of  leases
held  prior  to sale.  The Company maintains an allowance for  credit
losses  through  periodic charges to the account.   An  allowance  is
established through a charge to the provision in the period in  which
it  is  probable  a  lease asset is impaired and the  amount  can  be
reasonably estimated.

Interest  expense  was  $1.4  million, or  2.6%  of  total  revenues,
compared  to  $16,000 in the nine months ended March 31,  1996.   The
increase in interest expense reflects increased borrowings under  the
Company's  credit lines and under the $21.7 million limited  recourse
note   issued  in  the  April  1996  securitization.   The  increased
borrowing  levels were required to support growth in  the  number  of
leases funded by the Company.

From  the  nine month period ended March 31, 1996 to the nine  month
period   ended  March  31,  1997,  salaries  and  benefits  increased
$604,000  and  represented  2%  of  total  revenues.   The  increase
reflects  the  addition of staff necessary to support growth  in  the
Company's  business as well as certain salary increases for  existing
personnel.    General  and  administrative  expenses   increased   by
$393,897  and  represented  1%  of  total  revenues.   General   and
administrative expenses include operational expenses such  as  office
overhead,   accounting,  legal  and  other  expenses   not   directly
attributable to personnel.  The increase is due to the overall growth
in  the  Company's business.  Depreciation and amortization increased
by  $125,000  due  to the addition of office and computer  equipment
necessary to support continued growth in the Company's business.

The Company plans to relocate its headquarters during July 1997 to  a
larger facility in the Denver, Colorado area.  The Company is engaged
in  discussions  regarding available facilities which  would  provide
10,000  to  12,000 square feet.  As a result, the Company expects  to
incur  monthly  occupancy  expenses  during  fiscal  1998  which  are
approximately  $84,000 in excess of fiscal 1997  occupancy  expenses.
The Company also expects to make capital expenditures and incur other
operating  expenses in excess of fiscal 1997 levels as the  Company's
business continues to grow.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The   Company  requires  capital  to  fund  increases  in  its  lease
portfolios,  fund acquisitions, retain securitization  residual
interests, provide for normal operating expenses and for general working  
capital purposes.  

From  inception  through March 31, 1997, the Company has  funded  its
operations primarily through sales of leases, recourse borrowings, the
initial  public  offering, private sales  of  equity  and  through
securitization transactions.

In  February  1997, the Company entered into a $36 million  revolving
line-of-credit agreement with a consortium of lenders  which  include
CoreStates  Bank  of  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  as  lead   lender,
Colorado  National Bank, Colorado, PNC National Bank of Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania and Bank Leumi of New York.  The interest rate  on  this
facility  is prime rate plus five-eighths of one percent.   Prior  to
this agreement, the Company had an existing credit facility with each
of   CoreStates  Bank  and  Colorado  National  Bank.   These  credit
facilities,  which  on  a combined basis totaled  $12  million,  were
terminated upon the signing of the $36 million credit facility.   The
interest  rates  on the terminated facilities were prime  plus  three
quarters of one percent and prime plus one percent for CoreStates and
Colorado  National  Bank, respectively.  The new credit  facility  is
secured  by a first security interest in the specific leases  pledged
as collateral, as well as a first security interest in the underlying
equipment.   The  Company uses these facilities to  warehouse  leases
unless  and until such leases are sold or securitized.  Additionally,
in  January 1997, the Company entered into an agreement with Colorado
National  Bank  for  a $2 million unsecured revolving  line-of-credit
agreement at an interest rate equal to the bank's reference rate plus
 .75%.

In  March 1997, the Company closed its third securitization facility.
The  aggregate amount available for funding under such securitization
is  $27.5  million  of which the Company funded approximately $15 
million through March 31, 1997.  The remaining $12.5 million of such
facility is available for funding through June 1997. With  the  $36
million   credit  facility  and  the  Company's  second   and   third
securitizations  in  place, the Company did not sell  any  leases  to
other sources during the quarter ended March 31, 1997.  At March  31,
1997,  the  Company  had funding availability  of  approximately  $62
million in the Company's second and third securitizations combined.

For  the  nine months ended March 31, 1997, the Company had net  cash
used in operating activities of $2.7 million.  This was primarily the
result  of  an  increase  of $6.1 million  of  residual  interests  in
securitized  leases  and a net reduction in direct  financing  leases
available for sale of $1.925 million.  Net cash provided by investing
activities  was $4.42 million.  Lease payments received  from  leases
assigned  to lender contributed $5.235 during the period.   Net  cash
provided by financing activities was $3.1 million.  Net proceeds from
the common stock issuance of $10.8 million combined with net proceeds
from the Company's line-of-credit and notes payable of $2 million and
$1 million, respectively, were partially offset by principal payments
on  notes payable and the Class A note payable of $5 million and $4.5
million, respectively.

Static Pool Analysis - Since its inception, the Company has monitored
its  underwriting  and collections performance  using  "static  pool"
analysis.    Static   pool  analysis  is  a  statistical   monitoring
methodology by which each month's lease originations are treated as a
unique  pool  and the performance of this pool is tracked separately.
The  measure of performance is based on several factors which include
delinquencies over 31 days and net investment write-offs.  Static pool
analysis is one of the tools used by rating agencies and lenders to
analyze a company's historical performance and make estimates for
future performance.

The  following table documents net write-offs for each quarter  as  a
percentage  of  original net investment in leases for  that  quarter.
Negative  net  write-off  amounts indicate that  recoveries  exceeded
write-offs during the quarter.

           Static Pool Reporting Net Investment Write-Off

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Original
             Investment
Calendar      Value                                                     
 Quarter      (In)     Qtr   Qtr   Qtr   Qtr   Qtr   Qtr   Qtr   Qtr  Qtr  Total
            Thousands)   1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8    9   
<S>           <C>       <C>   <C>   <C>    <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>  <C>  <C>
1st Quarter    $23    0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  0.0%
 1995                     
2nd Quarter $1,337    0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  1.0%  0.0% (0.4)% 0.8%        1.5%
 1995                    
3rd Quarter $4,755    0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  0.0%  0.5%  0.6%              1.1%
 1995      
4th Quarter $8,107    0.0%  0.0%  0.2%  0.2%  2.4%  0.8%                   3.6%
 1995                       
1st Quarter $12,377   0.0%  0.0%  0.1%  1.0%  1.6%                         2.6%
 1996                     
2nd Quarter $13,174   0.0%  0.0%  1.1% (0.1)%                              1.1%
 1996                        
3rd Quarter $12,077  (0.1)% 0.0%  0.6%                                     0.5%
 1996                  
4th Quarter $17,338    0.0% 0.0%                                           0.0%
 1996                         
1st Quarter $25,309    0.0%                                                0.0%
 1997
</TABLE>

While the Company analyzes its static pools on a monthly basis, for
presentation purposes, the information in the table is presented on a quarterly
basis.  The data in both tables above are in line with what the management of 
the Company expected with respect to its overall portfolio performance.

Inflation

Increases in the rate of inflation in the nation generally results in
higher  interest  rates.   Higher interest  rates  may  decrease  the
Company's  net  interest  margins.   To  the  extent  not  offset  by
increases  in  the volume of leases funded by the Company,  inflation
may therefore lead to decreases in the Company's profitability.




                      PART II OTHER INFORMATION
                                  
                                  
                                  
ITEM 1.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

          None.


ITEM 2.   CHANGES IN SECURITIES

          None.


ITEM 3.   DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

          None.


ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

          None.


ITEM 5.   OTHER INFORMATION

          None.




                                  
                                  
                                  
                                  
                                  
                                  
                                  
                                  
                                  
                                  
                                 25


             ITEM 6.   EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

               (a)   Exhibits

                        11.1Computation of Earnings Per Share
                            
                                    EXHIBIT 11.1
                     GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         Computation of Earnings Per Share

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Nine Months Ended
                                                         March 31,
                                                     1996        1997
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
Earnings Per Share - Primary                                       
Earnings                                                           
    Income from continuing operations (a)          $229,665    $1,355,382

    Net income                                     $229,665    $1,355,382
                                                                  
Shares                                                             
  Weighted average shares outstanding             2,000,000     2,960,766
  Shares issuable from assumed exercise                            
    of stock options ( b )                               -        133,134
  Common stock and common stock equivalents       2,000,000     3,093,900
                                                                  
Earnings per share - primary                                       
  Income from continuing operations                   $0.11        $0.44
                                                                  
    Earnings per share - primary                      $0.11        $0.44
                                                                  
Earnings Per Share - Assuming Full Dilution
Earnings                                                           
  Income from continuing operations              $  229,665   $1,355,382
                                                                  
    Net Income                                   $  229,665   $1,355,382
                                                                  
Shares                                                             
  Common stock and primary common stock                           
   equivalents                                    2,000,000    2,960,766
  Additional dilutive effect of assumed                            
   exercise of stock options (b)                        -        133,134
  Common stock and common stock                                    
   equivalents                                    2,000,000    3,093,900
                                                                  
  Earnings per share - assuming full                               
   dilution ( c )
    Income from continuing operations                $ 0.11        $0.44
                                                                  
      Earnings per share - fully diluted             $ 0.11        $0.44
                                                                  
                                                                  
  ( a ) Income from continuing operations
  for the 1997 period includes a one-time
                    charge to earnings of
                  $100,000 as part of the
reorganization from an LLC Company to a C
           Corporation.  The 1996 period.
          reflects pro forma taxes at 37%                         
        as if the entity was taxed as a C
                             Corporation.
       ( b ) Common stock equivalents are                         
      calculated using the treasury stock
                                  method.
   ( c ) This calculation is submitted in
  accordance with Securities Exchange Act
                of 1934 Release No. 9083,
        although not required by Footnote
      2 to paragraph 14 APB Opinion No.15
                    because it results in
        dilution of less than 3%.                                  

                                  
                                  
                                  
                                 26
                                  
                                  
                             SIGNATURES
                                  
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
the Registrant has duly caused this Form 10-QSB to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                       GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.
                                  
                                  
Dated:  May 15, 1997               By: s/ William W. Wehner       
                                     William W. Wehner
                                     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


Dated:  May 15, 1997               By: s/ William S. Cobb              
                                     William S. Cobb
                                     Senior Vice President





</TABLE>


                  TRUST AND SECURITY
AGREEMENT
                         among
                      GF FUNDING CORP. III
                       (the "Transferor")
                       
                     GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.
                        (the "Servicer")
                        
                     NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                      NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                         (the "Trustee")
                         
                               and
                     NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                      NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                    (the "Back-up Servicer")





                   Dated as of March 1, 1997
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                       
                                                             Page
ARTICLE ONE                                                     2
DEFINITIONS                                                     2
     Section 1.01   Definitions                                 2
ARTICLE TWO                                                    17
THE CERTIFICATES                                               17
     Section 2.01   Form Generally                             17
     Section 2.02   Classes of Certificates; Denomination      17
     Section 2.03 Formation, Execution, Authentication,
                  Delivery and Dating                          18
     Section 2.04 Temporary Certificates                       18
     Section 2.05 Registration, Registration of Transfer
                  and Exchange                                 19
     Section 2.06 Limitation on Transfer and Exchange          19
     Section 2.07 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen
                  Certificate                                  20
     Section 2.08 Payment of Principal and Interest;
                  Principal and Interest Rights Preserved      21
     Section 2.09 Persons Deemed Owner                         22
     Section 2.10 Cancellation                                 22
     Section 2.11 Tax Treatment                                23

ARTICLE THREE                                                  24
FUNDINGS                                                       24
     Section 3.01 Fundings                                     24
     Section 3.02 Determination of Funding Amounts;
                  Release from the Prefunding Account.         24
     Section 3.03 Procedure for Fundings                       24
     Section 3.04 Verification of Funding Report               25
     Section 3.05 Appointment of Certificate Funding

                  Administrator                                27

ARTICLE FOUR                                                   28
ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES; SUBSTITUTIONS OF COLLATERAL          28
     Section 4.01 Conditions to Issuance of Certificates on
                  Closing Date                                 28
     Section 4.02 Perfection of Transfer                       29
     Section 4.03 Substitution, Removal and Purchase of
                  Lease Assets                                 29
     Section 4.04 Releases                                     31
     Section 4.05 Trust Estate                                 32
     Section 4.06 Notice of Release                            32
     Section 4.07 Nature of Transfer                           32
     Section 4.08 Issuances of Class B Certificates            32

ARTICLE FIVE                                                   34
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE                                     34
     Section 5.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
                  of Agreement                                 34
     Section 5.02 Application of Trust Money                   34

ARTICLE SIX                                                    35
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES                                          35
     Section 6.01 Events of Default                            35
     Section 6.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission
                  and Annulment                                35
     Section 6.03 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for
                  Enforcement by Trustee                       36
     Section 6.04 Remedies                                     37
     Section 6.05 Optional Preservation of Trust Estate        37
     Section 6.06 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim             38
     Section 6.07 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without
                  Possession of Certificates                   38
     Section 6.08 Application of Money Collected               39
     Section 6.09 Limitation on Suits                          40
     Section 6.10 Unconditional Right of Certificateholders
                  to Receive Principal and Interest            40
     Section 6.11 Restoration of Rights and Remedies           41
     Section 6.12 Rights and Remedies Cumulative               41
     Section 6.13 Delay or Omission; Not Waiver                41
     Section 6.14 Control by MBIA or Certificateholders        41
     Section 6.15 Waiver of Certain Events by MBIA or
                  Certificateholders                           42
     Section 6.16 Undertaking for Costs                        42
     Section 6.17 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws             42
     Section 6.18 Sale of Trust Estate                         42
     Section 6.19 Action on Certificates                       43

ARTICLE SEVEN                                                  44
THE TRUSTEE                                                    44
     Section 7.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities          44
     Section 7.02 Notice of Default and Other Events           45
     Section 7.03 Certain Rights of Trustee                    45
     Section 7.04 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance
                  of Certificates                              46
     Section 7.05 May Hold Certificates                        47
     Section 7.06 Money Held in Trust                          47
     Section 7.07 Compensation and Reimbursement               47
     Section 7.08 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility      48
     Section 7.09 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of
                  Successor                                    48
     Section 7.10 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor       49
     Section 7.11  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or
                   Succession to Business of Trustee           49
     Section 7.12 Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees            49
     Section 7.13 Rights with Respect to the Servicer          51
     Section 7.14 Appointment of Authenticating Agent          51
     Section 7.15 Trustee to Hold Lease Contracts              52
     Section 7.16 Money for Certificate Payments to

                  Be Held in Trust                             52

ARTICLE EIGHT                                                  54
THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY                               54
     Section 8.01 Payments under the Certificate Insurance
                  Policy                                       54
ARTICLE NINE                                                   55
AMENDMENTS                                                     55
     Section 9.01 Amendments without Consent of
                  Certificateholders                           55
     Section 9.02 Amendments and Modifications to Agreement
                  with Consent of Certificateholders           56
     Section 9.03 Execution of Amendments                      57
     Section 9.04 Effect of Amendments                         57
     Section 9.05 Reference in Certificates to Amendments      57

ARTICLE TEN                                                    58

REDEMPTION OF CERTIFICATES                                     58
     Section 10.01 Redemption at the Option of the Transferor;
                   Election to Redeem                          58
     Section 10.02 Notice to Trustee; Deposit of Redemption
                   Price                                       58
     Section 10.03 Notice of Redemption by the Transferor      58
     Section 10.04 Certificates Payable on Redemption Date     59
     Section 10.05 Release of Lease Contracts                  59

ARTICLE ELEVEN                                                 60
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS                      60
     Section 11.01 Representations and Warranties              60
     Section 11.02 Covenants                                   61
     Section 11.03 Other Matters as to the Transferor          66

ARTICLE TWELVE                                                 67
ACCOUNTS AND ACCOUNTINGS                                       67
     Section 12.01 Collection of Money                         67
     Section 12.02 Collection Account; Redemption Account      67
     Section 12.03 Cash Collateral Account                     70
     Section 12.04 Prefunding Account; Capitalized Interest
                   Account.                                    71
     Section 12.05 Reports by Trustee to MBIA and

                   Certificateholders                          72

ARTICLE THIRTEEN                                               74

PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION                              74
     Section 13.01 General Provisions                          74
     Section 13.02 Acts of Certificateholders                  74
     Section 13.03 Notices, etc., to Trustee, MBIA,
                   Transferor and Servicer                     74
     Section 13.04 Notices to Certificateholders; Waiver       75
     Section 13.05 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents    75
     Section 13.06 Successors and Assigns                      75
     Section 13.07 Separability                                75
     Section 13.08 Benefits of Agreement                       75
     Section 13.09 Legal Holidays                              76
     Section 13.10 Governing Law                               76
     Section 13.11 Counterparts                                76
     Section 13.12 Corporate Obligation                        76
     Section 13.13 Compliance Certificates and Opinions        76
     Section 13.14 MBIA Default or Termination                 77



                     EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
Schedule I     Initial Lease Schedule

Schedule II    Terms Schedule

Exhibit A      Form of Class A Certificate

Exhibit B      Form of Class B Certificate

Exhibit C      Form of Transferor Certificate

Exhibit D      Form of Investment Letter

Exhibit E      Form of Funding Report

Exhibit F      Form of GF Certificate

Exhibit G      Form of Class B Supplement



This  TRUST AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated
as  of  March 1, 1997, is by and among GF Funding Corp. III
(the "Transferor"),   Granite  Financial,  Inc.,  as   servicer
(the "Servicer"),  Norwest  Bank Minnesota,  National
Association,  a national  banking association, as back-up
servicer (the  "Back-up Servicer"),  and Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association,  a national banking
association, as trustee (the "Trustee").

                     PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
                               
     The   Transferor  has  duly  authorized  the  execution
and
delivery  of  this Agreement to provide for the issuance  of
the Certificates  issuable  as  provided  in  this  Agreement.
All
covenants  and  agreements made by the Transferor, the
Servicer, the  Trustee and the Back-up Servicer herein are for
the  benefit and  security of the Holders of the Certificates
and  MBIA. The
Transferor,  the  Servicer, the Trustee and the Back-up
Servicer are  entering  into this Agreement, and the Trustee is
accepting the  trust  created hereby, for good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged.

     All   things  necessary  to  make  this  Agreement  a
valid
agreement  of the Transferor, the Servicer, the Trustee  and
the Back-up Servicer in accordance with its terms have been
done.

                       CONVEYANCE CLAUSE
                               
     The  Transferor does hereby absolutely transfer, assign,
set over,  and  otherwise  convey to the  Trustee,  for  the
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Certificates and MBIA,
all  of  the Transferor's  rights, title and interest in and to
the  following and  any  and all benefits accruing to the
Transferor  from  (but none  of  the obligations under):  (a)
the Lease Receivables  and Lease  Contracts and all payments
received on or with respect  to the  Lease Contracts and Lease
Receivables and due after the CutOff  Date,  with respect to
those Lease Contracts listed  on  the Initial Lease Schedule,
or the applicable Acquisition Dates, with respect  to  those
Lease Contracts acquired on such  Acquisition Dates; (b) the
Transferor's rights and interests in the Equipment and  any
security  interest in the Equipment not  owned  by  the
Transferor; (c) any rights of the Transferor under each
Insurance Policy  related  to  the Lease Contracts  or  the
Equipment  and Insurance  Proceeds;  (d)  the Lease Acquisition
Agreement,  the Servicing  Agreement, the Broker Assignment
Agreements  and  any other  Transaction Documents to which the
Transferor is a  party; (e)  all  amounts from time to time on
deposit in the  Collection Account,  the  Cash Collateral
Account, the Lockbox Account,  the Capitalized   Interest
Account,  the  Prefunding  Account,
the
Redemption  Account and the ACH Account (including  any
Eligible Investments and other property in such accounts); (f)
the  Lease Contract Files; (g) the Certificate Insurance
Policy, except that the  Holders  of  the  Class B Certificates
and  the  Transferor
Certificate shall have no right, title or interest in or  to
the Certificate  Insurance Policy; and (h) proceeds of the
foregoing (including,  but  not by way of limitation,  all
cash  proceeds, accounts,   accounts  receivable,  notes,
drafts,   acceptances, chattel  paper,  checks,  deposit
accounts,  insurance  proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to
payment of any and every kind, and other  forms  of obligations
and receivables which  at  any  time constitute all or part or
are included in the proceeds of any  of the  foregoing),  in
each case whether now  owned  or  hereafter acquired, except
that the Holders of the Class B Certificates and the Transferor
Certificate shall have no right, title or interest in  proceeds
of  the Certificate Insurance Policy  (all  of  the foregoing
being hereinafter referred to as the "Trust  Estate"). The
foregoing transfer, assignment, set over and conveyance does
not constitute and is not intended to result in a creation or
an assumption by the Trustee, any Certificateholder or MBIA  of
any obligation  of the Transferor, the Company, the Servicer
or  any other  Person  in connection with the Trust Estate or
under  any agreement  or instrument relating thereto.  The
trust created  by the  foregoing  assignment  shall be known
as  the  "GF  Funding Equipment Lease Trust 1997-1."
     The  Trustee  acknowledges its acceptance on behalf  of
the Certificateholders  and  MBIA of all right,  title  and
interest previously held by the Transferor in and to the Trust
Estate, and declares that it shall maintain such right, title
and interest in accordance  with the provisions hereof and
agrees to perform  the duties herein required to the best of
its ability to the end that the   interests  of  the
Certificateholders  and  MBIA  may   be adequately and
effectively protected.
                          ARTICLE ONE

                          DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.01   Definitions.

     Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, or unless
the context   otherwise  requires,  the  following  terms  have
the
respective  meanings  set forth below for all  purposes  of
this Agreement,  and  the  definitions  of  such  terms  are
equally applicable  both to the singular and plural forms of
such  terms. Capitalized  terms  used herein but not otherwise
defined  shall have  the  respective  meanings assigned to
such  terms  in  the Servicing Agreement or the Lease
Acquisition Agreement.

     "Accrual Period":  The period beginning on the twentieth
day of  each  month (or, in the case of the Accrual Period
applicable to  the Initial Payment Date, beginning on the
Closing Date)  and ending on the nineteenth day of the
immediately following month.

     "ACH":  The National Automated Clearinghouse System.
                               
     "ACH  Account":   The meaning specified in Section
12.02(f) hereof.

     "ACH  Bank":   The bank, if any, specified in the
Servicing Agreement  so  long  as  such bank meets the
requirements  of  a Trustee as set forth in Section 7.08
hereof.

     "Acquisition  Date":   Any  Funding  Date  or  any  date
of substitution of a Substitute Lease Contract, as applicable.

     "Act":   With respect to any Certificateholder, the
meaning specified in Section 13.02.

     "Additional  Lease Contract":  Each Lease Contract
acquired by the Transferor on an Acquisition Date, including
pursuant to a Funding.
     "Additional  Principal Amount":  The  meaning  specified
in Section 12.02(d)(x) hereof.
     "Additional Servicer Fee":  The amount, if any, of  the
fee payable   in  accordance  with  Section  6.02  of  the
Servicing Agreement  to a successor Servicer appointed pursuant
to  Section 6.02 of the Servicing Agreement that is in excess
of the Servicer Fee.
     "Affiliate":   With  respect to any  specified  Person,
any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common
control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this
definition, "control," when used with respect to any specified
Person,  means the  power to direct the management and policies
of such  Person, directly  or indirectly, whether through the
ownership of  voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and
the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.
     "Aggregate  IPB":   The aggregate of the Implicit
Principal Balance of all Lease Contracts.
     "Aggregate Initial IPB":  The Aggregate IPB as of  the
CutOff  Date,  which is $17,785,141.60, plus the sum of the
IPB  of each Funded Lease Contract, as of the respective
Funding Date, of the Funded Lease Contracts.
     "Agreement":   This Agreement, in the form  when
originally executed  and,  if  from  time to time  further
supplemented  or amended  by  one  or  more  amendments  hereto
pursuant  to  the applicable provisions hereof, as so
supplemented or amended.  All references  in this Agreement
designated "Articles,"  "Sections," "Subsections"  and  other
subdivisions  are  to  the  designated Articles,  Sections,
Subsections and other subdivisions  of  this Agreement  as
originally executed, or if amended or supplemented, as  so
amended and supplemented.  The words "herein,"  "hereof,"
"hereunder" and other words of similar import when not related
to a specific subdivision of this Agreement, refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article,
Section, Subsection or other subdivision of this Agreement.

     "Amended  Lease  Schedule":  The  list  of  Lease
Contracts amending   the  Lease  Schedule  pursuant  to  any
substitution, repurchase,  modification  or  Funding  of  Lease
Contracts   in accordance  with  the  terms  hereof and  the
Lease  Acquisition Agreement,  and  accompanied by a Company
Certificate  or  a  GF Certificate, as applicable.

     "Amortization Period":  The period commencing on  the
first day  after  the Funding Termination Date and ending on
the  Final Payment Date.

     "Annualized  Gross Default Rate":  For any  Monthly
Period, the  sum  of the Implicit Principal Balance as of the
Calculation Date occurring in such Monthly Period of all Lease
Contracts that either (a) have become delinquent for a period
of 91 or more days during  such  Monthly Period (including any
such Lease  Contracts that  have  been repurchased, removed or
substituted during  such Monthly Period), or (b) the Servicer
has determined in accordance with  its  customary practices
that it shall not make a  Servicer Advance  with  respect  to
such Lease  Contract,  that  a  prior Servicer   Advance  with
respect  to  such  Lease  Contract   is unrecoverable, or that
the remaining Scheduled Payments under the
related  Lease  Contract are uncollectible  during  such
Monthly Period  (including  any  such  Lease  Contracts  that
have  been removed,  repurchased or substituted during such
Monthly Period), divided  by the Aggregate IPB on the
Calculation Date immediately preceding such Monthly Period
multiplied by twelve.
     "Authenticating   Agent":   Initially,  the   Trustee,
and
thereafter  any  entity  appointed by  the  Trustee  pursuant
to Section 7.14 hereof.

     "Back-up   Servicer":   Norwest  Bank  Minnesota,
National Association, and all successors thereto.

     "Back-up  Servicer Fee":  The fee payable  on  each
Payment Date  to  the  Back-up Servicer in consideration for
the  Back-up Servicer's  performance of its duties pursuant to
this  Agreement and  the  Servicing Agreement as Back-up
Servicer, in  an  amount equal  to the product of one-twelfth
of the Back-up Servicer  Fee Rate  and  the Class A Certificate
Balance immediately  following the  preceding Payment Date,
provided, however, with  respect  to the  Initial  Payment
Date, the Back-up Servicer Fee shall  equal $954.86.

     "Back-up Servicer Fee Rate":  The meaning given in the
Terms Schedule attached hereto.

     "Benefit Plan Investor":  The meaning set forth in 29
C.F.R.
 2510.3-101.
     "Board of Directors":  Either the board of directors of
the Transferor  or of the Servicer, as the context requires,
or  any duly authorized committee of such board.
     "Board Resolution":  A copy of a resolution certified by
the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Transferor or
of  the Servicer to have been duly adopted by its Board of
Directors  and to  be in full force and effect on the date of
such certification and delivered to the Trustee.
     "Broker  Assignment Agreements":  The assignments  by
which the  Company  obtains an assignment of lease  contracts
and  the related equipment from the originating broker.
     "Business Day":  Any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday
or a  day  on which banking institutions in New York City or in
the city  in  which the principal place of business of the
Transferor or  the  Servicer or the corporate trust office  of
the  Trustee under  this  Agreement is located are authorized
or obligated  by law  or  executive order to close.  For
purposes of draws on  the Certificate Insurance Policy pursuant
to Article Eight hereof,  a "Business Day" means any day other
than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which MBIA or banking
institutions in New York City or  in the  city  in  which  the
principal place  of  business  of  the Transferor or the
Servicer or the corporate trust office  of  the Trustee  under
this  Agreement  is  located  are  authorized  or obligated by
law or executive order to close.

     "Calculation  Date":   The last day  of  a  Monthly
Period, except  that (a) with respect to any calculations made
regarding any Funding, the Calculation Date shall mean the
Calculation Date that was the basis for the most recent Monthly
Servicer's Report; and  (b)  with  respect to any calculations
that occur  prior  to delivery   of   the  initial  Monthly
Servicer's   Report,                                      the
Calculation Date shall mean the Cut-Off Date.

     "Capitalized  Interest Account":  The trust account
created and maintained pursuant to Section 12.04 hereof.

     "Capitalized  Interest Account Deposit": $233,135.42,
which is  an  amount  equal  to one-fourth of the product  of
(i)  the difference  between  (A)  the Discount Rate,  and  (B)
2.5%  and (ii) the Prefunding Account Deposit.

     "Cash  Collateral Account":  The trust account  or
accounts created and maintained pursuant to Section 12.03
hereof.

     "Cash Collateral Account Factor":  One plus the quotient
of (a)  the  positive difference between (i) the sum of the
Class  A Interest  Rate, the MBIA Premium Rate, the Trustee Fee
Rate,  and the Back-up Servicer Fee Rate, and (ii) 2.5% over
(b) twelve.

     "Cash Collateral Account Required Balance":  As of any
date of  determination, an amount equal to the product of (i)
the Cash Collateral Account Factor and (ii) the Required
Collateralization Amount  minus the positive difference
between:  (A) the Aggregate IPB and, if applicable, the sum of
the IPB of the Lease Contracts relating to the Funding expected
to occur on the related  Funding Date,  and  (B)  the  Class A
Certificate Balance  (after  giving effect  to  any  payments
of principal expected  to  occur  on  a related Payment Date,
if any) less the Prefunding Account Deposit then  on  deposit
in  the  Prefunding Account  (after  releasing amounts
therefrom, if any, on a related Funding Date); provided,
however,  if  a  Trigger Event has occurred, the Cash
Collateral Account Required Balance shall be an amount equal to
zero.

     "Certificate"  or "Certificates":  Any one or
collectively, all Class A Certificates, Class B Certificates
and the Transferor Certificate  or  all  Certificates  of  any
one  Class,  as   is consistent with the context in which such
term is used.

     "Certificate  Balance":   The Class  A  Certificate
Balance and/or the Class B Certificate Balance, as applicable.

     "Certificate   Funding  Administration   Agreement":
With respect to the Class A Certificates, the administration
agreement executed in connection therewith between the
Certificate  Funding Administrator, the Servicer and the
Transferor.

     "Certificate  Funding Administrator":  Rothschild  Inc.,
or any  successor  Certificate  Funding  Administrator
approved  in writing by MBIA.

     "Certificate  Insurance Policy":  The  certificate
guaranty insurance policy issued by MBIA insuring the Class A
Certificates in accordance with the terms thereof.

     "Certificate Interest Rate":  With respect to  the  Class
A Certificates, the Class A Interest Rate and with respect  to
the Class B Certificates, the Class B Interest Rate.

     "Certificate Purchase Agreement":  Each Certificate
Purchase Agreement  between the Transferor and one or more
purchasers  of Certificates.

     "Certificate  Register"  and "Certificate  Registrar":
The respective meanings specified in Section 2.05 hereof.

     "Certificateholder" or "Holder":  The Person in whose name
a Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

     "Class":   The  separate  senior,  junior  and
subordinated classes  of  Certificates  issued  pursuant  to
this  Agreement, designated as Class A Certificates, Class B
Certificates and  the
Transferor Certificate, respectively.
     "Class   A  Certificates":   Any  one  of  the
Certificates executed  by the Transferor and authenticated by
the  Trustee  in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
     "Class A Certificate Initial Balance":  The meaning given
in the Terms Schedule attached hereto.
     "Class  A  Certificate Balance":  The  Class  A
Certificate Initial   Balance  less  all  amounts  allocable
to   principal distributed to Class A Certificateholders.
     "Class  A  Interest Rate":  The meaning given in  the
Terms Schedule attached hereto.
     "Class  A  Percentage":   The meaning  given  in  the
Terms Schedule attached hereto.
     "Class A Principal Distribution Amount":  As of each
Payment Date during the Funding Period, zero, and as of each
Payment Date during  the Amortization Period and prior to the
Stated Maturity, an  amount  equal to the Class A Targeted
Principal  Distribution Amount  for  such Payment Date and as
of the Stated Maturity,  an amount equal to the Class A
Certificate Balance as of such  date. In  addition, on the
first Payment Date following the end of  the Funding  Period,
pursuant  to Section 12.04(d)(ii)  hereof,  the Trustee  is
required to pay any portion of the Prefunding Account Deposit
remaining on deposit in the Prefunding  Account  to  the Class
A Certificateholders.
     "Class  A  Targeted  Principal Distribution  Amount":
With respect to each Payment Date after the Funding Period has
ended, if  the Aggregate IPB is less than the Targeted Balance
for  such Payment  Date, an amount equal to the Class A
Certificate Balance (as   of   such  Payment  Date  and  before
giving   effect   to distributions on such date) minus the
Aggregate IPB, and  if  the Aggregate  IPB  equals or exceeds
the Targeted Balance  for  such Payment  Date, an amount equal
to the Class A Certificate Balance (as   of   such  Payment
Date  and  before  giving   effect   to distributions on such
date) minus the Targeted Balance  for  such Payment Date.
     "Class   B  Certificates":   Any  one  of  the
Certificates executed  by the Transferor and authenticated by
the  Trustee  in the  form  attached hereto as Exhibit B
pursuant to the execution of the Class B Supplement.
     "Class  B  Certificate Balance":  The  Class  B
Certificate Initial   Balance,  less  all  amounts  allocable
to   principal distributed to the Class B Certificateholders.
     "Class  B Interest Rate":  The meaning given in the Class
B Supplement.
     "Class B Certificate Initial Balance":  The meaning given
in the Class B Supplement.

     "Class  B  Percentage":  The meaning given in  the  Class
B Supplement.

     "Class B Principal Distribution Amount":  The meaning
given in the Class B Supplement.

     "Class  B Supplement":  With respect to Class B
Certificates that may be issued hereunder, the supplement to
this Agreement in the   form  attached  as  Exhibit  G  hereto
for  the  Class   B
Certificates  and pursuant to which the terms  of  such  Class
B Certificates are specified as provided in Section 2.02
hereof.
     "Closing Date":  March 25, 1997.
    "Code":  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     "Collection Account":  The trust account or accounts
created and maintained pursuant to Section 12.02 hereof.
     "Company":   Granite  Financial, Inc.,  and  all
successors thereto in accordance with the Lease Acquisition
Agreement.
     "Company  Certificate":  An Officer's Certificate
delivered by  the  Company substantially in the form of Exhibit
A  to  the Lease Acquisition Agreement.
     "Concentration Limits":  The meaning specified in the
Lease Acquisition Agreement.
     "Controlling  Holders":  Holders  of  Class  A
Certificates representing at least 51% of the Class A
Certificate Balance, and after  the Class A Certificate Balance
has been reduced to  zero, Holders of Class B Certificates
representing at least 51% of  the Class  B  Certificate
Balance, and after the Class B  Certificate Balance  has  been
reduced to zero, the Holder of the  Transferor Certificate.
     "Corporate  Trust  Office":  The principal  corporate
trust office  of  the  Trustee  at  6th Street  and  Marquette
Avenue, Minneapolis,  Minnesota 55479-0070, or at such other
address  as the  Trustee may designate from time to time by
notice  to  MBIA, the  Certificateholders  and  the Transferor,
or  the  principal corporate trust office of any successor
Trustee.
     "Cumulative  Gross Default Rate":  For any  Monthly
Period, the  sum  of  the Implicit Principal Balance of Lease
Contracts, determined  in  the  Monthly  Period  during  which
such Lease
Contracts became 91 or more days delinquent, that either (a)
are currently  delinquent for a period of 91 or more days
(including any  such Lease Contracts that have been
repurchased, removed  or substituted during such Monthly
Period), or (b) the Servicer  has determined  in  accordance
with its customary practices  that  it shall  not  make a
Servicer Advance with respect  to  such  Lease Contract,  that
a prior Servicer Advance with  respect  to  such Lease
Contract is unrecoverable, or that the remaining Scheduled
Payments  under  the  related  Lease Contract  are
uncollectible (including  any  such  Lease Contracts that  have
been  removed, repurchased or substituted during such Monthly
Period) divided by the Aggregate Initial IPB.

     "Customer":   The lessee under each related Lease
Contract, including  any  guarantor  of such lessee  and  their
respective successors and assigns.

     "Cut-Off Date":  February 28, 1997.

     "Default":  Any occurrence or circumstance which with
notice or the lapse of time or both would become an Event of
Default.
     "Defaulted Lease Contract":  A Lease Contract shall become
     a
Defaulted  Lease  Contract at the earlier of (a) the
Calculation Date on which such Lease Contract becomes
delinquent for a period of 180 or more days, or (b) the
Servicer determines in accordance with  its  customary
practices that it shall not make a  Servicer Advance  with
respect  to  such Lease  Contract,  that  a  prior Servicer
Advance  with  respect  to  such  Lease  Contract   is
unrecoverable, or that the remaining Scheduled Payments under
the related Lease Contract are uncollectible.
     "Delinquency Rate":  For any Monthly Period, the sum of
the Implicit  Principal Balance as of the Calculation Date
occurring in  such Monthly Period of all Lease Contracts that
are more than 60  days and less than 91 days delinquent, as of
such Calculation Date   (including  any  such  Lease  Contracts
that  have   been repurchased, removed or substituted during
such Monthly  Period), divided  by the Aggregate IPB on such
Calculation Date (including any  such Lease Contracts that have
been repurchased, removed  or substituted during such Monthly
Period).
     "Delinquent  Lease Contract":  For any Monthly  Period,
any Lease  Contract (a) as to which a full Scheduled Payment
was  not received  when due by the Servicer and remains unpaid
as  of  the Calculation Date at the end of such Monthly Period
and (b)  which is not a Defaulted Lease Contract.
     "Determination  Date":   The fourth Business  Day
preceding each Payment Date.
     "Discount  Rate":  The rate equal to the sum of the
Trustee Fee  Rate,  the Back-up Servicer Fee Rate, the MBIA
Premium  Rate and the Class A Interest Rate.
     "Dollar(s)":  Lawful money of the United States of
America.
     "Due  Date":  With respect to each Lease Contract, each
date on which payment is due thereunder.
     "Electronic Ledgers":  The electronic master records of
all lease  contracts of the Company or the Servicer  similar
to  and including the Lease Contracts.
    "Eligible Investments":  Any and all of the following:
     (a)  direct obligations of, and obligations fully
          guaranteed by, the United States of America, the
          Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation,  the Federal
          National  Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan
          Banks or any  agency or  instrumentality of the
          United States of America the obligations of which are
          backed by the full  faith  and credit of the United
          States of America;
     (b)  (i)  demand  and  time  deposits  in,  certificates
          of deposit  of, banker's acceptances issued by or
          federal funds  sold  by  any  depository institution
          or  trust company  (including the Trustee or its
          agent acting  in their  respective  commercial
          capacities)  incorporated under  the laws of the
          United States of America or  any State   thereof
          and   subject  to   supervision
          and
          examination  by  federal and/or state  authorities,
          so long  as  at the time of such investment or
          contractual commitment   providing   for  such
          investment,   such depository  institution or trust
          company  has  a  short term  unsecured  debt rating
          in the  highest  available rating  category of S&P
          and Moody's and  provided  that each  such
          investment has an original maturity  of  no more
          than 365 days, and (ii) any other demand or  time
          deposit  or  deposit  which is  fully  insured  by
          the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
          
     (c)  repurchase  obligations with a term not  to  exceed
          30 days  with respect to any security described in
          clause (a)
          above   and  entered  into  with   a   depository
          institution  or trust company (acting as  a
          principal) rated  in the highest available rating
          category by  S&P and
          Moody's;   provided,  however,  that   collateral
          transferred pursuant to such repurchase obligation
          must be  of the type described in clause (a) above
          and  must (i)  be  valued  weekly at current  market
          price  plus accrued  interest,  (ii) pursuant  to
          such  valuation, equal,  at  all times, 105% of the
          cash transferred  by the
          Trustee  in  exchange  for  such  collateral  and
          (iii) be delivered to the Trustee or, if the Trustee
          is supplying the collateral, an agent for the
          Trustee,  in such a manner as to accomplish
          perfection of a security interest   in   the
          collateral   by   possession   of certificated
          securities.
          
     (d)  securities  bearing  interest or  sold  at  a
          discount issued  by any corporation incorporated
          under the  laws of  the  United States of America or
          any State  thereof which  has  a  long term unsecured
          debt rating  in  the highest available rating
          category of each of the Rating Agencies at the time
          of such investment;
          
     (e)  commercial  paper having an original maturity  of
          less than  365  days and issued by an institution
          having  a short   term  unsecured  debt  rating  in
          the  highest available  rating  category  of  each
          of  the   Rating Agencies at the time of such
          investment;
          
     (f)  a guaranteed investment contract approved in writing
          by each  of the Rating Agencies and MBIA and issued
          by  an insurance  company or other corporation having
          a  long term  unsecured  debt rating in the  highest
          available rating  category of each of the Rating
          Agencies at  the time of such investment;
          
     (g)  money  market  funds  having  ratings  in  the
          highest available rating categories of S&P and
          Moody's  at  the time  of  such  investment which
          invest only  in  other Eligible Investments; any such
          money market funds which provide   for  demand
          withdrawals  being  conclusively deemed to satisfy
          any maturity requirement for Eligible Investments set
          forth in this Agreement; and
          
    (h)   any investment approved in writing by each of the
     Rating Agencies and MBIA.
     The  Trustee  may  purchase from or sell  to  itself  or
an affiliate, as principal or agent, the Eligible Investments
listed above.  All Eligible Investments shall be made in the
name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders
and MBIA.
     "Eligible  Lease Contract":  A Lease Contract that
satisfies the  selection criteria set forth in Section 3.01(a)
of the Lease Acquisition  Agreement  as  of the  Closing  Date
or  applicable Acquisition Date.
     "Equipment":  The equipment leased to the Customers
pursuant to  the Lease Contracts, including motor vehicles,
together  with any  replacement  parts, additions and repairs
thereof,  and  any accessories incorporated therein and/or
affixed thereto.
     "ERISA":   The  Employee Retirement Income Security  Act
of
1974, as amended or any successor statute thereto.

     "Event  of Default":  The meaning specified in Section
6.01
hereof.

     "Existing Indebtedness":  The meaning specified in the
Lease Acquisition Agreement.
     "Expected Maturity":  The meaning specified in the  Class
B Supplement.
     "Final Due Date":  With respect to each Lease Contract,
the final Due Date thereunder.
     "Final   Payment  Date":   With  respect  to  any  Class
A Certificate or Class B Certificate, the date on which  the
final principal  payment  on such Certificate is  made  as
therein  or herein  provided,  whether  at the Stated  Maturity
or  Expected Maturity, as applicable, or by acceleration or
redemption.
     "Funded Lease Contract":  A Lease Contract acquired  by
the Transferor on a Funding Date.
     "Funding":  The acquisition of Funded Lease Contracts by
the Transferor  from  the Company pursuant to the  Lease
Acquisition Agreement, the conveyance by the Transferor of such
Funded  Lease Contracts  to  the  Trust  and the  release  of
funds  from  the Prefunding  Account in accordance with Article
Three and  Section 12.04(d)(i) hereof.
     "Funding  Amount":  As of any Funding Date, the  amount,
if any,  by  which the Aggregate IPB and the sum of the IPB  of
the Lease Contracts relating to the Funding expected to occur
on such Funding    Date   exceeds   the   sum   of   (A)   the
Required Collateralization Amount and (B) the Class A
Certificate  Balance less  the  Prefunding  Account Deposit
then  on  deposit  in  the Prefunding Account (prior to
releasing amounts therefrom, if any, on the related Funding
Date).
     "Funding  Date":   At the option of the Transferor,  any
of March 31, 1997, May 12, 1997 and June 10, 1997.
     "Funding  Period":   The period of time  commencing  on
the Closing Date and ending on the Funding Termination Date.
     "Funding Report":  A Funding Report in the form of Exhibit
E hereto.
     "Funding  Termination Date":  The earliest of (a)  June
10, 1997,  (b) the date on which amounts on deposit in the
Prefunding Account are reduced to $30,000 or less and (c) the
date on  which a Trigger Event occurs.
     "GF Certificate":  An Officer's Certificate delivered by
the Transferor substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.
     "Guaranty  Amounts":   Any  and  all  amounts  paid  by
any guarantor indicated on the applicable Lease Contract.
     "Holder" or "Certificateholder":  The person in whose name
a Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
     "Implicit  Principal Balance" or "IPB":  As of any  date
of determination,  with respect to any Lease Contract,  the
present value  of the remaining stream of Scheduled Payments
(reduced  by the  applicable  Servicer Fee but not reduced by
any  Additional Servicer  Fee) due with respect to such Lease
Contract after  the applicable  Calculation Date, and
calculated by discounting  such Scheduled Payments (assuming
such Scheduled Payments are received on                   the
last  day  of  the  related  Monthly  Period)  to  such
Calculation Date at an annual rate equal to the Discount Rate,
at the  same  frequency  as the Payment Dates; except  that  on
the Calculation  Date,  (a) on or immediately following  the
deposit into  the  Collection Account of any Insurance Proceeds
(and  the termination of the related Lease Contract) or the
Removal  Price, or on or immediately following the delivery of
a Substitute Lease Contract,  (b)  immediately on or after the
date  that  a  Lease Contract                             has
become   a   Defaulted   Lease   Contract,                or
(c)  immediately preceding the Final Payment Date,  the
Implicit Principal  Balance of each such related Lease Contract
shall  be zero.   To  the  extent  that the Final Due  Date  of
any  Lease Contract  is  later  than  the  Stated  Maturity,
any  Scheduled Payments  due  on such Lease Contract after the
Calculation  Date immediately  preceding such Stated Maturity
shall  not  be  taken into  account  in calculating the
Implicit Principal  Balance  of such Lease Contract.
     "Independent":   When  used with respect  to  any
specified Person means such a Person, who (a) is in fact
independent of the Transferor,  (b) does not have any direct
financial  interest  or any material indirect financial
interest in the Transferor or  in any Affiliate of the
Transferor and (c) is not connected with the Transferor   as
an  officer,  employee,  promoter,  underwriter, trustee,
partner,   director,  or  person  performing   similar
functions.   Whenever it is herein provided that any
Independent Person's  opinion  or  certificate  shall  be
furnished  to  the Trustee, such Person shall be appointed by a
Transferor Order and approved  by the Trustee in the exercise
of reasonable care,  and such  opinion or certificate shall
state that the signer has read this  definition  and that the
signer is Independent  within  the meaning hereof.

     "Independent  Accountants":   Ehrhardt,  Keefe,  Steiner
& Hottman,  or any firm of independent certified public
accountants of  recognized  national  standing and reasonably
acceptable  to MBIA,  or if an MBIA Default or Termination has
occurred  and  is continuing, the Controlling Holders.

     "Initial Payment Date":  April 21, 1997.

     "Initial  Lease  Schedule":  The listing of Lease
Contracts and related Equipment attached hereto as Schedule I.

     "Insurance Agreement":  The Insurance Agreement dated as
of March 1, 1997 by and among MBIA, the Transferor, the
Company, the Servicer,  the Back-up Servicer, the Trustee and
the  Certificate Funding  Administrator, as amended or
supplemented in  accordance with the terms thereof.

     "Insurance  Policy":  With respect to an item  of
Equipment and  a  Lease  Contract, any insurance policy
maintained  by  the Customer  pursuant  to  the related Lease
Contract  that  covers physical  damage to the Equipment or
general liability (including policies procured by the Company
or the Servicer on behalf of the Customer).

     "Insurance Proceeds":  With respect to an item of
Equipment and  a  Lease  Contract, any amount received during
the  related Monthly  Period  pursuant  to  an Insurance
Policy  issued  with respect to such Equipment and the related
Lease Contract, net  of any costs of collecting such amounts
not otherwise reimbursed.

     "Insurer":  Any insurance company or other insurer
providing any Insurance Policy.

     "Investment Letter":  The letter required to be delivered
by each  transferee  of a Certificate, as provided in  Section
2.06
hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.
     "Lease   Acquisition  Agreement":   The  Lease
Acquisition Agreement  dated  as  of  March  1,  1997,  by  and
between  the Transferor and the Company, as amended or
supplemented from  time to time in accordance with the terms
thereof.
     "Lease   Assets":   The  meaning  specified  in  the
Lease
Acquisition Agreement.

     "Lease  Contract File":  The meaning specified in the
Lease Acquisition Agreement.

     "Lease  Contracts":  The lease contracts including all
Loan Contracts  (and  all rights with respect thereto,
including  all guaranties  and  other  agreements or
arrangements  of  whatever character from time to time
supporting or securing payment of any Lease  Contract and all
rights with respect to any agreements  or arrangements  with
the vendors, dealers or manufacturers  of  the Equipment  to
the  extent  specifically  related  to  any  Lease Contract)
which are identified either (i) on the  Initial  Lease Schedule
delivered to the Trustee and MBIA on the Closing  Date, or (ii)
on an Amended Lease Schedule delivered to the Trustee and MBIA
on  an Acquisition Date; provided that, from and after  the
date  on  which  a  Lease  Contract is  repurchased,  removed
or substituted  by the Company or the Transferor in accordance
with Section 4.03 hereof, such repurchased, removed or replaced
Lease Contract shall no longer constitute a Lease Contract for
purposes of the Transaction Documents.

     "Lease  Receivables":  With respect to any  Lease
Contract, all  of,  and  the  right to receive all  of  (a)
the  Scheduled Payments,  (b)  any prepayments made with
respect of  such  Lease Contract,  (c) any Guaranty Amounts,
(d) any Insurance  Proceeds, (e)  any Residual Proceeds, (f)
any Overdue Payments, and (g) any Recoveries.

     "Lease Schedule":  The Initial Lease Schedule, together
with and  as  amended by all Amended Lease Schedules,  each  of
which shall  include with respect to each Lease Contract:  (a)
a number identifying  the  Lease  Contract,  (b)  the  Implicit
Principal Balance,  (c) the number identifying the Customer,
(d) the  State of the Customer's billing address, (e) the
original and remaining term,  (f)  the  Scheduled  Payment and
the  frequency  thereof, (g)  the  Equipment  type, (h) the zip
code  of  the  Customer's billing address, (i) the broker of
the Lease Contract (j) whether such  Lease  Contract is a "true
lease" or a  Loan  Contract  and (k) the amount of any PUT
Payment.

     "Lien":   The  meaning  specified in the  Lease
Acquisition Agreement.

     "Liquidated Lease Receivable":  A Lease Receivable that
has been  liquidated  pursuant to Section 3.01(b)  of  the
Servicing Agreement.

     "Loan Contract":  A Lease Contract that evidences a sale
of the  related Equipment to the Customer and the retention  by
the lessor of a security interest in such Equipment.

     "Lockbox  Account":  The meaning specified in the
Servicing Agreement.

     "Material  Affiliate":  Any entity whose capital  stock
the Company has majority ownership.

     "MBIA":    MBIA  Insurance  Corporation  and  any
successor thereto.
     "MBIA   Default   or  Termination":   The   occurrence
and
continuance of any of the following events:

     (a)    the  failure  by  MBIA to make a  payment  under
          the Certificate  Insurance Policy in  accordance
          with  its terms;
          
     (b)  the occurrence of an "Insurer Insolvency," as that
          term is  defined in the Insurance Agreement, with
          respect to MBIA; or
          
     (c)  124  days  have elapsed since the Class A
          Certificates have  been paid in full, MBIA has been
          paid all amounts owed   to   it  under  the
          Insurance  Agreement,
          the
          Certificate  Insurance Policy has been  surrendered
          to MBIA and the Insurance Agreement has been
          terminated.
          
     "MBIA Premium":  The MBIA Premium specified in the
Insurance Agreement.

     "MBIA Premium Rate":  The meaning specified in the
Insurance Agreement.

     "Monthly  Period":  As to any Determination Date or
Payment Date,  the  period beginning on the first day and
ending  on  the last  day of the calendar month preceding the
month in which such Determination Date or Payment Date occurs.

     "Monthly  Servicer's Report":  The report  prepared  by
the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Servicing
Agreement.

     "Moody's":    Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.   and
its
successors in interest.

     "Negative  Arbitrage  Amount":  For any  Payment  Date,
the product  of  (A)  one-twelfth of the Discount Rate  and
(B)  the balance of the Prefunding Account at the beginning of
the related Accrual Period.

     "Net  Worth Requirement" has the meaning given in the
Terms Schedule attached hereto.

     "Nonrecoverable  Advance":  The  meaning  specified  in
the Servicing Agreement.

     "Officer's  Certificate":   A  certificate  signed  by
the
Chairman  of  the  Board, the President, a  Vice  President,
the Treasurer,  the  Controller,  an  Assistant  Controller  or
the
Secretary  of  the  company on whose behalf  the  certificate
is delivered, and delivered to the Trustee, which certificate
shall comply  with the applicable requirements of Section 13.13
hereof. Unless otherwise specified, any reference in this
Agreement to an Officer's Certificate shall be to an Officer's
Certificate of the Transferor.

     "Opinion of Counsel":  A written opinion of outside
counsel who  shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
and MBIA and which  opinion  shall comply with the applicable
requirements  of Section
13.13 hereof.
     "Original Issuance":  The date of issuance, if any,  of
the Class B Certificates.
     "Outstanding":  With respect to Certificates, as of any
date of  determination, all Certificates theretofore
authenticated and delivered under this Agreement except:
     (a)  Certificates  theretofore canceled by  the
          Certificate Registrar or delivered to the Certificate
          Registrar for cancellation; and
     (b)  Certificates in exchange for or in lieu of which
          other Certificates  have  been  authenticated  and
          delivered pursuant  to  this Agreement, unless proof
          satisfactory to  the Trustee is presented that any
          such Certificates are held by a bona fide purchaser;
provided, however, that for purposes of disbursing payments
from the  Certificate Insurance Policy and in determining
whether  the Holders of the requisite amount of Certificate
Balance have given any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver   hereunder,  Certificates
(other  than  the   Transferor Certificate)  owned by the
Transferor or any other  obligor  upon the  Certificates  or
any Affiliate of  the  Transferor  or  the Servicer  or such
other obligor shall be disregarded  and  deemed not  to  be
outstanding, except that, in determining whether  the Trustee
shall  be  protected in relying upon any  such  request,
demand,  authorization, direction, notice,  consent,  or
waiver, only Certificates which the Trustee knows to be so
owned shall be so disregarded.
     "Overdue Payment":  With respect to a Monthly Period  and
a Lease  Contract that is a Delinquent Lease Contract, all
payments due in a prior Monthly Period that the Servicer
receives from  or on behalf of a Customer during the related
Monthly Period on such Delinquent Lease Contract, including any
Servicing Charges.
     "Paying Agent":  The Trustee or any other Person that
meets the  eligibility standards for the Trustee specified  in
Section 7.08  hereof  and  is  authorized by the Transferor
pursuant  to Section 7.16 hereof to pay the principal of, or
interest on,  any Certificates on behalf of the Transferor.
     "Payment  Date":  The twentieth day of each  calendar
month (or  if  such  day  is  not a Business Day, the  next
succeeding Business Day) commencing on the Initial Payment
Date.
     "Person":    Any   individual,   corporation,
partnership, association,  joint-stock  company,  limited
liability  company, trust   (including   any  beneficiary
thereof),   unincorporated organization or government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof.
     "Placement Agent":  Rothschild Inc.
     "Preference  Claim":   The meaning  given  in  Section
8.01 hereof.
     "Prefunding  Account":   The trust account  established
and maintained pursuant to Section 12.04(b) hereof.
     "Prefunding Account Deposit": The meaning given in the
Terms Schedule attached hereto.
     "Private  Placement Memorandum" or "Final Private
Placement Memorandum":  The preliminary Private Placement
Memorandum  dated March  5,  1997  or the final Private
Placement Memorandum  dated March 24, 1997.
     "Proceeding":  Any suit in equity, action at  law  or
other judicial or administrative proceeding.
     "PUT  Payments":  A provision in a Lease Contract
obligating the lessee to purchase the related Equipment upon
termination.
     "Rating Agencies":  Moody's and S & P.
     "Record Date":  The close of business on the last day of
the month  preceding the applicable Payment Date, whether  or
not  a Business Day, except with respect to an Initial Payment
Date, the Record Date shall be the Closing Date.
     "Recoveries":   For any Monthly Period occurring  after
the date  on  which  any  Lease Contract becomes  a  Defaulted
Lease Contract  and with respect to such Defaulted Lease
Contract,  all payments  that  the  Servicer received from or
on  behalf  of  a Customer  during such Monthly Period in
respect of such Defaulted Lease  Contract or from liquidation
or re-leasing of the  related Equipment,  including  but not
limited to prepayments,  Scheduled Payments,  Overdue
Payments,  Guaranty  Amounts,  and  Insurance Proceeds.
     "Redemption Account":  The trust account or accounts
created and maintained pursuant to Section 12.02 hereof.
     "Redemption  Date":  A date fixed pursuant to Section
10.01
hereof.

     "Redemption   Price":   With  respect  to   any   Class
of
Certificates being redeemed pursuant to Article Ten  hereof,
and as  of  the  related Redemption Date, the Certificate
Balance  of such  Class  of Certificates, together with
interest accrued  and unpaid  thereon to but excluding the
related Redemption  Date  at the   applicable   Certificate
Interest   Rate   (exclusive
of
installments of interest and principal maturing on  or  prior
to such date, payment of which shall have been made or duly
provided for  to  the Holder of such Certificate on the
applicable  Record Date or as otherwise provided in this
Agreement).

     "Redemption Record Date":  With respect to any redemption
of Certificates, a date fixed pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof.

     "Registered Holder":  The Person whose name appears  on
the Certificate Register on the applicable Record Date or
Redemption Record Date.

     "Reinvestment  Income":   Any  interest  or  other
earnings earned on all or part of the Trust Estate.

     "Removal   Price":   With  respect  to  any  Lease
Contract repurchased by the Company pursuant to Sections 2.06
or  3.03  of the  Lease  Acquisition Agreement or removed  by
the  Transferor pursuant  to Section 4.03(d) hereof, the sum of
(a) the  Implicit Principal Balance (computed without giving
effect to clauses  (b) and (c) of the definition of "Implicit
Principal Balance") of the related
Lease  Receivable  on  the  Calculation  Date   on
or
immediately preceding the date when the Lease Contract is
removed or  repurchased, (b) any Scheduled Payments with
respect  to  the Lease  Contract due on or prior to such
Calculation Date but  not received  through such Calculation
Date, and (c) with respect  to the  related Equipment, the
amount, if any, recorded in the books and records of the
Transferor as the "unguaranteed residual."

     "Required Collateralization Amount":  The meaning  given
in the Terms Schedule attached hereto.

     "Residual Proceeds":  With respect to a Lease Contract
that is  not a Defaulted Lease Contract and the related
Equipment, the net proceeds (including Insurance Proceeds) of
any sale, re-lease (including  any  lease  renewal) or  other
disposition  of  such Equipment  or  any periodic payment under
the Lease Contract  for use of the Equipment after the initial
term thereof.
     "Responsible  Officer":   When  used  with  respect  to
the Trustee,  any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust
Department (or  any successor thereto), including any Vice
President, Senior Trust  Officer,  Trust  Officer,  Assistant
Trust  Officer,  any Assistant  Secretary, any Trust Officer or
any other  Officer  of the  Trustee  customarily performing
functions similar  to  those performed  by  any  of the above
designated officers  and  having direct  responsibility for the
administration of this  Agreement, and also, with respect to a
particular matter, any other officer, to  whom  such  matter
is  referred because  of  such  officer's knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject.
    "Sale":  The meaning specified in Section 6.18 hereof.
     "Scheduled  Expenses":   On  any  Determination  Date,
the
Servicer Fee, the Back-up Servicer Fee, the MBIA Premium and
the Trustee Fee to be due on the next succeeding Payment Date.

     "Scheduled Payment":  With respect to a Payment Date  and
a Lease Contract, the periodic payment (exclusive of any
amounts in respect of taxes and including any PUT Payment but
excluding  any other balloon payments) set forth in such Lease
Contract due from the  Customer  in the related Monthly Period,
calculated  without regard to any modification granted pursuant
to Section 3.01(b)(v) of the Servicing Agreement.

     "Servicer":   Initially,  the Company,  and  thereafter
any successor  Servicer  appointed pursuant to Section  6.02
of  the Servicing Agreement.

     "Servicer  Advance":  The meaning set forth in Section
3.04
of the Servicing Agreement.

     "Servicing  Officers":  The persons listed on a
certificate of  the  Servicer from time to time delivered by
the Servicer  to the Transferor and the Trustee.

     "Servicer  Fee":   The meaning given in the  Terms
Schedule attached hereto.

     "Servicing Agreement":  The Servicing Agreement dated as
of March  1,  1997  by and among the Servicer, the  Transferor,
the Back-up Servicer and the Trustee, as amended or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
thereof.
     "Servicing  Charges":   The sum  of  (a)  all  late
payment charges  paid by Customers on Lease Contracts that are
Delinquent Lease  Contracts after payment in full of any
Scheduled  Payments due  in  a  prior Monthly Period and
Scheduled Payments  for  the related  Monthly Period and (b)
any other incidental  charges  or fees received from a
Customer, including but not limited to, late fees, collection
fees and bounced check charges.

     "S  & P":  Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division
of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors in
interest.

     "State":  Any state of the United States of America and,
in addition, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.

     "Stated   Maturity":    With  respect   to   the   Class
A Certificates, December 20, 2002.
     "Substitute Lease Contract":  The meaning specified  in
the Lease Acquisition Agreement.
     "Tangible Net Worth":  The excess of (a) the tangible
assets of  the  Servicer and any subsidiaries calculated  in
accordance with  GAAP,  as reduced by adequate reserves in each
case  where reserves   are  proper,  over  (b)  all
indebtedness  (including subordinated   debt)  of  the
Servicer  and  its   subsidiaries; provided,  however, that (i)
in no event shall there be  included in  the  above calculation
any intangible assets such as patents, trademarks,   trade
names,  copyrights,   licenses,   goodwill, organizational
costs, advances or loans to, or receivables  from, directors,
officers,  employees  or  subsidiaries  (other   than
subsidiaries  that  are  special purpose entities  owned  by
the Servicer  or  any  subsidiary thereof), prepaid  assets,
amounts relating  to  covenants not to compete, pension assets,
deferred charges  or  treasury stock or any securities of the
Servicer  or any  other  securities unless the same are readily
marketable  in the  United States of America or entitled to be
used as a  credit against  federal income tax liabilities, (ii)
securities included as  such  intangible assets shall be taken
into account at  their current  market price or cost, whichever
is lower, and (iii)  any write-up in the book value of any
assets shall not be taken  into account.
     "Targeted Balance":  For each Payment Date occurring in
the Amortization  Period, the amount indicated for such Payment
Date on the Targeted Balance Schedule
     "Targeted Balance Schedule":  The schedule prepared  by
the Certificate  Funding Administrator at the close  of  the
Funding Period in accordance with Section 3.03(c) hereof.
     "Terms Schedule":   Schedule II attached hereto.
     "Transaction  Documents":   The  Agreement,  the
Servicing Agreement, the Lease Acquisition Agreement, the
Certificates, the Insurance  Agreement, the Certificate
Insurance  Policy  and  the Certificate Funding Administration
Agreement.
     "Transaction Documents Date":  March 1, 1997.
     "Transferor":   GF  Funding Corp. III,  and  all
successors thereto in accordance with the terms hereof.
     "Transferor Certificate":  The Certificate substantially
in the  form of Exhibit C attached hereto executed by the
Transferor and authenticated by the Trustee.
     "Transferor  Order"  and "Transferor  Request":   A
written order  or  request  signed in the name of the
Transferor  by  its President or a Vice President, and
delivered to the Trustee.
     "Transition  Cost":   Any  documented  expenses
reasonably incurred  by  a  successor  Servicer,  the  Trustee
or  MBIA  in connection  with a transfer of servicing from the
Servicer  to  a successor Servicer as successor Servicer
pursuant to Section                                       6.02
of the Servicing Agreement, but not to exceed $50,000.

     "Trigger  Event":  The meaning given in the  Terms
Schedule attached hereto.

     "Trust":  The meaning specified in the Conveyance Clause
of
this Agreement.
     "Trust  Estate":   The meaning specified in  the
Conveyance
Clause of this Agreement.

     "Trustee":   Norwest  Bank Minnesota, National
Association, until  a  successor Person shall have become the
Trustee pursuant to  the  applicable provisions of this
Agreement, and  thereafter "Trustee" shall mean such successor
Person.

     "Trustee Fee":  The fee payable on each Payment Date to
the Trustee  in  consideration for the Trustee's performance
of  its duties pursuant to this Agreement as Trustee, in an
amount  equal to  the  product of one-twelfth of the Trustee
Fee Rate  and  the Class  A  Certificate Balance immediately
following the preceding Payment  Date,  provided, however, with
respect  to  the  Initial Payment Date, the Trustee Fee shall
equal $954.86.

     "Trustee Fee Rate":  The meaning given in the Terms
Schedule attached hereto.

     "Vice  President":   With respect to the Transferor  or

the Trustee,  any  vice  president, whether or not  designated

by  a number  or a word or words added before or after the

title  "vice president."

                          ARTICLE TWO

                       THE CERTIFICATES

     Section 2.01   Form Generally.

     The   Class   A   Certificates  and  the   certificates
of authentication shall be in substantially the form  set
forth  in Exhibit  A attached hereto and the Class B
Certificates shall  be in  substantially the form set forth in
Exhibit B attached hereto and the Transferor Certificate shall
be in substantially the form set  forth  in Exhibit C attached
hereto, in each case with  such appropriate  insertions,
omissions,  substitutions   and   other variations  as  are
required or permitted by this Agreement,  and may  have  such
letters, numbers or other marks of identification and   such
legends  or  endorsements  placed  thereon,  as  may,
consistently  herewith, be determined by the  officers
executing such  Certificates,  as  evidenced  by  their
execution  of  the Certificates.


     The  definitive Certificates shall be typewritten,
printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any
combination of  these methods  on  steel  engraved borders or
may be  produced  in  any manner  acceptable to the Trustee and
the initial  purchasers  of the  Certificates,  all as
determined by the  officers  executing such  Certificates,  as
evidenced by  their  execution  of  such Certificates.


     Section 2.02   Classes of Certificates; Denomination.
                               
                               
     (a)   This  Agreement  provides  for  the  issuance  by
the Transferor  of  Certificates consisting of Class A
Certificates, Class  B Certificates and the Transferor
Certificate, all subject to  and  in  accordance with the terms
of this  Agreement.   Each Certificate  shall  bear  upon the
face thereof  the  designation selected for the Class to which
it belongs.


     All  Class A Certificates issued under this Agreement
shall in  all respects represent a fractional undivided
interest in the Trust Estate, pari passu with all other Class A
Certificates, and
shall  be  entitled  to the benefits hereof  without
preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual
time or times of authentication and delivery, all in accordance
with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
     All  Class B Certificates issued under this Agreement
shall in  all respects represent a fractional undivided
interest in the Trust Estate, pari passu with all other Class B
Certificates  and subordinate  to  all Class A Certificates and
to  certain  other payments  as  provided herein (although the
Class B  Certificates are not secured by and do not have the
benefit of the Certificate Insurance  Policy  or  any  proceeds
therefrom),  and  shall  be entitled  to the benefits hereof
without preference, priority  or distinction              on
account  of  the  actual  time  or   times
of
authentication and delivery, all in accordance with the terms
and provisions of this Agreement.

     The  rights  of  the Holders of the Class B Certificates
to receive  payments  of interest and principal in  respect  of
the Class B Certificates on any Payment Date shall be
subordinated to the  rights  of  the Holders of Class A
Certificates  to  receive payments  of  principal and interest
in respect of  the  Class  A Certificates on such Payment Date
and other payments as set forth in Section 12.02(d).

     The  rights of the Holders of the Transferor Certificate
to receive payments in respect of the Transferor Certificate on
any Payment  Date shall be subordinated to the rights of the
Holders of  Class  A  Certificates  and Class B Certificates
to  receive payments  of  principal and interest in respect of
the  Class  A Certificates  and Class B Certificates on such
Payment  Date  and certain other payments as set forth in
Section 12.02(d).

     (b)   The aggregate principal amount of Class A
Certificates
that  may  be  authenticated and delivered under  this
Agreement shall be $27,500,000, and the aggregate principal
amount of Class B Certificates that may be authenticated and
delivered under this Agreement  shall  be set forth in the
Class B Supplement,  except for Certificates authenticated and
delivered upon registration of transfer  or  in  exchange for
or in lieu of, other  Certificates pursuant to Sections 2.04,
2.05, 2.07 or 9.05 hereof.  The  Class A  and  Class B
Certificates shall be issuable only as registered Certificates
without  coupons  in  denominations  of  at   least $250,000
and  any  amount in excess thereof; provided,  however, that,
the foregoing shall not restrict or prevent the transfer in
accordance  with Sections 2.05 and 2.06 hereof of any
Certificate with a remaining Certificate Balance of less than
$250,000. The
Transferor Certificate shall have no stated principal amount
and no stated interest rate.

     Section   2.03     Formation,   Execution,
Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

     (a)  By its conveyance of the Trust Estate to the Trustee
as set  forth in the Conveyance Clause hereof, the Transferor
hereby establishes the Trust in exchange for the Transferor
Certificate, the  proceeds  of  the sale of the Class A
Certificates  and  the proceeds,  when  and  if  sold,  of  the
sale  of  the  Class  B Certificates,  and all other rights of
the Transferor  set  forth herein.                        On
the Closing Date, Certificates shall be  issued  in
accordance  with the terms hereof by the Trust and, upon
written order from the Transferor, the Trustee shall
authenticate (i) the Class  A  Certificates  in  an  aggregate
principal  amount
of
$27,500,000  and (ii) the Transferor Certificate.   The  Class
B Certificates may be issued at any time after the Closing Date
at the  election  of the Transferor subject to Section 4.08
hereof.
The  terms of the Class B Certificates shall be set forth in
the Class B Supplement.
     (b)   The  Certificates shall be executed on behalf  of
the
Transferor by the President or one of the Vice-Presidents of
the Transferor  under  its  corporate  seal  imprinted  or
otherwise reproduced  thereon.   The signature of  these
officers  on  the Certificates must be manual.

     (c)    Certificates   bearing  the  manual   signatures
of
individuals  who  were  at any time the proper  officers  of
the Transferor shall bind the Transferor, notwithstanding  that
such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication or delivery of such
Certificates or did not hold  offices at the date of
authentication or delivery  of  such Certificates.

     (d)   Each  Certificate shall bear on its face  the
Closing
Date  (or  the date of its issuance with respect to any  Class
B Certificates which may be issued hereunder) and be  dated  as
of the date of its authentication.

     (e)   No Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit
under
this  Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose,
unless there appears on such Certificate a certificate of
authentication substantially  in the form provided for herein
executed  by  the Trustee or by any Authenticating Agent by the
manual signature of one  of  its authorized officers, and such
certificate  upon  any Certificate shall be conclusive
evidence, and the only  evidence, that  such  Certificate has
been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

     Section 2.04   Temporary Certificates.

     Pending  the  preparation  of definitive  Certificates,
the Transferor  may execute, and upon Transferor Order,  the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Certificates
which  are printed,  lithographed,  typewritten, mimeographed
or  otherwise produced,  in  any denomination, containing the
same  terms  and representing  the same rights as the
definitive  Certificates  in lieu of which they are issued.

     If  temporary  Certificates are issued, the Transferor
will cause definitive Certificates to be prepared without
unreasonable delay.   After  the  preparation of definitive
Certificates,  the temporary  Certificates  shall  be
exchangeable  for  definitive Certificates upon surrender of
the temporary Certificates at  the office  or agency of the
Transferor to be maintained as  provided in  Section 11.02(m)
hereof, without charge to the Holder.   Upon surrender
for  cancellation  of  any  one  or  more   temporary
Certificates, the Transferor shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate  and  deliver  in  exchange  therefor  one
or  more definitive Certificates of any authorized
denominations and of  a like  initial aggregate principal
amount and Stated  Maturity  or Expected  Maturity,  as
applicable.   Until  so  exchanged,  the temporary Certificates
shall in all respects be entitled  to  the same benefits under
this Agreement as definitive Certificates.

     Section  2.05    Registration, Registration of Transfer
and Exchange.

     (a)   The Transferor shall cause to be kept at an office
or
agency  to  be  maintained by the Transferor in  accordance
with Section
11.02(m) hereof a register (the "Certificate Register"),
in  which,  subject  to  such reasonable regulations  as  it
may prescribe,  the Transferor shall provide for the
registration  of
Certificates  and the registration of transfers of
Certificates. Norwest  Bank  Minnesota, National Association,
6th  Street  and Marquette  Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55479-0113,  is  hereby appointed  "Certificate Registrar" for
the purpose of registering Certificates  and  transfers of
Certificates as herein  provided. The  Trustee  shall  have
the right to examine  the  Certificate Register at all
reasonable times and to rely conclusively upon  a Certificate
of  the Certificate Registrar as to  the  names  and addresses
of  the Holders of the Certificates and the  principal amounts
and numbers of such Certificates as held.
     (b)   Upon  surrender for registration of  transfer  of
any
Certificate  at  the  office or agency of the  Transferor  to
be maintained as provided in Section 11.02(m) hereof and
subject  to the  conditions set forth in Section 2.06 hereof,
the  Transferor shall  execute,  and the Trustee or its agent
shall  authenticate and  deliver,  in  the  name  of  the
designated  transferee  or transferees,  one  or  more new
Certificates  of  any  authorized denominations,  and of a like
aggregate principal  amount,  Class and Stated Maturity or
Expected Maturity, as applicable.

     (c)   At  the  option  of the Holder,  Certificates  may
be
exchanged  for other Certificates of any authorized
denominations and  of  a  like  aggregate principal amount,
Class  and  Stated Maturity  or Expected Maturity, as
applicable, upon surrender  of the  Certificates  to  be
exchanged at such  office  or  agency. Whenever  any
Certificates are so surrendered for exchange,  the Transferor
shall  execute, and the Trustee or  its  agent  shall
authenticate   and   deliver,   the   Certificates   which
the
Certificateholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

     (d)   All  Certificates  issued  upon  any  registration
of
transfer  or  exchange of Certificates shall be entitled  to
the same   benefits   under  this  Agreement,  as  the
Certificates surrendered upon such registration of such
transfer or exchange.

     Every  Certificate presented or surrendered for
registration of  transfer or exchange shall (if so required by
the  Transferor or  the Certificate Registrar) be duly endorsed
or be accompanied by  a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to  the Transferor  and the Certificate Registrar
duly executed,  by  the Holder thereof or his attorney duly
authorized in writing.

     No  service  charge  shall  be made  to  a  Holder  for
any registration  of  transfer or exchange of Certificates,
but  the Transferor may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover  any tax  or  other  governmental  charge  that  may  be
imposed       in
connection  with  any  registration of transfer  or  exchange
of Certificates,  other than exchanges pursuant to Section
2.04  or 9.05 hereof not involving any registration of
transfer.

     Section 2.06   Limitation on Transfer and Exchange.
     (a)   The Certificates have not been registered or
qualified
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act")
or the securities laws of any state.  No transfer of any
Certificate shall be made unless that transfer is made in a
transaction which does not require registration or
qualification under the 1933 Act or  under applicable state
securities or "Blue Sky" laws.  In the event  that  a  transfer
is to be made without  registration  or qualification,  such
Certificateholder's prospective  transferee shall  either (i)
deliver to the Trustee an Investment Letter  or (ii)  deliver
to  the  Trustee an opinion of  counsel  that  the transfer is
exempt from such registration or qualification (which opinion
shall  not  be  at the expense of  the  Transferor,  the
Trustee,  the  Servicer  or  the  Trust  Estate).   Neither
the
Transferor  nor the Trustee is obligated to register  or
qualify the  Certificates under the 1933 Act or any other
securities law. Any  such Holder desiring to effect such
transfer shall, and does hereby  agree to, indemnify the
Trustee, MBIA and the  Transferor against  any  liability,
cost or expense  (including  attorneys' fees) that may result
if the transfer is not so exempt or is  not made in accordance
with such federal and state laws.  The Trustee shall  promptly,
after receipt of such information as is provided by  the
Servicer, furnish to any Holder, or any Prospective Owner
designated by a Holder, the information required to be
delivered to  Holders  and Prospective Owners of Certificates
in connection with  resales of the Certificates to permit
compliance with  Rule 144A  of  the  1933  Act in connection
with such  resales.                                       Such
information shall be provided to the Trustee by the Servicer.

     (b)   No  acquisition  or transfer of a Certificate  or
any interest  therein may be made to any "Benefit Plan
Investor"  (as defined  in  29  C.F.R.  2510.3-101) or  to  any
person  who  is directly  or  indirectly  purchasing  such
Certificates  or   an interest therein on behalf of, as named
fiduciary of, as  trustee of,  or  with assets of, such a
Benefit Plan Investor unless  the Trustee  is  provided  with
evidence  that  establishes  to  the satisfaction  of  the
Trustee that  (i)  either  no  "prohibited transaction"  under
ERISA or the Code will occur  in  connection with such
prospective acquiror's or transferee's acquisition  and holding
of the Certificates or that the acquisition and  holding of the
Certificates by such prospective acquiror or transferee is
subject to a statutory or administrative exemption, and (ii)
that the  prospective  acquiror's  or  transferee's
acquisition  and
holding  will  not  subject  the Transferor,  the  Servicer,
the Trustee                                               or
the  Certificate  Funding  Administrator   to
any
obligation  or  liability (including obligations  or
liabilities under  ERISA  or Section 4975 of the Code) in
addition  to  those explicitly undertaken in the Transaction
Documents.

     (c)   No  transfer  of  the Transferor  Certificate  by
the Transferor may be made except in accordance with Section
11.02(o) hereof.

     (d)  The Trustee shall have no liability to the Trust
Estate or  any  Certificateholder arising from a transfer  of
any  such Certificate  in reliance upon a certification
described  in  this Section                               2.06.
     Section   2.07    Mutilated,  Destroyed,  Lost   or
Stolen Certificate.
     If  (i)  any  mutilated Certificate is  surrendered  to
the Certificate  Registrar, or the Trustee receives evidence
to  its satisfaction   of  the  destruction,  loss  or   theft
of    any
Certificate, and (ii) there is delivered to the Trustee and
MBIA such  security or indemnity as may be required by the
Trustee  to save the Transferor, the Trustee and MBIA or any
agent of any  of them  harmless, then, in the absence of notice
to the  Transferor or  the  Certificate  Registrar that such
Certificate  has  been acquired  by a bona fide purchaser, the
Transferor shall  execute and,  upon  its  request,  the
Trustee  shall  authenticate  and deliver,  in  exchange  for
or in lieu  of  any  such  mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Certificate, a new Certificate  of  the same  tenor,  initial
principal amount and  Stated  Maturity  or Expected   Maturity,
as  applicable,  bearing   a   number
not
contemporaneously outstanding.  If after the delivery of such
new Certificate, a bona fide purchaser of the original
Certificate in lieu  of  which  such  new Certificate was
issued  presents  for payment  such original Certificate, MBIA,
the Transferor and  the Trustee  shall  be entitled to recover
such new Certificate  from
the  person  to  whom  it  was delivered  or  any  person
taking therefrom, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be
entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided
therefor  to  the extent  of any loss, damage, cost or expenses
incurred  by  MBIA, the  Transferor  or the Trustee or any
agent of any  of  them  in connection therewith.  If any such
mutilated, destroyed, lost  or stolen  Certificate shall have
become or shall be about to become due  and  payable, or shall
have become subject to redemption  in full,  instead  of
issuing a new Certificate, the Transferor  may pay  such
Certificate without surrender thereof, except that  any
mutilated Certificate shall be surrendered.
     No  service  charge  shall  be made  to  a  Holder  for
any registration  of  transfer or exchange of Certificates,
but  the Transferor may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover  any tax  or  other  governmental  charge  that  may  be
imposed         in
connection  with  any  registration of transfer  or  exchange
of Certificates,  other than exchanges pursuant to Section
2.04  or 9.05 hereof not involving any registration of
transfer.  Upon the issuance   of  any  new  Certificate  under
this  Section,  the
Transferor may require the payment of a sum sufficient  to
cover any  tax  or  other governmental charge that may  be
imposed  in relation  thereto and any other expenses (including
the fees  and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

     Every  new Certificate issued pursuant to this Section
2.07, in  lieu  of  any  destroyed, lost or stolen
Certificate,  shall constitute an original additional
contractual obligation  of  the Transferor,  whether  or  not
the  destroyed,  lost  or   stolen Certificate shall be at any
time enforceable by anyone, and shall be  entitled  to all the
benefits of this Agreement  equally  and proportionately with
any and all other Certificates  duly  issued hereunder.

     The  provisions  of  this Section are  exclusive  and
shall preclude  (to  the extent lawful) all other rights  and
remedies with   respect  to  the  replacement  or  payment  of
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificates.

     Section  2.08   Payment of Principal and Interest;
Principal and Interest Rights Preserved.

     (a)   For  each  applicable  Accrual  Period,  the  Class
A Certificates and the Class B Certificates shall bear interest
on their  respective Class A or Class B Certificate Balance at
their applicable  Certificate  Interest  Rate,  until  the
last day
preceding  the  Final Payment Date and (to the  extent  that
the payment  of  such interest shall be legally enforceable)
on  any overdue  installment  of  interest from the  date  such
interest became  due  and  until fully paid.  Interest  for
each  Accrual Period  shall  be  calculated on the  basis  of
a  360-day  year consisting of 12 months of 30 days each.
Interest shall  be  due and payable in arrears on each Payment
Date, with each payment of interest calculated as described
above on the Certificate Balance immediately  following  the
preceding  Payment  Date  or  on  the Closing  Date, if there
has not been any preceding Payment  Date; provided that the
payment of interest on the Class B Certificates is  subordinate
to the payment of principal and interest  on  the Class A
Certificates and other fees and expenses as specified  in
Section  12.02(d).  In making any such interest payment,  if
the interest  calculation with respect to a Certificate shall
result in  a  portion of such payment being less than $0.01,
then  such payment  shall  be decreased to the nearest whole
cent,  and  no subsequent adjustment shall be made in respect
thereof.

     (b)   The  principal of each Class A and Class B
Certificate
shall  be payable in installments ending no later than the
Stated Maturity  or                                    Expected
Maturity thereof unless  such  Certificate
becomes  due  and  payable at an earlier date by  declaration
of
acceleration,  call for redemption or otherwise.  All
reductions in  the principal amount of a Certificate effected
by payments of installments                            of
principal made on any  Payment  Date  shall            be
binding  upon all future Holders of such Certificate and  of
any Certificate issued upon the registration of transfer
thereof  or
in  exchange  therefor or in lieu thereof, whether  or  not
such
payment  is  noted  on  such Certificate.   Each  installment
of
principal  payable on the Class A Certificates  shall  be  in
an
amount equal to the Class A Principal Distribution Amount and
the Additional  Principal Amount, if any, available  to  be
paid    in
accordance with the priorities of Section 12.02(d) hereof.
Each
installment  of  principal payable on the  Class  B
Certificates shall be in an amount equal to the Class B
Principal Distribution Amount;  provided  that  the payment of
the  Class  B  Principal Distribution                  Amount
shall be subordinate  to  the  payments                of
principal and interest on the Class A Certificates and to
certain other  payments in accordance with Section 12.02(d)
hereof.  The
principal  payable on the Class A Certificates shall be  paid
on
each  Payment  Date beginning on the first Payment  Date  in
the Amortization                                       Period
and ending on the Final  Payment  Date,  and
unless  otherwise stated in the Class B Supplement, the
principal payable on the Class B Certificates shall be paid on
each Payment Date  beginning on the first Payment Date after
the later of  the Funding Termination Date and issuance thereof
and ending  on  the applicable  Final Payment Date.  All
payments of  principal  with respect to all of the Certificates
of any Class, shall be made on a  pro  rata            basis
based upon the ratio  that  the  certificate
balance of a Certificate bears to the Certificate Balance of
all Certificates                                       of  such
Class; provided, however,  that  if  as  a
result  of  such proration a portion of such principal  would
be
less  than  $.01,  then such payment shall be  increased  to
the nearest  whole cent, and such portion shall be deducted
from  the next succeeding principal payment.

     (c)   The principal, interest and any other amounts paid
on
the  Certificates are payable by check mailed by first-class
mail to the Person whose name appears as the Registered Holder
of such Certificate  on the Certificate Register at the address
of  such Person  as  it  appears on the Certificate Register
or  by  wire transfer  in immediately available funds to the
account specified in writing to the Trustee by such Registered
Holder at least five Business  Days prior to the Record Date
for the Payment  Date                                  on
which  wire transfers will commence, in such coin or currency
of
the  United States of America as at the time of payment is
legal tender  for the payment of public and private debts.
Except   as
set  forth  in  the final sentence of this Section  2.08(c),
all payments   on   the  Certificates  shall  be  paid  without
any
requirement  of  presentment.  The Transferor  shall  notify
the Person in whose name a Certificate is registered at the
close    of
business  on the Record Date next preceding the Payment  Date
on
which  the  Transferor  expects that  the  final  installment
of
principal  of  such Certificate will be paid that the
Transferor expects  that such final installment will be paid on
such Payment Date.                                Such notice
shall be mailed no later than the  tenth  day
prior to such Payment Date and shall specify the place where
such Certificate  may  be  surrendered.  Funds representing
any  such checks  returned  undeliverable shall be held in
accordance  with Section 7.16 hereof.  Each Certificateholder
shall surrender  its Certificate  to  the  Trustee  prior  to
payment  of  the  final installment of principal of such
Certificate.

     (d)   Notwithstanding any of the foregoing  provisions
with respect  to  payments  of  principal  of  and  interest
on      the
Certificates,  if the Certificates have become or  been
declared due   and  payable  following  an  Event  of  Default
and  such
acceleration  of  maturity  and its consequences  have  not
been rescinded  and  annulled,  then  payments  of  principal
of  and interest  on  such Certificates shall be made in
accordance  with Section 6.08 hereof.

     (e)  Payments on the Transferor Certificate shall be made
on each  Payment  Date  to the extent funds are available
therefore pursuant to Section 12.02(d)(xvi).
     (f)   Each  Holder  of a Certificate, by acceptance  of
its Certificate,  agrees that during the term of this
Agreement  and for  one  year  and  one day after the
termination  hereof,  such Holder  or  any  Affiliate thereof
will not file any  involuntary petition  or  otherwise
institute any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
insolvency  or  liquidation  proceeding  or   other proceeding
under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar  law against
the Transferor.
     (g)   The  Certificates are payable only out  of  the
Trust Estate   and  do  not  represent  recourse  obligations
of        the
Transferor,  the  Servicer  or  any  affiliate  thereof  or
any
successor thereto.

     Section 2.09   Persons Deemed Owner.
     Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of
any Certificate, the Transferor, MBIA, the Trustee and any
agent  of the  Transferor, MBIA or the Trustee shall treat  the
Person  in whose  name  any Certificate is registered as the
owner  of  such Certificate for the purpose of receiving
payments of principal of and  interest  on  such Certificate
and for  all  other  purposes whatsoever,  whether  or  not
such Certificate  be  overdue,  and neither  the Transferor,
MBIA, the Trustee nor any agent  of  the Transferor,  MBIA or
the Trustee shall be affected by  notice  to the contrary.
     Section 2.10   Cancellation.
     All  Certificates  surrendered to the Trustee  for
payment, registration  of  transfer  or exchange  (including
Certificates surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee
which  shall  be delivered  to  the  Trustee) shall be promptly
canceled  by  the Trustee.  No Certificates shall be
authenticated in lieu of or in exchange  for  any  Certificates
canceled  as  provided  in  this Section          2.10,  except
as expressly permitted by this  Agreement.
All  canceled Certificates held by the Trustee shall be
disposed of by the Trustee as is customary with its standard
practice.

     Section 2.11   Tax Treatment.

     The   Transferor  has  structured  this  Agreement  and
the Certificates  with  the intention that the Class  A
Certificates qualify under applicable tax laws as indebtedness
secured by  the Trust  Estate.   The Transferor further intends
that  the  Trust formed  hereby  be  disregarded as an entity
separate  from  the Transferor  if  and until the date when
there is  more  than  one Certificateholder       (not
including   holders   of                          Class    A
Certificates),  and thereafter be treated as a partnership,
with the  assets  of  the  partnership including  all  of  the
assets comprising  the  Trust Estate, the partners  of  the
partnership being  the  Class  B  Certificateholders and the
holder  of  the Transferor  Certificate,  and  the  Class  A
Certificates  being nonrecourse  debt  of  such  partnership.
The  Transferor,  the Trustee,  the  Servicer,  MBIA  and  each
Certificateholder,  by
acceptance  of  its  Certificate  (and  any  Person  that  is
a beneficial owner of any interest in a Certificate, by  virtue
of such Person's acquisition of a beneficial interest therein)
agree to report the transactions contemplated hereby in
accordance with the  above stated intentions unless and until
determined  to  the contrary  by  an  applicable  taxing
authority.   In  connection therewith, at any time after the
date when there is more than one Certificateholder   (not
including   holders   of    Class
A
Certificates), the Holder of the Transferor Certificate shall

(i) maintain  capital  accounts and make partnership

allocations  in accordance with section 704 of the Code, (ii)

file Form 8832 with the  Internal Revenue Service and make the

election provided  for to  have  the  Trust be classified as a

partnership  for  federal income  tax purposes and (iii) be

designated as the "tax  matters partner" of the Trust.

                         ARTICLE THREE

                           FUNDINGS

     Section 3.01   Fundings.

     Subject  to  satisfaction  of the conditions  precedent
set forth  in Section 3.03 hereof and Eligible Lease Contracts
being available  to  be  acquired  pursuant to  the  Lease
Acquisition Agreement, during the Funding Period the Transferor
shall acquire Funded   Lease  Contracts  pursuant  to  the
Lease   Acquisition Agreement with amounts on deposit in the
Prefunding Account.


     Section  3.02    Determination of Funding  Amounts;
Release from the Prefunding Account.


     (a)   The  Funding  Amount  for the Funded  Lease
Contracts acquired on a Funding Date shall be determined by the
Servicer on behalf  of  the  Transferor,  and confirmed  by
the  Certificate Funding  Administrator and the Trustee and
shall be reflected  in the Funding Report with respect to Lease
Contracts identified  on the related Amended Lease Schedule
attached to the GF Certificate and  the Company Certificate for
such Funding.  Each Funded Lease Contract  shall  automatically
become subject to this  Agreement, and the related Lease
Contract Files shall be held by the Trustee as provided herein.


     (b)   On each Funding Date, provided that the provisions
of Section 3.03 hereof are satisfied, the Trustee shall release
from the   Prefunding  Account  the  amounts  specified   in
Section
12.04(d)(i) and remit such funds in accordance with such
Section. Thereafter,  the  Trustee shall release from the Cash
Collateral Account  the amount specified in Section
12.03(d)(iv) hereof  and remit such funds in accordance with
such Section.  At the end  of the  Funding  Period,  the
Trustee shall  release  all  remaining amounts  in  the
Prefunding Account in accordance  with  Section 12.04(d)(ii)
hereof.

     Section 3.03   Procedure for Fundings.

     (a)   Conditions Precedent.  Each Funding is subject to
the satisfaction  of  the  following  conditions  precedent  on
the
relevant date specified below:

          (i)   the  Servicer shall have provided three
     Business Days  advance  notification to the  Trustee,
     MBIA  and  the Certificate  Funding  Administrator  (by
     telephone  or          in
     writing) of a request for a Funding to occur;

          (ii)  no  later  than 11:00 a.m. (New  York  time)
the
     second  Business  Day  immediately prior  to  the
     requested Funding  Date,  the Transferor shall have
     delivered  to  the Certificate  Funding Administrator and
     the  Trustee,  by  a diskette  or  electronic transfer, a
     list  of  the  proposed Lease  Contracts to be funded, and
     providing for  each  such Lease  Contract all information
     required to be  provided  in the  Amended  Lease Schedule
     as provided in  the  definition thereof;
          (iii)     the delivery by the Transferor to the
     Trustee on  or  before the second Business Day immediately
     prior  to the   requested  Funding  Date  of  the
     original   executed counterpart of the Lease Contracts
     relating to such  Funding and  the  other items comprising
     the related Lease  Contract Files,  including,  in  the
     case  of  titled  Equipment,  a certificate of title
     naming the Trustee as first  lienholder of such titled
     Equipment and, in the case of Lease Contracts which  are
     not Loan Contracts, a certificate of title naming the
     Transferor  as owner and naming the  Trustee  as  first
     lienholder of such titled Equipment;
          (iv)  the  Transferor's delivery to the Trustee  on
     or before  the Business Day immediately prior to the
     requested Funding   Date  of  the  GF  Certificate  and
     the   Company Certificate, each accompanied by an Amended
     Lease  Schedule, executed by the Company or the
     Transferor, as appropriate;
          (v)  the Trustee shall have no actual knowledge that
     a Default,  Event of Default or Trigger Event shall  exist
     or shall result from the Funding;
          (vi)  the Certificate Insurance Policy shall be in
     full force  and  effect  and  the Trustee shall  have  no
     actual knowledge  that  an MBIA Default or Termination
     shall  have occurred;
          (vii)      the Transferor shall have certified
pursuant
     to  the GF Certificate that (A) the Lease Contracts
     proposed to  be  funded  with  such Funding shall be
     Eligible  Lease Contracts  and (B) after giving effect to
     such Funding,  the Concentration Limits shall not have
     been exceeded;
     
          (viii)     as  of  the second Business Day
immediately
     prior  to the requested Funding Date, a Certificate
     Funding Administrator  is in place in accordance with
     Section  3.05 hereof;
     
          (ix) such Funding shall occur on a Funding Date; and

          (x)   the  Funding Report shall have been delivered
     to the Trustee and MBIA pursuant to clause (b) below.
     
     The  Trustee may assume that MBIA has received  all  of
the documentation required to be delivered to MBIA pursuant  to
this Article III if MBIA has not notified the Trustee, in
writing,  no later than 11:00 a.m. (Minneapolis time) on any
Funding Date that MBIA has not received any such documentation.

     (b)   Preparation of Funding Report.  The Servicer,
together with  the  Certificate Funding Administrator, shall
review  such diskette or electronic transfer specified in
clause (a)(ii) above and  prepare  a Funding Report from the
information  provided  in such  diskette  or electronic
transfer, the existing  information regarding  all other Lease
Contracts and the existing information used  to  generate the
Monthly Servicer's Report.  No later  than 10:00  a.m.  (New
York  time) on each Business  Day  immediately
preceding  a  proposed  Funding  Date,  the  Certificate
Funding
Administrator shall fax the Funding Report, and the amount to
be released  from  the  Cash Collateral Account and  the
Prefunding Account,  to  the  Transferor and the Transferor
shall  thereupon execute  such report and fax it to MBIA and
the Trustee no  later than  11:00  a.m. (New York time) on such
date of  receipt.                                           The
Servicer  shall forward to MBIA by overnight mail  or
electronic transfer,                                      for
receipt by MBIA on the related  Funding  Date,  a
diskette  or other electronic file, containing, in a
standardized format, the same information that was delivered by
the Transferor pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above.

     (c)   Preparation of Targeted Balance Schedule.
Immediately
after  the  Funding  Termination Date,  the  Certificate
Funding Administrator shall prepare and deliver to the Trustee,
MBIA, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Certificateholders
the  Targeted Balance  Schedule.   Such schedule shall be based
on  all  Lease Contracts                                  then
assigned to the Trustee and  shall  reflect               the
targeted  decline  of  the Class A Certificate  Balance
assuming (i)  no  delinquencies,  defaults or  prepayments  on
the  Lease Contracts, (ii) the Class A Certificateholders are
paid  on  each Payment Date the Class A Percentage of the
Scheduled Payments  to be  paid  during  the  related  Monthly
Period  and  (iii)  such adjustments as may be necessary
pursuant to clause (b) or (c)  of the  definition  of Required
Collateralization Amount  are  taken into  account  when  such
clauses would  be  applicable  for                        any
Payment Date.

     Section 3.04   Verification of Funding Report.

     (a)  Upon the Trustee's receipt of a Funding Report
pursuant to Section 3.03(b) hereof, the Trustee shall recompute
all of the calculations in such Funding Report (including
without limitation a  recalculation of the Implicit Principal
Balance of the related Lease  Contracts) based on the
information contained in the  list of  Lease
Contracts  forwarded to it by diskette  or  electronic
transfer,  the  existing information regarding  all  other
Lease
Contracts  and  the  existing information used  to  generate
the
Monthly Servicer's Report.  If the Trustee does not discover
and
is not notified of any errors in the calculations in such
Funding Report that have not been corrected by 3:00 p.m. (New
York  time) on  the  Business Day immediately preceding the
proposed  Funding Date   and   all  of  the  conditions
precedent  set  forth                                      in
Section 3.03 hereof have been satisfied (provided, however,
that
with  respect  to  3.03(a)(vii)(A), the Trustee may
conclusively rely  on the Company Certificate), the Trustee
shall release                                             the
amounts  specified  in Section 3.02(b) from the  Cash
Collateral Account  and  the Prefunding Account in accordance
with  Section 3.02  hereof.   If  the Trustee discovers or is
notified  of                                              any
error  in  the Funding Report that is not corrected by 3:00
p.m.
(New  York  time) on the Business Day immediately  preceding
the
proposed  Funding Date or if any of the conditions precedent
set
forth  in  Section  3.03(a) hereof have not been  satisfied,
the
Trustee  shall notify the Transferor that the applicable
Funding is  postponed until the next Business Day following
resolution of any  such error, and the Trustee shall thereupon
notify MBIA                                               and
the  Certificate Funding Administrator of such  error.   If
MBIA discovers                                            any
error in the Funding Report after a Funding  based
on  such report, MBIA shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer,
the Company,                                                the
Certificate  Funding   Administrator   and                  the
Transferor.

     (b)   If  a Funding occurs based upon a Funding Report
with
respect to which an error has been discovered and the
Certificate Funding  Administrator or the Transferor is not
able  to  correct such  error  to  the satisfaction of MBIA by
the next  succeeding
date  upon which a Funding is permitted to occur (or, in the
case of  the  final  Funding  preceding or on the  applicable
Funding Termination Date, by the Payment Date immediately
following  such Funding Termination Date), the Transferor shall
cause the Company to  either (i) repurchase the affected Lease
Contracts at a price equal  to the Removal Price of such Lease
Contracts, (ii) replace the affected Lease Contracts with
Substitute Lease Contracts,  in each  case on the earlier of
(x) the second succeeding date  upon which  the  next Funding
is permitted to occur, (y) the following Determination  Date
and  (z)  the Funding  Termination  Date  or (iii) deposit
funds in the Prefunding Account (or, in the case of the
final  Funding  preceding  or  on  the  applicable  Funding
Termination Date, the Collection Account) in the amount, if
any, by  which the Funding Amount as recalculated based on the
correct information is less than the erroneous Funding Amount.

     (c)   On  the Funding Termination Date, the Transferor
will forward  to  the  Independent  Accountants  by  mailing
computer diskettes or by electronic transfer, the Funding
Reports prepared during the Funding Period together with the
information necessary to
calculate  the  Implicit  Principal  Balance  of  the  Lease
Contracts.    Within  sixty  (60)  days  following  the
Funding
Termination  Date,  the  Transferor shall cause  the
Independent Accountants to (i) recalculate the Implicit
Principal Balance  of the  Lease  Contracts included in such
Funding  Reports  and  the related  Funding  Amounts,  in each
case  based  solely  on  the information  contained  in  such
reports  or  on  such  computer diskettes, and to send the
results of such recalculation  to  the Transferor,  the
Trustee, the Servicer, the Certificate  Funding Administrator
and MBIA and (ii) reunderwrite 10%  of  all  Lease Contracts
acquired by the Transferor during the  Funding  Period and 100%
of all Lease Contracts acquired by the Transferor during the
Funding Period having titled Equipment underlying such Lease
Contracts.  If any errors have been discovered by the
Independent Accountants in the course of any such review, and
the Certificate Funding  Administrator or the Transferor is not
able  to  correct such  error to the satisfaction of MBIA by
the next Payment  Date following   receipt  by  the  Transferor
from  the   Independent Accountants  of  the  results, the
Transferor  shall  cause  the Company to either (i) repurchase
the affected Lease Contracts  at a  price  equal  to  the
Removal Price of such  Lease  Contracts, (ii)  replace the
affected Lease Contracts with Substitute  Lease Contracts or
(iii) deposit funds in the Collection Account in the amount, if
any, by which the Funding Amount as recalculated based on  the
correct  information is less than the erroneous  Funding
Amount.

     Section    3.05     Appointment   of   Certificate
Funding
Administrator.

     (a)   As  a  condition  to  the  issuance  of  the  Class
A Certificates, the Transferor shall appoint Rothschild Inc. to
act as the Certificate Funding Administrator to perform the
functions described in this Article Three.  If at any time
MBIA, or upon an MBIA  Default  or  Termination, the
Controlling  Holders,  shall notify the Trustee and Rothschild
Inc. in writing that Rothschild Inc.  has  failed to perform
its duties in accordance  with  this Article Three or if at any
time, Rothschild Inc. shall become the subject  of a proceeding
under the United States Bankruptcy  Code or               if
Rothschild   Inc.   resigns  as   Certificate
Funding
Administrator,  the  Servicer  shall  direct  the  Transferor
to appoint  a  successor  Certificate Funding Administrator  of
the Servicer's choosing which shall be acceptable to MBIA and
notify the
Trustee   of  such  appointment.   Upon  notice   of      such
appointment,  the  Trustee shall mail written notice  thereof
by first-class  mail,  postage prepaid, to  all
Certificateholders.
Upon  the  Certificate  Funding  Administrator's  resignation
or termination  pursuant to this Section 3.05, (i)  the
Certificate Funding Administrator shall comply with the
provisions hereof and the  Insurance Agreement until the
acceptance of the  appointment of  a  successor Certificate
Funding Administrator and (ii) until the  Trustee  receives
MBIA's written  consent  to  a  successor Certificate Funding
Administrator, no Funding shall  occur.
Any
successor  Certificate Funding Administrator upon  acceptance
of its  appointment  hereunder  shall become  vested  with  all
the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder,
with like effect   as  if  originally  named  as  the
Certificate  Funding Administrator.

     (b)   The  Transferor agrees to pay the Certificate
Funding
Administrator  compensation for its services under  this
Article Three   in   accordance
with  the  Certificate   Administration
Agreement,  which fee, if any, shall in no event be an
obligation of the Trust Estate.

                         ARTICLE FOUR
                               
     ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES; SUBSTITUTIONS OF COLLATERAL
                               
     Section  4.01    Conditions to Issuance of  Certificates
on Closing Date.

     All  Certificates to be issued on the Closing Date shall
be executed  by  the  Transferor and delivered to  the  Trustee
for authentication,  and thereupon, the same shall  be
authenticated and  delivered  by  the Trustee upon Transferor
Order  and  upon receipt by the Trustee of the following:

     (a)  the Initial Lease Schedule;

     (b)    the  original  executed  counterpart  of  each
Lease
Contract listed on the Initial Lease Schedule and all other
items included  in  the  related Lease Contract File, subject
to  such exceptions as shall be noted in an exception report
delivered  by the  Trustee  to  MBIA,  the Servicer and the
Certificateholders within 10 days of the Closing Date;

     (c)   a  Board  Resolution of each of  the  Transferor,
the
Servicer   and  the  Company  authorizing,  as  applicable,
the
execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction
Documents and  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  by
the  other Transaction Documents, certified by the Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary  of  the Transferor, the Servicer or
the  Company,  as applicable;

     (d)   a copy of an officially certified document, dated
not
more  than 30 days prior to the Closing Date, evidencing the
due organization  and  good standing of each of the
Transferor,  the Servicer and  the  Company  in  their
respective   states
of
incorporation;

     (e)   copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-
Laws
of  each  of  the  Transferor,  the  Servicer  and  the
Company, certified  by  the  Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary  of  the Transferor, the Servicer and the Company, as
applicable;

     (f)   (i) evidence of filing with the Secretary of State
of
the  State  (and  with the relevant county, if  required  by
the applicable state law) of the Company's chief executive
office  of UCC-1  financing statements executed by the Company,
as  debtor, and  naming the Transferor as secured party, the
Trustee for  the benefit  of the Certificateholders and MBIA as
assignee  and  the
Lease Assets as collateral; and (ii) evidence of filing with
the Secretary of State of the State (and with the relevant
county, if required  by the applicable state law) of the
Transferor's  chief executive  office of UCC-1 financing
statements executed  by  the Transferor, as debtor, and naming
the Trustee for the benefit  of the  Certificateholders and
MBIA as secured party, and the  Trust Estate as collateral;
     (g)   a  certificate listing the Servicing Officers  of
the
Servicer as of the Closing Date;

     (h)    an  executed copy of the Servicing Agreement and
the
Lease Acquisition Agreement;

     (i)   the  Certificate  Insurance Policy  for  the  Class
A
Certificates;

     (j)   evidence  of  the  deposit of the  Prefunding
Account
Deposit and the Capitalized Interest Account Deposit;

     (k)   evidence  of  the deposit by the Transferor  into
the
Collection  Account  of any amounts due and  paid  on  the
Lease Contracts since the Cut-Off Date; and

     (l)   such  other  documents as the  Trustee,  MBIA  or
the
Certificateholders   may  reasonably  require,   including
such documents  and  opinions  described in the  Certificate
Purchase Agreements or the Insurance Agreement.

     MBIA  shall  have  agreed,  by  delivering  the
Certificate Insurance  Policy, that the conditions precedent in
this  Section 4.01  have  been satisfied to MBIA's satisfaction
or  waived  by MBIA.

     Section 4.02   Perfection of Transfer.

      (a)   The  Transferor  and  the Company  shall  file  UCC-
1
financing  statements  described in  Section  4.01(f)  hereof
in accordance with such Section.  Within thirty days of the
Closing Date,  the  Transferor and the Company shall file an
application for  certificate  of  title for each item of
titled  Equipment, naming the Trustee as first lienholder and
with respect to  Lease Contracts                          which
are  not  Loan  Contracts,  also  naming   the
Transferor as owner of such titled Equipment.  On or prior to
the Funding  Termination Date, the Transferor and the  Company
shall deliver such original certificate of title to the
Trustee.   From time  to time, the Servicer shall take or cause
to be taken  such actions  and execute such documents as are
necessary  to  perfect and  protect the Trustee's and MBIA's
respective interests in the Lease  Contracts  against all other
Persons,  including,  without limitation,  the  filing  of
financing  statements,
amendments
thereto  and  continuation statements, the execution of
transfer instruments  and the making of notations on or taking
possession of all records or documents of title.

     (b)    If  any  change  in  either  the  Company's  or
the
Transferor's  name, identity, structure or the  location  of
its principal  place  of business or chief executive  office
occurs, then  the  Transferor shall, or the Transferor  shall
cause  the Company to deliver 30 days prior written notice of
such change or relocation  to the Servicer, MBIA and the
Trustee  and  no  later than  the  effective  date  of such
change  or  relocation,  the Servicer  shall  file  such
amendments or statements  as  may  be required  to  preserve
and  protect  the  Trustee's  and  MBIA's respective interests
in the Trust Estate.

     (c)   During the term of this Agreement, the Transferor
will maintain  its  chief  executive office  and  principal
place  of business in one of the States of the United States.
     (d)   The  Servicer agrees to pay all reasonable  costs
and disbursements   in  connection  with  the  perfection   and
the
maintenance of perfection, as against all third parties,  of
the Trustee's and MBIA's respective right, title and interest
in  and to the Trust Estate.

     (e)    The   Trustee   shall  hold  the  original
executed
counterparts of each Lease Contract at its office in the State
of Minnesota, and at any such new address in the State of
Minnesota as  the  Trustee  shall inform the Servicer, the
Transferor,  and MBIA  in writing from time to time.  The
Trustee shall hold  each Lease  Contract for the benefit of
Certificateholders  and  MBIA, and  maintain accurate records
pertaining to each Lease  Contract to  maintain  a current
inventory thereof.  The Trustee  may,  if requested by the
Servicer in writing for purposes of servicing  a Lease
Contract, temporarily release to the Servicer  such  Lease
Contract.   Any  Lease  Contract temporarily  released  from
the custody  of the Trustee to the Servicer or its agents shall
have stamped  on it prior to delivery a legend to the effect
that  the Lease  Contract  is  the  property  of  Norwest  Bank
Minnesota, National  Association, as Trustee.  The Servicer
shall  promptly return  the Lease Contract to the Trustee when
the need  therefor no longer exists.

     Section  4.03   Substitution, Removal and Purchase of
Lease
Assets.

     (a)   If  at  any time the Transferor, MBIA or  the
Trustee obtains   knowledge  (within  the  meaning  of  7.01(e)
hereof), discovers  or  is  notified  by the  Servicer  that
any  of  the representations  and  warranties of  the  Company
in  the  Lease Acquisition Agreement were incorrect at the time
as of which such representations  and  warranties  were  made,
then  the   Person discovering such defect, omission, or
circumstance shall promptly notify MBIA and the other parties
to this Agreement.

     (b)  In the event that any representation or warranty of
the Company  in  the  Lease Acquisition Agreement  is
incorrect  and materially  and adversely affects the interests
of  MBIA  or  the Holders of the Certificates, or if there is
any breach of any  of the   representations  and  warranties
set  forth  inSections
3.01(a)(ii),    3.01(a)(v),   3.01(a)(vii),    3.01(a)(xix)
or
3.01(c)(iii)  of the Lease Acquisition Agreement, the
Transferor shall  require  the  Company pursuant to  the  Lease
Acquisition Agreement  to  eliminate or otherwise cure  the
circumstance  or condition which has caused such representation
or warranty to  be incorrect within 30 days of discovery or
notice thereof.  If  the Company fails or the Company or the
Back-up Servicer is unable to cure  such circumstance or
condition in accordance with the Lease Acquisition  Agreement,
then the Transferor  shall  require  the Company   to
substitute  or  purchase  pursuant  to  the   Lease Acquisition
Agreement  for any Lease  Asset  as  to  which  such
representation or warranty is incorrect within the time
specified in Section 3.03 of the Lease Acquisition Agreement.
The proceeds of a purchase shall be remitted by the Transferor
to the Servicer for deposit by the Servicer in the Collection
Account pursuant to Section 3.03(c) of the Servicing Agreement.

     (c)   If  the  Transferor fails to enforce the  purchase
or substitution
obligation  of  the  Company   under   the   Lease
Acquisition  Agreement at the direction  of  MBIA,  or  upon
the occurrence  of  an MBIA Default or Termination,  the
Controlling
Holders (provided, in each case, that the requirements of
Section 7.03(e)  have  been  satisfied) the Trustee  shall
enforce  such purchase  or  substitution obligation  for  the
benefit  of  the Certificateholders and MBIA, and the Trustee
is hereby  appointed attorney-in-fact  to act on behalf of and
in  the  name  of  the Transferor to require such purchase or
substitution.
     (d)  With respect to (i) any Lease Contract to be prepaid
or terminated  early  pursuant  to Section  3.09  of  the
Servicing Agreement  and (ii) any Lease Contract that becomes
a  Defaulted Lease  Contract or any Lease Contract that becomes
a  Delinquent Lease  Contract, the Transferor shall be entitled
to,  upon  five Business  Days notice to the Trustee, remove
such Lease  Contract from  the  Trust  Estate and deliver a
Substitute Lease  Contract meeting the same requirements as
those specified in Section                              3.04
of   the  Lease  Acquisition  Agreement  for  substitutions
and
purchases  by  the  Company upon breaches of a representation
or warranty  by the Company thereunder; provided, however, that
the aggregate  Implicit Principal Balance of such prepaid  and
early terminated   Lease  Contracts,  Defaulted  Lease
Contracts and
Delinquent Lease Contracts that are substituted or removed by
the Transferor  shall be subject to an overall limit of  10%
of  the Aggregate   Initial   IPB;  and,  provided,   further
that      no
substitution or repurchase shall be made if (i) such
substitution or  repurchase  is  made with any intent  to
hinder,  delay,  or defraud  any  entity  to  which the Company
is  or  will  become indebted;  (ii)  there shall be any reason
to  believe  that  the Company is insolvent or that such
substitution or repurchase will render  the Company insolvent
on the date thereof or as a  result of  such  substitution or
repurchase; (iii) at the time  of  such substitution  or
repurchase, the Company is engaged in  business, or  about  to
engage in business, for which the assets  remaining with  it
after  the  substitution  or  repurchase  will  be        an
unreasonably small amount of capital; or (iv) the Company
intends or believes that it will incur debts beyond its ability
to pay as such debts mature.

     (e)   The  Transferor  shall comply  with  the
requirements
relating to Substitute Lease Contracts and Funded Lease
Contracts as  set  forth  in  the  Lease Acquisition  Agreement
(including compliance  with  the Eligibility Criteria and the
Concentration Limits)  within the time periods set forth
therein.  In addition, in  the case of any Funded Lease
Contracts, the Transferor  shall provide to the Trustee and
MBIA, as applicable, the items  listed in  Section 3.03(a)
hereof which are required to be delivered  to the Trustee
and/or MBIA pursuant to such Section.  On or prior to the
Business  Day  preceding  the Closing  Date  or  within  two
Business Days of the related Funding Date the Trustee will
review the related Lease Contract Files.  The Trustee shall
confirm,  by execution  and  delivery of a certificate of the
Trustee  to  the Transferor,  the  Certificateholders and
MBIA,  that:   (1)  the Trustee  has received the Lease
Contract Files; and (2) that  the Trustee  has  received the
originals of each Lease Contract.                         In
the  case  of  any  Substitute Lease Contracts  acquired  by
the Transferor,  the Transferor shall provide to the Trustee
on  the applicable  date  of delivery the items listed in  (i)
and  (ii) below, and to MBIA the item listed in (i) below.  In
the case  of any Funded Lease Contracts or Substitute Lease
Contracts acquired by  the Transferor pursuant to either a
Funding or a substitution of  a Lease Contract, the Transferor
shall provide to the Trustee and MBIA at the end of each
calendar quarter the items listed  in (iii)  below  with
respect  to any  Substitute  Lease  Contracts substituted  or
Funded  Lease  Contracts  acquired  during  such period:

          (i)   a Company Certificate and a GF Certificate,
each
     such  certificate having attached thereto an  Amended
     Lease Schedule  and subjecting such Substitute Lease
     Contract  to the provisions thereof and hereof and
     providing with respect to the Substitute Lease Contract
     the information required to supplement  the Lease
     Schedule, and with respect  to  titled Equipment, an
     application to retitle or originate  title  in such
     Equipment, as applicable, in the name of the Transferor
     and naming the Trustee as secured party;
          (ii)  the  original executed counterpart of  the
     Lease Contract relating to such Substitute Lease Contract
     and  all other items included in the Lease Contract File;
     and
          (iii)     evidence that financing statements have
     been filed                                        with
     respect to such Substitute  Lease  Contract  or
     Funded  Lease  Contract in accordance with Sections
     4.01(f) and                                     4.02
     hereof.
     (f)   If,  upon examination of the Lease Contract  Files
in
accordance  with  Section 4.03(e) hereof, the Trustee
determines
that   any  such  Lease  Contract  File  does  not  satisfy
the
requirements set forth in Section 4.03(e) hereof, or is unable
to confirm  that  the requirements have been met, the Trustee
shall promptly  notify  the  Transferor,  the  Servicer  and
MBIA by
telephone  or  telecopy.  If the Transferor or the Servicer
does not  satisfy the Trustee that the requirements of Section
4.03(e) hereof  have  been  met prior to the related  Funding
Date,  the Trustee  shall return the applicable Lease Contract
and  related files to the Transferor.

     (g)   Within thirty days after the Funding Termination
Date,
the  Trustee shall review the exception report delivered
pursuant to Section 4.01(b) and shall verify that it has
possession of the original  executed counterpart of each Lease
Contract  listed  on such  report and a certificate of title
naming the Transferor  as owner  (if                   the
underlying Lease Contract is not a Loan Contract)
and  naming  the Trustee as the first lienholder  of  all
titled Equipment underlying any Lease Contract.  The Trustee
shall  send such  verification and notice of any defects to
the  Transferor, the  Company  and  MBIA  within thirty  days
after  the  Funding Termination Date and take any appropriate
action under the  Lease Acquisition Agreement.

     Section 4.04   Releases.

     (a)   The  Transferor shall be entitled to obtain a
release
from  the  lien  of  this Agreement for any Lease  Contract
and, except  in the case of a re-lease under (iii) below, the
related Equipment at any time (i) after a payment by the
Company  or  the Transferor                             of  the
Removal  Price  of  the  Lease  Receivable,
(ii)  after a Substitute Lease Contract is substituted  for
such Lease Contract, or (iii) upon the termination of a Lease
Contract following  the  sale, lease or other disposition of
the  related Equipment  in  accordance  with  Section
3.01(b)(vii)   of   the Servicing  Agreement, if the Transferor
delivers to  the  Trustee and  MBIA  an  Officer's  Certificate
(A) identifying  the  Lease Receivable                 and  the
related Lease Contract and Equipment  to  be
released,  (B) requesting the release thereof, (C) setting
forth the  amount  deposited  in the Collection  Account  with
respect thereto,  in the event a Lease Contract and the related
Equipment are  being                                   released
from the lien of this Agreement pursuant  to
(i)  or (iii) above, and (D) certifying that the amount
deposited in  the  Collection Account (x) equals the Removal
Price  of  the Lease  Contract,  in the event a Lease Contract
and  the  related Equipment  are  being released from the lien
of  this  Agreement pursuant  to  (i)  above  or  (y) equals
the  entire  amount  of
Insurance  Proceeds, Recoveries or Residual Proceeds received
or expected  to be received with respect to such Lease Contract
and related Equipment in the event of a release from the lien
of this Agreement pursuant to (iii) above.
     (b)   Upon  satisfaction  of  the  conditions  specified
in subsection (a), the Trustee shall release from the lien  of
this Agreement and deliver to or upon the order of the
Transferor  (or to  or  upon  the  order of the Company if it
has  satisfied  its obligations  under Section 4.03 hereof and
Section  3.04  of  the Lease Acquisition Agreement with respect
to a Lease Contract) the Lease  Contract, the Lease Receivable
and the Equipment described in the Transferor's request for
release.
     Section 4.05   Trust Estate.
     The  Trustee  may,  and when required by the  provisions
of Articles  Four,  Five,  Six  and  Twelve  hereof  shall,
execute instruments to release property from the lien of this
Agreement, or  convey  the Trustee's interest in the same, in a
manner  and under   circumstances  which  are  not
inconsistent                                           with
the
provisions  of  this  Agreement.   No  party  relying   upon
an
instrument  executed by the Trustee as provided in  this
Article Four shall be bound to ascertain the Trustee's
authority, inquire into  the satisfaction of any conditions
precedent or see to  the application of any monies.

     Section 4.06   Notice of Release.

     The  Trustee shall be entitled to receive at least 10
days' notice  of  any  action to be taken pursuant to  Section
4.04(a) hereof, accompanied by copies of any instruments
involved.

     Section 4.07   Nature of Transfer.

     To the extent that the transfer of the Trust Estate from
the Transferor  to  the Trustee is deemed to be a secured
financing, the  Transferor shall be deemed hereunder to have
granted to  the Trustee,  and the Transferor does hereby grant
to the Trustee,  a security  interest in all of the
Transferor's  right,  title  and interest in, to and under the
Trust Estate, whether now owned  or hereafter  acquired.  For
purposes of such grant, this  Agreement shall constitute a
security agreement under applicable law.

     Section 4.08   Issuances of Class B Certificates.

     (a)  Class B Certificates may be issued by the Transferor
in accordance  with the terms of this Agreement.  On or  before
the issuance  date  of such Class B Certificates, the parties
hereto will execute and deliver the Class B Supplement that
will specify the  terms applicable to the Class B Certificates.
The terms set forth  in the Class B Supplement may modify or
amend, subject  to Article  Nine  hereof,  the  terms of this
Agreement  solely  as applied  to  such Class B Certificates.
The Class B Certificates may  be  executed by the Transferor
and delivered to the  Trustee for   authentication,   and
thereupon,   the   same                                shall
be
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon Transferor
Order and upon receipt:

     (i)   by  the  Trustee, of an executed copy  of  a  Class
     B Supplement;
     
     (ii) by the Trustee and MBIA, of an Officers' Certificate
     of the Transferor to the effect that (A) such issuance
     will not result  in  the occurrence of a Trigger Event or
     a  Default under  this  Agreement and the Transferor is
     not in  Default under  this  Agreement,  (B) the issuance
     of  the  Class  B
     Certificates applied for will not result in a breach of
     any of  the terms, conditions or provisions of, or
     constitute  a default  under,  any agreement or instrument
     to  which  the Transferor is a party or by which it is
     bound, or any  order of  any  court  or  administrative
     agency  entered  in  any proceeding to which the
     Transferor is a party or by which it may  be  bound  or
     to  which it may  be  subject,  (C)  all conditions
     precedent provided in this Agreement relating  to the
     authentication and delivery of the Class B Certificates
     applied for have been complied with, and (D) specifying
     the Expected  Maturity, the principal amount  and  the
     Class  B Interest Rate of the Class B Certificates; and
     (iii)     by the Trustee and MBIA, an Opinion of Counsel
     to the  effect  that the issuance of such Class B
     Certificates will  not  adversely  affect  the
     characterization  of  the Class  A  Certificates as debt
     for tax purposes, and  as  to such
     additional  legal  matters  as  MBIA  may  reasonably
     request.
     The  Transferor shall notify the Trustee in writing no
later than  10:00a.m.  (Minneapolis  time)  on  the  proposed
date  of issuance of such Class B Certificates that MBIA has
been provided (A)  the Officer's Certificate required by (ii)
above and (B)  an opinion  covering all matters required
pursuant to  clause  (iii) above.
     Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Trustee
shall execute  the Class B Supplement and issue and deliver to
or  upon the order of the Transferor the Class B Certificates,
and provide notice   to   MBIA,   the  Rating  Agencies  and
all   existing Certificateholders of the issuance of such Class
B Certificates.
                         ARTICLE FIVE

                   SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

    Section 5.01   Satisfaction and Discharge of Agreement.

     (a)    Following  payment  in  full  of  (i)  all   of
the
Certificates, (ii) the fees and charges of the Trustee, (iii)
all other   obligations  of  the  Transferor  under  the
Transaction Documents  and (iv) all amounts owing to MBIA under
the Insurance Agreement, and the release by the Trustee of the
Trust Estate  in accordance with Section 5.01(b) hereof, this
Agreement  shall  be discharged  and  the  Trustee shall notify
the  Rating  Agencies thereof.

     (b)   Upon  payment  in full of the amounts referred  to
in clauses   (i)  through  (iv)  of  Section  5.01(a)  hereof,
the
Transferor  may  submit  to the Trustee an Officer's
Certificate requesting  the release to the Transferor or its
designee  of  a stated  amount  of  the funds on deposit in the
Cash  Collateral Account  and some or all of the other Trust
Estate (collectively, the "Withdrawn Collateral"), accompanied
by an Opinion of Counsel reasonably  acceptable  to  MBIA  or,
if  an  MBIA  Default
or
Termination  has  occurred and is continuing, acceptable  to
the Controlling Holders, to the effect that, after the release
of the Withdrawn  Collateral, there will remain an amount  in
the  Cash Collateral  Account  or otherwise subject to  this
Agreement  at least  equal  to the payments of interest due on
the  Outstanding Certificates and the Class A Principal
Distribution  Amounts  and Class  B  Principal  Distribution
Amounts  that  are  subject  to recapture  as preferential
transfers pursuant to Section  547  of the Bankruptcy Code or,
alternatively, to the effect that no such
payments are subject to recapture.  In rendering such Opinion
of Counsel,  such counsel may rely as to factual matters,
including, without limitation, the date on which funds were
received and the source  of funds, upon an Officer's
Certificate.  Promptly  after receipt  of  such Officer's
Certificate, Opinion of  Counsel  and authorization to release
from MBIA, the Trustee shall release the Withdrawn Collateral
from the lien of this Agreement, and deliver the  Withdrawn
Collateral to the Transferor or its designee.  The Transferor
shall  be  entitled to deliver  more  than  one  such Officer's
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel  until  the  entire Trust
Estate is released and delivered to the Transferor or  its
designee.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, MBIA or,  if  an
MBIA Default  or  Termination  has occurred  and  is
continuing,  the Controlling   Holders,  may  waive  the
requirement   that   the
Transferor  deliver such Officer's Certificate and/or Opinion
of Counsel and authorize the Trustee by written direction to
release all or a portion of the Cash Collateral Account or
other items of the Trust Estate from the lien of this Agreement
upon payment  in full  of  the amounts referred to in clauses
(i) through (iv)  of Section                     5.01(a)
hereof.  Notwithstanding  termination  of  this
Agreement,  the  Trustee shall remain obligated  to  make
claims under  the  Certificate  Insurance Policy  with  respect
to  any Preference Claim.

     (c)   In connection with the discharge of this Agreement
and the  release of the Trust Estate, the Trustee shall release
from the  lien  of this Agreement and deliver to or upon the
order  of the  Transferor  all property remaining in the Trust
Estate  and shall  execute  and file, at the expense of the
Transferor,  UCC financing statements evidencing such discharge
and release.
     Section 5.02   Application of Trust Money.
     Subject  to  the last paragraph of Section 7.16 hereof,
all
monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.01

hereof shall  be  held  in trust and if invested, shall be

invested  in Eligible Investments of the type described in

clause (a)  of  the definition  thereof,  and applied by the

Trustee,  in  accordance with  the  provisions of the

Certificates and this Agreement,  to the  payment, either

directly or through any Paying Agent as  the Trustee  may

determine, to the Persons entitled thereto,  of  the principal

and  interest for whose payment such  money  has  been

deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be

segregated from  other funds except to the extent required in

this Agreement or to the extent required by law.

                          ARTICLE SIX

                     DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     Section 6.01   Events of Default.

     "Event of Default" wherever used herein means any one of
the following events:


          (a)   default  in  the payment of any interest  or
     any other            amounts   due   and   owing   to
     the   Class           A
     Certificateholders when the same becomes  due  and
     payable, and  if  there  are  no  Class  A Certificates
     Outstanding, default  in  the payment of any interest upon
     any  Class  B Certificates when the same becomes due and
     payable; or
     
          (b)   default  in the payment of any principal  of
     any Class  A  Certificate when the same becomes due and
     payable, and  if  there  are  no  Class  A Certificates
     Outstanding, default  in  the payment of any principal
     upon any  Class  B
    Certificates when the same becomes due and payable; or
          (c)   default in the performance of any covenant of
     the Transferor,  or breach of any representation or
     warranty  of the  Transferor which has a material adverse
     effect  on  the Certificateholders  or MBIA, in this
     Agreement,  the  Lease Acquisition   Agreement,   the
     Insurance   Agreement,                            the
     Certificate  Purchase Agreements or the Servicing
     Agreement (other                                  than  a
     covenant  or  warranty  default   in              the
     performance of which or breach of which is elsewhere in
     this Section  specifically dealt with), and continuance
     of  such default  or  breach  for  a period  of  30  days
     after  the Transferor has actual knowledge thereof;
     
          (d)   the  entry of a decree or order for relief  by
     a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of
     the Transferor  under the United States Bankruptcy Code
     or  any other  applicable  Federal or state bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization,  liquidation or other  similar
     law  now  or hereafter  in  effect or any arrangement with
     creditors  or appointing  a  receiver, liquidator,
     assignee,  trustee,  or sequestrator (or other similar
     official) for the  Transferor or for any substantial part
     of its property, or ordering the winding  up or
     liquidation of the Transferor's affairs,  and the
     continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and  in
     effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or
     
          (e)   the  institution by the Transferor of
     proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or
     the consent by the   Transferor  to  the  institution  of
     bankruptcy                                           or
     insolvency proceedings against the Transferor, or the
     filing by the Transferor of a petition or answer or
     consent seeking reorganization or relief under the United
     States  Bankruptcy Code  or  any  other applicable Federal
     or state  bankruptcy insolvency, reorganization,
     liquidation or other similar law now or hereafter in
     effect, or the consent by the Transferor to  the filing of
     any such petition or to the appointment of or  taking
     possession by a receiver, liquidator,  assignee,
     custodian,   trustee  or  sequestrator  (or  other
     similar
     official)  of the Transferor or of any substantial  part
     of the  Transferor's property, or the making by the
     Transferor of  any  assignment  for the benefit of
     creditors,  or  the admission by it in writing of its
     inability, or the  failure by it generally, to pay its
     debts as they become due, or the taking  of corporate
     action by the Transferor in furtherance of any such
     action.
     
     Section  6.02    Acceleration of  Maturity;  Rescission
and Annulment.
     If   an  Event  of  Default  with  respect  to  any  of
the
Certificates  at the time Outstanding occurs and  is
continuing, then, and in every such case, the Trustee shall, at
the direction of  MBIA,  or  if  there is an MBIA Default or
Termination,  the Trustee  shall,  at  the  direction of the
Controlling  Holders, declare  the  Certificate Balance of all
the Certificates  to  be immediately  due and payable, by
notice given in writing  to  the Transferor  (and  to the
Trustee if given by Certificateholders); provided that, MBIA
shall not declare the Certificate Balance  of all  of  the
Certificates immediately due and payable  unless  it shall
have endorsed the Certificate Insurance Policy to  provide
coverage   for  any  shortfall  in  the  payment  of
accelerated principal and any interest due on the Class A
Certificates on the date   established  for  redemption
thereof  pursuant  to   such acceleration, and upon any such
declaration, such principal shall become  immediately  due  and
payable  without  any  presentment,
demand,  protest or other notice of any kind (except such
notices as  shall  be  expressly  required  by  the  provisions
of  this Agreement), all of which are hereby expressly waived.
     At  any  time  after such a declaration of acceleration
has been  made, but before any Sale of the Trust Estate has
been made or  a  judgment or decree for payment of the money
due  has  been obtained  by the Trustee as hereinafter in this
Article provided, MBIA,  or  if  an MBIA Default or Termination
has  occurred,  the Controlling Holders, by written notice to
the Transferor and  the Trustee,  may  rescind  and  annul
such  declaration                                       and
its
consequences (except that in the case of a payment default on
the Class  A  Certificates,  or  if  no  Class  A  Certificates
are
Outstanding,  the Class B Certificates, the consent  of  all
the Holders of such Class shall be required to rescind and
annul such a declaration and its consequences) if:

    (1)   the  Transferor  has paid or deposited  with  the
     Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

          (A)   all overdue installments of interest on  all
     Class A Certificates, or if no Class A Certificates are
     Outstanding, the Class B Certificates;
          (B)  the principal of any Class A Certificates, or
     if no Class A Certificates are Outstanding, the Class B
     Certificates  which have become due otherwise  than  by
     such  declaration of acceleration and interest  thereon
     at  the  rate borne by such Certificates from the
     time such  principal first became due until  the
     date  when paid; and
     
          (C)   all  sums  paid or advanced,  together
     with interest   thereon,  by  the  Trustee,  MBIA
     or        any
     Certificateholder  hereunder  or  by  MBIA  under
the
     Insurance   Agreement  or  the  Certificate
     Insurance Policy,  and  the  reasonable
     compensation,  expenses, disbursements and advances
     of the Trustee, MBIA and the Certificateholders,
     their agents and  counsel  incurred in connection
     with the enforcement of this Agreement to the date of
     such payment or deposit; and
     
     (2)   all  Events of Default, other than the
     nonpayment of  the principal on the Class A
     Certificates, or if no Class  A  Certificates  are
     Outstanding,  the  Class  B Certificates  which  have
     become  due  solely  by  such declaration of
     acceleration, have been cured or  waived as provided
     in Section 6.15 hereof.
     
No  such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or
impair any right consequent thereon.
     Section  6.03    Collection of Indebtedness  and  Suits
for
Enforcement by Trustee.

     The  Transferor covenants that if an Event of Default
shall occur  and  be continuing and any of the Certificates
have  been declared  due  and  payable  and such declaration
has  not  been rescinded and annulled, the Transferor will,
upon demand  of  the Trustee  and at the direction of MBIA, or
if an MBIA  Default  or Termination  has  occurred at the
direction  of  the  Controlling Holders,  pay to the Trustee,
for the benefit of the  Holders  of the  Certificates and MBIA,
the whole amount then due and payable on  the  Certificates for
principal and interest,  with  interest upon  the overdue
principal at the rate borne by the Certificates and,  in
addition  thereto,  such further  amount  as  shall  be
sufficient  to  cover  the  costs  and  expenses  of
collection, including  the  reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee and MBIA, their
respective agents and counsel.
     If  the  Transferor fails to pay such amount forthwith
upon such  demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as Trustee
of  an express  trust shall, at the direction of MBIA, and  if
an  MBIA Default  or Termination has occurred the Trustee may,
and  shall, at  the   direction   of  the  Controlling
Holders,   institute
Proceedings for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid,
and prosecute  such  Proceeding  to judgment  or  final
decree,  and enforce  the same against the Transferor and
collect  the  monies adjudged or decreed to be payable in the
manner provided  by  law out of the property of the Transferor,
wherever situated.

     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee shall,  at  the  direction of MBIA, and if  an  MBIA
Default  or Termination  has  occurred  the Trustee  may  in
its  discretion proceed,  and  shall at the direction of the
Controlling  Holders proceed, to protect and enforce its rights
and the rights of MBIA by such appropriate Proceedings as the
Trustee, at the  direction of  MBIA, or if an MBIA Default or
Termination has  occurred,  at its  discretion shall deem most
effectual to protect and  enforce any  such  rights,  whether
for the specific enforcement  of  any covenant or agreement in
this Agreement or in aid of the exercise of  any  power
granted herein, or to enforce  any  other  proper remedy.

     Section 6.04   Remedies.

     If   an  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and
be
continuing, the Trustee shall, at the direction of MBIA,  and
if an  MBIA Default or Termination has occurred, the Trustee
shall, at  the  direction of the Controlling Holders, do one or
more  of the following:

          (a)   institute Proceedings for the collection  of
all
     amounts  then due and payable on the Certificates  or
     under this Agreement, whether by declaration or otherwise,
     enforce any  judgment obtained, and collect from the
     Transferor  the monies adjudged due;
     
          (b)   take  possession  of and sell  the  Trust
Estate
     securing  the Certificates or any portion thereof or
     rights or  interest  therein,  at  one or  more  Sales
     called  and conducted in any manner permitted by law;
     
          (c)   institute any Proceedings from time to  time
for
     the  complete or partial foreclosure of the lien created
     by this Agreement with respect to the Trust Estate;
     
          (d)   during the continuance of a default under a
Lease
     Contract,  exercise any of the rights of  the  lessor
     under such Lease Contract;
     
          (e)  exercise any remedies of a secured party under
     the Uniform  Commercial Code or any applicable law and
     take  any other  appropriate action to protect and enforce
     the  rights and  remedies  of the Trustee, MBIA and the
     Holders  of  the Certificates hereunder; and
     
          (f)    institute  proceedings  against  MBIA  for
the
     collection  of  any amounts then due and payable  under
     the Certificate  Insurance  Policy, whether  by
     declaration  or otherwise,  enforce any judgment obtained,
     and collect  from
     MBIA the monies adjudged due;
provided,  however, that without the consent of MBIA,  or  if
an MBIA  Default  or  Termination has occurred, all the
Controlling Holders,  the  Trustee  may not sell or otherwise
liquidate  any portion  of the Trust Estate unless the proceeds
of such Sale  or liquidation   distributable   to   the
Certificateholders                                      are
sufficient  to discharge in full the amounts then due and
unpaid upon  the  Certificates of such Controlling Holders for
principal and  interest  together with any amounts owed to MBIA
under  the Insurance Agreement.

     Section 6.05   Optional Preservation of Trust Estate.
                               
     If  (i)  an  Event  of Default shall have  occurred  and
be continuing  with  respect  to  the  Certificates  and
(ii)     no
Certificates  have  been  declared  due  and  payable,  or
such declaration   and  its  consequences  have  been
annulled and
rescinded, the Trustee shall, at the direction of MBIA, or if
an MBIA Default or Termination has occurred, the Trustee may in
its sole  discretion if it determines it to be in the best
interests of  the  Controlling  Holders and shall, upon
request  from  the Controlling  Holders  elect, by giving
written  notice  of  such election to the Transferor, to take
possession of and retain  the Trust  Estate securing the
Certificates intact, collect or  cause the  collection of the
proceeds thereof and make  and  apply  all payments  and
deposits and maintain all accounts in  respect  of such
Certificates in accordance with the provisions  of  Article
Twelve  of  this  Agreement. If the Trustee is unable  to  or
is stayed  from giving such notice to the Transferor for any
reason whatsoever,  such election shall be effective as of the
time  of such   determination   or  request,   as   the   case
may  be,
notwithstanding any failure to give such notice, and the
Trustee shall give such notice upon the removal or cure of such
inability or  stay (but shall have no obligation to effect such
removal  or cure).  Any  such election may be rescinded with
respect  to  any portion  of the Trust Estate securing the
Certificates  remaining at  the  time of such rescission by
written notice to the Trustee and  the  Transferor  from  MBIA
or,  if  an  MBIA  Default
or
Termination has occurred, from the Controlling Holders.

     Section 6.06   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

     In  case  of  the pendency of any receivership,
insolvency, conservatorship,    liquidation,   bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other
judicial Proceeding relating to the Transferor or any other
obligor upon any  of  the Certificates or the property of the
Transferor or of  such  other obligor  or their creditors, the
Trustee (irrespective of whether the  principal of any of the
Certificates shall then be  due  and payable  as therein
expressed or by declaration or otherwise  and irrespective of
whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the
Transferor for the payment of overdue principal or interest)
shall  be entitled and empowered, to intervene in such
proceeding or otherwise,

          (a)  to file and prove a claim for the whole amount
     of principal  and interest owing and unpaid in respect  of
     the Certificates issued hereunder and to file such other
     papers or  documents as may be necessary or advisable in
     order  to have the claims of the Trustee (including any
     claim for  the reasonable   compensation,   expenses,
     disbursements                                      and
     advances  of  the  Trustee, its agents and counsel  and
     any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07
     hereof) and of  MBIA and the Certificateholders allowed in
     such judicial Proceeding, and

          (b)   to  collect  and  receive  any  monies  or
     other property  payable or deliverable on any such claims
     and  to distribute the same,
and  any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, or
sequestrator (or  other  similar official) in any such judicial
Proceeding  is hereby authorized by MBIA and each
Certificateholder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in
the event that the Trustee  shall consent  to the making of
such payments directly to MBIA  or  the Certificateholders, to
pay to the Trustee any amount  due  to  it for  the  reasonable
compensation, expenses,  disbursements  and advances  of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and  any  other amounts due
the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.
     Nothing  contained  in this Agreement  shall  be  deemed
to authorize  the Trustee to authorize or consent to  or
accept  or adopt  on  behalf of MBIA or any Certificateholder
any  plan  of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition  affecting MBIA  or  any  of the Certificates or
the rights  of  any  Holder thereof,  or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect  of  the claim of MBIA or any
Certificateholder in any such Proceeding.
     Section 6.07   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without
Possession of Certificates.
     (a)  In all Proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also
any Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision
of this Agreement  to  which the Trustee shall be a party),
the  Trustee shall be held to represent all of the
Certificateholders, and  it shall  not be necessary to make any
Certificateholder a party  to any such Proceedings.
     (b)   All  rights of actions and claims under this
Agreement
or  any of the Certificates may be prosecuted and enforced by
the Trustee without the possession of any of the Certificates
or  the production  thereof in any Proceeding relating thereto,
and  any such  Proceedings instituted by the Trustee shall be
brought  in its  own  name  as Trustee of an express trust, and
any  recovery whether  by  judgment,  settlement  or  otherwise
shall,   after provision   for  the  payment  of  the
reasonable  compensation, expenses,  disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its  agents and  counsel, be for MBIA and the
ratable benefit of the  Holders of the Certificates.

     Section 6.08   Application of Money Collected.

     If  the  Certificates  have been declared  due  and
payable following an Event of Default and such declaration has
not  been rescinded  or  annulled, any money collected by the
Trustee  with respect  to  the  Certificates pursuant to this
Article  Six  or otherwise and any other money that may be held
thereafter by  the Trustee as security for the Certificates
shall be applied in  the following  order, at the date or dates
fixed by the Trustee  and, in case of the distribution of such
money on account of principal or  interest,  upon  presentation
of  the  Certificates  and  the notation  thereon of the
payment if only partially paid and  upon surrender  thereof  if
fully paid; provided that  proceeds  of  a claim under the
Certificate Insurance Policy will be used only to pay  interest
and principal on the Class A Certificates  in  the manner set
forth in clauses Fifth and Sixth below:

     FIRST:          To the payment to the Trustee of the
Trustee Fee  then  due,  and  any costs and expenses incurred
by  it  in connection  with  enforcing the remedies  provided
for  in  this Article Six;

     SECOND:    To the payment of all the Servicer Fee and
other
amounts  due the Servicer pursuant to Section 12.02(d)(i)
hereof and  to  pay  the Servicer the amount necessary to
reimburse  the Servicer for any other unrecovered Servicer
Advances;

     THIRD:     To  the  payment to the Back-up Servicer  of
the
Back-up Servicer Fee then due;

     FOURTH:    To  the payment to MBIA of the MBIA Premium
then
due;

     FIFTH:     To the payment of the amounts then due and
unpaid
upon the Class A Certificates for interest, with interest (to
the extent  payment thereof is legally enforceable at the
respective rate or rates prescribed therefor in the Class A
Certificates) on overdue  principal, without preference or
priority  of  any  kind among  Class  A Certificateholders,
according to the amounts  due and payable on the Class A
Certificates for interest;

     SIXTH:      To  the  payment  of  the  remaining   Class
A
Certificate Balance, without preference or priority of  any
kind among Class A Certificateholders;

     SEVENTH:   To the payment to MBIA of any amounts
previously
paid  by  MBIA  under the Certificate Insurance  Policy  and
not theretofore repaid, together with interest thereon and any
other amounts due under the Insurance Agreement;

     EIGHTH:    To  reimburse  MBIA, and in  the  event  an
MBIA
Default   or   Termination  has  occurred,   to   reimburse
the
Certificateholders,  for  any  costs  or  expenses  incurred
in connection  with  any  enforcement action with  respect  to
this Agreement or the Certificates;

     TENTH:     To  the  payment  to the Servicer  of  any
other
amounts due the Servicer as expressly provided herein and in
the Servicing Agreement;

     ELEVENTH:  To  the payment to the Trustee  and  the  Back-
up Servicer,  any  other amounts due to the Trustee or  the
Back-up Servicer  as  expressly  provided herein  and  in  the
Servicing Agreement;

     TWELFTH:  To the payment of the amounts then due and
unpaid upon  the  Class B Certificates  for interest, with
interest  (to the  extent such interest has been collected by
the Trustee or  a sum sufficient therefor has been so collected
and payment thereof is legally enforceable at the respective
rate or rates prescribed therefor  in  the  Class  B
Certificates) on  overdue  principal, without  preference  or
priority  of  any  kind  among  Class  B Certificateholders,
according to the amounts due and  payable  on the Class B
Certificates for interest;

     THIRTEENTH:     To  the  payment of the  remaining  Class
B
Certificate Balance, without preference or priority of  any
kind among Class B Certificateholders;

     FOURTEENTH:    To the payment of any surplus to  or  at
the
written direction of the Holder of the Transferor Certificate
or any other person legally entitled thereto.

     Section 6.09   Limitation on Suits.

     No  Holder  of  any  Certificate shall  have  any  right
to institute any Proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with
respect  to
this Agreement, or for the appointment of a receiver or
trustee, or  for any other remedy hereunder for so long as an
MBIA Default or  Termination  has  not occurred, and if  an
MBIA  Default  or Termination has occurred, unless
          (a)   such  Holder  has previously  given  written
     notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;
          (b)   the  Controlling  Holders  shall  have  made
     written request to the Trustee to institute Proceedings
     in  respect of such Event of Default in its own name
     as Trustee hereunder;
     
          (c)   such Holder or Holders have offered  to
     the Trustee   reasonable  indemnity  against   the
     costs, expenses  and liabilities to be incurred in
     compliance with such request;
     
          (d)  the Trustee for 30 days after its receipt
     of such notice, request and offer of security or
     indemnity has failed to institute any such
     Proceedings; and
     
          (e)   no  direction inconsistent with such
     written request  has  been  given to the  Trustee
     during  such 30-day  period  by  the Controlling
     Holders;  it  being understood and intended that no
     one or more Holders  of Certificates  shall  have
     any  right  in  any   manner whatever by virtue of,
     or by availing of, any provision of  this Agreement
     to affect, disturb or prejudice  the rights  of  any
     other Holders of Certificates,  or  to obtain or to
     seek to obtain priority or preference over any  other
     Holders or to enforce any right under  this
     Agreement, except in the manner herein provided and
     for the  equal  and ratable benefit of all the
     Holders  of Certificates.
     
     Section 6.10   Unconditional Right of Certificateholders
to Receive Principal and Interest.
     Notwithstanding any other provision in this  Agreement,
the Holder of any Class A Certificate shall have the right,
which  is absolute  and unconditional, to receive payment of
the  principal and  interest  on such Class A Certificate as
such principal  and interest  becomes due and payable and to
institute any Proceeding for the enforcement of any such
payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the
consent of such Holder.
      Section 6.11   Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
     If the Trustee, MBIA or any Certificateholder has
instituted any  Proceeding  to  enforce  any  right  or  remedy
under  this Agreement  and such Proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for  any reason, or has been
determined adversely to the Trustee, MBIA  or to such
Certificateholder, then, and in every case,  the Transferor,
the Trustee, MBIA and the Certificateholders  shall, subject
to  any  determination in such Proceeding,  be  restored
severally  and respectively to their former positions
hereunder, and  thereafter all rights and remedies of the
Trustee, MBIA  and the   Certificateholders  shall  continue
as  though   no   such Proceeding had been instituted.
     Section 6.12   Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
     Except as otherwise provided with respect to the
replacement or  payment  of mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Certificates in  the last paragraph of Section 2.07
hereof, no right or remedy
herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee, MBIA or to
the Certificateholders is intended to be exclusive of any other
right or  remedy,  and  every  right and remedy shall,  to  the
extent permitted  by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every  other right and remedy given hereunder or now or
hereafter existing  at law or in equity or otherwise. The
assertion or employment of any right  or  remedy hereunder, or
otherwise, shall not prevent  the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
     Section 6.13   Delay or Omission; Not Waiver.
     No  delay or omission of the Trustee, MBIA or of any
Holder of  any Certificate to exercise any right or remedy
accruing upon any  Event  of Default shall impair any such
right or  remedy  or constitute  a  waiver  of  any  such
Event  of  Default  or  any acquiescence  therein.   Every
right and  remedy  given  by  this Article  Six  or  by  law
to  the  Trustee,  MBIA  or                       to     the
Certificateholders may be exercised from time  to  time,  and
as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, MBIA  or
by the Certificateholders,  as the case may be, subject  in
each  case, however,  to  the  right of MBIA to control any
such  right  and remedy except as provided in Section 13.14
hereof.

     Section 6.14   Control by MBIA or Certificateholders.

     MBIA or, if an MBIA Default or Termination has occurred,
the Controlling  Holders  shall have the right to  direct  the
time, method  and  place of conducting any Proceeding  for  any
remedy available  to  the  Trustee  or exercising  any  trust
or  power conferred on the Trustee; provided that:

          (a)   such direction shall not be in conflict with
     any  rule  of  law  or  with this Agreement  including,
     without   limitation,   any  provision   hereof   which
     expressly provides for approval by a greater percentage
     of the Certificate Balance of Certificates;

          (b)    any  direction  to  the  Trustee   by
the
     Certificateholders  of a Class to undertake  a
     private sale of the Trust Estate shall be by the
     Holders of all Outstanding  Certificates of  such
     Class,  unless  the condition  set forth in Section
     6.18(b)(ii)  hereof  is met;
     
          (c)   the Trustee may take any other action
     deemed proper  by  the Trustee which is not
     inconsistent  with such  direction;  provided,
     however, that,  subject  to Section  7.01  hereof,
     the Trustee need  not  take  any action  if  a
     Responsible Officer or Officers  of  the Trustee  in
     good faith determines that it might involve the
     Trustee or such officer in personal liability or be
     prejudicial to the Certificateholders holding the
     same Class  of  Certificates as the Controlling
     Holders  and not consenting; and
     
          (d)   the  Trustee  has been furnished
     reasonable indemnity against costs, expenses and
     liabilities which it  might incur in connection
     therewith as provided  in Section            7.01(f)
     hereof.
     
     Section   6.15    Waiver  of  Certain  Events  by  MBIA
or
Certificateholders.

     MBIA, or if an MBIA Default or Termination has occurred
the Controlling  Holders, may on behalf of the  Holders  of
all  the
Certificates  waive any past Default or Trigger  Event
hereunder and its consequences, except:
          (a)  a Default in the payment of the principal  of
    or  interest on any Certificate, or a Default described
     in Sections 6.01(d) and (e) hereof, or

          (b)   in respect of a covenant or provision hereof
     which  under Article Nine hereof cannot be modified  or
     amended  without  the consent of  the  Holder  of  each
     Outstanding Certificate affected.
     
Upon  any such waiver, such Default or Trigger Event shall
cease to  exist, and any Event of Default or other consequence
arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every
purpose of this Agreement; but no such waiver shall extend to
any subsequent or  other Default or Trigger Event or impair any
right consequent thereon.

     Section 6.16   Undertaking for Costs.

     All  parties to this Agreement agree, and each Holder of
any Certificate  by  his acceptance thereof shall be deemed  to
have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in
any suit for  the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Agreement, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action
taken, suffered or  omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any
party litigant in such  suit  of an undertaking to pay the
costs of such suit,  and that  such  court may in its
discretion assess reasonable  costs, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, against any party  litigant in  such suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith  of the  claims
or  defenses made by such party  litigant;  but  the provisions
of  this Section 6.16 shall not  apply  to  any  suit
instituted  by the Trustee or MBIA, or to any suit instituted
by the  Controlling  Holders,  or to  any  suit  instituted  by
any Certificateholder  for  the enforcement of  the  payment
of  the principal  of  or  interest on any Certificate on  or
after  the Stated   Maturity   or  Expected  Maturity
expressed   in   such Certificate.

     Section 6.17   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

     The Transferor covenants (to the extent that it may
lawfully do  so) that it will not, at any time, insist upon, or
plead,  or in  any  manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit
or advantage of,  any  stay or extension law wherever enacted,
now or  at  any time  hereafter in force, which may affect the
covenants  or  the performance of this Agreement; and the
Transferor (to the  extent that  it  may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or  advantage  of any such law,
and covenants that  it  will  not hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though
no such law had been enacted.

     Section 6.18   Sale of Trust Estate.

     (a)   The power to effect any sale (a "Sale") of any
portion of the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 6.04  hereof
shall not be exhausted by any one or more Sales as to any
portion of the Trust Estate remaining unsold, but shall
continue unimpaired until  the entire  Trust  Estate securing
the Certificates shall  have  been sold  or  all amounts
payable on the Certificates and under  this Agreement with
respect thereto shall have been paid. The  Trustee may  from
time to time postpone any Sale by public  announcement made at
the time and place of such Sale.

     (b)   To the extent permitted by applicable law, the
Trustee
shall  not, in any private Sale, sell to a third party the
Trust Estate, or any portion thereof unless:

          (i)   MBIA,  or if an MBIA Default or  Termination
     has  occurred  the  Controlling  Holders,  consent   in
    writing to or directs the Trustee to make such Sale; or
                               
          (ii)  if  an  MBIA  Default  or  Termination   has
     occurred, the proceeds of such Sale would not  be  less
     than  the  sum  of  all  amounts  due  to  the  Trustee
     hereunder and the Certificate Balance of the  Class  of
     Certificates  held  by  the  Controlling  Holders   and
     interest  due or to become due thereon on  the  Payment
     Date  next  succeeding  such Sale,  together  with  any
     amount owing to MBIA under the Insurance Agreement.
     
     (c)  The Trustee, MBIA or the Certificateholders may bid
for and acquire any portion of the Trust Estate in connection
with  a public  Sale  thereof, and in lieu of paying cash
therefor,  any Certificateholder may make settlement for the
purchase  price  by crediting  against  amounts owing on  the
Certificates  of  such Holder  or  other  amounts owing to such
Holder secured  by  this Agreement, that portion of the net
proceeds of such Sale to which such  Holder  would be entitled,
after deducting  the  reasonable costs, charges and expenses
incurred by the Trustee, MBIA  or the Certificateholders in
connection with such Sale. The Certificates need  not be
produced in order to complete any such Sale,  or  in order  for
the net proceeds of such Sale to be credited  against the
Certificates.  The Trustee, MBIA  or the  Certificateholders
may  hold,  lease,  operate, manage or otherwise  deal  with
any property so acquired in any manner permitted by law.

     (d)   The  Trustee shall execute and deliver an
appropriate
instrument of conveyance transferring its interest in any
portion of  the  Trust  Estate  in connection with  a  Sale
thereof.  In addition,  the Trustee is hereby irrevocably
appointed the  agent and attorney-in-fact of the Transferor to
transfer and convey its interest in any portion of the Trust
Estate in connection with  a Sale  thereof,  and to take all
action necessary to  effect  such Sale. No purchaser or
transferee at such a sale shall be bound to ascertain  the
Trustee's authority, inquire into the satisfaction of  any
conditions  precedent or see to the application  of  any
monies.

     (e)   The method, manner, time, place and terms of any
Sale
of  all  or any portion of the Trust Estate shall be
commercially reasonable.

     Section 6.19   Action on Certificates.
     The  Trustee's  right to seek and recover  judgment  on
the Certificates or under this Agreement shall not be affected
by the seeking,  obtaining or application of any other relief
under  or with  respect  to  this  Agreement.  Neither  the
lien  of  this Agreement  nor  any  rights or remedies of  the
Trustee  or  the Certificateholders  shall be impaired  by  the
recovery  of  any judgment by the Trustee against the
Transferor or by the levy  of any  execution under such
judgment upon any portion of the  Trust Estate or upon any of
the assets of the Transferor.
                         ARTICLE SEVEN
                          THE TRUSTEE
                               
                               
      Section 7.01   Certain Duties and Responsibilities.
     (a)   Except  during the continuance of an Event of
Default known to the Trustee as provided in subsection (e)
below:
          (i)  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties
     and  only such duties as are specifically set forth  in
     this Agreement, and no implied covenants or obligations
     shall  be read into this Agreement against the Trustee;
     and
          (ii) in the absence of bad faith or negligence  on
     its  part, the Trustee may conclusively rely as to  the
     truth  of  the  statements and the correctness  of  the
     opinions   expressed  therein,  upon  certificates   or
     opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
     requirements of this Agreement; but in the case of  any
     such  certificates or opinions, which by any  provision
     hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the
     Trustee,  the Trustee shall be under a duty to  examine
     the  same and to determine whether or not they  conform
     to the requirements of this Agreement.

     (b)   In  case an Event of Default known to the  Trustee
as provided  in subsection (e) below has occurred and is
continuing, the  Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
powers  vested in  it  by this Agreement, and shall use the
same degree of  care and  skill in its exercise, as a
reasonable person would exercise or  use under the
circumstances in the conduct of his or her  own affairs.

     (c)   No  provision of this Agreement shall be construed
to relieve  the Trustee from liability for its own negligent
action, its  own  negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct or bad faith, except that:

          (i)  this subsection (c) shall not be construed to
     limit the effect of subsection (a) of this Section;
     
          (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error
     of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer
     of  the  Trustee,  unless it shall be proved  that
     the Trustee  was  negligent in ascertaining  the
     pertinent facts;
     
          (iii)      the  Trustee shall not be  liable
     with respect  to any action taken or omitted to be
     taken  by it  in  good faith in accordance with the
     direction  of MBIA   or   the  Controlling  Holders
     (or  other  such percentage  as may be required by
     the terms hereof)  in accordance  with  Section 6.14
     hereof relating  to  the time, method and place of
     conducting any Proceeding for any  remedy available
     to the Trustee, or exercising any trust  or power
     conferred upon the Trustee, under  this Agreement,
     the  Lease  Acquisition  Agreement  or  the Servicing
     Agreement; and
     
          (iv)  no provision of this Agreement shall
     require the  Trustee  to  expend  or  risk  its  own
     funds  or otherwise   incur  any  financial
     liability   in
     the
     performance of any of its duties hereunder, or  in
     the exercise  of any of its rights or powers, if  it
     shall have reasonable grounds for believing that
     repayment of such  funds or adequate indemnity
     against such risk  or liability  is  not reasonably
     assured to  it,  provided that  nothing contained in
     this Agreement shall  excuse
    the  Trustee  for  failure to  perform  its  duties  as
     Trustee under this Agreement.
     (d)   Whether  or  not therein expressly so provided,
every
provision  of this Agreement relating to the conduct or
affecting the liability of or affording protection to the
Trustee shall  be subject to the provisions of this Section
7.01.

     (e)   For  all  purposes under this Agreement,  the
Trustee
shall  not  be  deemed  to have notice of any  Event  of
Default described  in  Section 6.01(d) or 6.01(e) hereof or
any  Default described  in  Section  6.01(c) hereof or of  any
Trigger  Event unless  a  Responsible Officer assigned to  and
working  in  the Trustee's corporate trust department has
actual knowledge thereof or  unless written notice of any event
which is in fact  such  an Event  of  Default, Default or
Trigger Event is received  by  the Trustee at the Corporate
Trust Office, and such notice references any  of  the
Certificates generally, the Transferor,  the  Trust Estate or
this Agreement.

     (f)   The  Trustee shall be under no obligation to
institute
any   suit,  or  to  take  any  remedial  proceeding  under
this Agreement, or to enter any appearance or in any way defend
in any suit  in which it may be made defendant, or to take any
steps  in the  execution of the trusts hereby created or in the
enforcement of  any rights and powers hereunder until it shall
be indemnified to  its  satisfaction  against any and all
costs  and  expenses, outlays  and counsel fees and other
reasonable disbursements  and against  all liability, except
liability that is adjudicated,  in connection with any action
so taken.

     (g)   Notwithstanding any extinguishment of all right,
title
and  interest  of  the  Transferor in and  to  the  Trust
Estate following  an  Event of Default and a consequent
declaration  of acceleration of the maturity of any of the
Certificates,  whether such extinguishment occurs through a
Sale of the Trust Estate  to another  person  or the
acquisition of the Trust  Estate  by  the Trustee,  the rights
of the Certificateholders shall continue  to be governed by the
terms of this Agreement.

     (h)   Notwithstanding  anything to  the  contrary
contained
herein, the provisions of subsections (e) through (g),
inclusive, of  this  Section  7.01  shall be subject to  the
provisions  of subsections (a) through (c), inclusive, of this
Section 7.01.

     (j)   The  Trustee shall provide the reports and
accountings
as required pursuant to Section 12.04 hereof.

      Section 7.02   Notice of Default and Other Events.
                               
     Promptly after the occurrence of any Default, Trigger
Event or  MBIA Default or Termination known to the Trustee
(within  the meaning  of  Section 7.01(e) hereof) which is
continuing,  within one  Business Day of obtaining such
knowledge, the Trustee  shall transmit by telephonic or
telegraphic communication confirmed  by mail  to MBIA and to
all Holders of Certificates, as their  names and  addresses
appear on the Certificate Register, notice of such Default,
Trigger Event or MBIA Default or Termination  known  to the
Trustee, unless in the case of notice of Default or notice of
any  Trigger Event to Certificateholders, such Default shall
have been  promptly cured or waived or such Trigger Event
shall  have been waived by MBIA in accordance with this
Agreement.

     Section 7.03   Certain Rights of Trustee.

     Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01,

          (a)   the  Trustee may rely and shall be  protected
in
     acting  or  refraining  from  acting  upon  any
     resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion,
     report, notice, request,  direction,  consent, order,
     bond,  note  or  other obligation, paper or document
     believed by it to  be  genuine and to have been signed or
     presented by the proper party  or parties;
     
          (b)    any  request  or  direction  of  the
Transferor
     mentioned  herein  shall  be  sufficiently  evidenced  by
     a Transferor Request or Transferor Order and any
     resolution of the  Board of Directors may be sufficiently
     evidenced  by  a Board Resolution;
     
          (c)   whenever in the administration of this
Agreement
     the  Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be
     proved or  established prior to taking, suffering or
     omitting  any action  hereunder,  the Trustee (unless
     other  evidence  be herein  specifically prescribed) may,
     in the absence of  bad faith on its part, rely upon an
     Officer's Certificate;
     
          (d)    the  Trustee  may consult with counsel  and
the
     written advice of such counsel selected by the Trustee
     with due  care  or  any  Opinion of Counsel  shall  be
     full  and complete  authorization and protection  in
     respect  of  any action  taken, suffered or omitted by it
     hereunder  in  good faith and in reliance thereon;
     
          (e)    the  Trustee  shall be under  no  obligation
to
     exercise  any of the rights or powers vested in it  by
     this Agreement  at  the  request  or  direction  of  any
     of  the Certificateholders pursuant to this Agreement,
     unless  such Certificateholders  shall  have  offered  to
     the  Trustee
     reasonable security or indemnity against the costs,
     expenses and  liabilities which might be incurred by it in
     compliance with such request or direction;
     
          (f)   unless so directed by the Controlling Holders
or
     MBIA and if, in either case, the requirements of clause
     (e) above have been satisfied, the Trustee shall not be
     bound to make  any investigation into the facts or matters
     stated  in any resolution, certificate, statement,
     instrument, opinion, report,  notice, request, direction,
     consent,  order,  bond, note  or  other paper or document,
     but the Trustee,  in  its discretion,  may make such
     further inquiry or  investigation into  such facts or
     matters as it may see fit, and,  if  the Trustee  shall
     determine to make such  further  inquiry  or
     investigation,  it shall be entitled to examine  the
     books, records  and  premises  of the Transferor,  upon
     reasonable notice  and  at reasonable times personally or
     by  agent  or attorney; and
     
          (g)   the  Trustee  may execute any of  the  trusts
or
     powers  hereunder  or  perform any duties  hereunder
     either directly or by or through agents or attorneys.
     
     Section  7.04   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance
of Certificates.

     (a)   The  recitals contained in this Agreement and  in
the Certificates,  except the certificates of authentication
on  the Certificates, shall be taken as the statements of the
Transferor, and  the Trustee assumes no responsibility for
their correctness. The  Trustee  makes  no representations as
to  the  validity  or condition of the Trust Estate or any part
thereof, or as  to  the
title  of  the Transferor thereto or as to the security
afforded thereby  or hereby, or as to the validity or
genuineness  of  any securities  at  any time pledged and
deposited with  the  Trustee hereunder  or as to the validity
or sufficiency of this Agreement or  any of the Certificates.
The Trustee shall not be accountable for  the  use  or
application by the Transferor  of  any  of  the Certificates or
the proceeds thereof or of any money paid to  the Transferor or
upon Transferor Order under any provisions hereof.
     (b)   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein  and
in Section  7.15  and  without  limiting  the  generality   of
the
foregoing, the Trustee shall have no responsibility or
liability for  or  with respect to the validity of any
Equipment  or  Lease Contract, the perfection of any security
interest (whether as  of the date hereof or at any future
time), the maintenance of or the taking of any action to
maintain such perfection, the validity of the  assignment of
any portion of the Trust Estate to the Trustee or  of  any
intervening  assignment, the  review  of  any  Lease Contract
(it being understood that the Trustee has not  reviewed and
does not intend to review the substance or form of any  such
Lease  Contract),  the performance or enforcement  of  any
Lease Contract,                                           the
validity  and  sufficiency  of  the  Certificate
Insurance  Policy,  the  compliance  by  the  Transferor  or
the Servicer with any covenant or the breach by the Transferor
or the Servicer of any warranty or representation made
hereunder  or  in any  related  document or the accuracy of any
such  warranty  or representation,  any  investment  of  monies
in  the  Collection Account or any loss resulting therefrom,
the acts or omissions of the Transferor, the Servicer, MBIA or
any Customer, any action of the Servicer taken in the name of
the Trustee, or the validity of the Servicing Agreement or the
Lease Acquisition Agreement.

     (c)   Except  as  otherwise expressly provided  herein,
the Trustee  shall  not  have any obligation or liability
under  any Lease  Contract by reason of or arising out of this
Agreement  or the assignment of such Lease Contract hereunder
or the receipt by the  Trustee  of  any  payment relating  to
any  Lease  Contract pursuant  hereto, nor shall the Trustee be
required or  obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any
of the obligations of the Transferor  under or pursuant to any
Lease Contract, or  to  make any  payment,  or  to make any
inquiry as to the  nature  or  the sufficiency of any payment
received by it, or the sufficiency  of any performance by any
party, under any Lease Contract.

     Section 7.05   May Hold Certificates.

     The Trustee, the Servicer, any Paying Agent, the
Certificate Registrar,  any Authenticating Agent or any other
agent  of  the Transferor, in its individual or any other
capacity,  may  become the  owner  or  pledgee of Certificates,
and  if  operative,  may otherwise deal with the Transferor
with the same rights it  would have  if it were not Trustee,
Servicer, Paying Agent, Certificate Registrar, Authenticating
Agent or such other agent.

     Section 7.06   Money Held in Trust.

     Money  and investments held in trust by the Trustee  or
any Paying  Agent  hereunder  shall be held  in  one  or  more
trust accounts  hereunder but need not be segregated from
other  funds except  to  the extent required in this Agreement
or required  by law.  The Trustee or any Paying Agent shall be
under no liability for  interest  on  any money received by it
hereunder  except  as otherwise  agreed  with the Transferor or
otherwise  specifically provided in this Agreement.

     Section 7.07   Compensation and Reimbursement.

     The Transferor agrees:
          (a)   to  pay the Trustee monthly its fee for
     all services  rendered by it hereunder as Trustee,
     in  the amount  of  the Trustee Fee  (which
     compensation  shall not  otherwise be limited by any
     provision  of  law  in regard  to the compensation of
     a trustee of an  express trust), and to pay to the
     Back-up Servicer its fee  for all services rendered
     hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement  as  Back-
     up Servicer, in the amount  of  the Back-up Servicer
     Fee;
          (b)    except  as  otherwise  expressly
provided
     herein,   to  reimburse  the  Trustee  or  the  Back-
     up Servicer   upon   its   request  for   all
     reasonable
     out-of-pocket  expenses,  disbursements  and
     advances incurred or made by the Trustee or the Back-
     up Servicer in  accordance with any provision of this
     Agreement  or Servicing
     Agreement   (including   the
     reasonable
     compensation and the expenses and disbursements of
     the Trustee's  and Back-up Servicer's agents and
     counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or
     advance as may be attributable to its negligence or
     bad faith; and
     
          (c)   to  indemnify  and hold harmless  the
     Trust Estate  and  the  Trustee from and  against
     any  loss, liability, expense, damage or injury
     (other than  those attributable to a
     Certificateholder in its capacity  as an  investor
     in any of the Certificates) sustained  or suffered
     pursuant to this Agreement by reason  of  any acts,
     omissions  or alleged acts or omissions  arising out
     of  activities of the Trust Estate or the  Trustee
     (including  without  limitation any  violation  of
     any applicable  laws by the Transferor as a result
     of  the transactions    contemplated   by   this
     Agreement), including,  but  not limited to, any
     judgment,  award, settlement,  reasonable  attorneys'
     fees   and   other expenses incurred in connection
     with the defense of any actual  or  threatened
     action,  proceeding  or  claim; provided  that  the
     Transferor shall not indemnify  the Trustee  if  such
     loss, liability, expense,  damage  or injury  is  due
     to the Trustee's gross  negligence  or willful
     misconduct, willful misfeasance or bad faith in the
     performance of duties. Any indemnification pursuant
     to  this Section shall only be payable from the
     assets of  the  Transferor and shall not be payable
     from  the assets  of  the Trust Estate.  The
     provisions  of  this indemnity  shall run directly to
     and be enforceable  by an injured person subject to
     the limitations hereof and this   indemnification
     agreement  shall  survive                    the
     termination of this Agreement.

     Section 7.08   Corporate Trustee Required;
Eligibility.

     There  shall at all times be a trustee hereunder which
shall be  a  corporation  or association organized and  doing
business under  the laws of the United States of America or of
any  state, authorized  under such laws to exercise corporate
trust  powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at
least $50,000,000 (or a  lesser  amount with the approval of
MBIA, the Rating  Agencies and   the   Controlling  Holders),
subject  to  supervision   or examination  by Federal or state
authority and having  an  office within  the  United  States of
America, and which  shall  have  a commercial paper or other
short-term rating of the highest  short term  rating
categories  by  each of  the  Rating  Agencies,  or
otherwise  acceptable  to each of the Rating  Agencies.  If
such corporation  publishes reports of condition  at  least
annually, pursuant                                        to
law  or  to  the  requirements  of  the  aforesaid
supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of
this Section,  the  combined capital and surplus of  such
corporation shall  be  deemed to be its combined capital and
surplus  as  set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published. If  at any  time  the  Trustee shall cease to be
eligible in  accordance with  the provisions of this Section,
it shall resign immediately in  the manner and with the effect
hereinafter specified in  this Article.

     Section  7.09    Resignation  and  Removal;  Appointment
of
Successor.

     (a)   No  resignation  or  removal of  the  Trustee  and
no
appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article
shall become  effective  until the acceptance  of  appointment
by  the successor Trustee under Section 7.10 hereof.

     (b)   The Trustee may resign at any time by giving 30
days'
written  notice  thereof  to the Transferor,  MBIA  and  to
each Certificateholder. If an instrument of acceptance by a
successor Trustee  shall not have been delivered to the Trustee
within  30 days  after  the  giving  of  such  notice  of
resignation,  the resigning   Trustee   may  petition  any
court   of   competent jurisdiction  for  the appointment of a
successor  Trustee.  Such court  may thereupon, after such
notice, if any, as it  may  deem proper and may prescribe,
appoint a successor Trustee.

     (c)   The  Trustee may be removed by MBIA  or,  if  an
MBIA
Default or Termination shall have occurred and is continuing,
the Controlling  Holders, at any time if one of the following
events have occurred:

          (i)   the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under
     Section  7.08  hereof and shall fail  to  resign  after
     written request therefor by the Transferor, MBIA or  by
     any Certificateholder, or
     
          (ii)  the Trustee shall become incapable of acting
     or  shall  be  adjudged a bankrupt or  insolvent  or  a
     receiver  of  the Trustee or of its property  shall  be
     appointed  or any public officer shall take  charge  or
     control  of  the Trustee or of its property or  affairs
     for  the  purpose  of rehabilitation,  conservation  or
     liquidation, or
     
          (iii)      the  Trustee has failed to perform  its
     duties   in   this  Agreement  or  has   breached   any
      representation of warranty made in this Agreement.
                               
     (d)   If  the  Trustee shall resign, be  removed  or
become
incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office
of the   Trustee  for  any  cause  with  respect  to  any of
the
Certificates,  the  Transferor  by  a  Board  Resolution,
shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee satisfactory to
MBIA, or, if an  MBIA  Default or Termination has occurred, to
the Controlling Holders.  If no successor Trustee shall have
been so appointed by the Transferor within 30 days of notice of
removal or resignation and  shall  have  accepted appointment
in the manner  hereinafter provided,  then  MBIA may appoint a
successor Trustee.                                       If
MBIA
shall  fail to appoint a successor Trustee within 90 days  or
in the event of an MBIA Default or Termination, then the
Controlling Holders may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for  the appointment   of  a  successor  Trustee
with  respectto   the
Certificates.
     (e)  The Transferor shall give notice in the manner
provided in  Section 13.04 hereof of each resignation and each
removal                                                      of
the  Trustee  and  each appointment of a successor  Trustee
with respect  to  the Certificates to the Certificateholders
and  the Rating  Agencies.   Each notice shall include  the
name  of  the successor Trustee and the address of its
Corporate Trust Office.

    Section 7.10   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.
                               
     Every  successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall
execute, acknowledge  and  deliver  to  the Transferor  and
the  retiring Trustee  an instrument accepting such
appointment, and  thereupon the  resignation or removal of the
retiring Trustee shall  become effective  and such successor
Trustee, without any  further  act, deed  or  conveyance, shall
become vested with  all  the  rights, powers, trusts and duties
of the retiring Trustee but, on request of the Transferor or
the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall,  upon
payment of its reasonable out-of-pocket  costs  and expenses,
execute and deliver an instrument transferring to  such
successor  Trustee  all  the rights, powers  and  trusts  of
the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and
deliver                                                      to
such  successor  Trustee  all property and  money  held  by
such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its
lien,                                                        if
any,  provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Upon request  of
any such successor Trustee, the Transferor shall execute any
and  all instruments  for  more  fully  and  certainly  vesting
in                                                        and
confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers
and trusts.

     No  successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless
at the  time  of  such  acceptance such successor Trustee
shall                                                        be
eligible under this Article.

     Section   7.11     Merger,  Conversion,   Consolidation
or
Succession to Business of Trustee.

     Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or
converted or  with  which  it may be consolidated, or any
Person  resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation
to which the Trustee shall  be  a  party,  or  any corporation
succeeding  to  all                                          or
substantially all of the corporate trust business of the
Trustee, shall  be  the successor of the Trustee hereunder,
provided  such Person  shall  be  otherwise qualified and
eligible  under  this Article,  without  the execution or
filing of any  paper  or  any further act on the part of any of
the parties hereto, and  notice thereof   shall   be   provided
by   the   Trustee    to
the
Certificateholders  and  the  Rating  Agencies.   In   case
any
Certificates have been authenticated, but not delivered,  by
the Trustee  then  in office, any successor by merger,
conversion                                                   or
consolidation  to  such  authenticating Trustee  may  adopt
such authentication and deliver the Certificates so
authenticated with the   same  effect  as  if  such  successor
Trustee  had  itself authenticated such Certificates.

     Section 7.12   Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees.

     At  any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the
legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any of the
Trust Estate may  at the time be located, the Transferor, MBIA
and the Trustee shall have power to appoint, and, upon the
written request of the Trustee,  MBIA or, if an MBIA Default or
Termination has occurred and  is  continuing, of the Holders
representing at least 25%                                    of
the Certificate Balance of all Certificates, the Transferor
shall for such purpose join with the Trustee in the execution,
delivery
and  performance of all instruments and agreements  necessary
or proper  to  appoint, one or more Persons approved by the
Trustee and  meeting the requirements of Section 7.08 hereof,
either  to act as co-Trustee, jointly with the Trustee of all
or any part of such  Trust  Estate, or to act as separate
Trustee  of  any  such property,  in either case with such
powers as may be provided  in the  instrument  of appointment,
and to vest in  such  Person  or persons in the capacity
aforesaid, any property, title, right  or power  deemed
necessary  or  desirable,  subject  to  the  other provisions
of this Section. If the Transferor does not  join  in such
appointment within 15 days after the receipt  by  it  of  a
request so to do, or in case an Event of Default has occurred
and is  continuing, the Trustee alone shall have power to  make
such appointment.
     Should  any  written  instrument  from  the  Transferor
be
reasonably  required  by any co-Trustee or  separate  Trustee
so appointed  for  more  fully  confirming  to  such  co-
Trustee  or separate  Trustee such property, title, right or
power,  any  and all such instruments shall, on request, be
executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Transferor.

     Every  co-Trustee or separate Trustee shall, to  the
extent permitted  by law, but to such extent only, be appointed
subject to the following terms:

          (a)   the Certificates shall be authenticated  and
     delivered  by,  and  all  rights,  powers,  duties  and
     obligations  under  this Agreement in  respect  of  the
     custody of securities, cash and other personal property
     held  by, or required to be deposited or pledged  with,
     the  Trustee  under this Agreement, shall be  exercised
     solely by the Trustee;
     
          (b)   the  rights, powers, duties and  obligations
     conferred or imposed upon the Trustee by this Agreement
     in  respect of any property covered by such
     appointment shall  be  conferred or imposed upon and
     exercised  or performed  by  the Trustee or by the
     Trustee  and  such co-Trustee  or separate Trustee
     jointly,  as  shall  be provided  in the instrument
     appointing such  co-Trustee or  separate Trustee,
     except to the extent  that  under any law of any
     jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be
     performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or
     unqualified  to perform such act, in which  event
     such rights,   powers,  duties  and  obligations
     shall                                             be
     exercised and performed by such co-Trustee or
     separate Trustee;
     
          (c)  the Trustee at any time, by an instrument
     in writing  executed  by it, with the concurrence  of
     the Transferor evidenced by a Board Resolution, may
     accept the resignation of or remove any co-Trustee or
     separate Trustee, appointed under this Section, and,
     in case  an Event  of  Default has occurred and is
     continuing,  the Trustee shall have power to accept
     the resignation  of, or  remove,  any  such co-
     Trustee or  separate  Trustee without  the
     concurrence of the Transferor.  Upon  the written
     request  of the Trustee, the Transferor  shall join
     with  the Trustee in the execution, delivery  and
     performance of all instruments and agreements
     necessary or proper to effectuate such resignation or
     removal.  A successor  to  any co-Trustee or separate
     Trustee  that has so resigned or been removed may be
     appointed in the manner provided in this Section;
     
          (d)   no  co-Trustee or separate Trustee
hereunder
     shall  be  personally liable by reason of  any  act
     or omission  of  the  Trustee or any  other  such
     Trustee hereunder nor shall the Trustee be liable by
     reason  of any  act  or  omission  of any co-Trustee
     or  separate Trustee  selected  by  the Trustee  with
     due  care  or appointed in accordance with directions
     to the  Trustee pursuant to Section 6.14; and
     
          (e)   any  Act of Certificateholders delivered
to
     the  Trustee shall be deemed to have been delivered
     to each such co-Trustee and separate Trustee.
     
    Section 7.13   Rights with Respect to the Servicer.
                             
     The  Trustee's  rights and obligations with respect  to
the Servicer  and  the  Back-up Servicer shall  be  governed
by  the Servicing Agreement.
      Section 7.14   Appointment of Authenticating Agent.
     The  Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent  or
Agents with respect to the Certificates which shall be
authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate
Certificates issued upon original  issue  or upon exchange,
registration  of  transfer  or pursuant   to
Section   2.05  hereof,   and   Certificates              so
authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this
Agreement and  shall  be  valid  and  obligatory for  all
purposes  as  if authenticated  by  the Trustee hereunder.
Wherever  reference  is made  in  this  Agreement to the
authentication and  delivery  of Certificates  by  the  Trustee
or the  Trustee's  certificate  of authentication or the
delivery of Certificates to the Trustee for authentication,
such  reference  shall  be  deemed  to               include
authentication  and  delivery on behalf  of  the  Trustee  by
an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication
executed on  behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent
and delivery of  the Certificates to the Authenticating Agent
on behalf of the Trustee.  Each  Authenticating Agent shall be
acceptable  to  the Transferor,  MBIA  and  if  an MBIA Default
or  Termination  has occurred  and is continuing, the
Certificateholders and shall  at all  times be a corporation
having a combined capital and surplus of  not  less than the
equivalent of $50,000,000 and  subject  to supervision or
examination by Federal or state authority  or  the equivalent
foreign authority, in the case of  an  Authenticating Agent
who is not organized and doing business under the laws  of the
United States of America, any state thereof or the  District of
Columbia. If such Authenticating Agent publishes  reports  of
condition  at  least  annually,  pursuant  to  law  or   to
the
requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then
for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and
surplus of such  Authenticating Agent shall be deemed  to  be
its  combined capital  and  surplus as set forth in its most
recent  report  of condition  so  published. If at any time an
Authenticating  Agent shall  cease to be eligible in accordance
with the provisions  of this  Section, such Authenticating
Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the
effect specified in this Section.

     Any  corporation into which an Authenticating Agent  may
be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or
any corporation   resulting   from   any   merger,   conversion
or
consolidation  to  which such Authenticating  Agent  shall  be
a party,  or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency
or corporate  trust  business  of such Authenticating  Agent,
shall continue  to be an Authenticating Agent without the
execution  or filing of any paper or any further act on the
part of the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent; provided,
such corporation shall be
otherwise eligible under this Section.
     An  Authenticating Agent may resign at any  time  by
giving written  notice  thereof  to  the  Trustee,  MBIA   and
to   the
Transferor. The Trustee may at any time terminate the  agency
of an  Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to
such Authenticating Agent, MBIA and to the Transferor. Upon
receiving such  a notice of resignation or upon such a
termination,  or  in case  at  any  time such Authenticating
Agent shall cease  to  be eligible  in accordance with the
provisions of this Section,  the Trustee may appoint a
successor Authenticating Agent which  shall be  acceptable to
the Transferor and MBIA and shall mail  written notice  of such
appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to  all
Holders of Certificates, if any, with respect  to  which such
Authenticating  Agent  will  serve,  as  their  names
and
addresses  appear  in  the  Certificate Register.  Any
successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its
appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights,
powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like
effect as if originally named as an  Authenticating Agent. No
successor Authenticating Agent shall be  appointed  unless
eligible  under  the  provisions  of  this Section.

     The  Trustee may pay to each Authenticating Agent from
time to  time  reasonable  compensation for its  services
under  this Section  and  the Trustee shall be entitled to be
reimbursed  for such payments, subject to the provisions of
Section 7.07 hereof.

     If  an  appointment  is made pursuant to this  Section,
the Certificates  may  have  endorsed thereon,  in  addition
to  the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternate
certificate of authentication in the following form:

     This   is   one  of  the  Certificates  described   in
the
within-mentioned Agreement.

                                   NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                                     NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                     As Trustee
                                   By:_________________________
                                   __ __
                                                As
                                   Authenticating Agent
                                   By:_________________________
                                   __ __
                                   Authorized Officer

     Section 7.15   Trustee to Hold Lease Contracts.

     The  Trustee  hereby acknowledges receipt  (subject  to
any exceptions  as may be noted by the Trustee to the Servicer,
MBIA and the Certificateholders within 10 days of the Closing
Date) of each  Lease  Contract listed on the Initial  Lease
Schedule  and shall  hold  each  Lease  Contract together  with
any  documents relating thereto that may from time to time be
delivered  to  the Trustee, until such time as such Lease
Contract is released  from the Trust Estate pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.

     Upon  receipt  of  the Lease Contracts,  the  Trustee
shall determine  that  they are listed on the Lease  Schedule.
Within thirty  days  of the Funding Termination Date, the
Trustee  shall conduct  the review provided for in Section
4.03(g).  The Trustee
shall  be  under  no  duty or obligation to  inspect,  review
or examine the Lease Contracts and other documents to determine
that
the   same  are  genuine,  enforceable  or  appropriate  for
the
represented  purpose or that they have actually been recorded
or
that they are other than what they purport to be on their face.

     Section 7.16   Money for Certificate Payments to Be Held
in
Trust.

     The  Trustee agrees, and if there is any Paying Agent
other than  the  Trustee, the Transferor  will cause each
Paying  Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to
the Trustee  and MBIA  an  instrument in which such Paying
Agent shall agree  with the Trustee that, subject to the
provisions of this Section, such Paying Agent will:

          (a)   hold  all  sums  held by it for  the  payment
of
     principal  or  interest on Certificates  in  trust  for
     the benefit of the Certificateholders entitled thereto and
     MBIA until  such sums shall be paid to such Persons or
     otherwise disposed of as herein provided;
     
          (b)   give the Trustee, MBIA and the
     Certificateholders notice  of  any  Default  by the
     Transferor  (or  any  other obligor  upon the
     Certificates) in the making of any payment of principal or
     interest; and
     
          (c)   at  any time during the continuance of  any
     such Default,  upon the written request of the Trustee,
     forthwith pay  to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by
     such Paying Agent.
     The Transferor may at any time, for the purpose of
obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Agreement or
for any other purpose,  pay, or by Transferor Order direct any
Paying Agent
to
pay,  to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying
Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts
as those upon  which such sums were held by such Paying Agent;
and,  upon such  payment  by  any Paying Agent to the Trustee,
such  Paying Agent  shall be released from all further
liability with  respect to such money.

     Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent
in
trust  for  the  payment  of the principal  or  interest  on  any
Certificate  and remaining unclaimed for three years  after
such principal or interest has become due and payable shall be
paid to the  Transferor on Transferor Request or to MBIA if
such  payment had  been made by MBIA; and the Holder of such
Certificate  shall thereafter, as an unsecured general
creditor, and subject to  any applicable  statute of
limitations, look only to  the  Transferor for  payment
thereof,  and all liability of  the  Trustee,  such Paying
Agent  or MBIA with respect to such trust  money  or  the
related  Certificate, shall thereupon cease;  provided,
however, that  the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being
required                                                     to
make  any  such  repayment, may at the expense of the
Transferor cause  to  be  published once, in a newspaper
published  in  the English language, customarily published on
each Business Day  and of  general circulation in the city in
which the Corporate  Trust Office  is located, notice that such
money remains unclaimed  and that,  after  a date specified
therein, which shall not  be  less than  30  days  from the
date of such publication, any  unclaimed balance  of  such
money then remaining will  be  repaid  to  the Transferor; and
provided, further, that any amounts held that are proceeds  of
a claim made under the Certificate Insurance  Policy shall be
returned to MBIA, and the Certificateholders shall  look only
to MBIA for such payments.  The Trustee may also adopt  and
employ,  at  the expense of the Transferor, any other
reasonable means  of  notification  of such repayment
(including,  but  not limited
to,    mailing   notice   of   such    repayment
to
Certificateholders whose right to or interest in monies  due
and payable but not claimed is determinable from the records
of  any Paying  Agent,  at the last address as shown on  the
Certificate Register for each such Certificateholder).
                         ARTICLE EIGHT
               THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY
                               
                               
    Section 8.01   Payments under the Certificate Insurance
Policy.

     If  on the close of business on the third Business Day
prior to  any  Payment  Date, the funds on deposit  in  the
Collection Account  and  available to be distributed on  such
Payment  Date pursuant to Section 12.02(d) hereof, after any
transfer from  the Cash  Collateral Account in accordance with
Section 12.03  hereof and  the  Capitalized Interest Account in
accordance with Section 12.04(c)  hereof, are not sufficient to
make the payment  of  any interest  due  on  the Outstanding
Class A Certificates  on  such Payment  Date in accordance with
Section 12.02(d)(v) hereof,  the Trustee  shall, no later than
10:00 a.m. New York  time,  on  the second Business Day
immediately preceding such Payment Date  make a claim under the
Certificate Insurance Policy in an amount equal to  such
insufficiency.  In addition, if on the close of business on
the  third  Business  Day immediately  prior  to  the  Stated
Maturity the funds on deposit in the Collection Account after
any transfer  from  the  Cash Collateral Account in  accordance
with Section 12.03 hereof are not sufficient to pay the entire
Class A Certificate Balance, the Trustee shall, no later than
10:00  a.m. New  York  time, on the second Business Day
immediately preceding the Stated Maturity, make a claim under
the Certificate Insurance Policy  in  an amount equal to such
insufficiency.   Proceeds  of claims on the Certificate
Insurance Policy shall be deposited  in the  Collection
Account and used solely to pay  amounts  due  in respect  of
interest on the Class A Certificates on each  Payment Date and
the Class A Certificate Balance at the Stated Maturity.
     In  addition,  on  any  day  that  the  Trustee  has
actual knowledge or receives notice that any amount previously
paid to a Holder  of  Class A Certificates has been
subsequently  recovered from  such Certificateholder pursuant
to a final order of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  that
such  payment  constitutes  an avoidable   preference  within
the  meaning  of  any  applicable bankruptcy law to such
Certificateholder (a "Preference  Claim"), the  Trustee shall
make a claim within one Business Day upon  the Certificate
Insurance  Policy  for  the  full  amount  of
such
Preference  Claim in accordance with the terms of the
Certificate Insurance  Policy.   Any  proceeds of any such
Preference  Claim received  by  the  Trustee shall be paid to
the related  Class  A Certificateholders.



                         ARTICLE NINE
                               
                          AMENDMENTS
                               
                               
     Section    9.01      Amendments    without    Consent
of
Certificateholders.

     The  Transferor, the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer and
the Trustee,  with the prior written consent of MBIA but
without  the consent of the Holders of any Certificates, at any
time and  from
time  to  time, may enter into one or more amendments hereto,
in form  satisfactory  to  the Trustee, for  any  of  the
following purposes,  provided that any such amendment, as
evidenced  by  an Opinion of Counsel if requested by the
Trustee, will not  have  a material adverse affect on the
Controlling Holders:
          (a)   to correct or amplify the description of any
     property  at any time included in the Trust Estate,  or
     better  to assure, convey and confirm unto the  Trustee
     any property included or required to be included in the
     Trust  Estate,  or to include in the Trust  Estate  any
     additional property; or
     
          (b)   to evidence the succession of another Person
     to the Transferor, and the assumption by such successor
     of  the  covenants of the Transferor herein and in
     the Certificates  contained,  in  accordance  with
     Section 11.02(o) hereof; or
     
          (c)   to  add  to the covenants of the
Transferor,
     for   the  benefit  of  MBIA  or  the  Holders  of
     all Certificates or to surrender any right or power
     herein conferred upon the Transferor; or
     
          (d)   to  convey,  transfer, assign,  mortgage
or
      pledge any property to or with the Trustee; or
                             
          (e)    to  cure  any  ambiguity,  to  correct
or
     supplement any provision herein which may be
     defective or  inconsistent with any other provisions
     with respect to  matters  or questions arising under
     this Agreement, which shall not be inconsistent with
     the provisions  of this Agreement;
     
          (f)   to  evidence the succession of  the
Trustee
     pursuant  to  Article Seven hereof; provided  that
     any such  amendment  does not modify this  Agreement
     in  a manner  described in paragraphs (i) through
     (viii)  of Section 9.02(a) hereof; or
     
          (g)    as  may  be  necessary  to  effectuate
the
     issuance of any Class B Certificates in accordance
     with the terms of this Agreement and the Class B
     Supplement; provided  that any such amendment does
     not modify  this Agreement  in  a  manner described
     in  paragraphs  (i) through (viii) of Section 9.02(a)
     or (b) hereof.
     
     The Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution
of any such amendment and to make any further appropriate
agreements and  stipulations that may be therein contained, but
the  Trustee shall  not  be  obligated to enter into any such
amendment  that affects                                   the
Trustee's  own  rights,  duties,  liabilities   or
immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

     Promptly   after  the  execution  by  the  Transferor,
the
Servicer,  the Back-up Servicer and the Trustee of any
amendment pursuant to this Section, the Transferor shall mail
to the Rating Agencies and each Certificateholder a copy of
such amendment.

     Section  9.02    Amendments and Modifications  to
Agreement with Consent of Certificateholders.

     (a)   With  the  prior  written consent  of  MBIA  and
the Controlling  Holders,  by Act of said Holders  delivered
to  the Transferor  and  the Trustee, the Transferor, the
Servicer,  the Back-up  Servicer and the Trustee may enter into
an amendment  or
modification  of  this Agreement for the purpose  of  adding
any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions  of this Agreement or of modifying in any
manner  the rights  of  the Holders of the Certificates under
this  Agreement (other  than  as  described in Section 9.01);
provided,  however, that  no such amendment shall, without the
consent of the Holders of each Outstanding Certificate affected
thereby:
          (i)    change  the  Stated  Maturity  or  Expected
     Maturity  of  any Certificate or the due  date  of  any
     installment  of  principal of, or  any  installment  of
     interest  on, any Certificate, or change the  principal
     amount  thereof  or the Certificate  Interest  Rate  or
     change  any  place of payment where,  or  the  coin  or
     currency  in  which, any Certificate  or  the  interest
     thereon  is  payable, or impair the right to  institute
     suit for the enforcement of any such payment; or
          (ii)  reduce the percentage of Certificate Balance
     of Certificates, the consent of the Holders of which is
     required for any such amendment, or the consent of  the
     Holders  of  which  is  required  for  any  waiver   of
     compliance with certain provisions of this Agreement or
     Events of Default or their consequences; or
     
          (iii)      impair  or adversely affect  the  Trust
     Estate; or
     
          (iv)  modify or alter the definition of  the  term
     "Outstanding"  or  "Class  A  Certificate  Balance"  or
     "Class  B Certificate Balance" or "Controlling Holders"
     or "Required Collateralization Amount"; or

          (v)   modify or alter the provisions of the proviso
to Section 6.04 hereof; or

          (vi)  modify any of the provisions of this Section
     9.02,  except  to  increase the percentage  of  Holders
     required  for any modification or waiver or to  provide
     that  certain other provisions of this Agreement cannot
     be  modified  or  waived without the  consent  of
     each Holder   of   each  Outstanding  Certificate
     affected
     thereby; or

          (vii)      permit the creation of any lien
     ranking prior to, on a parity with, or subordinate to
     the  lien of this Agreement with respect to any part
     of the Trust Estate  or  terminate  or  release  the
     lien  of  this Agreement on any property at any time
     subject hereto or deprive  the Holder of any
     Certificate of the  security afforded by the lien of
     this Agreement; or
     
          (viii)    modify any of Sections 6.01, 6.02,
6.03,
     6.18, or Section 12.02(d) hereof.

     (b)   With the prior written consent of MBIA and the
Holders of Certificates representing not less than 66-2/3% of
the Class A Certificate  Balance,  by Act of said Holders
delivered  to  the Transferor  and  the Trustee, the
Transferor, the  Servicer,  the Back-up Servicer and the
Trustee may enter into amendments hereto for  the purpose of
adding any provisions to or changing  in  any manner  or
eliminating any of the provisions  of  Article  Three hereof
or  the  definitions  therein,  provided  that  any  such
amendment does not modify the Agreement in a  manner described
in clauses (i) through (viii) of paragraph (a) of this Section
9.02.

     (c)   With the prior written consent of MBIA and the
Holders
of Certificates representing not less than 66-2/3% of the Class
B Certificate  Balance,  by Act of said Holders  delivered  to
the Transferor  and  the Trustee, the Transferor, the
Servicer,  the Back-up Servicer and the Trustee may enter into
amendments hereto for  the purpose of adding any provisions to
or changing  in  any manner   or
eliminating   any  of  the  provisions,   including
definitions,   contained  herein  relating   to   the   Class
B Certificates,  provided that any such amendment does  not
modify this  Agreement  in  a  manner described in clauses  (i)
through (viii) of paragraph (a) of this Section 9.02.

     (d)   The  Trustee  is  hereby authorized  to  join  in
the
execution of any amendments to this Agreement pursuant to
clause (a),  (b)  or  (c)  above  and to make  any  further
appropriate agreements  and  stipulations that may be therein
contained,  but the  Trustee  shall  not  be obligated to
enter  into  any  such amendment   that  affects  the
Trustee's  own  rights,   duties,
liabilities or immunities under this Agreement.  It shall not
be necessary for any Act of Certificateholders under this
Section to approve   the   particular  form  of  any  proposed
supplemental agreement,  but it shall be sufficient if such Act
shall  approve the  substance  thereof.  Promptly after  the
execution  by  the Transferor, the Servicer, the Back-up
Servicer and the Trustee of any amendment pursuant to this
Section, the Transferor shall mail to  the Holders of the
Certificates, MBIA and the Rating Agencies a  copy  of  such
amendment, together with any consents  obtained from MBIA in
connection therewith.

     Section 9.03   Execution of Amendments.
     In  executing any amendment permitted by this Article or
the modifications  thereby of the trusts created by  this
Agreement, the  Trustee  shall  be  entitled to receive  upon
request,  and (subject  to  Section 7.01 hereof) shall be
fully  protected  in relying  in  good  faith upon, an Opinion
of  Counsel  reasonably acceptable  to  the  Trustee stating
that the execution  of  such amendment  is  authorized or
permitted  by  this  Agreement.  The Trustee  may, but shall
not be obligated to, enter into any  such amendment  which
affects the Trustee's own duties  or  immunities under this
Agreement or otherwise.
     Section 9.04   Effect of Amendments.
     Upon the execution of any amendment under this Article,
this Agreement  shall  be modified in accordance therewith,
and  such amendment  shall form a part of this Agreement for
all  purposes; and  every  Holder  of  Certificates
theretofore  or  thereafter authenticated and delivered
hereunder shall be bound thereby.
     Section 9.05   Reference in Certificates to Amendments.
     Certificates authenticated and delivered after the
execution of any amendment pursuant to this Article may, and if
required by the  Trustee  shall,  bear a notation in  form
approved  by  the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such
amendment.  If  the Transferor shall so determine, new
Certificates so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the
Trustee and the Transferor, to any such amendment may be
prepared and executed by the Transferor and authenticated  and
delivered  by the  Trustee  in  exchange  for Outstanding
Certificates.


                          ARTICLE TEN
                               
                  REDEMPTION OF CERTIFICATES

     Section  10.01  Redemption at the Option of the
Transferor; Election to Redeem.
     The  Transferor shall have the option to redeem (a)  all
of the  Outstanding Class B Certificates at any time after the
Class A  Certificates  have  been redeemed or the Class  A
Certificate Balance  has  been reduced to zero and (b) all of
the Outstanding Class  A  Certificates at any time after the
Class A  Certificate Balance is less than 10% of the Class A
Certificate Balance as of the Closing Date, in each case at the
applicable Redemption Price plus any fees due hereunder and all
amounts due to MBIA under the Insurance Agreement.  With
respect to any redemption permitted by clause  (b) above, MBIA
shall have the same option to redeem  the Class  A
Certificates in the absence of the exercise thereof  by the
Transferor.
     The  Transferor  shall  set  the  Redemption  Date  and
the Redemption  Record  Date  for the Certificates  and  give
notice thereof to the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof.
     Installments  of  principal  and  interest  that   are
due
regarding  a  Class of Certificates on or prior  to  the
related Redemption  Date shall continue to be payable to the
Holders  of such Certificates called for redemption as of the
relevant Record Dates  according to the terms and the
provisions of Section
2.08
hereof.   The  election of the Transferor or MBIA to  redeem
any
Certificates  pursuant to this Section shall be  evidenced  by
a Board  Resolution  or  written notice  from  MBIA,
respectively, directing the Trustee to make the payment of the
Redemption Price on  all  of the Certificates to be redeemed
from monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section
10.04 hereof.

     Section  10.02   Notice  to Trustee; Deposit  of
Redemption Price.

     In  the  case  of any redemption pursuant to  Section
10.01
hereof, the Transferor or MBIA, as applicable, shall, at least
15 days prior to the related Redemption Date, notify the
Trustee and the  applicable  Certificateholders of such
Redemption  Date  and shall  deposit  into the Redemption
Account on such  notification date  an amount equal to the
Redemption Price of all Certificates to  be  redeemed  on  such
Redemption Date  plus  any  fees  due hereunder  and  all
amounts  due to  MBIA  under  the  Insurance Agreement.

    Section 10.03  Notice of Redemption by the Transferor.
                               
     Upon  receipt of such notice and such deposit set  forth

in Section  10.02  above,  the  Trustee  shall  provide  notice

of redemption pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof by first-class

mail, postage  prepaid, mailed no later than the Business Day

following the  date  on  which  such deposit was made, to  each

Holder  of Certificates  whose  Certificates are to  be

redeemed,  at  such Holder's address in the Certificate

Register.

     All notices of redemption shall state: (a)  the applicable

     Redemption Date;

(b)  the applicable Redemption Price; and

     (c)  that on such Redemption Date, the Redemption Price
will become  due  and  payable upon each such  Certificate,
and  that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on such date.
     Notice  of redemption of Certificates shall be given by
the Trustee  in  the  name and at the expense of the  Holder
of  the Transferor  Certificate or MBIA, as applicable. Failure
to  give notice of redemption, or any defect therein, to any
Holder of any Certificate  selected for redemption shall not
impair  or  affect the validity of the redemption of any other
Certificate.
    Section 10.04  Certificates Payable on Redemption Date.
     Notice  of  redemption  having been  given  as  provided
in Section  10.03 hereof, the Certificates to be redeemed
shall,  on the  applicable  Redemption Date, become due and
payable  at  the Redemption  Price  and on such Redemption Date
such  Certificates shall  cease  to bear interest. The Holders
of such  Certificates shall  be paid the Redemption Price by
the Paying Agent on behalf of  the  Transferor;  provided,
however,  that  installments  of principal  and interest that
are due regarding such  Certificates on  or  prior  to  such
Redemption Date shall be payable  to  the Holders  of such
Certificates registered as such on the  relevant Record Dates
according to the terms and the provisions of Section 2.08
hereof.
     If  the  Holders  of any Certificate called  for
redemption shall  not be so paid, the principal on such
Certificates  shall, until paid, bear interest from the
applicable Redemption Date  at the related Certificate Interest
Rate.
     Section 10.05  Release of Lease Contracts.
     In  connection  with  any redemption  permitted  under

this Article Ten, the Transferor or MBIA, as the case may be,

shall be permitted  to  obtain  a release of the Lease

Contracts  to  the extent that (a) after giving effect to such

release, (x) the  sum of  (i)  the  amount  of funds then held

in the  Cash  Collateral Account and (ii) the Aggregate IPB is

equal to or exceeds (y) (i) the  Certificate  Balance of any

Outstanding Certificates  (after giving  effect to such

redemption) divided by (ii) a ratio  equal to (A) the sum of

the Class A Certificate Balance and the Class B Certificate

Balance over (B) the sum of the Aggregate IPB and any amounts

on  deposit  in the Cash Collateral  Account  (with  all

amounts  in  such  ratio calculated as of the Determination

Date relating  to  the  first  Payment Date preceding  the

Redemption Date), provided that in connection with a redemption

of the Class B  Certificates, the Transferor shall be entitled

to a release of all  of  the  Lease  Contracts and (b) the

applicable  Redemption Price  shall have been deposited into

the Redemption  Account  as required by Section 10.02.

                        ARTICLE ELEVEN

           REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

     Section 11.01  Representations and Warranties.

     The  Transferor  hereby makes the following
representations and  warranties  for  the benefit of the
Trustee,  MBIA  and  the Certificateholders on which the
Trustee relies in  accepting  the Trust Estate in trust and in
authenticating the Certificates  and on which MBIA relies in
issuing the Certificate Insurance Policy. Such  representations
and warranties are made as of  the  Closing Date  and  each
Funding  Date and shall survive  the   transfer, conveyance and
assignment of the Trust Estate to the Trustee.


     (a)   Organization and Good Standing.  The Transferor  is
a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the law of the State of Delaware and each other
State where
the  nature of its business requires it to qualify, except to
the extent that the  failure to so qualify would not in the
aggregate materially
adversely  affect the ability of  the  Transferor  to
perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

     (b)  Authorization.  The Transferor has the power,
authority and  legal right to execute, deliver and  perform
under the terms of  the  Transaction  Documents and the
execution,  delivery  and performance
of  the  Transaction  Documents  have                 been
duly
authorized by the Transferor by all necessary corporate action;

     (c)   Binding  Obligation.   Each  of  (i)  this
Agreement,
assuming  due  authorization,  execution  and  delivery  by
the
Trustee,  the  Back-up  Servicer  and  the  Servicer,  (ii)
the
Insurance  Agreement, assuming due authorization,  execution
and delivery by MBIA, the Trustee, the Back-up Servicer, the
Company, the Certificate Funding Administrator and the
Servicer, (iii) the Servicing  Agreement, assuming due
authorization,  execution  and delivery  by  the Transferor,
the Servicer, the Trustee  and  the Servicer  and (iv) the
applicable Certificate Purchase Agreement, assuming  due
authorization,  execution  and  delivery  by          the
purchaser  named therein and (v) the Lease Acquisition
Agreement, assuming  due  authorization,  execution  and
delivery  by  the
Company, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of
the Transferor, enforceable against the Transferor in
accordance with its  terms
except that (A) such enforcement may  be  subject  to
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or
other similar laws (whether statutory, regulatory or
decisional) now or hereafter  in effect relating to creditors'
rights generally  and (B)  the remedy of specific performance
and injunctive and  other forms  of  equitable relief may be
subject to  certain  equitable defenses  and  to  the
discretion of the court before  which  any proceeding therefor
may be brought, whether a proceeding  at  law or in equity;

     (d)   No  Violation.  The consummation of  the
transactions
contemplated  by the fulfillment of the terms of the
Transaction Documents will not conflict with, result in any
breach of any  of the  terms
and   provisions of or constitute  (with  or  without
notice, lapse of time or both) a default under the
organizational documents or bylaws of the Transferor, or any
material indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
instrument  to  which the  Transferor  is a party or by which
it is bound,  or  in  the creation  or  imposition of any Lien
upon any of  its  properties pursuant  to  the terms of such
indenture, agreement,  mortgage, deed  of  trust  or other such
instrument, other  than  any  Lien created  or  imposed
pursuant to the terms  of  the  Transaction Documents,
or  violate any law, or any material order,  rule  or
regulation applicable to the Transferor of any court  or  of
any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or
other governmental
instrumentality  having  jurisdiction   over          the
Transferor or any of its properties.

     (e)    No   Proceedings.   There  are  no   Proceedings
or
investigations  to  which  the  Transferor,   or   any   of
the
Transferor's Affiliates, is a party pending, or, to the
knowledge of  Transferor,  threatened, before any court,
regulatory  body, administrative
agency   or  other  tribunal   or   governmental
instrumentality  (A) asserting the invalidity of the
Transaction Documents,
(B) seeking to prevent the issuance  of  any  of  the
Certificates  or  the  consummation of any  of  the
transactions contemplated  by  the Transaction Documents or
(C)  seeking  any determination  or  ruling  that would
materially  and  adversely affect  the  performance  by the
Transferor  of  its  obligations under,  or
the  validity or enforceability of,  the  Transaction
Documents.

     (f)   Approvals.   All approvals, authorizations,
consents,
orders  or  other  actions  of  any  Person,  or  of  any
court, governmental  agency or body or official, required in
connection with the execution and delivery of the Transaction
Documents  and with the valid and proper authorization,
issuance and sale of the Certificates  pursuant  to this
Agreement  (except  approvals  of State securities officials
under the Blue Sky Laws), have been or will be taken or
obtained on or prior to the Closing Date.

     (g)  Place of Business.  The Transferor's principal place
of business  and chief executive office is located at 6424  W.
91st Avenue,  Suite C, Westminster, CO  80030, and the
Transferor  has done business only under the name GF Funding
Corp. III.

     (h)   Transfer  and  Assignment of Lease Assets.   Upon
the
delivery to the Trustee of the Lease Contracts and the filing
of the  financing  statements described in Sections 4.01(f)
hereof, the  Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders
shall have a  first  priority  perfected  security  interest
in  the  Lease Receivables and the Lease Contracts and in the
proceeds  thereof, except for Liens permitted under Section
11.02(a) and limited  to the extent set forth in Section 9-306
of the UCC as in effect  in the  applicable  jurisdiction.  All
filings  (including,  without limitation, UCC filings) as are
necessary in any jurisdiction  to perfect  the  ownership or
other interest of the Trustee  in  the Trust  Estate  (other
than  filings with  respect  to  Equipment underlying Lease
Contracts), including the transfer of the  Lease Contracts  and
the payments to become due thereunder,  have  been made.

     (i)    Parent  of  the  Transferor.   The  Company  is
the
registered  owner  of  all of the issued and  outstanding
common stock  of  the  Transferor, all of which common  stock
has  been validly issued, is fully paid and nonassessable.

     (j)  Lease Acquisition Agreement  The Transferor has
entered into the Lease Acquisition Agreement with the Company
relating to its acquisition of the Lease Contracts, the Lease
Receivables and the Equipment, and the representations and
warranties made by the Company  relating to the Lease
Contracts, Lease  Receivables  and the  Equipment  have been
validly assigned to  and  are  for  the benefit   of   the
Transferor,  the  Trustee,   MBIA   and
the
Certificateholders  and such representations and  warranties
are true and correct in all material respects.

     (k)   Bulk  Transfer  Laws.   The transfer,  assignment
and
conveyance  of the Lease Contracts, the Equipment and  the
Lease Receivables  by  the Company to the Transferor  pursuant
to  the Lease Acquisition Agreement or by the Transferor
pursuant to this Agreement  is  not subject to the bulk
transfer  or  any  similar statutory provisions in effect in
any applicable jurisdiction.

     (l)   The  Lease Contracts.  The Transferor hereby
restates
and makes each of the representations and warranties with
respect to  the  Lease Contracts, the Lease Receivables and the
Equipment that  are  made  by  the Company in Section  3.01  of
the  Lease Acquisition   Agreement   as  of   the   date   on
which   such representations and warranties were made.

     (m)   Investment  Company Act.  The  Transferor  is  not
an
"investment  company" as such term is defined in  the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     Section 11.02  Covenants.

     The Transferor hereby makes the following  covenants for
the benefit of the Trustee, MBIA and the Certificateholders, on
which the Trustee relies in accepting the Trust Estate in trust
and  in authenticating  the Certificates.  Such covenants
shall  survive the  transfer, conveyance and assignment of the
Trust  Estate  to the Trustee.
     (a)   No  Liens.  Except for the conveyances and
assignment hereunder,  the  Transferor  will not  sell,
pledge,  assign  or transfer to any other Person, or grant,
create, incur, assume  or suffer  to  exist  any Lien on any
Trust Estate now  existing  or hereafter  created,  or  any
interest  therein  prior   to
the
termination  of this Agreement pursuant to Section  5.01
hereof; the  Transferor will notify the Trustee of the
existence  of  any Lien on any Trust Estate immediately upon
discovery thereof;  and the  Transferor shall defend the right,
title and interest of the Trustee  in,  to  and  under the
Trust  Estate  now  existing  or hereafter  created, against
all claims of third parties  claiming through  or under the
Transferor; provided, however, that nothing in  this  Section
11.02(a) shall prevent or be deemed to prohibit the  Transferor
from suffering to exist upon any of the Equipment any   Liens
for  municipal  or  other  local  taxes  and   other
governmental  charges owed by the Transferor or   a  Customer
if such  taxes or governmental charges shall not at the time be
due and  payable  or  if  the  Transferor or related  Customer
shall currently  be  contesting the validity thereof in good
faith  by appropriate proceedings and the Transferor shall have
set  aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.

     (b)  Delivery of Collections.  The Transferor agrees to
hold in trust and promptly pay to the Servicer all amounts
received by the Transferor in respect of the Trust Estate
(other than amounts distributed  to or for the benefit of the
Transferor pursuant  to Article Twelve hereof).

     (c)   Obligations  with  Respect to  Lease  Contracts.
The
Transferor  will duly fulfill all obligations on its part  to
be fulfilled  under  or in connection with each Lease  Contract
and will  do  nothing  to impair the rights of the Trustee
(for  the benefit  of the Certificateholders and MBIA) in the
Lease  Receiv ables,  the Lease Contracts and any other Trust
Estate.  As  long as  there  is  no  event  of default under
the  applicable  Lease Contract,  the  Transferor will not
disturb the Customer's  quiet and   peaceful  possession  of
the  related  Equipment  and  the Customer's unrestricted use
thereof for its intended purpose.

     (d)   Compliance with Law.  The Transferor will  comply,
in all material respects, with all acts, rules, regulations,
orders, decrees  and directions of any governmental authority
applicable to  the Lease Contracts or any part thereof.  The
Transferor will comply, in all material respects, with all
requirements  of
law
applicable to the Transferor.

     (e)   Preservation  of  Security Interest.   The
Transferor shall execute and file such continuation statements
and any other documents  which  may be required by law to
fully  preserve  and protect  the  interest of the  Trustee
(for the  benefit  of  the Certificateholders and MBIA) in the
Trust Estate.

     (f)   Maintenance of Office, etc.  The Transferor will
not, without  providing  30 days notice to the Trustee  and
MBIA  and without  filing such amendments to any previously
filed financing statements  as  the  Trustee or MBIA may
require  or  as  may  be required  in  order to maintain the
Trustee's perfected  security interest  in  the  Trust Estate,
(a) change the location  of  its principal  executive office,
or (b) change its name, identity  or
corporate  structure in any manner which would make any
financing statement  or  continuation statement filed by the
Transferor  in accordance  with  the  Servicing  Agreement  or
this   Agreement seriously  misleading within the meaning of
Article  9-402(7)  of any applicable enactment of the UCC.
     (g)   Further Assurances.  The Transferor will make,
execute
or  endorse, acknowledge, and file or deliver to the Trustee
from time   to   time   such   schedules,  confirmatory
assignments, conveyances,   transfer   endorsements,   powers
of   attorney, certificates,  reports and other assurances  or
instruments  and take  such  further steps relating to the
Trust  Estate,  as  the Trustee may request and reasonably
require.

     (h)   Notice  of  Liens.  The Transferor  shall  notify
the
Trustee and MBIA promptly after becoming aware of any Lien on
any Trust Estate, except for any Liens on Equipment for
municipal  or other  local taxes if such taxes shall not at the
time be due  or payable  without  penalty  or if the Transferor
or  the  related Customer  shall currently be contesting the
validity  thereof  in good  faith  by appropriate proceedings
and the Transferor  shall have  set  aside  on  its  books
adequate reserves  with  respect thereto.

     (i)  Activities of the Transferor.  The Transferor (a)
shall engage  in only (1) the acquisition, ownership, leasing,
selling and  pledging of the property acquired by the
Transferor pursuant to  the Lease Acquisition Agreement, and
causing the issuance of, receiving  and selling the
Certificates issued pursuant  to  this Agreement  and  (2)  the
exercise of  any  powers  permitted  to corporations  under the
corporate law of the  State  of  Delaware which  are incidental
to the foregoing or necessary to accomplish the  foregoing and
the Transferor shall incur no debt other  than trade  payables
and  expense accruals  in  connection  with  its operations  in
the normal course of business, and other  than  as contemplated
by the Transaction Documents; (b) will (1)  maintain its books,
records and cash management accounts separate from the books
and  records  of any other entity and in  accordance  with
generally  accepted accounting principles, (2) maintain
separate bank  accounts and no funds of the Transferor shall be
commingled with  funds  of any other entity except for a
limited  period  of time  between  receipt  by (I) the Company
in  its  capacity  as Servicer, (II) the Lockbox Bank or (III)
the ACH Bank of  certain payments  on  the Lease Contracts and
the underlying proceeds  as specified in the Servicing
Agreement, (3) keep in full effect its existence, rights and
franchises as a corporation under the  laws of  its State of
incorporation, and will obtain and preserve  its qualification
to  do business as a foreign corporation  in  each jurisdiction
in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to
protect  the  validity and enforceability of this  Agreement,
(4)  observe all corporate procedures required by its
Certificate of  Incorporation,  its  bylaws and the  laws  of
the  state  of Delaware,  (5) maintain its good standing under
the laws  of  the state  of  Delaware,  (6)  keep correct and
complete  books  and records  of  account and minutes of
meeting and other proceedings of  its  Board of Directors and
shareholder meetings, (7)  obtain proper  authorization  from
its directors  or  shareholders,  as appropriate and act solely
in its corporate name and through  its duly  authorized
officers  and agents  in  the  conduct  of  its business, (8)
disclose in its financial statements that the Lease Assets have
been sold and assigned to the Transferor and from the
Transferor to the Trust and that the assets of the Transferor
are not available to pay the creditors of the Company, (9)
maintain a separate  telephone number and stationery reflecting
a  separate address and identity from that of  the Company; and
(c) will  not (1)  dissolve  or  liquidate in whole or in
part,  (2)  own  any
subsidiary  or  lend  or  advance  any  moneys  to,  or  make
an
investment  in,  any  Person, (3) make any capital
expenditures,
(4)(A)  commence any case, proceeding or other action  under
any existing or future bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law
seeking to  have  an  order for relief entered  with respect
to  it,  or seeking                         reorganization,
arrangement,   adjustment,                  wind-up,
liquidation,  dissolution,  composition   or  other  relief
with respect  to it or its debts, (B) seek  appointment of a
receiver, trustee,  custodian or other similar official for it
or any  part of  its assets, (C) make a general assignment for
the benefit  of creditors,                               or
(D)  take  any  action  in  furtherance  of,              or
consenting or acquiescing in, any of the foregoing, (5)
guarantee (directly                                       or
indirectly),   endorse   or   otherwise   become
contingently liable (directly or indirectly) for the
obligations of, or own or purchase any stock, obligations or
securities of or any  other interest in, or make any capital
contribution to,  any other  Person,  (6) merge or consolidate
with any other  Person, (7) engage in any other action that
bears on whether the separate legal  identity  of  the
Transferor will be respected,  including without limitation (A)
holding itself out as being liable for the debts  of  any
other  party  or (B) acting  other  than  in  its corporate
name  and  through  its duly  authorized  officers  or agents,
or  (8) create, incur, assume, or in any  manner  become liable
in respect of any indebtedness other than as contemplated by
the  Transaction Documents and other than trade payables  and
expense accruals incurred in the ordinary course of business
and which  are incidental to its business purpose; provided,
however, that  the  Transferor  may take any action  prohibited
by  this
clause  (8)  if  (x) the Transferor shall cause,  prior   to
the
taking  of  such  action,  an Opinion of Counsel  experienced
in
federal  bankruptcy  matters, in substance  satisfactory  to
the Trustee,  the  Certificateholders, MBIA and the  Rating
Agencies confirming                                      the
non-consolidation  of  the  Transferor  and  the
Company,  to be delivered to the Trustee, the
Certificateholders, MBIA  and  the  Rating  Agencies, (y) the
Rating  Agencies  shall indicate  in  writing  that the taking
of such  action  will  not affect the then current rating of
any Certificates, and (z) MBIA, and   if  an  MBIA  Default  or
Termination  has  occurred,  the Controlling  Holders,  shall
have  given  their  prior
written
consent.   The  Transferor shall not amend  any  article  in
its
Certificate of Incorporation that deals with any matter
discussed above  without the prior written consent of MBIA.  On
or  before April  15  of  each year, so long as any of the
Certificates  are Outstanding,              the   Transferor
shall  furnish    to    each
Certificateholder, the Trustee and MBIA, an Officer's
Certificate confirming                                   that
the Transferor has complied with its obligations
under this Section 11.02(i).

     (j)  Directors.  The Transferor agrees that at all times,
at least  two of the directors and one of the executive
officers  of the Transferor (or two persons, one of whom is
serving as both  a director  and  an  executive officer) will
not  be  a  director, officer  or  employee  of  any  direct
or  ultimate  parent,  or Affiliate of the parent or of the
Transferor; provided,  however, that such independent directors
and officers may serve in similar capacities for other "special
purpose corporations" formed by the Company  and  its
Affiliates.  The Transferor's  Certificate  of Incorporation
shall at all times provide that  such  independent directors
shall  have a fiduciary duty to  the  Holders  of  the
Certificates  and will always require unanimous  consent  of
the board of directors to file any bankruptcy petition.
     (k)  Preservation of the Equipment.  The Transferor
warrants that  it  is the lawful owner and  possessor of the
Equipment  or has  a  valid security interest therein and that
it will  warrant and defend such Equipment against all Persons,
claims and demands
whatsoever.   The Transferor shall not assign, sell,  pledge,
or exchange,  or  in any way encumber or otherwise  dispose  of
the Equipment, except as permitted under this Agreement.
     (l)   Tax  Treatment.   The  Transferor  shall  comply
with Section 2.11 of this Agreement at all times and its
financial and tax records shall reflect such intended tax
treatment.
     (m)   Maintenance of Office or Agency.  The Transferor
will maintain an office or agency within the United States of
America where  Certificates may be presented or surrendered for
payment, where  Certificates  may  be  surrendered  for
registration   of transfer or exchange and where notices and
demand to or upon  the Transferor in respect of the
Certificates and this Agreement  may be  served. The Transferor
hereby initially appoints the  Trustee as  the Paying Agent and
its Corporate Trust Office as the office for each of said
purposes. The Transferor will give 30 days prior written notice
to the Trustee, MBIA and the Certificateholders of any  change
in the identity of the Paying Agent or the  location, of any
such office or agency. If at any time the Transferor shall fail
to  maintain  any such office or agency or  shall  fail  to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such
presentations, surrenders,  notices and demands may be made  or
served  at  the Trustee, and the Transferor hereby appoints the
Trustee its agent to  receive  all  such  presentations,
surrenders,  notices  and demands.
     (n)    Enforcement   of   Servicing  Agreement   and
Lease Acquisition  Agreement.  The Transferor  will  take  all
actions necessary, and diligently pursue all remedies available
to it, to the extent commercially reasonable, to enforce the
obligations of the  Servicer under the Servicing Agreement and
the Company under the   Lease  Acquisition  Agreement  and  to
secure  its  rights thereunder.
     (o)   Transferor  May  Consolidate, etc.,  Only  on
Certain Terms.   The  Transferor shall not consolidate or merge
with  or into  any  other Person or convey or transfer its
properties  and assets substantially as an entirety to any
Person, unless:
          (i)   the  Person  (if other than the  Transferor)
     formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger  or
     which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties
     and  assets  of  the  Transferor  substantially  as  an
     entirety shall be a Person organized and existing as  a
     limited  purpose  corporation under  the  laws  of  the
     United  States  of  America or any State  thereof   and
     shall  have expressly assumed, by an amendment  hereto,
     executed and delivered to the Trustee and MBIA, in form
     and  substance reasonably satisfactory to  the  Trustee
     and  MBIA,  the  obligation to make  due  and  punctual
     payments of the principal of and interest on all of the
     Certificates  and  to perform every  covenant  of  this
     Agreement on the part of the Transferor to be performed
     or observed; and

          (ii)  the Transferor shall have caused the
     Trustee to  have received a letter from the Rating
     Agencies  to the  effect that the rating issued with
     respect to  the Certificates   is   confirmed,
     notwithstanding
     the
     consummation of such merger, consolidation, transfer
     or conveyance  together with the consent of MBIA  to
     such merger, consolidation transfer or conveyance;
     and
     
          (iii)     immediately after giving effect to
     such transaction, no Event of Default or Default
     shall  have
     occurred and be continuing; and
          (iv)  the Transferor shall have delivered  to
     the Trustee  and  MBIA  an  Officer's  Certificate
     and  an Opinion    of   Counsel   each   stating
     that    such
     consolidation,  merger, conveyance or  transfer
     comply with  this  Article  Eleven  and  that  all
     conditions precedent   herein  provided  for
     relating   to   such transaction have been complied
     with; and
     
          (v)   such  consolidation, merger,  conveyance
     or transfer shall be on such terms as shall fully
     preserve the lien and security of this Agreement, the
     perfection and  priority thereof and the rights and
     powers of  the Trustee,  MBIA   and  the Holders of
     the  Certificates under this Agreement; and
     
          (vi) the surviving corporation shall be a
     "special purpose    corporation";   i.e.,    shall
     have  an
     organizational  charter substantially  similar  to
     the Certificate   of   Incorporation  of   the
     Transferor
     including   specific  limitations   on   the
     business purposes, and provisions for independent
     directors; and
     
          (vii)      MBIA shall have given its prior
     written consent,   which  consent  shall  not  be
     unreasonably withheld or delayed.
     
     (p)   Successor  Substituted.   Upon  any  consolidation
or
merger,  or  any  conveyance or transfer of  the  properties
and assets  of                                  the  Transferor
substantially  as  an  entirety                 in
accordance with Section 11.02(o) hereof, the Person formed by
or surviving  such  consolidation  or  merger  (if  other  than
the Transferor) or the Person to which such conveyance or
transfer is made  shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and
may  exercise every  right  and power of, the Transferor under
this  Agreement with  the  same effect as if such Person had
been  named  as  the Transferor                 herein  upon
the  execution  of  an  assignment  and
assumption  agreement by such Person. In the event  of  any
such
conveyance  or transfer, the Person named as the "Transferor"
in
the  first  paragraph  of this Agreement or any  successor
which
shall  theretofore have become such in the manner  prescribed
in this  Article shall be released from its liabilities  as
obligor and  maker on all the Certificates and from its
obligations under this  Agreement and may be dissolved, wound-
up and liquidated  at any time thereafter.

     (q)   Use  of Proceeds.  The proceeds from the sale  of
the
Certificates  will  be  used by the Transferor  (i)  to  pay
the Existing                                    Indebtedness,
(ii)  to  deposit  to  the  Capitalized
Interest Account the Capitalized Interest Account Deposit and
to deposit to the Prefunding Account the Prefunding Account
Deposit, (iii)  to  pay the expenses associated with this
transaction  and (iv)  for                        general
corporate purposes, including  the  cost  of
funding   Funded  Lease  Contracts.   None  of  the
transactions
contemplated in the Transaction Documents (including the  use
of the proceeds from the sale of the Certificates) will result
in  a violation  of  Section 7 of the Securities and  Exchange
Act  of 1934,  as  amended,  or any regulations issued pursuant
thereto, including Regulations G, T, U and X of the Board of
Governors  of the   Federal  Reserve  System,  12  C.F.R.,
Chapter  II.                                The
Transferor  does  not  own or intend to  carry  or  purchase
any
"margin  security"  within  the meaning  of  said  Regulation
G, including  margin  securities originally  issued  by  it  or
any "margin stock" within the meaning of said Regulation U.

     (r)   Notice  of  Trigger  Events.   Upon  the
Transferor's
obtaining  knowledge of the occurrence of any Trigger Event,
the Transferor  shall  within  one Business  Day  of  obtaining
such knowledge notify MBIA, the Trustee, the Rating Agencies
and  the Certificateholders of such occurrence.

     Section 11.03  Other Matters as to the Transferor.
     (a)   Limitation  on  Liability of Directors,  Officers,
or
Employees of the Transferor  Except as provided in subsection
(b) of  this  Section and elsewhere in this Agreement, the
directors, officers,  or employees of the Transferor shall not
be under  any personal                               liability
to   the   Trust,   the   Trustee,                        the
Certificateholders, the Servicer, or any other  Person
hereunder or  pursuant  to  any  documents delivered
hereunder,  it  being expressly understood that all such
liability is expressly  waived and  released  as a condition
of, and as consideration  for,  the execution of this Agreement
and the issuance of the Certificates, except  with  respect to
liability resulting from  such  person's fraudulent  or
willful  misconduct.   The  Transferor  and               any
director  or  officer or employee or agent of the Transferor
may rely  in  good faith on the advice of counsel or on any
documents of  any kind, prima facie properly executed and
submitted by  any Person respecting any matters arising
hereunder.

     (b)   Parties  Will  Not  Institute Insolvency
Proceedings.
During  the term of this Agreement and for one year and  one
day after the termination hereof, none of the  parties hereto
or  any Affiliate thereof will file any involuntary petition or
otherwise institute any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency or  liquidation proceeding or other
proceeding under any  federal
                         or state bankruptcy or similar law

                         against the Transferor. ARTICLE TWELVE

                   ACCOUNTS AND ACCOUNTINGS

     Section 12.01  Collection of Money.

     Except  as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive
and collect, all  money  and  other property payable to or
receivable  by  the Trustee  pursuant  to  this Agreement. The
Trustee  shall,  upon request  from the Servicer, provide the
Servicer with  sufficient information regarding the amount of
collections with  respect  to the  Lease  Contracts  received
by the  Trustee  in  the  Lockbox Account  (if such account is
held by the Trustee) and  the  other accounts  held in the name
of the Trustee to permit the  Servicer to  perform its duties
under the Servicing Agreement. The Trustee shall hold all such
money and property so received by it as  part of  the  Trust
Estate  and shall apply it as  provided  in  this Agreement.
If  any  Lease  Contract becomes  a  Defaulted  Lease Contract,
the Trustee, upon Transferor or Servicer request  may, and upon
the request of MBIA or if an MBIA Default or Termination has
occurred  and is continuing, the Controlling  Holders  shall
take such action as may be appropriate to enforce such payment
or performance,     including  the  institution  and
prosecution   of
appropriate  Proceedings.  Any  such  action  shall  be
without
prejudice  to  any right to claim a Default or Event  of
Default under  this  Agreement and to proceed thereafter as
provided  in Article  Six  hereof.   If the Transferor
receives  any  amounts payable  to  or  receivable  by  the
Trustee  pursuant  to  this Agreement,  the Transferor shall
immediately, but not later  than two  Business  Days  after
receipt, remit  such  amounts  to  the Trustee for deposit in
the Collection Account.

    Section 12.02  Collection Account; Redemption Account.
     (a)   Prior to the Closing Date, the Trustee shall open
and
maintain  a  trust  account at its Corporate  Trust  Office
(the
"Collection Account") in the name of the Trustee for the
benefit of the
Certificateholders  and  MBIA,  for  the  receipt   of
(i) payments remitted to the Trustee by the Servicer and ACH
Bank pursuant  to  Sections 3.03 and 3.04 of the Servicing
Agreement, amounts  transferred from the Lockbox Account in
accordance  with Section  3.03 of the Servicing Agreement and
any amounts received by  the  Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01
hereof,  (ii)  amounts transferred
from the Cash Collateral Account in accordance  with
Section   12.03(d)(i),  (ii)  and  (iii)  hereof,  (iii)
amounts transferred
from the Capitalized Interest Account in  accordance
with  Section  12.04(c)(i), (iv) with respect  to  the   Class
A Certificates,  proceeds  of  claims made  under  the
Certificate Insurance  Policy, in accordance with Article Eight
hereof,  upon receipt,  (v) amounts transferred from the
Prefunding Account  in accordance  with  Section 12.04(d)(ii)
and (vi) any  Reinvestment Income.   Funds in the Collection
Account shall not be commingled with  any other monies. All
payments to be made from time to time by  the Transferor to the
Certificateholders out of funds in  the Collection Account
pursuant to the Agreement shall be made by the Trustee  or
the  Paying  Agent of  the  Transferor.  All  monies
deposited from time to time in the Collection Account pursuant
to this  Agreement shall be held by the Trustee as part of the
Trust Estate as herein provided.

     (b)   Upon  Transferor Order, the Trustee shall  invest
the
funds   in   the  Collection  Account  in  Eligible
Investments;
provided,  however, that all monies on deposit in the
Collection Account  pursuant  to Section 12.02(a)(iii) hereof
shall  remain uninvested.
The  Transferor  Order shall  specify  the  Eligible
Investments in which the Trustee shall invest, shall  state
that the  same are Eligible Investments and shall further
specify  the percentage  of funds to be invested in each
Eligible  Investment. No  such  Eligible Investment shall
mature later than the  second Business Day preceding the next
following Payment Date and  shall not  be sold or disposed of
prior to its maturity; provided that, Eligible Investments of
the type described in clause (a)  of  the definition  of
Eligible Investments may mature on  such  Payment Date.  In
the  absence of a Transferor Order, the Trustee  shall invest
funds  in the Collection Account in Eligible  Investments
described  in  clause  (g)  of the definition  thereof.
Eligible Investments
shall  be made in the name of the  Trustee  for  the
benefit  of  the Certificateholders and MBIA.  The Trustee
shall
provide to the Servicer and MBIA monthly written confirmation
of such  investments, describing the Eligible Investments  in
which such  amounts have been invested. Any funds not so
invested  must be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation.

     (c)   Any  income or other gain from investments in
Eligible
Investments  as  outlined in (b) above shall be credited  to
the
Collection  Account and any loss resulting from such
investments shall  be  charged to such account; provided,
however,  that  the Transferor  shall  make or cause to be made
no  later  than  the applicable  Payment Date a deposit to the
Collection  Account  to the
extent   of  any  losses  therein.   Except  as   otherwise
specifically  set forth herein, the Trustee shall not  be
liable for  any  loss  incurred  on  any  funds  invested  in
Eligible
Investments  pursuant  to the provisions of  this  Section
12.02
(other  than  in  its  capacity as  obligor  under  any
Eligible Investment).

     (d)   On each Payment Date if either no Default or Event
of
Default  shall have occurred and be continuing or  a  Default
or
Event  of Default shall have occurred and be continuing  but
the entire   Certificate  Balance  of  the  Class  A  and
Class   B Certificates  shall  not  have  been  declared  due
and  payable pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof, then on such
Payment Date, after making  all  transfers  and deposits to
the  Collection  Account referred  to  in  Section  12.02(a)
hereof,  the  Trustee  shall withdraw   from  the  Collection
Account  (other  than   amounts representing  payments  of
Lease  Receivables  due                           after the
Calculation  Date immediately preceding such Payment Date
unless such  amounts  are  used  toward Servicer  Advances
pursuant  to Section                              3.04   of
the  Servicing  Agreement)                        including
the
Reinvestment  Income  therein,  and  shall  make  the
following disbursements  in  the  following order in
accordance  with  the provisions of and instructions on the
Monthly Servicer's  Report; provided,  however,  that (x) the
proceeds of  claims  under  the Certificate Insurance Policy
shall be used solely to pay interest and  principal due under
paragraphs (v) and (vi) of this  Section 12.02(d)   in
accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Certificate Insurance
Policy;  and (y) the Trustee shall withdraw  from  the
Collection Account and make interest payments based on the
Class A  Certificate  Balance even if it shall not  have
received  the Monthly Servicer's Report:

          (i)  to pay to the Servicer:  (A) the Servicer Fee
     then   due  for  all  Certificates;  (B)  the   amounts
     necessary  to reimburse the Servicer and any  successor
     Servicer and subservicer as provided in Section 3.08(a)
     of  the  Servicing Agreement for reasonable  costs
     and expenses incurred by the Servicer (including
     reasonable attorney's   fees   and  out-of-pocket
     expenses)   in connection  with the realization,
     attempted realization or  enforcement  of  rights
     and  remedies  upon  Lease Contracts  that have
     become Defaulted Lease  Contracts, from amounts
     received as Recoveries from such Defaulted Lease
     Contracts;  (C)  any  amounts   received   from
     Customers to pay the taxes described in Section 3.07
     of
     the Servicing Agreement, to the extent deposited in
     the Collection   Account;  (D)  the  amount
     necessary   to reimburse the Servicer for any
     Nonrecoverable  Advance; and  (E)  all  amounts
     received in  respect  of  Lease Receivables  as  to
     which the  Servicer  has  made  an unrecovered
     Servicer Advance, to the  extent  of  such Servicer
     Advance;
     
          (ii)  to  pay to the Trustee the Trustee Fee
     then due for all Certificates;
     
          (iii)      to  pay  to  the Back-up  Servicer
the
    Back-up Servicer Fee then due for all Certificates;
                             
          (iv) to pay to MBIA the MBIA Premium then due
     for all of the Class A Certificates;
     
          (v)   to pay the interest due on that Payment
Date
     on all Outstanding Class A Certificates and any
     overdue interest,  to  be applied as provided in
     Section  2.08 hereof;
     
     
          (vi)  to  pay  the Class A Principal
     Distribution Amount to all Outstanding Class A
     Certificates,  to  be applied as provided in Section
     2.08 hereof;
     
          (vii)     unless a Trigger Event has occurred,
to
     deposit  into  the  Cash Collateral Account  an
     amount necessary  to  bring the balance therein to
     an  amount
     equal to the Cash Collateral Account Required
Balance;
          (viii)     to  pay to MBIA, any amounts
     previously paid by MBIA under the Certificate
     Insurance Policy and not  heretofore repaid, together
     with interest  thereon in accordance with the
     Insurance Agreement;
          (ix)  to  pay  to  a  successor Servicer  after
     a successor  Servicer  has  been  appointed  pursuant
     to Section 6.02 of the Servicing Agreement, the
     Additional Servicer Fee,  if  any,  and  to  pay  any
     successor
     Servicer,  MBIA  or the Trustee, any  Transition
     Costs incurred  by  any  successor  Servicer,  MBIA
     (solely
     pursuant to Section 6.02(d) of the Servicing
     Agreement) or the Trustee and not previously
     reimbursed;
     
          (x)   on and after each Payment Date following
the
     initial  occurrence  of  a  Trigger  Event,  apply
     any remaining funds (the "Additional Principal
     Amount")  to the payment of principal on the Class A
     Certificates;
     
          (xi)  to  pay  to  the  Trustee  and  the  Back-
     up Servicer, any other amounts due to the Trustee  or
     the Back-up  Servicer as expressly provided herein
     and  in the Servicing Agreement;
     
          (xii)      to  pay to MBIA, any other amounts
     due under the Insurance Agreement;
     
          (xiii)     to  pay  to  the  Servicer   any
     other amounts  due the Servicer as expressly provided
     herein and in the Servicing Agreement;
     
          (xiv)      to pay the interest due on that
     Payment Date  on  all Outstanding Class B
     Certificates and  any overdue interest and interest
     thereon, to be applied as provided in Section 2.08
     hereof;
     
          (xv)  to  pay  the Class B Principal
     Distribution Amount  due  on  that Payment Date on
     all  Outstanding Class  B Certificates, to be applied
     to the payment  of Certificate  principal  as
     provided  in  Section                           2.08
     hereof; and

          (xvi)      to remit any excess funds to or at
     the direction of the Holder of the Transferor
     Certificate.
     
     (e)   Prior to the Closing Date, the Transferor shall
cause the Trustee to open and maintain a trust account at the
Corporate Trust  Office  (the  "Redemption Account") in  the
name  of  the Trustee  for the benefit of Certificateholders
and MBIA, for  the receipt  of  the  Redemption  Price of  any
Certificates  to  be redeemed  in  accordance  with  Article
Ten  hereof.    On   any
Redemption  Date,  the  Trustee  shall  withdraw  the
applicable Redemption Price from the Redemption Account and the
Paying Agent shall    remit   the   Redemption   Price   to
the   applicable Certificateholders  in  accordance  with
Section   10.04  hereof.
Moneys  in  the Redemption Account shall be invested in
Eligible Investments that mature no later than two Business
Days prior  to the relevant Redemption Date.  Eligible
Investments shall be made inthe   name   of   the  Trustee  for
the  benefit    of   the
Certificateholders  and  MBIA.   Any  monies  deposited  in
the Redemption   Account  for  purposes  of  redeeming
Certificates
pursuant  to  Article Ten hereof shall, subject to  Section
7.16 hereof,  remain  in the Redemption Account until used  to
redeem such Certificates.

     (f)  If payments on the Lease Contracts are made by means
of electronic  transfers from a Customer bank account, the
Servicer shall  either  remit such payments to the Collection
Account  in accordance  with Section 3.03(a) of the Servicing
Agreement,  or the Transferor shall open and maintain an
account at the ACH Bank (the "ACH Account") in the name of the
Trustee and in the name of any other Permitted Parties.
     Section 12.03  Cash Collateral Account.
     (a)   Prior to the Closing Date, the Transferor shall
cause
the Trustee to open and maintain a trust account at the
Corporate Trust  Office (the "Cash Collateral Account") in the
name of  the Trustee  for the benefit of the Certificateholders
and MBIA,  for the  receipt  of  deposits  pursuant  to
Section  12.02(d)(vii). Monies  received in the Cash Collateral
Account will be  invested at                             the
written  direction  of  the  Transferor  in
Eligible
Investments during the term of this Agreement, and any income
or other  gain realized from such investment, shall be held  by
the Trustee  in  the  Cash Collateral Account as part  of  the
Trust Estate subject to disbursement and withdrawal as herein
provided. Eligible Investments shall be made in the name of the
Trustee for the  benefit  of  the  Certificateholders  and
MBIA.   No   such Eligible  Investment shall mature later than
the second  Business Day  preceding the next following Payment
Date and shall  not  be sold  or  disposed  of  prior  to its
maturity;  provided  that, Eligible Investments of the type
described in clause (a)  of  the definition  of  Eligible
Investments may mature on  such  Payment Date.  In  the
absence of a Transferor Order, the Trustee  shall invest  funds
in the Collection Account in Eligible  Investments described
in clause (g) of the definition thereof  Monies  shall be
subject  to  withdrawal in accordance with  Section  12.03(d)
hereof.

     (b)   The  Trustee  shall provide to the Servicer  and
MBIA
monthly written confirmation of investments of funds held in
the Cash  Collateral Account, describing the Eligible
Investments  in which  such amounts have been invested. Any
funds not so invested must be insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation.

     (c)  If any amounts invested as provided in Section
12.03(a) hereof  shall be needed for disbursement from the Cash
Collateral Account  as  set  forth in Section 12.03(d) hereof,
the  Trustee shall  cause such investments of such Cash
Collateral Account  to be sold or otherwise converted to cash
to the credit of such Cash Collateral  Account.  The Trustee
shall not  be  liable  for  any investment  loss resulting from
investment of money in  the  Cash Collateral Account in any
Eligible Investment in accordance  with the terms hereof (other
than in its capacity as obligor under any Eligible Investment).

     (d)  Disbursements from the Cash Collateral Account shall
be made,  to  the  extent  funds therefore are  available,
only  as follows:

          (i)    in  the  event  that  the  amount  in   the
     Collection  Account at 10:00 a.m. Minneapolis  time  on
     the   Determination  Date  immediately  preceding   any
     Payment  Date (other than amounts representing payments
     of  Lease  Receivables due after the  Calculation
     Date immediately  preceding such Payment  Date
     unless  such amounts  are used toward Servicer
     Advances pursuant  to Section 3.04 of the Servicing
     Agreement and taking into account funds transferred
     from the Capitalized Interest Account  pursuant to
     Section 12.04(c)(i)) is less  than
     the  amounts  required to be paid from  the
     Collection Account  on  such Payment Date pursuant to
     clauses  (i) through  (vi) of Section 12.02(d)
     hereof,  the  Trustee shall  withdraw funds from the
     Cash Collateral  Account on  or  prior  to  4:00
     p.m. New  York  time  on  such Determination Date to
     the extent necessary to make such payments  on such
     Payment Date and deposit  such  funds into the
     Collection Account;
          (ii) subject to subparagraph (iii) of this
     Section 12.03(d),  in  the event that on any Payment
     Date  the balance in the Cash Collateral Account
     equals an amount greater  than  the  Cash  Collateral
     Account  Required Balance  (after  giving  effect  to
     the  distributions listed  in  clause  (i)  of this
     Section  12.03(d)  and clauses  (i) through (vi) of
     Section 12.02(d)  on  such Payment Date), the Trustee
     shall withdraw funds in  the Cash  Collateral Account
     in such amount  so  that  the remaining amount  in
     the Cash Collateral Account  after such  withdrawal
     will equal the Cash Collateral Account Required
     Balance,  and deposit  such  amounts  in  the
     Collection  Account for distribution  on  such
     Payment Date  in  accordance with the priorities set
     forth  in Section 12.02(d);
          (iii)     in the event that on any Payment Date
     a Trigger  Event has occurred, the Trustee shall
     withdraw all  funds from the Cash Collateral Account
     and deposit such funds into the Collection Account
     for disbursement in  accordance with the provisions
     of Section  12.02(d) hereof; and
          (iv) subject to subparagraph (iii) of this
     Section 12.03(d),  in  the event that on any Funding
     Date  the balance  in  the Cash Collateral Account,
     after  giving effect  to any Funding occurring on
     such Funding  Date, equals  an  amount  greater than
     the  Cash  Collateral Account  Required Balance, the
     Trustee  shall  withdraw funds in the Cash Collateral
     Account in such amount  so that  the  remaining
     amount  in  the  Cash  Collateral Account  after
     such  withdrawal will  equal  the  Cash Collateral
     Account Required Balance, and disburse  such amounts
     to or at the direction of the Transferor.
Section 12.04  Prefunding Account; Capitalized Interest
Account.
     (a)   Prior to the Closing Date, the Trustee shall open
and maintain a segregated trust account in the name of the
Trustee at the  Corporate Trust Office (the "Capitalized
Interest  Account") for  the  benefit  of the
Certificateholders and  MBIA,  for  the receipt  of funds
transferred from the Transferor on the  Closing Date.  The
Transferor hereby instructs the Trustee on the Closing Date  to
deposit into the Capitalized Interest Account from  the
proceeds of the sale of the Certificates an amount equal  to
the Capitalized  Interest  Account  Deposit.   Monies  held  in
the
Capitalized  Interest Account shall be subject to  withdrawal
in accordance with Section 12.04(c) hereof.  Funds on deposit
in the Capitalized  Interest Account shall not be  commingled
with  any other monies.

     (b)   Prior to the Closing Date, the Trustee shall open
and maintain a segregated trust account in the name of the
Trustee at the  Corporate  Trust Office (the "Prefunding
Account")  for  the benefit  of  the Certificateholders and
MBIA, for the receipt  of funds  transferred from the
Transferor on the Closing Date.                    The
Transferor  hereby instructs the Trustee on the Closing  Date
to
deposit into the Prefunding Account from the proceeds of the
sale of  the  Certificates an amount equal to the  Prefunding
Account Deposit.  Monies held in the Prefunding Account shall
be  subject to  withdrawal in accordance with Section 12.04(d)
hereof.  Funds on deposit in the Prefunding Account shall not
be commingled with any other monies.
     (c)   Disbursements  from the Capitalized  Interest
Account shall  be  made  as  follows provided  that  funds
therefor  are available:
          (i)   On  each  Determination Date  through  the
first
     Determination Date following the end of the Funding
     Period, the  Trustee  will  withdraw from the  Capitalized
     Interest Account  and deposit into the Collection Account
     an  amount equal to the Negative Arbitrage Amount.
     
          (ii)  On the first Determination Date after the end
     of the Funding Period, after the payment in full of the
     amounts specified  in  clause  (i), the Trustee  will
     withdraw  any remaining  amounts in the Capitalized
     Interest  Account  and disburse  such  amounts  to  or  at
     the  direction  of  the Transferor;  provided  that no
     Trigger  Event  or  Event  of Default  shall have occurred
     and be continuing and  if  such event  shall  have
     occurred and be continuing,  the  Trustee shall deposit
     such funds to the Collection Account.
     
     (d)  Disbursements from the Prefunding Account shall be
made as follows provided that funds therefor are available:

          (i)   Prior  to  the end of the Funding Period  on
any
     Funding  Date,  provided that the conditions  precedent
     set forth  in  Section 3.03(a) have been satisfied, the
     Trustee shall  withdraw from the Prefunding Account an
     amount  equal to the Funding Amount for the Lease
     Contracts being acquired on  such Funding Date and shall
     disburse such amounts to  or at the direction of the
     Transferor.
     
          (ii)  On  the  first Payment Date in  the
     Amortization Period,  the Trustee shall deposit to the
     Collection Account and  pay  to the Class A
     Certificateholders as a payment  of principal any of the
     Prefunding Account Deposit remaining in the Prefunding
     Account.
     
          (iii)      On each Determination Date through the
     first Determination Date following the end of the Funding
     Period, the  Trustee shall withdraw from the Prefunding
     Account  all income or gains from investments in Eligible
     Investments and deposit such amounts to the Capitalized
     Interest Account.
     
     (e)   Upon  Transferor Order, the Trustee shall  invest
the funds  in  the  Capitalized Interest Account and  the
Prefunding Account  in  Eligible  Investments.  The Transferor
Order  shall specify  the  Eligible  Investments in which  the
Trustee  shall invest,  shall  state that the same are Eligible
Investments  and shall  further specify the percentage of funds
to be invested  in each  Eligible  Investment.   No such
Eligible  Investment  shall mature  later than the next
Determination Date and shall  not  be sold  or disposed of
prior to its maturity.  In the absence of  a Transferor  Order,
the  Trustee  shall  invest  funds   in                   the
Capitalized  Interest Account and Prefunding Account in
Eligible Investments  described in clause (g) of the
definition  thereof. Eligible Investments shall be made in the
name of the Trustee for the  benefit  of  the
Certificateholders and MBIA.   The  Trustee shall   provide
to  the  Servicer  and  MBIA  monthly
written
confirmation   of  such  investments,  describing  the
Eligible
Investments in which such amounts have been invested.  Any
funds not  so invested must be insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation.
     (f)   Any  income or other gain from investments in
Eligible
Investments  as  outlined in (e) above shall be credited  to
the Capitalized  Interest  Account  or  the  Prefunding
Account,  as applicable, and any loss resulting from such
investments shall be charged  to such applicable account;
provided, however, that  the Transferor  shall  make or cause
to be made  no  later  than  the applicable  Determination
Date  a  deposit  to  the  Capitalized Interest Account or the
Prefunding Account to the extent  of  any losses   in   such
applicable  account.   Except  as   otherwise specifically  set
forth herein, the Trustee shall not  be  liable for   any  loss
incurred  on  any  funds  invested  in  Eligible Investments
pursuant  to the provisions of  this  Section          12.04
(other  than  in  its  capacity as  obligor  under  any
Eligible Investment).

     Section   12.05    Reports   by   Trustee   to   MBIA
and
Certificateholders.

     (a)   On each Payment Date the Trustee shall account to
each
Holder  of  Certificates  on  which  payments  of  principal
and interest   are  then  being  made  the  amount  which
represents
principal  and  the amount which represents interest,  and
shall contemporaneously advise the Transferor  and  MBIA  of
all  such payments.  The  Trustee  may satisfy its obligations
under  this Section 12.04 by delivering the Monthly Servicer's
Report to each such Holder of the Certificates, MBIA, the
Transferor, the Rating Agencies and the Placement Agent. On or
before the 15th day prior to  any  Final Payment Date the
Trustee shall provide  notice  to MBIA,  the  Rating  Agencies
and the Holders  of  the  applicable Certificates  of  the
Final Payment Date for  such  Certificates. Such  notice  shall
include (1) a statement that  interest  shall cease  to  accrue
as of the last day preceding the date on  which the Final
Payment Date occurs, and (2) shall specify the place or places
at which presentation and surrender may be made.

     (b)     The    Trustee   shall   notify   MBIA    and
the
Certificateholders  of the credit rating or,  if  more  than
one credit rating has been assigned, each such credit rating of
each institution in which funds are invested pursuant to clause
(g) of the  definition of Eligible Investments and shall
promptly notify MBIA  and  the Certificateholders if any such
credit  rating  has been lowered.

     (c)  At least annually, or as otherwise required by law,
the Trustee  shall  distribute to Certificateholders any
information returns  or  other tax information or statements as
are  required by         applicable   tax   law   to   be
distributed     to      the
Certificateholders.  The Servicer shall prepare or  cause  to
be prepared all such information for distribution by the
Trustee  to the Certificateholders.

                       ARTICLE THIRTEEN

               PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

     Section 13.01  General Provisions.

   All of the provisions of this Article shall apply to this
Agreement.

     Section 13.02  Acts of Certificateholders.

     (a)   Any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice,
consent, waiver or other action provided by this Agreement to
be given  or  taken  by Certificateholders may be  embodied  in
and evidenced  by  one  or more instruments of substantially
similar tenor  signed by such Certificateholders in person or
by an agent duly  appointed  in  writing;  and, except  as
herein  otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become
effective when  such instrument  or  instruments are delivered
to  the  Trustee,  and, where  it  is hereby expressly
required, to the Transferor.  Such instrument  or instruments
(and the action embodied  therein  and evidenced thereby) are
herein sometimes referred to as the  "Act" of the
Certificateholders signing such instrument or instruments.
Proof  of  execution  of  any such instrument  or  of  a
writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any
purpose  of this Agreement and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof)
conclusive in favor  of  the Trustee and the Transferor, if
made in the  manner provided in this Section 13.02.

     (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of
any such instrument or writing may be proved in any manner
which  the Trustee deems sufficient.

     (c)   The ownership of Certificates shall be proved  by
the
Certificate Register.

     (d)   Any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice,
consent,  waiver or other action by the Holder of any
Certificate shall  bind  the  Holder  of every Certificate
issued  upon  the registration  of transfer thereof or in
exchange therefor  or  in lieu thereof, in respect of anything
done, omitted or suffered to be  done  by  the Trustee or the
Transferor in reliance  thereon, whether  or  not  notation  of
such  action  is  made  upon  such Certificate.

     Section  13.03  Notices, etc., to Trustee, MBIA,
Transferor and Servicer.

     Any   request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,
notice,
consent,  waiver or Act of Certificateholders or  other
document provided or permitted by this Agreement to be made
upon, given or furnished  to, or filed with any party hereto
shall be sufficient for  every  purpose  hereunder if in
writing  and  telecopied  or mailed,  first-class  postage
prepaid  and  addressed   to                              the
appropriate address below:

          (a)   to  the  Trustee  at Sixth Street  and
     Marquette Avenue,  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0070, or
     at any  other address  previously furnished in writing to
     the  Transferor, MBIA, the Certificateholders and the
     Servicer; or
     
          (b)    to MBIA at MBIA Insurance Corporation, 113
     King Street,  Armonk,  New  York  10504,  Attention:
     Structured Finance - Insured Portfolio Management (SF-
     IPM), or  at  any other address previously furnished in
     writing by MBIA to the Trustee,  the  Certificateholders,
     the  Servicer  and                                   the
     Transferor; or

          (c)  to the Transferor at 6424 W. 91st Avenue, Suite
     C, Westminster,  CO  80030, Attention:  President,  or  at
     any other  address  previously  furnished  in  writing
     to  the
     Trustee,  MBIA, the Certificateholders and the  Servicer
     by the Transferor; or
     
          (d)    to   the  Servicer  at  6424  W.  91st
Avenue,
     Westminster,  CO  80030, Attention:  President,  or  at
any
     other  address  previously  furnished  in  writing  to
the
   Trustee, MBIA, the Certificateholders and the Transferor.
                               
          (e)   to  each of (i) S & P at 26 Broadway,  New
     York, New York 10004, Attention:  Asset Backed
     Surveillance Group, and (ii) Moody's at 99 Church Street,
     New York, NY 10007.
     Section 13.04  Notices to Certificateholders; Waiver.
     Where    this    Agreement   provides    for    notice
to
Certificateholders   of  any  event,   such   notice   shall
be
sufficiently  given (unless otherwise herein expressly
provided) if  in  writing and mailed, first-class postage
prepaid, to  each Certificateholder affected by such event, at
his  address  as  it appears  on  the Certificate Register, not
later than the  latest date, and not earlier than the earliest
date, prescribed for  the giving   of  such  notice.  In  any
case  in  which  notice
to
Certificateholders is given by mail, neither the failure to
mail such  notice,  nor  any defect in any notice so  mailed,
to  any particular Certificateholder shall affect the
sufficiency of such notice  with respect to other
Certificateholders, and any  notice which  is mailed in the
manner herein provided shall conclusively be presumed to have
been duly given.

     Where this Agreement provides for notice in any manner,
such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to
receive such  notice, either before or after the event, and
such  waiver shall  be  the  equivalent of such notice. Waivers
of  notice  by Certificateholders  shall be filed with  the
Trustee,  but  such filing shall not be a condition precedent
to the validity of  any action taken in reliance upon such
waiver.

     In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail
service as  a  result of a strike, work stoppage or similar
activity,  it shall   be   impractical  to  mail  notice  of
any   event         to
Certificateholders  when  such notice is  required  to  be
given pursuant  to any provision of this Agreement, then any
manner  of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee  shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such
notice.

     Section 13.05  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

     The  Article  and Section headings herein and the  Table
of Contents  are  for  convenience only and  shall  not  affect
the construction hereof.

     Section 13.06  Successors and Assigns.

     All  covenants  and  agreements in  this  Agreement  by
the Transferor  shall  bind its successors and  assigns,
whether  so expressed or not.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
no party  shall assign any of its rights under this Agreement,
or delegate any of its  duties, except in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 2.06, 7.11 and 11.02(o) hereof.

     Section 13.07  Separability.

     In   case  any  provision  in  this  Agreement  or  in
the
Certificates  shall  be  invalid, illegal or  unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby.

     Section 13.08  Benefits of Agreement.

     Nothing in this Agreement or in the Certificates, express
or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties
hereto,
the  Certificateholders,  and  any  Paying  Agent  which  may
be appointed  pursuant to the provisions hereof, and  any  of
their successors  hereunder,  any benefit or  any  legal  or
equitable right,  remedy  or  claim  under  this  Agreement  or
under  the Certificates,  except  that  MBIA  is  an  express
third   party beneficiary to this Agreement.
     Section 13.09  Legal Holidays.
     In  any  case in which the date of any Payment Date  or
the Stated Maturity or Expected Maturity of any Certificate
shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other
provision of a Certificate  or this Agreement) payment of
principal or  interest need  not  be  made  on such date, but
may be made  on  the  next succeeding Business Day with the
same force and effect as if made on  the  nominal  date  of
any such  Stated  Maturity,  Expected Maturity  or Payment Date
and, assuming such payment is  actually made  on  such
subsequent Business Day, no  additional  interest shall  accrue
on the amount so paid for the period from and after any such
nominal date.
     Section 13.10  Governing Law.
     THE  AGREEMENT  AND EACH CERTIFICATE SHALL BE  CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW  YORK  APPLICABLE  TO AGREEMENTS MADE  AND  TO  BE
PERFORMED THEREIN, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS
PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE.
     Section 13.11  Counterparts.
     The Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be
an original,  but all  such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and  the same instrument.
     Section 13.12  Corporate Obligation.
     No  recourse  may be taken, directly or indirectly,
against any  incorporator, subscriber to the capital stock,
stockholder, employee,  officer  or  director of  the
Transferor  or  of  any predecessor  or successor of the
Transferor with respect  to  the Transferor's  obligations  on
the  Certificates  or  under  this Agreement  or  any
certificate or  other  writing  delivered  in connection
herewith.
     Section 13.13  Compliance Certificates and Opinions.
     Upon any application, order or request by the Transferor
or the  Servicer  to  the  Trustee to  take  any  action  under
any provision  of  this  Agreement for which a  specific
request  is required under this Agreement, the Transferor or
the Servicer, as applicable, shall furnish to the Trustee an
Officer's Certificate of  the  Transferor or the Servicer, as
applicable, stating  that all  conditions precedent, if any,
provided for in this Agreement relating  to the proposed action
have been complied with,  except that  in the case of any such
application or request as to  which the   furnishing  of  a
different  certificate  is  specifically required  by  any
provision of this Agreement relating  to  such particular
application or request, no additional certificate need be
furnished.
     Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance
with a  condition  or  covenant provided for in this  Agreement
shall include:
          (a)   a  statement  that each individual  signing
     such certificate  or opinion has read or has caused  to
     be  read such  covenant  or  condition  and  the
     definitions  herein relating thereto;
          (b)   a  brief statement as to the nature and scope
     of the  examination or investigation upon which the
     statements or  opinions  contained in such certificate or
     opinion  are based;
          (c)   a  statement that, in the opinion  of  each
     such individual,  such  individual has made such
     examination  or investigation  as is necessary to enable
     such individual  to express  an  informed  opinion as to
     whether  or  not  such covenant or condition has been
     complied with; and
          (d)   a statement as to whether, in the opinion of
     each such   individual,  such  condition  or  covenant
     has  been complied with.
     Section 13.14  MBIA Default or Termination.
     If  an MBIA Default or Termination occurs and is
continuing, MBIA's right to consent hereunder and under any
other Transaction Document  and  to direct the Trustee shall be
void and,  in  such event, in all provisions of this Agreement
wherein MBIA's consent or  direction is required or permitted,
the consent or  direction of  the Controlling Holders shall be
required or permitted unless a  larger  number  of  Holders  is
required  under  the  relevant provision of this Agreement.


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Transferor,  the  Servicer,
the Trustee and the Back-up Servicer have caused this Agreement
to be duly   executed  by  their  respective  officers
thereunto  duly authorized as of the date and year first above
written.


                              GF FUNDING CORP. III, Transferor
                              By:
                             Name:
                            Title:
                               
                               
                              GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC., Servicer


                              By:
                             Name:
                            Title:
                               
                               
                              NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                              ASSOCIATION, as Trustee and Back-
                              up Servicer
                              
                              
                              By:
                             Name:
                            Title:
                               
Schedule I

Attach Initial Lease Schedule

                          Schedule II
                               
                        Terms Schedule
                               
                               
     "Back-up Servicer Fee Rate":  .05% per annum.
     "Class A Certificate Initial Balance":  $27,500,000, which
is the sum of  (a) the product of (i) the Aggregate IPB as of
the Cut-Off Date and (ii) the Class A Percentage, and (b) the
Prefunding Account Deposit.
     "Class A Interest Rate": 6.82%.
     "Class A Percentage":  82.5%.
     "Net Worth Requirement":  The Servicer's consolidated
Tangible Net Worth shall not be less than the sum of
(i) $11,347,025 plus (ii) 75% of the cumulative after tax
consolidated net income since December 31, 1996, such amount
being calculated without any offset and reduction for net
losses incurred during the fiscal year for which such
calculation is being made.  This requirement may be adjusted by
MBIA without the consent of the Certificateholders after
receipt of audited financial statements of the Company and the
Transferor for the year ending June 30, 1997.
     "Prefunding Account Deposit": $12,827,258.18.
   "Required Collateralization Amount":  As of  the Closing
Date, $3,112,399.78, and as of any date of determination
thereafter, the greatest of:

     (a)   (i) one minus the Class A Percentage multiplied
     by (ii) the Aggregate IPB (including any Lease
     Contracts to be purchased or funded and excluding any
     Lease Contracts to be released pursuant to Section 10.05
     hereof on such date of determination),
     
     (b)  the aggregate Implicit Principal Balance of the Lease
     Contracts (including any Lease Contracts to be purchased
     or funded on such date of determination and excluding any
     Lease Contracts to be released pursuant to Section 10.05
     hereof on such date of determination) relating to the
     three Customers whose Lease Contracts have the greatest
     remaining Implicit Principal Balance, and
     
     (c)   5% multiplied by the Aggregate Initial IPB
     (including any Lease Contracts to be purchased or funded
     on such date of determination).
     
     "Servicer Fee":  $6 per Lease Contract per Scheduled
Payment on such Lease Contract, the amount payable to the
Servicer as the Servicer Fee on each Payment Date.  The
Servicer Fee shall not include the Additional Servicer Fee.

     "Trigger Event":  The occurrence of any one of the
following events, and the declaration by MBIA, or if an MBIA
Default or Termination has occurred and is continuing, by the
Controlling Holders, that such occurrence shall constitute a
Trigger Event:

     (a)  commencing with the fourth Determination Date after
          the Closing Date, the average of the Annualized Gross
          Default Rates for the three consecutive prior Monthly
          Periods was equal to or greater than 5.5%;

     (b)  the Cumulative Gross Default Rate exceeds 8.25%;
                               
     (c)  commencing with the fourth Determination Date after
          the Closing Date, the average of the Delinquency
          Rates for the three consecutive prior Monthly Periods
          was equal to or greater than 2%;
          
     (d)  the Net Worth Requirement is not met;

     (e)  the Transferor or the Trust Estate becomes an
          "investment company" within the meaning of the
          Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
          
      (f)  the occurrence of a Servicer Event of Default;
                               
     (g)  either William W. Wehner or both of the following
          employees, Mark Speros and William Cobb, terminate or
          shall have terminated their employment with the
          Servicer or any of its Affiliates or die;
          
     (h)  an Event of Default occurs or the Company or any
          Material Affiliate shall be in default under, or in
          violation of any covenant or obligation under any
          loan agreement, such that the lender under such loan
          agreement would be authorized, pursuant to the terms
          of such agreement and upon the expiration of any cure
          period or grace period with respect to such violation
          or default, to demand immediate payment by the
          Company or such Material Affiliate, as applicable, of
          10% or more of the aggregate total recourse debt of
          the Company and all affiliates of the Company, and
          such default or violation shall not have been cured,
          remedied or waived in writing by such lender after 90
          days, counting from the initial date of the violation
          or default and not from the expiration of any
          applicable cure or grace period; or
          
   (i)  any payment by MBIA under the Certificate Insurance
Policy.

     "Trustee Fee Rate":  .05% per annum.







                   LEASE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT between


                     GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC. (the "Company")
                         
                         
                         
                               and
                      GF FUNDING CORP. III (the "Transferor")


                       


                       


                    Dated as of March 1, 1997











                        TABLE OF CONTENTS


     Page
ARTICLE 1DEFINITIONS                                            2
     Section 1.01  Defined Terms                                2
ARTICLE 2ACQUISITION OF LEASE ASSETS                            4
     Section 2.01  Authorization and Issuance of Common
                   Stock by the Transferor                      4
     Section 2.02  Lease Asset Acquisitions                     4
     Section 2.03  Assumption of Indebtedness by the
                   Transferor; Payment of Removal Price         4
     Section 2.04  Delivery of Lease Contracts; Filing of
                   Financing Statements                         4
     Section 2.05  Servicing of Lease Contracts and Equipment   5
     Section 2.06  Review of Lease Contracts                    5
     Section 2.07  Nature of Transfer                           5

ARTICLE 3REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                         6
     Section 3.01  Representations and Warranties of the
                   Company                                      6
     Section 3.02  Representations and Warranties of the
                   Transferor                                   13
     Section 3.03  Purchase or Substitution Required
                   Upon Breach of Certain
Representations and Warranties    14
     Section 3.04  Requirements for Purchase or
                   Substitution of Lease Contracts and

                   Acquisition of Additional Lease Contracts    15

ARTICLE 4COVENANTS OF THE TRANSFEROR AND COMPANY                17
     Section 4.01  Company Covenants                            17
     Section 4.02  Transferor Covenants                         20
     Section 4.03  Assignment of Lease Assets                   20

ARTICLE 5CONDITIONS PRECEDENT                                   22
     Section 5.01 Conditions to the Transferor's
                  Obligations                                   22
ARTICLE 6TERM AND TERMINATION                                   23
     Section 6.01 Term                                          23
     Section 6.02 Default by the Company                        23

ARTICLE 7MISCELLANEOUS                                          24
     Section 7.01 Amendments                                    24
     Section 7.02 Governing Law                                 24
     Section 7.03 Notices                                       24
     Section 7.04 Separability Clause                           24
     Section 7.05 Assignment                                    24
     Section 7.06 Further Assurances                            24
     Section 7.07 No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies               24
     Section 7.08 Binding Effect; Third Party
                  Beneficiaries                                 25
     Section 7.09 Set-Off                                       25
     Section 7.10 MBIA Default or Termination                   25




                            EXHIBITS
A    FORM OF COMPANY CERTIFICATE
B    FORM OF LEASE CONTRACTS
C    POOL CONCENTRATION LIMIT EXCEPTIONS
D    CONCENTRATION LIMITS
E    FORM OF BROKER ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENTS

                  LEASE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT


     This  LEASE  ACQUISITION AGREEMENT (the  "Lease  Acquisition
Agreement"), dated as of March 1, 1997, is by and between Granite
Financial,  Inc. (the "Company") and GF Funding  Corp.  III  (the
"Transferor").


                     PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

     The  Transferor  has  entered  into  a  Trust  and  Security
Agreement,  dated as of March 1, 1997 (as amended  from  time  to
time,  the  "Trust  and Security Agreement"), with  Norwest  Bank
Minnesota,  National Association as the Trustee  (the  "Trustee")
and   back-up  servicer  (the  "Back-up  Servicer")  and
Granite Financial, Inc., as servicer (the "Servicer"), pursuant
to  which the Transferor intends to issue the Certificates.

     In  furtherance thereof, the Transferor and the Company
are entering  into this Lease Acquisition Agreement to  provide
for, among  other things, the acquisition by the Transferor of
all  of the  right,  title and interest in and to certain
Lease  Assets, which the Transferor is and will from time to
time convey to  the Trustee for the benefit of MBIA and the
Certificateholders. As  a precondition  to  the  effectiveness
of  this  Lease  Acquisition Agreement,  the  Transferor, the
Trustee, the  Servicer  and  the Back-up  Servicer  will  enter
into the  Servicing  Agreement  to provide for the servicing of
the Lease Assets.

     In  addition,  under the Trust and Security  Agreement,
the Transferor  is conveying to the Trustee, among other
things,  all of  the  Transferor's rights derived under this
Lease Acquisition Agreement  and  the Servicing Agreement, and
the  Company  agrees that  all  covenants  and agreements made
by  it  in  this  Lease Acquisition Agreement with respect to
the Lease Assets shall also be for the benefit of the Trustee,
MBIA and all Holders from time
to   time   of  the  Certificates.   In  consideration  for
its
contribution   and   sale   of   the   Lease   Assets   and
its
representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements
under this Lease Acquisition Agreement, the Company has
received all of the  Common  Stock of the Transferor and such
other consideration as may from time to time be paid hereunder.

                           ARTICLE 1
                               
                          DEFINITIONS
                               
     Section  1.01   Defined Terms.  For purposes of  this
Lease Acquisition Agreement the following terms shall have the
meanings specified  herein.   Capitalized  terms  used  herein
but  not
otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings assigned
to such terms in the Trust and Security Agreement, or if not
defined therein, in the Servicing Agreement.

     "Common Stock":  All of the issued and outstanding shares
of common  stock  of the Transferor, which consists of 1,000
shares having a par value of $.01 per share.

     "Company     Certificate":     The    Company
Certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit  A,  one  of which shall be entered into on any
Acquisition Date.

     "Computer  Tape":   The diskette or other computer
readable medium,  prepared  by  the Company, containing
descriptions  and payment information on each Lease Contract on
the Lease Schedule.

     "Concentration   Limits":   The  limitations   as   to
the
composition  of  the Lease Contracts acquired by  the
Transferor hereunder, as described on Exhibit D hereto, and as
amended  from time  to  time  with the prior written consent of
MBIA  and  with notice to the Rating Agencies and the
Certificateholders.

     "Eligible  Lease Contract":  A Lease Contract that
satisfies the selection criteria set forth in Section 3.01(a)
hereof as  of the Closing Date and each Acquisition Date.

     "Existing  Indebtedness":  With respect to the
Certificates, the  indebtedness that the Company shall incur
from time to  time which  relates to financings of the Lease
Receivables  and  which shall  be  assumed by the Transferor on
the Closing Date  as  set forth in Schedule II attached hereto
or on a Funding Date as  set forth on Schedule II to a Company
Certificate.

     "Closing Date":  March 25, 1997.

     "Initial  Lease Schedule":  The list of Lease Contracts
and Lease Receivables attached hereto as Schedule I.

     "Lease  Assets":  All right, title and interest  in  and
to (a)  the  Lease Contracts, including the proceeds  of  the
Lease Contracts  and  all payments received on or with respect
to  the Lease  Contracts on or after the Cut-Off Date or any
Acquisition Date,  other than payments due on the Lease
Contracts before  the Cut-Off  Date or Acquisition Date, (b)
the Lease Contract  Files, (c)  the Company's rights and
interests in the Equipment, (d) all rights  and interests of
the Company under each Insurance  Policy related  to  the
Lease  Contracts  and  related  Equipment
and
Insurance Proceeds, (e) the Servicing Charges with respect to
the Lease  Contracts and (f) all income and proceeds of the
foregoing or relating thereto.

     "Lease  Contract File": With respect to each Lease
Contract,
the following documents:
          (i)    the   one   and   only  executed
     original counterpart  of  the  Lease Contract  that
     constitutes "chattel  paper"  for purposes of
     Sections  9-105(1)(b) and 9-305 of the UCC;
          (ii)  copies of any evidence of insurance and
     any other copies of documents evidencing or related
     to  any Insurance Policy;
          (iii)      copies of such documents, if any,
that
     the  Company keeps on file indicating that  the
     lessor has  a  perfected  security  interest  in  the
     related Equipment  in accordance with its customary
     procedures relating  to an individual Lease Contract,
     Customer  or Equipment, including, in the case of
     titled Equipment a certificate of title or
     application for certificate  of title  assigning all
     of the Company's interest  in  the related Equipment
     to the Transferor and the Trustee, as applicable,
     naming the Transferor as the owner  of  the titled
     Equipment (if the related Lease Contract is  not a
     Loan  Contract)  and  naming the  Trustee  as  first
     lienholder;
     
          (iv) copies of evidence that the Customer
     received the  Equipment  and  that the  Equipment
     was  in  good working  order  and acceptable to the
     Customer  at  the time of receipt by the Customer;
     and
     
          (v)  copies of any Broker Assignment Agreements
     whereby the Company acquired the Lease Contract from a
     broker.
     
     "Lien":  Any security interest, lien, charge, pledge,
equity or  encumbrance of any kind other than liens for  taxes
due  and payable   after  the  Closing  Date  or  any
Acquisition   Date,
mechanic's  liens filed after the Closing Date or any
Acquisition Date  and  any liens that attach after the Closing
Date  or  any Acquisition Date by operation of law.

     "Servicing Agreement": The Servicing Agreement dated  as
of March 1, 1997 by and among the Servicer, the Transferor, the
Backup Servicer and the Trustee, as amended or supplemented from
time to time.

     "PUT": A provision in a Lease Contract obligating the
lessee to purchase the related Equipment upon termination.

     "Substitute  Lease  Contract":  The  meaning  set  forth
in Section 3.04(b) hereof.

                            ARTICLE 2
                                
                   ACQUISITION OF LEASE ASSETS
                                
     Section 2.01   Authorization and Issuance of Common Stock
by the  Transferor.  Subject to all the terms and conditions
hereof and   in  reliance  upon  the  representations,
warranties   and covenants  set forth in this Lease Acquisition
Agreement,  as  of the  Closing Date the Transferor hereby
issues to the Company the Common Stock.  Such Common Stock shall
be issued in the name  of, and  delivered  directly to, the
Company and the  Company  hereby agrees  to obtain directly from
the Transferor such Common Stock, all in accordance with the
terms hereof.

     Section 2.02   Lease Asset Acquisitions.  In return for
the
Common  Stock and other rights created by this Lease
Acquisition Agreement, as of the Closing Date the Transferor is
acquiring the Lease  Assets listed on the Initial Lease
Schedule. The  Company, from time to time hereafter, shall
transfer to the Transferor  or originate  on behalf of the
Transferor, and the Transferor  shall acquire  from the Company
additional Lease Assets pursuant  to  a Company Certificate in
the case of Substitute Lease Contracts and Funded  Lease
Contracts  acquired on a Funding  Date,  with  the applicable
Amended Lease Schedule attached thereto.  The  Company agrees
that  all  Lease  Contracts  transferred,  assigned     and
originated  on  behalf  of  the  Transferor  hereunder  shall
be Eligible  Lease Contracts and that all Lease Assets
acquired  by the Transferor shall conform with all of the
requirements hereof. The  Company hereby acknowledges that its
transfer and assignment of                              the
Lease  Assets  to  the  Transferor  is  absolute        and
irrevocable,  without reservation or retention  of  any
interest whatsoever by the Company.

     To  the  extent that the Company shall retain any  files
or documentation pertaining to the Lease Assets, it shall hold
such documents  in trust for the benefit of the Trustee as  the
owner thereof.  The possession of any documents or files
pertaining  to the  Lease Assets by the Company is at the will
of the Transferor for  the  sole purpose of servicing such
Lease Assets,  and  such retention  and  possession  by the
Company  is  in  a  custodial capacity  only.  The documents
and files retained by the  Company relating  to the Lease
Assets shall be segregated from the  books and  records of the
Company and shall be marked appropriately  to reflect  clearly
the  sale of the related Lease  Assets  to  the Transferor and
the assignment from the Transferor to the Trustee.

     Section 2.03   Assumption of Indebtedness by the
Transferor; Payment  of  Removal  Price.   Subject  to  all
the  terms                                              and
conditions  hereof  and  in  reliance upon  the
representations, warranties  and covenants set forth herein, on
the  Closing  Date the  Transferor hereby agrees to assume the
Existing Indebtedness and  to repay the Existing Indebtedness
with the proceeds of  the sale  of the Certificates on the
Closing Date simultaneously with the  issuance of the
Certificates.  In addition, on  any  Funding Date  the
Transferor  hereby agrees  to  assume  and  repay  any Existing
Indebtedness relating to the Funded Lease Contracts with the
proceeds  of the Funding and any amounts released  from  the
Cash Collateral Account in connection therewith and to remit
any such excess proceeds to the Company as additional
consideration.

     Section  2.04    Delivery  of  Lease  Contracts;  Filing
of Financing Statements.

     (a)   In connection with the Transferor's acquisition of
the Lease  Assets,  the  Company, on behalf of the Transferor,
shall deliver the original Lease Contracts and all other items
included in  the  Lease Contract Files to the Trustee so that
the  Trustee may  retain  possession thereof as provided  in
the  Transaction Documents.   In addition, the Company agrees
to record  and  file prior to the Closing Date or within the
time period set forth  in the  Trust  and Security Agreement,
at its own expense, financing statements  (and  thereafter
timely continuation statements  with respect  to such financing
statements) with respect to the  Lease Assets, meeting the
requirements of the Transaction Documents.

     (b)  In connection with each acquisition of Lease Assets
by the  Transferor hereunder, the Company shall promptly, at
its own expense,  cause  any Electronic Ledger maintained  by
it  to  be marked  to show that the Lease Assets have been
acquired  by  the Transferor  in  accordance with this Lease
Acquisition  Agreement and  transferred by the Transferor to
the Trustee  in  accordance
with the Transaction Documents.
     Section  2.05   Servicing of Lease Contracts and
Equipment. The  Servicer shall service the Lease Assets for the
benefit  of the  Transferor  (and its successors and assigns),
the  Trustee, MBIA and the Certificateholders, in accordance
with the terms and conditions  of  the  Transaction Documents.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,   the  Company  acknowledges
and  agrees   that          its
obligations   under   this   Lease  Acquisition   Agreement
are
independent of any obligations it may have as Servicer  and
that its  obligations  under  this  Lease Acquisition
Agreement  will continue in full force and effect, whether or
not it is acting as Servicer,  until termination of this Lease
Acquisition  Agreement in accordance with Section     6.01
hereof.
     Section  2.06   Review of Lease Contracts.  If  the
Company discovers   or  is  notified  by  the  Trustee,   MBIA
or   the
Certificateholders  that  any  Lease  Contracts  are  missing
or defective  (that  is,  mutilated, damaged,  defaced,
incomplete, improperly dated, clearly forged or otherwise
physically altered) in  any  material respect, or, with respect
to titled  Equipment, that the certificate of title naming the
Transferor as owner  (if the related Lease Contract is not a
Loan Contract) and naming the Trustee as first lienholder is
not in the Lease Contract File, as of  the  Funding Termination
Date, the Company shall  correct  or cure  such omission,
defect or other irregularity within 30  days from  the  date
the Company discovered, or is  notified  by  the Trustee,  MBIA
or  the Certificateholders of, such  omission  or defect.
Otherwise,  the  Company shall  repurchase  such  Lease
Contract from the Transferor or replace such Lease Contract
with a  Substitute  Lease Contract in accordance with Section
3.04(c) hereof.

     Section 2.07   Nature of Transfer.

     (a)  In the event that the transfer of the Lease Assets
from the  Company  to  the  Transferor  is  deemed  to  be  a
secured financing, the Company shall be deemed hereunder to
have conveyed to  the  Transferor, and the Company does hereby
convey  to  the Transferor,  a  security interest in all of the
Company's  right, title and interest in, to and under the Lease
Assets, whether now owned  or  hereafter acquired.  For
purposes of such  conveyance, this  Lease  Acquisition
Agreement shall  constitute  a  security agreement under
applicable law.

     (b)   In  the event that the transfer contemplated  by
this Lease  Acquisition Agreement is deemed for any reason to
be  less than  a  transfer of complete legal title of all of
the Company's right, title and interest in, to and under the
Lease Assets,  the parties  hereto  intend  that  this Lease
Acquisition  Agreement operate to transfer all of the Company's
equitable interests  in, to and under the Lease Assets to the
Transferor.

                           ARTICLE 3
                               
                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                               
     Section  3.01    Representations  and  Warranties   of
the
Company.

     (a)   The Company hereby makes the following
representations and  warranties  as to each Lease Contract to
the Transferor  and for  the  benefit  of  MBIA,  the  Trustee
and  Holders  of  the Certificates,  on  which the Transferor
relies in  acquiring  the Lease  Assets.  Such representations
and warranties speak  as  of the  Closing Date with respect to
Lease Contracts listed  on  the
Initial  Lease Schedule or the Acquisition Date with  respect
to Additional Lease Contracts unless otherwise indicated, but
shall survive  any  subsequent  transfer, assignment,
contribution  or conveyance of the Lease Assets:
          (i)  The information set forth in the Lease Schedule
     is true  and correct as of the Closing Date or Acquisition
     Date as applicable.
          (ii) The Lease Contract is by its terms an absolute
     and unconditional  obligation  of the  Customer,  non-
     cancelable and, except in certain instances involving loss
     or damage to the Equipment, non-prepayable prior to the
     expiration of the initial  term  of  such Lease Contract;
     no  Lease  Contract provides for the substitution,
     exchange or addition  of  any other  items  of Equipment
     pursuant to such Lease  Contract; and  the  rights  with
     respect to such  Lease  Contract  are assignable  by the
     lessor thereunder without the consent  of or  notice to
     any Person.  Each Lease Contract is net to the lessor  of
     any  maintenance,  taxes,  insurance  or   other expenses
     and contains provisions requiring the Customer  to assume
     all  risk  of  loss or malfunction  of  the  related
     Equipment.
          (iii)      The Company has heretofore provided  to
     the Trustee  the sole original counterpart of each of the
     Lease Contracts,  as  amended,  and  except  for
     amendments and
     supplements already reflected in the Lease Contracts on
     the Closing  Date  or  Acquisition Date  as  applicable
     and  as reflected  in  the Lease Schedule, the Lease
     Contracts  have not  been  amended, waived or modified.
     All such  documents constitute the entire agreement
     between the lessor  and  the lessee in respect of the
     Equipment.
     
          (iv) There is only one original executed counterpart
     of the  Lease  Contract and it constitutes "chattel paper"
     for purposes  of section 9-105(1)(b) and 9-308 of the UCC
     which has   been  delivered  to  the  Trustee  and  the
     Company's Electronic  Ledgers have been marked as provided
     in  Section 2.04(b) hereof.
     
          (v)   The Lease Contract was not originated in, nor
is
     it  subject  to the laws of, any jurisdiction, the  laws
     of which  would make unlawful the sale, transfer or
     assignment of  such  document  under any of the
     Transaction  Documents, including  any repurchase in
     accordance with the Transaction Documents.
     
          (vi) The Lease Contract is, and on the Closing Date
     or Acquisition Date, as applicable, will be, in full force
     and effect  in accordance with its terms and neither the
     Company nor any other obligated party has or will have
     suspended  or reduced  any  payments or obligations due or
     to  become  due thereunder by reason of a default by the
     other party to such Lease  Contract; as of the Closing
     Date or Acquisition Date, as  applicable, none of the
     Customers is more than  30  days delinquent in making a
     Scheduled Payment (without regard  to advances,  if  any,
     made by the Servicer) and there  are  no proceedings
     pending,  or  to  the  best  of  the  Company's knowledge,
     threatened asserting insolvency of  a  Customer; there has
     been no other default, breach or violation and  no event
     permitting  acceleration under  the  Lease  Contract;
     there  are  no proceedings pending, or to the  best  of
     the Company's  knowledge, threatened, wherein the
     Customer,  any other obligated party or any governmental
     agency has alleged that  any  such  Lease Contract is
     illegal or unenforceable;
and  none  of  the  Scheduled Payments are  subject  to  any
set-off or credit of any kind.
     (vii)     The Lease Contract is the valid, binding  and
legally  enforceable full recourse obligation of the parties
thereto,  enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject,
as  to  enforcement,  to applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization   and   other   similar   laws   of   general
applicability  relating  to or affecting  creditors'  rights
generally and to general principles of equity regardless  of
whether enforcement is sought in a court of law or equity.
     (viii)     All  filings  (including Uniform  Commercial
Code filings), notices, transfers and recordings as required
under the Trust and Security Agreement or applicable law and
that may be necessary to perfect the first priority security
interest  of  the Transferor and the Trustee  in  the  Lease
Contracts  and the related Lease Receivables being  acquired
hereunder, have been accomplished and are in full force  and
effect;  provided, however, that the Company  shall  not  be
required  to  file any assignments of  financing  statements
with   respect  to  the  Equipment  underlying   the   Lease
Contracts.   The  Company  has a  first  priority  perfected
security  interest  in  the Equipment  underlying  all  Loan
Contracts  and in any Equipment exceeding $50,000  in  value
underlying any other Lease Contracts.  The Company has filed
or  will  file  within thirty calendar days of  the  Closing
Date, an application for certificate of title for each  item
of  titled Equipment, naming the Trustee as first lienholder
and  with  respect  to Lease Contacts  which  are  not  Loan
Contracts also naming the Transferor as owner of such titled
Equipment.

     (ix)   Each  Lease  Contract  being  acquired  by   the
Transferor  is substantially in the form of lease  contracts
attached hereto as Exhibit B (which may include addendums in
the forms included in such Exhibit B), except for immaterial
modifications  or deviations from the form  lease  contracts
which  appear in certain Lease Contracts or which may appear
in  the  future  form Lease Contracts of the Company,  which
immaterial  modifications  or deviations  will  not  have  a
material  adverse effect on the Holders of the  Certificates
or  MBIA and will not reduce the Scheduled Payments or other
payments  due under the Lease Contracts; provided,  however,
that  some  Lease  Contracts may include a  rider  providing
additional or alternate terms regarding the purchase of  the
equipment  upon the expiration of such Lease  Contract.  The
Broker   Assignment  Agreement  pursuant  to   which   Lease
Contracts  were  acquired  by the Company  from  brokers  is
substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto.

     (x)   The  Lease Contract was either (A) originated  by
the  Company  on  behalf  of itself  or  the  Transferor  or
purchased  from a broker in the ordinary course of  business
and   meets   the  Company's  origination  and  underwriting
criteria  used in originating the Lease Contracts  delivered
to  the  Transferor on the  Closing Date, or  (B)  purchased
from  a leasing company that originated such leases pursuant
to   agreed  upon  and  well-articulated  underwriting   and
documentation standards acceptable to MBIA and with whom the
Company  has  regularly dealt in the past  and  underwritten
consistent  with  the  criteria  used  to  originate   Lease
Contracts delivered to the Transferor on the  Closing  Date.
The origination and collection practices used by the Company
with  respect  to  each  Lease Contract  have  been  in  all
respects  legal,  proper,  prudent  and  customary  in   the
equipment  financing and servicing business.   None  of  the
Lease Contracts is a consumer lease.  Any acquisition from a
broker is a true sale or absolute transfer and not a loan to
the  broker or a joint venture/co-ownership arrangement with
the broker.
     (xi)  In determining whether to lease Equipment to  any
particular Customer, the Company  considered each Customer's
ability to pay any PUT Payments included in the terms of the
Lease  Contract.  In determining whether to lease  Equipment
to  any  particular  Customer, the Company  considered  each
Customer's  ability  to  pay any  increases  in  the  rental
payments due under the terms of the Lease Contract.
     (xii)      The Equipment related to the Lease  Contract
was  properly  delivered  to the Customer  in  good  repair,
without  defects and in satisfactory order and, to the  best
knowledge  of  the Company, is currently in  proper  working
order  as  of  the  Closing  Date  or  Acquisition  Date  as
applicable.  Each Customer has accepted the Equipment leased
to  it and, after reasonable opportunity to inspect and test
such  Equipment, has not notified the Company of any defects
therein.
     (xiii)     Except as approved in writing by MBIA,  each
Lease  Receivable derives from a Lease Contract that has  an
original stated term of at least 12 months and not more than
60  months.  Each such Lease Contract is within its original
term and has not had any extensions.
     (xiv)      Except  with respect to (A)  any  Additional
Lease  Contract,   (B)  the  Lease  Contracts  described  in
Exhibit  C  hereto,  and (C) such other Lease  Contracts  as
approved  by MBIA (provided that the aggregate IPB  of  such
Lease Contracts approved by MBIA by this clause (C) does not
exceed  2%  of the Aggregate IPB), each Customer under  each
Lease  Contract  will have made at least one  lease  payment
with  respect to such Lease Contract, including any security
deposit  or  advance payment made by the Customer  upon  the
execution  of  the  Lease Contract or the  delivery  of  the
Equipment,  and  each  Initial Lease Contract  will  have  a
Scheduled  Payment due in April 1997.  Each  Lease  Contract
obligates   the  related  Customer  to  make  all  Scheduled
Payments  thereunder in full notwithstanding the  collection
by  the  lessor of a security deposit with respect  thereto.
The  calculation of the Implicit Principal Balance  of  each
Lease  Receivable does not include any security deposits  or
advance  payments collected by or on behalf  of  the  lessor
which are applied to Scheduled Payments.

     (xv)  None  of  the  Customers is a lessee  that  is  a
merchant  with  respect to the Equipment  leased  under  any
Lease  Contract,  and none of the Customers  is  the  United
States  of  America or any state, or agency,  department  or
instrumentality  or  political  subdivision  of  the  United
States  of  America  or any state.  Each Lease  Contract  is
payable in U.S. dollars and the obligor thereon is a  United
States resident with a billing address in the U.S.

     (xvi)     All requirements of applicable Federal, state
and local laws, and regulations thereunder in respect of the
Lease  Contract  have  been complied with  in  all  material
respects,  including, without limitation,  usury  laws,  the
Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act,
the  Fair  Debt  Collection Practices  Act,  and  any  other
applicable consumer credit, equal opportunity and disclosure
laws  if  any,  and  each  Lease Contract  complied  in  all
material respects at the time it was originated or made  and
now  complies  in  all  material  respects  with  all  legal
requirements of the jurisdiction in which it was originated.
     (xvii)     With  the sole exception of  the  Customer's
right to quiet enjoyment, the Lease Contract is not and will
not  be  subject to any right of rescission, set-off, claim,
counterclaim or defense, including the defense of usury  and
the  operation of any of the terms of the Lease Contract  or
the  exercise  by the Company or the Customer of  any  right
under the Lease Contract will not render such Lease Contract
unenforceable in whole or in part nor subject to  any  right
of  rescission, setoff, claim, counterclaim or defense,  and
no such right of rescission, set-off, claim, counterclaim or
defense, including a defense arising out of a breach of  the
Customer's  right of quiet enjoyment of the  Equipment,  has
been asserted with respect thereto.

     (xviii)     The   Company  has   duly   fulfilled   all
obligations on the lessor's part to be fulfilled under or in
connection  with the origination, acquisition and assignment
of  the  Lease Assets including, without limitation,  giving
any  notices or consents necessary to effect the acquisition
of  the  Lease Assets by the Transferor and the Company  has
done  nothing to impair the rights of the Trust  Estate  and
the  Holders  of the Certificates in the Lease  Contract  or
payments with respect thereto.  The Company has obtained all
necessary  licenses,  permits and charters  required  to  be
obtained  by  the  Company, which failure  to  obtain  would
render    any   portion   of   the   Transaction   Documents
unenforceable  and would have a material adverse  effect  on
MBIA or the Certificateholders.

     (xix)     The Lease Contract and the Company's interest
in  the  Equipment have not been sold, transferred, assigned
or  pledged  by  the Company to any Person  other  than  the
Transferor  (except  for  security interests  in  the  Lease
Assets  which shall be terminated on or prior to the Closing
Date  or Acquisition Date as applicable), and upon execution
and  delivery  of  this Lease Acquisition Agreement  by  the
Company  and the repayment by the Transferor of any Existing
Indebtedness,  the Transferor will have all  of  the  right,
title  and  interest in and to the Lease  Assets,  free  and
clear of all liens and encumbrances and any interest of  the
Company or its successors, except for the interests  of  the
Customer pursuant to the Lease Contract and the interest  of
the Trustee under the Trust and Security Agreement, and upon
the  Transferor's  conveyance of the  Lease  Assets  to  the
Trustee,  the  Trustee will either be the owner  thereof  or
have a first perfected security interest therein.

     (xx)  Each  Lease Contract requires that  the  Customer
maintain  the Equipment in good and workable order and  that
the  Customer obtain and maintain physical damage  insurance
or   purchase  insurance  from  the  Company  covering   the
Equipment.  Insurance coverage required to be maintained  by
the  Customer  under  each  Lease  Contract  is  of  a  type
customary  for the equipment covered thereby and  consistent
with  industry  practice for monitoring compliance  thereof.
Insurance and the loss payee endorsement on Equipment having
a  purchase price in excess of $50,000 is in full force  and
effect.

     (xxi)      The Company purchased each item of Equipment
from either (A) the manufacturer or other supplier or broker
     following  receipt  of  an invoice from  such  manufacturer,
     supplier  or broker or (B) a Customer following confirmation
     that such item of Equipment was on such Customer's premises.
     The  sale  to  the Transferor of the Lease Assets  does  not
     violate  the terms or provisions of any lease or  any  other
     agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it  is
     bound.
          (xxii)    Each item of Equipment is of a type described
     in  Exhibit  D attached hereto under the category  Equipment
     type.
          (xxiii)    The  transfer, assignment and conveyance  of
     the  Lease  Assets  by the Company pursuant  to  this  Lease
     Acquisition Agreement and the assignment of the Lease Assets
     by the Transferor to the Trustee are not subject to and will
     not result in any tax, fee or governmental charge payable by
     the Company or the Transferor to any federal, state or local
     government  ("Transfer  Taxes") other  than  Transfer  Taxes
     which  have or will be paid by the Company as due.   In  the
     event  that  the  Transferor or the Trustee receives  actual
     notice  of  any Transfer Taxes arising out of the  transfer,
     assignment  and conveyance of the Lease Assets,  on  written
     demand  by  the  Transferor, or upon the  Company  otherwise
     being  given  notice  thereof, the Company  shall  pay,  and
     otherwise  indemnify and hold the Transferor,  the  Trustee,
     MBIA  and the Trust Estate harmless, on an after-tax  basis,
     from  and against any and all such Transfer Taxes (it  being
     understood  that  the  holders  of  the  Certificates,   the
     Trustee,  MBIA and the Trust Estate shall have no obligation
     to pay such Transfer Taxes).
     
          (xxiv)     Each  Lease Contract File delivered  to  the
     Trustee  contains  each  applicable item  described  in  the
     definition of Lease Contract File.
          (xxv)      As  of the Closing Date, approximately  one
     half of the Lease Contracts are Loan Contracts.
     
     (b)   The Company hereby makes the following representations
and  warranties to the Transferor, and for the benefit  of  MBIA,
the  Trustee  and the Holders of the Certificates, on  which  the
Transferor  relies in acquiring the Lease Assets and issuing  the
Certificates.  Such representations and warranties  speak  as  of
the  Closing Date with respect to Lease Contracts listed  on  the
Initial  Lease Schedule or the Acquisition Date with  respect  to
Additional Lease Contracts, unless otherwise indicated, but shall
survive  any  subsequent  transfer, assignment,  contribution  or
conveyance of the Lease Assets:
          (i)   Except  as  described in Exhibit C  hereto,  with
     respect  to  all Lease Assets acquired by the Transferor  on
     the  Closing  Date  and any Acquisition Date,  each  of  the
     Concentration Limits as set forth on Exhibit  D  hereto  are
     true  and correct as of the Closing Date and any Acquisition
     Date.
          (ii)  The  Company  used no selection  procedures  that
     identified the Lease Contracts being acquired on the Closing
     Date  or  any  Acquisition Date as being less  desirable  or
     valuable than other comparable equipment leases owned by the
     Company.
          (iii)     The Computer Tape from which the selection of
     the  Lease Contracts being acquired on the Closing Date  was
     derived,  was made available to the Transferor's accountants
     that   are  providing  any  comfort  letter  to  MBIA,   any
     Certificateholders or the Placement Agent in connection with
     any   information   contained  in  the   Private   Placement
     Memorandum,  and such information was complete and  accurate
     as  of its date and includes a description of the same Lease
     Contracts that are described in the Lease Schedule  and  the
     payments due thereunder as of the Cut-Off Date.
     (c)   The Company hereby makes the following representations
and warranties to the Transferor and for the benefit of MBIA, the
Trustee  and  the  Holders  of  the  Certificates  on  which  the
Transferor  relies in acquiring the Lease Assets and issuing  the
Certificates.  Such representations and warranties  speak  as  of
the  Closing  Date  and  each Acquisition Date  unless  otherwise
indicated, but shall survive any subsequent transfer, assignment,
contribution or conveyance of the Lease Assets:
          (i)  As of the  Closing Date, the Company has been duly
     organized and is validly existing and in good standing as  a
     corporation  under the laws of the state  of  Delaware  with
     corporate power and authority to own its properties  and  to
     transact  the business in which it is now engaged,  and  the
     Company  is duly qualified to do business in and is in  good
     standing under the laws of each State in which any Equipment
     or  any  Customer  is  located  or  is  not  required  under
     applicable  law to effect such qualification,  except  where
     failure  to  so  qualify would not have a  material  adverse
     effect  on  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  perform  its
     obligations under the Transaction Documents or on any of the
     Lease Contracts, the Lease Receivables or the Equipment.
          (ii)  The performance of the obligations of the Company
     under   this  Lease  Acquisition  Agreement  and  the  other
     Transaction   Documents   and  the   consummation   of   the
     transactions  herein  and  therein  contemplated  will   not
     conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms or
     provisions  of, or constitute with or without notice,  lapse
     of  time  or  both,  a  default  under  the  Certificate  of
     Incorporation  or  Bylaws of the Company,  or  any  material
     indenture,  agreement,  mortgage, deed  of  trust  or  other
     instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is
     bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any  lien,
     charge  or  encumbrance  (except the  lien  created  by  the
     Transaction Documents) upon any of the property or assets of
     the  Company  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  such  indenture,
     mortgage, deed of trust, or other agreement or instrument to
     which  the  Company is a party or by which  the  Company  is
     bound or to which any of the Company's property or assets is
     subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the
     provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  or
     Bylaws  or  any statute or any order, rule or regulation  of
     any  court or any regulatory authority or other governmental
     agency  or body having jurisdiction over the Company or  any
     of  its properties; and no consent, approval, authorization,
     order,  registration or qualification of or  with  or  other
     action  of  any court, or any such regulatory  authority  or
     other   governmental  agency  or  body   is   required   for
     consummation of the transactions contemplated by this  Lease
     Acquisition  Agreement  and the other Transaction  Documents
     except  such  consents, approvals and  authorizations  which
     have  been  obtained or such registrations or qualifications
     which have been made.
     
          (iii)      This  Lease Acquisition Agreement  and  each
     other  Transaction Document to which the Company is a  party
     have  been  duly authorized, executed and delivered  by  the
     Company   by  all  necessary  corporate  action   and   such
agreements are the valid and legally binding obligations  of
the  Company, enforceable against the Company in  accordance
with  their  respective terms, subject as to enforcement  to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and  other
similar  laws  of  general  applicability  relating  to   or
affecting   creditors'  rights  generally  and  to   general
principles  of  equity regardless of whether enforcement  is
sought in a court of law or equity.

     (iv)  As  of  the  Closing Date, the Company's  address
indicated  in  Section 7.03 hereof is  the  chief  executive
office, principal place of business and the office where the
Company  keeps  its records concerning the Lease  Contracts,
Lease  Receivables and the Equipment, and  the  Company  has
done  business only under the name "Granite Financial, Inc."
or "Granite Financial, LLC."
     (v)  The Company does not believe, nor does it have any
reasonable cause to believe, that it cannot perform each and
every   covenant   contained  in  this   Lease   Acquisition
Agreement.
     (vi)  The  transactions contemplated by the Transaction
Documents   are   being  consummated  by  the   Company   in
furtherance  of  its  ordinary business  purposes,  with  no
contemplation  of insolvency and with no intent  to  hinder,
delay or defraud any of its present or future creditors.

     (vii)      The  consideration received by  the  Company
pursuant  to  this  Lease  Acquisition  Agreement  is   fair
consideration having value reasonably equivalent  to  or  in
excess  of the value of the Lease Assets and the performance
of the Company's obligations hereunder.

     (viii)     Neither  on  the date  of  the  transactions
contemplated  by  the Transaction Documents  or  immediately
before  or after such transactions, nor as a result  of  the
transactions, will the Company:

          (A)   be insolvent such that the sum  of
     its   debts  is  greater  than  all  of   its respective
     property, at a fair valuation;
     
          (B)   be  engaged in or about to  engage
     in,  business or a transaction for which  any property
     remaining with the Company  will  be
     an   unreasonably  small   capital   or   the
     remaining  assets  of  the  Company  will  be
     unreasonably   small  in  relation   to   its
      respective business or the transaction;
                         
     or

          (C)   have intended to incur or believed
     it  would  incur, debts that would be  beyond
     its  respective ability to pay as such  debts
     mature  or become due.  The Company's  assets
     and  cash flow enable it to meet its  present
     obligations   in  the  ordinary   course   of
     business as they become due.
     (ix) Both immediately before and after the transactions
contemplated  by the Transaction Documents (A)  the  present
fair salable value of the Company's assets was or will be in
excess  of  the  amount that will be  required  to  pay  its
probable  liabilities as they then exist and as they  become
absolute  and  matured; and (B) the  sum  of  the  Company's
assets  was  or will be greater than the sum of  its  debts,
valuing its assets at a fair salable value.
     (x)   The  acquisition  of  the  Lease  Assets  by  the
Transferor  pursuant to this Lease Acquisition Agreement  is
not  subject  to the bulk transfer or any similar  statutory
provisions in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.
     (xi)   There   are  no  proceedings  or  investigations
pending,  or  to  the knowledge of the Company,  threatened,
against  or  affecting the Company in or before  any  court,
governmental  authority or agency or  arbitration  board  or
tribunal  (including, but not limited to any such proceeding
or  investigation with respect to any environmental or other
liability resulting from the ownership or use of any of  the
Equipment) which, individually or in the aggregate,  involve
the  possibility of materially and adversely  affecting  the
properties,   business,  prospects,  profits  or   condition
(financial  or otherwise) of the Company, or the ability  of
the  Company  to  perform its obligations under  this  Lease
Acquisition  Agreement.  The Company is not in default  with
respect to any order of any court, governmental authority or
agency or arbitration board or tribunal.
     (xii)     All tax returns or extensions required to  be
filed  by the Company in any jurisdiction have in fact  been
filed,   and   all  taxes,  assessments,  fees   and   other
governmental charges upon the Company, or upon  any  of  the
respective properties, income or franchises of the  Company,
shown  to  be due and payable on such returns have been,  or
will  be, paid when due.  All such tax returns are true  and
correct  and  the Company has no knowledge of  any  proposed
additional tax assessment against it in any material  amount
nor  of any basis therefor. The provisions for taxes on  the
books  of  the  Company  are  in accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.

     (xiii)     The Company (A) is not in violation  of  any
laws, ordinances, governmental rules or regulations to which
it  is  subject, (B) has not failed to obtain any  licenses,
permits,  franchises  or  other governmental  authorizations
necessary to the ownership of its property or to the conduct
of its business, and (C) is not in violation in any material
respect  of  any term of any agreement, charter  instrument,
bylaw  or  instrument to which it is a party or by which  it
may  be  bound  which violation or failure to  obtain  might
materially  adversely  affect  the  business  or   condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Company.

     (xiv)     As of the date thereof, the Private Placement
Memorandum  does  not contain any untrue statement  of  fact
that would have a material effect on the Lease Contracts  or
on  the  ability of the Trust Estate to realize the benefits
thereof.

     (xv)  It is the intention of the Company that the Lease
Assets be acquired by the Transferor and that the beneficial
interest in and title to the Lease Assets not be part of the
Company's  estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy
petition by or against the Company under any bankruptcy law.

     (xvi)      Immediately prior to the acquisition of  the
Lease  Assets  by  the  Transferor pursuant  to  this  Lease
Acquisition Agreement, the Company was the sole owner of the
Lease Assets and with respect to each Loan Contract and each
Lease  Contract as to which the underlying Equipment  had  a
     purchase  price  in  excess of $50,000, had  a  valid  first
     perfected  security interest in the related  Equipment,  and
     had good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all
     liens,  claims  and encumbrances (except  for  the  Existing
     Indebtedness  and  security interests in  the  Lease  Assets
     which  shall  be terminated on or prior to the Closing  Date
     with  respect to Lease Contracts listed on the Initial Lease
     Schedule  or the Acquisition Date with respect to Additional
     Lease Contracts); and the acquisition of the Lease Assets by
     the  Transferor does not violate the terms or provisions  of
     any Lease Asset.
          (xvii)    Upon the issuance of the Common Stock to  the
     Company   in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  this   Lease
     Acquisition  Agreement, the Company will be  the  registered
     owner  of all of the issued and outstanding common stock  of
     the  Transferor, all of which Common Stock will  be  validly
     issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
          (xviii)    The Company intends to treat the transfer of
     the  Lease Assets to the Transferor as a sale for accounting
     purposes  and a contribution to the Transferor for  federal,
     state and local income tax purposes.
     
          (xix)      The  present  value of all  benefits  vested
     under all "employee pension benefit plans," as such term  is
     defined in Section 3 of ERISA, maintained by the Company, or
     in   which   employees  of  the  Company  are  entitled   to
     participate,  as from time to time in effect (herein  called
     to "Pension Plans"), does not exceed the value of the assets
     of  the  Pension  Plans  allocable to such  vested  benefits
     (based  on  the value of such assets as of the  last  annual
     valuation  date).   No prohibited transactions,  accumulated
     funding deficiencies, withdrawals or reportable events  have
     occurred  with  respect to any Pension Plans  that,  in  the
     aggregate,  could subject the Company to any  material  tax,
     penalty  or  other  liability.   No  notice  of  intent   to
     terminate a Pension Plan has been filed, nor has any Pension
     Plan been terminated under Section 4041(f) of ERISA, nor has
     the   Pension   Benefit   Guaranty  Corporation   instituted
     proceedings   to  terminate,  or  appoint   a   trustee   to
     administer,  a  Pension Plan and no event  has  occurred  or
     condition  exists  which  might  constitute  grounds   under
     Section  4042  of  ERISA  for the  termination  of,  or  the
     appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan.
     
          (xx)  The transfer of the Lease Assets pursuant to this
     Lease  Acquisition Agreement constitutes the valid  transfer
     by  the  Company to the Transferor of all of  the  Company's
     right,  title and interest in the Lease Assets.  The Company
     has  valid business reasons for contributing and selling the
     Lease  Assets  to  the  Transferor pursuant  to  this  Lease
     Acquisition  Agreement rather than obtaining a loan  secured
     by the Lease Assets.  The Company will be operated generally
     so   as  to  not  be  substantively  consolidated  with  the
     Transferor.

          (xxi)      As of the Closing Date, the Company  has  in
     place  committed revolving credit facilities in an aggregate
     amount greater than $17 million.
     
     Section  3.02    Representations  and  Warranties   of   the
Transferor.   The Transferor hereby represents and  warrants  to,
and agrees with the Company for the benefit of, MBIA, the Trustee
and  Holders  of  the Certificates, on which representations  and
warranties  the  Company  relies  in  entering  into  this  Lease
Acquisition  Agreement with the Transferor.  The  Company  agrees
that any breach by the Transferor of any such representations and
warranties shall not limit or excuse the full performance of  the
Company's   obligations  hereunder.   Such  representations   and
warranties speak as of the Closing Date and each Acquisition Date
unless  otherwise  indicated, but shall  survive  any  subsequent
transfer,  assignment, contribution or conveyance  of  the  Lease
Assets:

     (a)   The  Transferor has been duly organized and is validly
existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of  the
State of Delaware, with corporate power and authority to own  its
properties,   perform  its  obligations  under  the   Transaction
Documents and to transact the business in which it is now engaged
or  in  which  it  proposes to engage;  the  Transferor  is  duly
qualified to do business and is in good standing in each State in
which  the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified,
except  where  failure to so qualify would not  have  a  material
adverse  effect on the ability of the Transferor to  perform  its
obligations under the Transaction Documents.

     (b)   The transfer to and receipt by the Transferor  of  the
Lease  Contracts  and  the  related  Lease  Receivables  and  the
Equipment  pursuant to this Lease Acquisition Agreement  and  the
consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and  in  the
Transaction Documents will not conflict with or result in  breach
of  any  of  the terms or provisions of, or constitute  (with  or
without  notice,  lapse  of time or both)  a  default  under  the
Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Transferor or  any
material  indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or  other
instrument to which the Transferor is a party or by which  it  is
bound,  or  result  in the creation or imposition  of  any  lien,
charge  or encumbrance (except for the lien created by the  Trust
and Security Agreement) upon any of the property or assets of the
Transferor  pursuant  to the terms of, such indenture,  mortgage,
deed  of  trust, or other agreement or instrument  to  which  the
Transferor is a party or by which it is bound or to which any  of
the  property  or assets of the Transferor is subject,  nor  will
such  action  result in any violation of the  provisions  of  the
Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Transferor or  any
statute  or  any  order,  rule  or regulation  of  any  court  or
regulatory authority or other governmental agency or body  having
jurisdiction over the Transferor or any of its properties; and no
consent,   approval,   authorization,  order,   registration   or
qualification of or with or other action of any court or any such
regulatory  authority or other governmental  agency  or  body  is
required  for  the  acquisition of the Lease  Contracts  and  the
related  Lease  Receivables  and the Company's  interest  in  the
Equipment hereunder.

     (c)   The  Transaction Documents have been duly  authorized,
executed  and  delivered  by  the  Transferor  by  all  necessary
corporate  action  and  constitute  valid  and  legally   binding
obligations of the Transferor enforceable against the  Transferor
in  accordance  with their terms, subject as  to  enforcement  to
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws  of
general applicability relating to or affecting creditors'  rights
generally  and  to  general principles of  equity  regardless  of
whether enforcement is sought in a court of equity or law.

     (d)  There are no proceedings or investigations to which the
Transferor  is  a  party  pending or, to  the  knowledge  of  the
Transferor,  threatened,  before  any  court,  regulatory   body,
administrative   agency   or  other  tribunal   or   governmental
instrumentality  (i)  asserting  the  invalidity  of  this  Lease
Acquisition  Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the  issuance  of
the  Certificates or the consummation of any of the  transactions
contemplated  by  this  Lease  Acquisition  Agreement,  or  (iii)
seeking  any  determination or ruling that would  materially  and
adversely  affect  the  performance  by  the  Transferor  of  its
obligations  under,  or the validity or enforceability  of,  this
Lease Acquisition Agreement.
     (e)   All  approvals,  authorizations, consents,  orders  or
other  actions of any Person or of any court, governmental agency
or  body  or official, required in connection with the  execution
and  delivery of this Lease Acquisition Agreement, have  been  or
will be taken or obtained on or prior to the  Closing Date.
     (f)   The  Transferor's address indicated  in  Section  7.03
hereof  is  the  principal place of business and chief  executive
office of the Transferor.

     Section 3.03   Purchase or Substitution Required Upon Breach
of  Certain Representations and Warranties.  If (i) the  Company,
the  Transferor, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-up  Servicer
or MBIA discovers the breach of any representations or warranties
set  forth  in Section 3.01 hereof which materially and adversely
affects the value of a Lease Contract, the related Equipment,  or
the  interests of the Holders of the Certificates or MBIA,  or  a
breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth  in
Sections  3.01(a)(ii), 3.01(a)(v), 3.01(a)(vii), 3.01(a)(xix)  or
3.01(c)(iii), or (ii) the Company or the Transferor discovers the
occurrence  of any missing or defective document as specified  in
Section  2.06 hereof, or (iii) the Trustee shall fail to  receive
evidence  acceptable to MBIA that each assignment of a  financing
statement required under Section 3.01(a)(viii) hereof or  vehicle
lien  application required under Section 3.01(a)(viii)  has  been
filed  within the time period set forth therein, then  the  party
discovering  such breach or condition shall give  prompt  written
notice to the other parties and the Company shall, within 30 days
from   the  date  the  Company  was  notified  of,  or  otherwise
discovers,  such  breach  or  condition,  cure  such  breach   or
condition.   If  the  Company fails to cure such  breach  in  the
applicable time period, the Company shall either (1)(a)  purchase
such Lease Contract and related Equipment from the Transferor  at
the  Removal Price or (b) provide a Substitute Lease Contract and
Equipment  or  (2)  if the breach relates to a representation  or
warranty  regarding the selection criteria of the Lease Contracts
as  a  whole  and is not cured (as the liquidated damages  remedy
therefor) by the Company, either (a) purchase such non-conforming
Lease Contracts and related Equipment from the Transferor or  (b)
provide  Substitute Lease Contracts as set forth above,  so  that
the  representations and warranties with respect to the selection
criteria are correct, as evidenced by a certificate of an officer
of the Company to the Trustee and MBIA.  The Removal Price for  a
purchased Lease Contract and the related Equipment shall be paid,
and  any  Substitute Lease Contract shall be  delivered,  by  the
Company  to  the  Transferor in accordance with  Section  3.04(c)
hereof.  It is understood and agreed that the obligation  of  the
Company to cure or purchase or replace any Lease Contract  as  to
which such a breach has occurred shall constitute the sole remedy
respecting  such breach available to the Transferor, the  Holders
of  Certificates or the Trustee on behalf of such Holders (except
for  any  indemnities provided under Section  4.01(j)  hereof  or
under  the Trust and Security Agreement) for any losses,  claims,
damages  and liabilities arising from the Transferor's  ownership
of such Lease Contract or the inclusion of such Lease Contract in
the Trust Estate.

     Section 3.04   Requirements for Purchase or Substitution  of
Lease Contracts and Acquisition of Additional Lease Contracts.

     (a)   If  the  Company  purchases any Lease  Contract  under
Sections  2.06 or 3.03 hereof, or if the Transferor  removes  any
Lease  Contract under Section 4.03(d) of the Trust  and  Security
Agreement,  or removes any Lease Contract under Section  3.09  of
the  Servicing Agreement, such Lease Contract shall be  purchased
or  removed  by the Company or the Transferor, as applicable,  at
the  Removal Price.  All purchases shall be accomplished  at  the
times specified in subsection (c) below.

     (b)  (1) If the Company substitutes any Lease Contract under
Section 2.06 or 3.03 hereof, or if the Transferor substitutes any
Lease  Contract under Section 4.03(d) of the Trust  and  Security
Agreement  or  under Section 3.09 of the Servicing  Agreement  (a
"Substitute  Lease Contract"), or (2) if the Company  conveys  to
the  Transferor  or  originates on behalf of the  Transferor  any
Additional  Lease Contract, each such Substitute  Lease  Contract
and  Funded  Lease  Contract  (i)  shall  be  an  Eligible  Lease
Contract; (ii) shall be with a Customer whose credit is equal  to
or  better  than  that  of the Customer  under  any  other  Lease
Contract; (iii) shall be written on one of the Company's standard
lease   forms;  (iv)  shall  be  accompanied  by  (A)  a  Company
Certificate  substantially  in  the  form  of  Exhibit  A  hereto
subjecting  such  Lease  Contract to the  provisions  hereof  and
providing  with  respect  to such Substitute  Lease  Contract  or
Funded Lease Contract, an Amended Lease Schedule and (B) evidence
of  the  UCC  filings required, as set forth  in  the  Trust  and
Security  Agreement; (v) shall not have been selected  using  any
other procedures that identified the Lease Contract as being less
desirable  or  valuable  than other comparable  equipment  leases
owned  by the Company; and (vi) shall not cause the Concentration
Limits to be violated.

     In addition to the above criteria, the following shall apply
in connection with any Substitute Lease Contract and Funded Lease
Contract,  as  applicable:   (1) any Substitute  Lease  Contracts
assigned  by  the Company on any date in substitution  for  Lease
Contracts on the Lease Schedule shall have an aggregate  Implicit
Principal  Balance  at  least equal  to  the  aggregate  Implicit
Principal  Balance of the Lease Contracts on such Lease  Schedule
being  withdrawn,  computed  as  to  both  the  Substitute  Lease
Contracts  and the withdrawn Lease Contracts using  the  Discount
Rate;  and  (2)  a  Substitute Lease  Contract  or  Funded  Lease
Contract may have Scheduled Payments that are due after the  last
day   of   the  month  preceding  the  Stated  Maturity  of   the
Certificates,  but  such payments shall not  be  counted  in  any
Implicit Principal Balance computation.

     Upon  the  substitution of any Substitute Lease Contract  or
the  addition  of  any  Funded Lease  Contract  pursuant  to  the
provisions  of  this Section 3.04(b), the Company  hereby  agrees
that such Substitute Lease Contract or Funded Lease Contract will
be  subject  to  all  the  terms and  provisions  of  this  Lease
Acquisition Agreement, the Servicing Agreement and the Trust  and
Security  Agreement just as if such Substitute Lease Contract  or
Funded  Lease  Contract  had  been  one  of  the  original  Lease
Contracts acquired on the Closing Date. Upon the substitution  of
a  Substitute  Lease Contract or the addition of a  Funded  Lease
Contract pursuant to this Section 3.04(b), the Transferor and the
Company shall also comply with the provisions and limitations set
forth  in  the  Trust and Security Agreement.  All  substitutions
shall  be  accomplished at the time specified in  subsection  (c)
below.

     (c)  Any purchase or substitution of a Lease Contract by the
Company  in accordance with Sections 2.06 or 3.03 hereof or  this
Section  3.04 shall be made either by remittance of  the  Removal
Price to the Servicer for deposit into the Collection Account  in
accordance with Section 3.03(c) of the Servicing Agreement or  by
substitution of a Substitute Lease Contract, as applicable, on or
prior to the Determination Date next following the expiration  of
the  cure  period set forth in Sections 2.06 or 3.03  hereof,  as
applicable.  Such substitution or purchase shall be effective  as
of  the  Payment  Date immediately following  such  Determination
Date.

     (d)   Any  voluntary  purchase or substitution  of  a  Lease
Contract  by  the Company pursuant to the terms of the  Servicing
Agreement  or  Trust and Security Agreement in  the  event  of  a
default, delinquency, prepayment or modification with respect  to
such  Lease  Contract shall satisfy the same requirements  for  a
purchase or substitution, as the case may be, as are set forth in
this Section 3.04.
                             ARTICLE 4
                                 
              COVENANTS OF THE TRANSFEROR AND COMPANY
                                 
     Section  4.01    Company  Covenants.   The  Company   hereby
covenants and agrees with the Transferor as follows:

     (a)   Except as hereinafter provided, the Company will  keep
in  full  effect  its  existence,  rights  and  franchises  as  a
corporation, and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do
business  as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in  which
such  qualification  is  or  shall be necessary  to  protect  the
validity  and enforceability of this Lease Acquisition  Agreement
or  any  of  the  Lease  Contracts  and  to  perform  its  duties
hereunder; provided, however, that the Servicer may reorganize as
a  corporation in another state provided that the Transferor  has
provided   to  MBIA  and  the  Certificateholders  an   Officer's
Certificate  to the effect that such action will  not  cause  the
Company  to  breach any obligation hereunder.   Any  person  into
which  the Company may be merged or consolidated, or to whom  the
Company  has  sold  substantially  all  of  its  assets,  or  any
corporation   resulting   from   any   merger,   conversion    or
consolidation  to  which the Company shall be  a  party,  or  any
Person  succeeding to the business of the Company  shall  be  the
successor  of  the  Company hereunder, without the  execution  or
filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of  the
parties  hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding;
provided,  however,  that (u) MBIA shall  have  given  its  prior
written  consent,  (v) immediately after giving  effect  to  such
transaction,  the  substance of each representation  or  warranty
made  pursuant  to  Section 3.01(c) shall be accurate,  (w)  such
successor  meets  the  Net  Worth  Requirement  and  executes  an
agreement  or  assumption,  in form reasonably  satisfactory  the
Trustee  and MBIA, to perform every obligation under  this  Lease
Acquisition Agreement, (x) such successor has a net worth that is
sufficient   to  perform  in  accordance  with  the   Transaction
Documents and at least approximately equivalent to the net  worth
of  the  Company  immediately  prior  to  such  sale,  merger  or
consolidation,  (y)  the  Company shall  have  delivered  to  the
Transferor  a  certificate of an officer of the  Company  and  an
Opinion  of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger,
or succession and such agreement of assumption complies with this
Section  4.01 and that all conditions precedent, if any, provided
for   in  this  Lease  Acquisition  Agreement  relating  to  such
transaction  have been complied with, and (z) the  Company  shall
have  delivered  to the Transferor and MBIA and  the  Trustee  an
Opinion  of  Counsel either (1) stating that, in the  opinion  of
such  Counsel, all financing statements, continuation  statements
and  amendments  thereto have been executed and  filed  that  are
necessary  fully  to  preserve and protect the  interest  of  the
Transferor  in  the Lease Contracts and reciting the  details  of
such  filings,  or  (2)  stating that, in  the  opinion  of  such
Counsel,  no  such  action  shall be necessary  to  preserve  and
protect such interest.

     (b)  Neither the Company nor any of the directors, officers,
employees  or agents of the Company shall be under any  liability
to the Transferor, the Trustee or the Holders of Certificates for
any  action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action
in  good  faith pursuant to this Lease Acquisition Agreement,  or
for  errors  in  judgment  not involving  recklessness  or  gross
negligence;  provided,  however, that this  provision  shall  not
protect   the  Company  against  any  breach  of  warranties   or
representations   made  herein,  or  failure   to   perform   its
obligations  in  strict  compliance with this  Lease  Acquisition
Agreement,  or any liability which would otherwise be imposed  by
reason  of  any breach of the terms and conditions of this  Lease
Acquisition  Agreement.  The Company, and any director,  officer,
employee or agent of the Company, may rely in good faith  on  any
document  of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted
by  any  Person  respecting any matters arising  hereunder.   The
Company  shall  not  be  under  any  obligation  to  appear   in,
prosecute,  or defend any legal action that is not incidental  to
its obligations as the contributor of the Lease Assets under this
Lease  Acquisition Agreement and that in its opinion may  involve
it in any expense or liability.

     (c)   The  Company, from time to time, at its  own  expense,
shall  execute  and  file  such additional  financing  statements
(including  continuation  statements)  as  may  be  necessary  to
preserve  the security interests and liens described  in  Section
3.01(a)(viii)  hereof  as  may  be reasonably  requested  by  the
Transferor,  MBIA or the Trustee and are reasonably  satisfactory
in form and substance to the Trustee and MBIA.

     (d)   The  Company  will not change its  name,  identity  or
corporate  structure in any manner that would,  could,  or  might
make any financing statement or continuation statement misleading
within  the  meaning of section 9-402 (7) of the UCC,  unless  it
shall have given the Transferor and the Trustee at least 30 days'
prior written notice thereof and shall have provided evidence  of
appropriate UCC filings.

     (e)   The  Company will give the Transferor,  MBIA  and  the
Trustee  at  least 30 days prior written notice of any relocation
of  its  principal  executive office if,  as  a  result  of  such
relocation,  the applicable provisions of the UCC  would  require
the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing  or
continuation statement or of any new financing statement and  the
Company shall provide evidence of appropriate UCC filings.

     (f)   The Company will duly fulfill all obligations  on  its
part  to  be  fulfilled under or in connection  with  each  Lease
Contract,  will  not  change or modify the  terms  of  the  Lease
Contracts  except  as expressly permitted by  the  terms  of  the
Transaction Documents and will do nothing to impair the rights of
the  Transferor, MBIA or the Trustee in the Lease Contract or the
Equipment.  In the event that the rights of the Company under any
Lease   Contract,   any  guaranty  of  the   related   Customer's
obligations under any Lease Contract, or any Insurance Policy are
not  assignable  or  have  not, in fact,  been  assigned  to  the
Transferor  or  to  the Trustee, the Company  will  enforce  such
rights on behalf of the Transferor and the Trustee.

     (g)  The Company will comply, in all material respects, with
all  acts, rules, regulations, orders, decrees and directions  of
any  governmental authority applicable to the Lease Assets or any
part thereof; provided, however, that the Company may contest any
act,  regulation,  order, decree or direction in  any  reasonable
manner which shall not materially and adversely affect the rights
of the Transferor, MBIA or the Trustee in the Lease Assets.
     (h)   The  Company will advise the Transferor, MBIA and  the
Trustee promptly, in reasonable detail, of the occurrence of  any
breach by the Company following discovery by the Company of  such
breach  of  any of its representations, warranties and  covenants
contained herein.

     (i)   The Company will execute or endorse, acknowledge,  and
deliver to the Transferor and the Trustee from time to time  such
schedules,  confirmatory  assignments,  conveyances,  powers   of
attorney,  and  other reassurances or instruments and  take  such
further  similar  actions relating to the  Lease  Contracts,  the
related  Lease Receivables, Equipment and the rights  covered  by
the  Transaction Documents, as the Transferor or the Trustee  may
reasonably  request to preserve and maintain title to  the  Lease
Assets  and  the rights of the Trustee, MBIA and the  Holders  of
Certificates  therein  against the  claims  of  all  persons  and
parties.

     (j)   The  Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold  the
Transferor,   the   Trustee,   MBIA  and  the  Certificateholders
harmless  from  and against any and all loss, liability,  damage,
judgment,  claim,  deficiency  or  expense  (including  interest,
penalties,  reasonable  attorney's  fees  and  amounts  paid   in
settlement)  that is caused by (i) a breach at any  time  by  the
Company   of   its  representations,  warranties  and   covenants
contained in Section 3.01 hereof or this Section 4.01 or (ii) any
material information furnished by the Company which is set  forth
in  any schedule delivered hereunder, being untrue in any respect
when  any  such  representation was made or  schedule  delivered,
provided  that  the  Company shall not have  any  liability  with
respect to a representation or warranty as to any specific  Lease
Contract,  Lease Receivable or Equipment other than  to  purchase
such  Lease  Contract or substitute for such  Lease  Contract  in
accordance  with  Section  3.03  hereof  unless  such  breach  of
representation or warranty is the result of the Company's  fraud,
gross  negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.  The  Company
shall  also  indemnify the Trustee, the Servicer,  MBIA  and  the
Certificateholders for any cost or expenses incurred by  them  in
the  enforcement  of this Lease Acquisition  Agreement  or  as  a
result  of  the  Company's  failure to  perform  its  obligations
hereunder.   The  obligations of the Company under  this  Section
4.01(j)  shall  be  considered to have been relied  upon  by  the
Transferor, the Trustee and MBIA and shall survive the execution,
delivery  and  performance of this Lease  Acquisition  Agreement,
regardless  of  any investigation made by or  on  behalf  of  the
Transferor,   until  termination  of  the  Trust   and   Security
Agreement.   If  the  Company  has made  any  indemnity  payments
pursuant  to  this  Section  4.01(j) and  thereafter  any  Person
recovers  the  amount of the related loss or any portion  thereof
from others, such Person will promptly repay the amount recovered
to the Company, without interest.

     (k)   The  Company will do nothing to disturb or impair  the
acquisition  hereunder by the Transferor of the  Lease  Contracts
and the related Lease Receivables and Equipment.

     (l)  The Company (i) will (A) maintain its books and records
separate  from  the books and records of the Transferor  and  (B)
maintain bank accounts separate from those of the Transferor  and
its  shareholders, (C) prepare (and issue to its creditors)  only
financial  statements  which  are  separate  from  those  of  its
shareholders,  (D)  maintain  two Independent  directors  on  the
Transferor's  board of directors, so long as  the  Company  is  a
shareholder  of  the  Transferor, (E) maintain  an  arm's  length
relationship with the Transferor, (F) conduct its business solely
in its own name so as not to mislead others as to the identity of
the  company with which those others are concerned, (G)  disclose
the  effects  of  these  transactions  on  its  annual  financial
statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles  and  will also disclose on such financial  statements
that  the Trust Estate and the assets of the Transferor  are  not
available to pay creditors of the Company, and (ii) will not  (V)
hold  itself out or permit itself to be held out as having agreed
to  pay  or as being liable for the debts of the Transferor,  (W)
commingle  its assets or funds with those of the Transferor,  (X)
take  any  action that would cause the dissolution or liquidation
of  the  Transferor,  (Y)  guarantee  (directly  or  indirectly),
endorse  or  otherwise become contingently  liable  (directly  or
indirectly)  for  the  obligations  of  the  Transferor,  or  (Z)
institute  against the Transferor, or join any  other  person  in
instituting against the Transferor, any case, proceeding or other
action  under  any existing or future bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
similar  laws.  This subsection (l) shall survive termination  of
this Lease Acquisition Agreement.

     (m)   The  Company shall notify the Transferor, the  Trustee
and  MBIA promptly after becoming aware of any Lien on any  Lease
Asset.

     (n)   On  each  date as of which the Company  substitutes  a
Substitute  Lease Contract or assigns Funded Lease  Contracts  to
the  Transferor  in  accordance with  Sections  2.06  or  3.04(b)
hereof,  or  otherwise assigns Lease Contracts to the Transferor,
the Company shall provide to the Transferor a Company Certificate
substantially   in the form of Exhibit A hereto  subjecting  such
Lease  Contract  to  the  provisions hereof  and  providing  with
respect to such Lease Contracts the information required  in  the
Amended Lease Schedule.

     (o)   For financial accounting purposes (and notwithstanding
the  tax  treatment  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the
Transaction  Documents), the annual financial statements  of  the
Company   will   disclose  the  effects   of   the   transactions
contemplated  by  the Transaction Documents  as  a  sale  by  the
Company  to  the Transferor and a sale by the Transferor  to  the
Trustee   in   accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles.   The  financial statements of the  Company  and  the
Transferor  will  also  disclose that the Trust  Estate  and  the
assets  of  the Transferor are not available to pay creditors  of
the  Company.  The resolutions, agreements and other  instruments
underlying   the  Transaction  Documents  will  be   continuously
maintained by the Company as official records.

     (p)  The Company shall comply with Section 2.11 of the Trust
and   Security  Agreement  concerning  the  treatment   of   this
transaction for Federal, state and local income tax purposes.

     (q)   The  Company  as Servicer will, at its  own  cost  and
expense,  (i) retain the Electronic Ledger as a master record  of
the  Lease  Contracts and Equipment and copies of  all  documents
relating to each Lease Contract (other than the original executed
Lease  Contracts) as custodian for the Transferor, the Trust  and
other Persons, if any, with interests in the Lease Contracts  and
Equipment and (ii) mark the Electronic Ledger to the effect  that
the  Lease  Contracts  and Equipment have been  acquired  by  the
Transferor  and that they have been transferred and  assigned  to
the Trustee pursuant to the Trust and Security Agreement.
     (r)   In  the event that the Company elects to transfer  the
Common Stock to an affiliate or pledge a security interest in the
Common  Stock,  the  Company agrees that each  of  the  following
conditions shall be satisfied:  (i) such transfer or pledge shall
be  made in connection with a financing by such affiliate or  the
Company,  as  applicable, secured by the Common  Stock,  (ii)  if
transferred, the Common Stock shall be held by one entity and  if
that entity is an affiliate, such entity shall be organized as  a
bankruptcy  remote  special  purpose entity,  (iii)  the  Company
shall, on behalf of the Transferor, obtain an agreement from  the
transferee or the secured party substantially to the effect  that
(x)  it  will  take no action that would cause the Transferor  to
breach  any  of  its  covenants under any  Transaction  Document,
(y)  that  for  a  period  of one year  and  one  day  after  the
termination of the Trust and Security Agreement, it will not file
any  involuntary petition or otherwise institute any  bankruptcy,
reorganization,  insolvency or liquidation  proceeding  or  other
proceeding  under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar  law
against  the Transferor and (z) the transferee agrees to pay  any
tax or ERISA liabilities imposed upon the Transferor or the Trust
Estate to the extent attributable to the Transferor or the  Trust
Estate  becoming a member of the consolidated tax group  of  such
transferee  or secured party, and (iv) the Company shall  provide
such bankruptcy and tax opinions as MBIA may reasonably request.
     Section 4.02   Transferor Covenants.  The Transferor  hereby
covenants and agrees with the Company as follows:
     (a)   The Transferor hereby acknowledges and agrees that its
rights  in  the Equipment are expressly subject to the rights  of
the   related  Customers  in  such  Equipment  pursuant  to   the
applicable  Lease Contract.  The Transferor covenants and  agrees
that, so long as a Customer shall not be in default of any of the
provisions   of  the  applicable  Lease  Contract,  neither   the
Transferor  nor any assignee of the Transferor will  disturb  the
Customer's quiet and peaceful possession of the related Equipment
and  the  Customer's unrestricted use thereof  for  its  intended
purpose.

     (b)   If in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding  it  is
held  that  the Company may not enforce a Lease Contract  on  the
ground that it is not a real party in interest or holder entitled
to  enforce  the  Lease Contract, the Transferor  shall,  at  the
Transferor's  expense, take such steps as  the  Transferor  deems
necessary to enforce the Contract, including bringing suit in the
Transferor's  name or causing the Trustee to bring  suit  in  the
Trustee's name.

     (c)  The Transferor warrants that, until the transfer of the
Equipment  to the Trustee, it will own and possess the  Equipment
subsequent  to its acquisition thereof and that it  will  warrant
and  defend  its  title  to such Equipment against  all  Persons,
claims  and demands whatsoever.  The Transferor shall not assign,
sell,  pledge, or exchange, or in any way encumber  or  otherwise
dispose of the Equipment, except as permitted under the Trust and
Security Agreement.

     (d)   The Transferor shall comply with Section 2.11  of  the
Trust  and  Security Agreement concerning the treatment  of  this
transaction for Federal, state and local income tax purposes.

     Section  4.03    Assignment of Lease  Assets.   The  Company
understands that the Transferor will convey to the Trustee all of
its  right,  title and interest in and to this Lease  Acquisition
Agreement  and  the Lease Assets. The Company  consents  to  such
conveyance   and   further  agrees  that   all   representations,
warranties,  covenants  and agreements the  Company  made  herein
shall  also be for the benefit of and inure to the Trustee,  MBIA
and all Holders from time to time of the Certificates.
                             ARTICLE 5
                                 
                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
                                 
     Section  5.01    Conditions to the Transferor's Obligations.
The obligations of the Transferor to provide the Company with the
consideration  provided for in this Lease  Acquisition  Agreement
shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

     (a)   All  representations  and warranties  of  the  Company
contained  in  Section 3.01(a) and (b) of this Lease  Acquisition
Agreement  and all information provided in the Lease Schedule  or
Amended  Lease Schedule, as applicable, shall be true and correct
on the Closing Date with respect to Lease Contracts listed on the
Initial  Lease Schedule or the Acquisition Date with  respect  to
Additional Lease Contracts, all representations and warranties in
Sections  3.01(c)  hereof, shall be true and correct  as  of  the
Closing  Date  with  respect to Lease  Contracts  listed  on  the
Initial  Lease Schedule or the Acquisition Date with  respect  to
Additional Lease Contracts, and the Company shall have  delivered
to  the Transferor, the Trustee, MBIA and each original purchaser
of the Certificates an Officer's Certificate to such effect;

     (b)   The Company shall have delivered all other information
theretofore required or reasonably requested by the Transferor to
be  delivered  by  the Company hereunder, duly  certified  by  an
officer  of the Company, and the Company shall have substantially
performed all other obligations required to be performed  by  the
provisions of this Lease Acquisition Agreement;

     (c)   On or prior to the Closing Date with respect to  Lease
Contracts listed on the Initial Lease Schedule or the Acquisition
Date  with  respect  to Additional Lease Contracts,  the  Company
shall  have delivered the Lease Contracts and the other items  in
the Lease Contract Files to the Trustee and there shall have been
made  all  filings,  recordings and/or registrations,  and  there
shall  have been given, or taken, any notice or any other similar
action, as may be necessary in the opinion of the Transferor,  in
order to establish and preserve the right, title and interest  of
the Transferor in the Lease Assets;

     (d)   On  or  before the Closing Date, the  Transferor,  the
Servicer, the Back-Up Servicer and the Trustee shall have entered
into the Servicing Agreement;

     (e)  All of the Certificates shall be issued and sold on the
Closing   Date  and  the  Transferor  shall  receive   the   full
consideration  due it upon the issuance of such Certificates  and
the Existing Indebtedness shall have been satisfied.


                             ARTICLE 6
                                 
                       TERM AND TERMINATION
                                 
     Section 6.01   Term.  This Lease Acquisition Agreement shall
commence  as  of  the date of execution and delivery  hereof  and
shall  continue  in  full force and effect  until  the  later  of
(i)   payment   with  respect  to  the  last   Lease   Asset   or
(ii) termination of the Trust and Security Agreement.

     Section  6.02    Default  by the Company.   If  the  Company
breaches its representations and warranties set forth in  Section
3.01  of  this  Lease Acquisition Agreement or its covenants  set
forth  in  Section 4.01 of this Lease Acquisition  Agreement  and
such  default shall not have been cured for a period of  30  days
(or  such other cure period as may be specified in Section 3.03),
or  if  the  Company shall become insolvent or make an assignment
for the benefit of its creditors or have a receiver appointed for
all or substantially all of its properties, or if any proceedings
are commenced, or consented to, by the Company are not stayed  or
dismissed  within  60  days  after being  commenced  against  the
Company  under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other  law  for  the
relief of debtors, the Transferor shall have the right, with  the
prior written consent of the Trustee and MBIA, in addition to any
other  rights it may have under any applicable law, to  terminate
its obligations under this Lease Acquisition Agreement upon prior
written  notice to the Company; provided that any termination  of
this  Lease  Acquisition Agreement shall not release the  Company
from any obligation under this Lease Acquisition Agreement.
                             ARTICLE 7
                           MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 7.01   Amendments.  This Lease Acquisition Agreement
and  the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder may  not
be  changed orally but only by an instrument in writing signed by
the  party against which enforcement is sought together with  the
prior  written  consent of the Trustee and MBIA but  without  the
consent  of any Certificateholder.  Promptly after the  execution
of any amendment, the Transferor shall send to the Trustee, MBIA,
each  Holder  of  the  Certificates, and each  Rating  Agency,  a
conformed copy of each such amendment.
     Section   7.02    Governing  Law.   This  Lease  Acquisition
Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the internal laws
of  the  State  of  New York, without regard  to  choice  of  law
principals.

     Section   7.03     Notices.   All   demands,   notices   and
communications  hereunder  shall  be  in  writing  and  shall  be
delivered  or  mailed  by registered or certified  United  States
mail, postage prepaid, and addressed, in the case of the Company,
to  6424  W.  91st  Avenue, Westminster,  CO   80030,  Attention:
President,  and in the case of the Transferor, to  6424  W.  91st
Avenue,  Suite  C, Westminster, CO  80030, Attention:  President,
and  in  the  case of MBIA to 113 King Street, Armonk,  New  York
10504,   Attention:   Structured  Finance  -  Insured   Portfolio
Management (SF-IPM).   All notices and demands shall be deemed to
have been given either at the time of the delivery thereof to any
officer  of  the  Person  entitled to receive  such  notices  and
demands  at the address of such Person for notices hereunder,  or
on  the  third day after the mailing thereof to such address,  as
the  case may be.  Any Person may change the address for  notices
hereunder by giving notice of such change to the other Person.

     Section 7.04   Separability Clause.  Any provisions of  this
Lease Acquisition Agreement which are prohibited or unenforceable
in   any   jurisdiction  shall,  as  to  such  jurisdiction,   be
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability
without  invalidating the remaining provisions  hereof,  and  any
such  prohibition  or unenforceability in any jurisdiction  shall
not  invalidate  or render unenforceable such  provision  in  any
other jurisdiction.

     Section  7.05   Assignment.  Except as provided  in  Section
4.01(a)  hereof,  this  Lease Acquisition Agreement  may  not  be
assigned  or  delegated by the Company without the prior  written
consent  of the Transferor, MBIA and the Trustee and,  except  as
provided in Section 4.03 hereof, may not be assigned or delegated
by  the  Transferor  without the prior  written  consent  of  the
Company, MBIA and Trustee.
     Section 7.06   Further Assurances.  Each of the Company  and
the  Transferor agrees to do such further acts and things and  to
execute  and  deliver  to the Trustee and  MBIA  such  additional
assignments,  agreements, powers and instruments as are  required
by  the  Trustee to carry into effect the purposes of this  Lease
Acquisition  Agreement or to better assure and confirm  unto  the
Trustee,  MBIA  or the Holders of the Certificates their  rights,
powers  or  remedies  hereunder.  If any  Customer  shall  be  in
default  under any Lease Contract, upon reasonable  request  from
the  Servicer,  the  Company will take all  reasonable  steps  to
assist  in  enforcing  such  Lease Contract  and  preserving  and
maintaining  title  to the Lease Assets and  the  rights  of  the
Trustee, MBIA and the Holders of the Certificates therein against
the  claims of all persons and parties to the extent the  Company
is  capable  of performing such requested steps and the  Servicer
reasonably  determines  that the assistance  of  the  Company  is
necessary to effect the intent and purposes hereof.
     Section  7.07   No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure
to  exercise  and  no delay in exercising, on  the  part  of  the
Transferor or the Company, any right, remedy, power or  privilege
hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any  single
or  partial exercise of any right, remedy, or privilege hereunder
preclude any other or further exercise hereof or the exercise  of
any  other  right,  remedy,  power  or  privilege.   The  rights,
remedies,  powers and privileges herein provided  are  cumulative
and  not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privilege
provided by law.
     Section  7.08    Binding Effect; Third Party  Beneficiaries.
This Lease Acquisition Agreement will inure to the benefit of and
be  binding  upon  the parties hereto, and  shall  inure  to  the
benefit  of  the Trustee, MBIA, the Holders of Certificates,  and
their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     Section 7.09   Set-Off.
     (a)   The  Company  hereby irrevocably  and  unconditionally
waives  all  right  of  set-off that it may have  under  contract
(including this Lease Acquisition Agreement), applicable  law  or
otherwise  with respect to any funds or monies of the  Transferor
or  the Trust Estate at any time held by or in the possession  of
the Company.
     (b)   The Transferor shall have the right to set-off against
the  Company any amounts to which the Company may be entitled and
to  apply  such  amounts to any claims the  Transferor  may  have
against   the  Company  from  time  to  time  under  this   Lease
Acquisition  Agreement.   Upon any such  set-off  the  Transferor
shall give notice of the amount thereof and the reasons therefor.
     Section  7.10    MBIA Default or Termination.   If  an  MBIA
Default or Termination occurs and is continuing, MBIA's right  to
consent hereunder and to direct the Trustee shall be void and, in
such  event,  in all provisions of this Agreement wherein  MBIA's
consent  or  direction is required or permitted, the  consent  or
direction  of  the  Controlling  Holders  shall  be  required  or
permitted unless a larger number of Holders is required under the
relevant provisions of this Agreement.
     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company and the  Transferor  have
caused  this  Lease Acquisition Agreement to be duly executed  by
their  respective officers thereunto duly authorized  as  of  the
date and year first above written.
                                   GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.,
                                   Company
                                   By:_________________________
                                     Name:William W. Wehner Title:
                                     President
                                   GF FUNDING CORP. III,
                                   Transferor
                                   By:_________________________
                                     Name:William W. Wehner Title:
                                     President
Schedule I
Attach Initial Lease Schedule

Schedule II
Attach List of Existing Indebtedness

CoreStates                       Bank,                       N.A.
$14,331,458.66
                                                        EXHIBIT A
                    FORM OF COMPANY CERTIFICATE
                                            _______________, 19__


Pursuant  to  Section 3.04(b) of the Lease Acquisition  Agreement
dated as of March 1, 1997 by and between Granite Financial,  Inc.
and  GF  Funding  Corp. III (the "Lease Acquisition  Agreement"),
attached  hereto as Schedule I is an Amended Lease  Schedule  for
the  Certificates,  which  includes information  regarding  Lease
Assets  that are hereby sold, assigned, transferred and delivered
by  the  Company to the Transferor in accordance with  the  Lease
Acquisition Agreement.  [The Existing Indebtedness in respect  of
such  Lease  Assets  is listed on Schedule II  attached  hereto.]
Terms  used  herein and not otherwise defined have  the  meanings
given them in the Lease Acquisition Agreement.


                                   GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.


                                   By:_________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                   GF FUNDING CORP. III


                                   By:_________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:
                           SCHEDULE I

                     AMENDED LEASE SCHEDULE SCHEDULE II

                  LIST OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
         EXHIBIT B
                      FORM OF LEASE CONTRACTS
                                 
 PLEASE SEE THE FORM OF LEASE CONTRACT ATTACHED AS EXHIBIT C TO
                THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM
                                                        EXHIBIT C
          SCHEDULE OF POOL CONCENTRATION LIMIT EXCEPTIONS
                                 
                               none
                                 
                                 
                                                        EXHIBIT D


                       CONCENTRATION LIMITS
                                 
                                 
Type                          Limit

State                                                   Customers
                              located  in  any single  state  are
                              obligated  with  respect  to  Lease
                              Contracts  for no more than  5%  of
                              the  Aggregate IPB except  for  CA,
                              TX,  FL,  MA, NY and CO;  Customers
                              located   in   such   States    are
                              obligated with respect to the Lease
                              Contracts  accounting for  no  more
                              than 30%, 10%, 10%, 10%, 10% and 6%
                              respectively of the Aggregate IPB
                              
Zip Code                                     Lease Contracts with
                              Customers  located in a  particular
                              zip  code  do not account for  more
                              than 4% of the Aggregate IPB
                              
Customer                                      No  single Customer
                              accounts  for more than 1%  of  the
                              Aggregate IPB
                              
Industry                                     Lease Contracts with
                              Customers   in  a  particular   SIC
                              industry  category do  not  account
                              for  more than 15% of the Aggregate
                              IPB, except for eating and drinking
                              establishments  which   shall   not
                              account  for more than 20%  of  the
                              Aggregate IPB
                              
Broker                                            Lease Contracts
                              originated  by a particular  broker
                              do not account for more than 10% of
                              the  Aggregate IPB, except for  C&W
                              Leasing which may account for up to
                              17%,   Northcoast  Capital  Leasing
                              which  may account for up  to  15%,
                              Lexington Capital Corporation which
                              may account for up to 15%, Westover
                              Financial which may account for  up
                              to   8%  and  Prolease  which   may
                              account   for  up  to  5%.    Lease
                              Contracts  originated  by   brokers
                              noted  on Exhibit I attached hereto
                              are    not   permitted   in    this
                              transaction.
Scheduled Payments                          Lease Contracts  that
                              have  rental payments that are  not
                              fixed for the remaining term (other
                              than PUT payments) do not exceed 5%
                              of the Aggregate IPB
                              
Program                                         Lease   Contracts
                              originated under Granite's  "Market
                              (or Lease) Enhancement" Program and
                              the    Specialty   Programs    with
                              Broker/Vendors in the aggregate  do
                              not  exceed  15% of  the  Aggregate
                              Implicit Principal Balance
                              
PUT Clause                                      Lease   Contracts
                              containing a PUT clause account for
                              no  more  than 5% of the  Aggregate
                              IPB  and each PUT payment shall  be
                              equal  to or less than 10%  of  the
                              cost  of  the equipment  underlying
                              the Lease Contract
                              
Equipment type                                Lease Contracts  of
                              the   following   Equipment   types
                              account for no more than the listed
                              percent of the Aggregate IPB:
                              
                              Peripherals/Computers         24%
                              Manufacturing                 16%
                              Restaurant               20%
                              Dry Cleaning/Washing          13%
                              Radio/TV/Photographic         10%
                              Office Equipment              10%
                              Heavy Equipment               15%
                              Coin Op Equip                 12%
                              Health/Sports                 10%
                              Automotive               3%
                              Beauty/Barber Shop            12%
                              Printing            10%
                              Software            3%
                              Titled                     Vehicles
3%
                              All other Equipment types     5%


As of any Acquisition Date during the Funding Period, in addition
to  the  Concentration limits listed above,  the  pool  of  Lease
Contracts will also meet the following criteria: the sum  of  the
aggregate  Implicit  Principal Balance  of  all  Lease  Contracts
originated  by a broker not listed on Schedule I attached  hereto
do  not account for more than 10% of the Aggregate IPB and  Lease
Contracts  originated  by any broker not  listed  on  Schedule  I
attached  hereto do not account for more than 5% of the Aggregate
IPB.
Schedule I to Concentration Limits
list of brokers
                                                        EXHIBIT E

              FORM OF BROKER ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENTS




                       SERVICING AGREEMENT
                              among
                     GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC. (the "Servicer")
                      GF FUNDING CORP. III (the "Transferor")
                     NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                         (the "Trustee")
                         
                               and
                     NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                    (the "Back-up Servicer")






                   Dated as of March 1, 1997


                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

          Page

ARTICLE 1                                                       2

DEFINITIONS                                                     2
Section 1.01   Defined Terms                                    2

ARTICLE 2                                                       4

SERVICER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                         4
Section 2.01   Representations and Warranties                   4
          (a)  Organization and Good Standing                   4
          (b)  Authorization and Binding Obligation             4
          (c)  No Violation                                     4
          (d)  No Proceedings                                   4
          (e)  Approvals                                        4
          (f)  Investment Company                               5
          (g)  Standard of Care                                 5
          (h)  Insurance                                        5
          (i)  Net Worth                                        5

ARTICLE 3                                                       6
ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF LEASE CONTRACTS                 6
Section 3.01 Responsibilities of Servicer                       6
Section 3.02 Servicer Standard of Care                          8
Section 3.03 Lockbox Account and Servicer Remittances           9
Section 3.04 Servicer Advances                                 10
Section 3.05 Financing Statements                              10
Section 3.06 Maintenance of Insurance Policy; Insurance
 Proceeds                                                      10
Section 3.07 Personal Property and Sales Taxes                 11
Section 3.08 Servicing Compensation                            11
Section 3.09 Substitution or Purchase of Lease Contracts       11
Section 3.10 No Offset                                         12

ARTICLE 4                                                      13

ACCOUNTINGS, STATEMENTS AND REPORTS                            13
Section 4.01 Monthly Servicer's Reports                        13
Section 4.02 Financial Statements; Certification as to
             Compliance; Notice of Default                     13
Section 4.03 Independent Accountants' Reports; Annual
             Federal Tax Lien Search                           14
Section 4.04 Access to Certain Documentation and Information   15
Section 4.05 Other Necessary Data                              16
Section 4.06 Trustee to Cooperate                              16

ARTICLE 5                                                      18

THE SERVICER                                                   18
Section 5.01 Servicer Indemnification                          18
Section 5.02 Corporate Existence; Reorganizations              18
Section 5.03 Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and
             Others                                            19
Section 5.04 The Servicer Not to Resign                        19

ARTICLE 6                                                      20

SERVICING TERMINATION                                          20
Section 6.01 Servicer Events of Default                        20
Section 6.02 Back-up Servicer to Act; Taking of Bids;
             Appointment of Successor Servicer                 22
Section 6.03 Notification to Certificateholders                23
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults                           23
Section 6.05 Effects of Termination of Servicer                23
Section 6.06 No Effect on Other Parties                        24

ARTICLE 7                                                      25

THE BACK-UP SERVICER                                           25
Section 7.01 Representations of Back-up Servicer               25
Section 7.02 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption
             of the Obligations of, Back-up Servicer           25
Section 7.03 Back-up Servicer Resignation                      26
Section 7.04 Oversight of Servicing                            26
Section 7.05 Back-up Servicer Compensation                     27
Section 7.06 Duties and Responsibilities                       27

ARTICLE 8                                                      28

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS                                       28
Section 8.01 Termination                                       28
Section 8.02 Amendments                                        28
Section 8.03 GOVERNING LAW                                     29
Section 8.04 Notices                                           29
Section 8.05 Severability of Provisions                        29
Section 8.06 Binding Effect                                    29
Section 8.07 Article Headings and Captions                     29
Section 8.08 Legal Holidays                                    29
Section 8.09 Assignment for Security for the Certificates      29
Section 8.10 No Servicing Assignment                           30
Section 8.11 MBIA Default or Termination                       30
Section 8.12 Third Party Beneficiary                           30
Section 8.13 Counterparts                                      30


                       SERVICING AGREEMENT
     This SERVICING AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), dated as of March 1,
1997,  is  by  and  among  Granite Financial,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation, as Servicer (the "Servicer"), GF Funding Corp.  III,
a Delaware corporation, as Transferor (the "Transferor"),
Norwest Bank  Minnesota, National Association, as Back-up
Servicer  (the "Back-up   Servicer"),  and  Norwest  Bank
Minnesota,           National
Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee").


                     PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
                               
     The  Transferor  has  entered  into  a  Trust  and
Security Agreement  dated as of March 1, 1997, (as amended
from  time  to time, the "Trust and Security Agreement"), with
the Trustee,  the Back-up  Servicer  and  the  Servicer,
pursuant  to  which  the
Transferor    intends    to   issue   the    Certificates
(the "Certificates").

     The  Transferor and Granite Financial, Inc. (the
"Company") have entered into a Lease Acquisition Agreement
dated as of March 1,  1997  (as  amended from time to time, the
"Lease  Acquisition Agreement"), providing for, among other
things, the contribution, from time to time, by the Company to
the Transferor of all of the Company's  right,  title and
interest in  and  to  certain  Lease Assets  which  the
Transferor is and will be  conveying  to  the Trustee, for the
benefit of the Certificateholders and MBIA.   As a
precondition  to  the effectiveness of the  Lease  Acquisition
Agreement  and  the  Trust  and  Security  Agreement,  the
Lease Acquisition  Agreement  and  the  Trust  and  Security
Agreement require  that the Servicer, the Transferor, the
Trustee  and  the Back-up  Servicer enter into this Agreement
to  provide  for  the servicing of the Lease Assets.

     In  addition,  the Transferor is conveying to  the
Trustee, among  other things, all of the Transferor's rights
derived under this  Agreement  and  the Lease Acquisition
Agreement,  and  the Servicer  agrees that all covenants and
agreements  made  by  the Servicer  herein with respect to the
Lease Assets shall  also  be for the benefit of the Trustee,
MBIA and all holders from time to time of the Certificates.
For its services under this Agreement, the  Servicer, the Back-
up Servicer and the Trustee will  receive the  compensation
described herein or in the Trust  and  Security Agreement.
                           ARTICLE 1
                               
                          DEFINITIONS
                               
                               
     Section 1.01   Defined Terms.  Except as otherwise
specified or as the context may otherwise require, the
following terms have the  respective meanings set forth below
for all purposes of this Agreement,  and  the  definitions  of
such  terms  are   equally applicable  both to the singular and
plural forms of  such  terms and  to the masculine, feminine
and neuter genders of such terms. Capitalized  terms  used but
not otherwise defined  herein  shall have  the respective
meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust and  Security
Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the  Lease
Acquisition Agreement.
     "Agreement":  This Servicing Agreement, dated as of March
1, 1997,  by  and  among the Servicer, the Transferor,  the
Back-up Servicer  and  the  Trustee, as amended  from  time  to
time  in accordance with the terms hereof.
     "Back-up  Servicer":   Initially,  Norwest  Bank
Minnesota, National Association, until a successor Person shall
have  become the  Back-up  Servicer pursuant to the applicable
provisions  of this Agreement, and thereafter "Back-up
Servicer" shall mean such successor Person.
     "Company":   Granite  Financial,  Inc.  and  all
successors thereto in accordance with the Lease Acquisition
Agreement.
     "Computer Tape":  Any computer tape or disk prepared by
the Servicer and distributed to various parties as required
herein.
     "Lease   Acquisition  Agreement":   The  Lease
Acquisition Agreement,  dated as of March 1, 1997 between the
Transferor  and the  Company, as amended from time to time in
accordance with the terms thereof.
    "Lockbox":  The meaning given in the Lockbox Agreement.
     "Lockbox  Account":  The account established at the
Lockbox Bank  by  the  Trustee pursuant to the Lockbox
Agreement,  which account is maintained in the name of, and at
the sole control of, the  Trustee and any Permitted Parties for
and on behalf  of  the Trustee,  MBIA,  the Certificateholders,
the Transferor  and  any Permitted Parties into which account
shall be deposited  payments related  to  the  Lease
Receivables and as to  which  solely  the Trustee  and  any
Permitted Parties shall have  the  ability  to withdraw funds.
     "Lockbox  Agreement":  An agreement among the  Trustee,
the Transferor,   any  Permitted  Parties  and  the   Lockbox
Bank, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit  B
or  such other  form as approved by MBIA together with all
amendments  and supplements  thereto and all subsequent
agreements of  a  similar nature between the Transferor, the
Trustee, any Permitted Parties and any successor Lockbox Bank.
     "Lockbox  Bank":   Any  bank  approved  by  MBIA,  and
any
successor  Lockbox  Bank appointed pursuant  to  Section
3.03(a) hereof.

     "Monthly  Servicer's Report":  The report  prepared  by
the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof.

     "Nonrecoverable  Advance":   A  Servicer  Advance  that
the Servicer  determines  in good faith, and in accordance
with  its customary  servicing  practices, is  unlikely  to  be
eventually repaid  from  Scheduled Payments made by  or  on
behalf  of  the related Customer in accordance with Section
3.04 hereof.

     "Officer's  Certificate":   A  certificate  signed  by
the
Chairman  of  the  Board, the Vice-Chairman  of  the  Board,
the President,  a  Vice President, the Treasurer or the
Secretary  of the Servicer.

     "Permitted Parties":  A trustee acting for the sole
benefit of the Certificateholders, MBIA and the holders of any
securities issued  by  a  wholly  owned special purpose
corporation  of  the Company  as  to  which MBIA has issued an
insurance  policy  with
respect to the senior class of such securities.
     "Reported Companies":  The Servicer and its Affiliates on
a consolidated  basis,  and if the initial Servicer  is  no
longer acting  as  Servicer,  then in addition, any  successor
Servicer appointed pursuant to this Agreement.
     "Reported  Companies' Financial Statements":   The
Reported Companies'         audited  consolidating  balance
sheet  and   income
statement,     consolidated    statement    of    sources
and
uses/applications  of  cash, auditors  opinion  letter
regarding audited  financial  statements, and  all  notes  to
the  audited financial statements.

     "Servicer":   Granite  Financial,  Inc.  until  a
successor Person  shall have become the Servicer pursuant to
the applicable provisions  of  this Agreement, and thereafter
"Servicer"  shall mean such successor Person.

     "Servicer  Advance":  The meaning set forth in Section
3.04 hereof.

     "Servicer  Default":  Any occurrence or  circumstance
which with  notice  or the lapse of time or both would  be  a
Servicer Event of Default under this Agreement.

     "Servicer  Event  of Default":  Each of the  occurrences
or circumstances enumerated in Section 6.01 hereof.

     "Servicer  Termination  Notice":  The  notice  described
in Section 6.01 hereof.

     "Servicing  Officers":   Those  officers  of  the
Servicer involved in, or responsible for, the administration
and servicing of  the  Lease Contracts, as identified on the
list of  Servicing Officers  furnished by the Servicer to the
Trustee,  the  Back-up Servicer, and MBIA from time to time.

     "Transferor":   GF  Funding Corp. III,  and  all
successors thereto  in  accordance with the terms of the Trust
and  Security Agreement.


                           ARTICLE 2
                               
            SERVICER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                               
                               
     Section 2.01   Representations and Warranties.  The
Servicer makes  the  following representations and warranties
as  of  the Closing  Date, except as otherwise specified below,
which  shall survive such date:

     (a)   Organization and Good Standing.  The Servicer has
been duly organized and is validly existing and in good
standing as  a corporation under the laws of the State of
Delaware or  the  laws of  such  other  state  as  permitted by
Section  5.02(a),  with requisite power and authority to own
its properties, perform  its obligations under this Agreement
and to transact the business  in which it is now engaged or in
which it proposes to engage.

     (b)   Authorization and Binding Obligation.   Each  of
this Agreement,  the  Trust and Security Agreement and  the
Insurance Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Servicer and constitutes the valid and legally
binding obligation of  the  Servicer enforceable against the
Servicer in  accordance
with  its  terms,  subject as to enforcement to  any
bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization and other  similar
laws  of  general applicability   relating  to  or  affecting
creditors'   rights generally  and  to  general principles of
equity  regardless  of whether enforcement is sought in a court
of equity or law.
     (c)  No Violation.  The entering into of this Agreement,
the Trust and Security Agreement and the Insurance Agreement
and  the performance  by  the  Servicer  of  its  obligations
under  this Agreement,  the  Trust and Security Agreement and
the  Insurance Agreement  and  the consummation of the
transactions  herein  and therein contemplated will not
conflict with or result in a breach of  any  of  the terms or
provisions of, or constitute a  default under,  or  result  in
the creation or imposition  of  any  lien, charge or
encumbrance upon any of the property or assets of  such
Servicer  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  any  material
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or
instrument to which it  is  a  party or by which it is bound or
to which any  of  its property or assets is subject, nor will
such action result in any violation  of  the provisions of its
certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any statute or any
order, rule or regulation of any court or any regulatory
authority or other governmental agency or body having
jurisdiction over it or any of its properties; and no consent,
approval,   authorization,  order,   registration
or
qualification  of  or  with any court,  or  any  such
regulatory authority  or  other governmental agency or body is
required  for the Servicer to enter into this Agreement, the
Trust and Security Agreement and the Insurance Agreement.

     (d)    No   Proceedings.   There  are  no   proceedings
or
investigations  pending,  or to the knowledge  of  the
Servicer, threatened against or affecting the Servicer or any
subsidiary in or                                   before  any
court,  governmental  authority  or  agency  or
arbitration board or tribunal, including but not limited  to
any such   proceeding   or   investigation  with   respect   to
any
environmental or other liability resulting from the ownership
or use  of  any  of  the Equipment, which, individually  or  in
the aggregate,  involve the probability of materially  and
adversely affecting   the  properties,  business,  prospects,
profits                                            or
condition  (financial  or  otherwise) of  the  Servicer  and
its subsidiaries,  or  the  ability of the Servicer  to
perform  its obligations   under  this  Agreement,  the  Trust
and   Security Agreement  or the Insurance Agreement.  The
Servicer  is  not  in default  with  respect  to any order of
any  court,  governmental authority or agency or arbitration
board or tribunal.

     (e)  Approvals.  The Servicer (i) is not in violation of
any laws,  ordinances, governmental rules or regulations to
which  it is  subject, (ii) has not failed to obtain any
licenses, permits, franchises or other governmental
authorizations necessary to  the ownership of its property or
to the conduct of its business,  and (iii) is not in violation
in any material respect of any term  of any  agreement, charter
instrument, bylaw or instrument to  which it  is  a  party or
by which it may be bound, which violation  or failure  to
obtain materially adversely affect the  business  or condition
(financial  or  otherwise) of  the  Servicer  and  its
subsidiaries.

     (f)   Investment Company.  The Servicer is not an
investment
company  which  is  required  to register  under  the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     (g)   Standard of Care.  The Servicer has serviced the
Lease
Contracts  and  Equipment  in a manner consistent  with
industry standards for lease contracts similar to the Lease
Contracts  and Equipment,  and  in  any  event in  a  prudent
and  commercially
reasonable manner, and has conducted its servicing operations
in a  manner  consistent with industry standards  for
servicing  of financial portfolios.
     (h)   Insurance.   The  Servicer  maintains  insurance
with respect  to  its  operations and property which is
adequate  and customary in light of the Servicer's operations.
     (i)  Net Worth.  As of the Closing Date, the Servicer is
in compliance with the Net Worth Requirement.


                           ARTICLE 3
                               
        ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF LEASE CONTRACTS
                               
                               
     Section 3.01   Responsibilities of Servicer.

     (a)   The  Transferor hereby appoints the Servicer, for
the benefit of MBIA and the Certificateholders, to act as
Servicer of the  Lease  Assets and as such, the Servicer shall
be responsible for,  and  shall,  in  accordance with  its
customary  servicing procedures,   pursue  the  managing,
servicing,   administering, enforcing  and making of
collections on the Lease Contracts,  the Equipment, the Lease
Receivables and any Insurance Policies,  the enforcement  of
the  Trustee's security interest  in  the  Lease Contracts,
Lease Receivables and Equipment conveyed pursuant  to the
Trust  and Security Agreement, and the sale or the releasing of
the Equipment upon the expiration or other termination of the
related   Lease   Contract  (or  repossession   thereof
without termination),   each  in  accordance  with  the
standards  and
procedures set forth in this Agreement and any related
provisions of  the  Trust  and  Security  Agreement  and  Lease
Acquisition Agreement.    The  Servicer's  responsibilities
shall   include monitoring  and posting of all payments,
responding to  inquiries of Customers,   investigating
delinquencies,  accounting  for
collections and furnishing monthly and annual statements  to
the Back-up Servicer, the Trustee, MBIA, the Rating Agencies
and  the Certificateholders  with  respect to  payments  under
the  Lease Contracts,   making  Servicer  Advances,  providing
appropriate federal  income  tax  information  to  the  Trustee
for  use  in providing
information  to  the  Certificateholders               or
MBIA,
collecting  and  remitting  sales and property  taxes  to
taxing authorities, and maintaining the perfected security
interest  of the  Trustee in the Trust Estate.  The Servicer
(at its  expense) shall  have  full  power  and  authority,
acting  at  its   sole discretion,  to  do  any and all things
in connection  with  such managing, servicing, administration,
enforcement, collection  and such  sale  of  the  Equipment
that  it  may  deem  necessary  or desirable,   including   the
prudent   delegation        of    such
responsibilities;  provided  that only  with  the  prior
written consent of MBIA shall the Servicer subcontract with
another  firm to  act as subservicer with respect to the
Servicer's obligations hereunder  and  then only so long as the
Servicer  remains  fully responsible and accountable for
performance of all obligations of the  Servicer  hereunder;
provided further that the Servicer  may subcontract out its
remarketing obligations with respect  to  the Equipment
without the consent of MBIA so long  as  the  Servicer remains
fully responsible and accountable for the performance  of such
obligations.   Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
foregoing,  the  Servicer  shall, and is  hereby  authorized
and empowered  by  the Trustee, subject to Section  3.02
hereof,  to execute and deliver (on behalf of itself, the
Certificateholders, the  Trustee  or  any  of  them)  any  and
all  instruments                                       of
satisfaction  or cancellation, or of partial or full  release
or
discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect
to
the Lease Contracts and any files or documentation pertaining
to
the Lease Assets.  The Servicer also may, in its sole
discretion, waive any late payment charge or penalty, or any
other fees  that may  be  collected in the ordinary course of
servicing any  Lease Contract.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Servicer shall not, except  pursuant  to a judicial order
from a court  of  competent jurisdiction,  or  as  otherwise
expressly  provided                                     in
this
Agreement,  release or waive the right to collect  the
Scheduled Payments  or  any  unpaid  balance on any  Lease
Contract.        The
Trustee  shall,  at  the  expense of the  Servicer,  furnish
the Servicer   with  any  powers  of  attorney  and  other
documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to
carry out  its servicing  and administrative duties hereunder,
and  the  Trustee shall not be responsible for the Servicer's
application thereof.

     (b)    The   Servicer  shall  conduct  any  Lease
Contract management,  servicing, administration, collection or
enforcement actions in the following manner:
          (i)   The Servicer, as agent for and on behalf  of
     the Trustee,  MBIA and the Certificateholders, with
     respect                                            to
     any Defaulted Lease Contract shall follow such practices
     and procedures  as are normal and consistent with the
     Servicer's standards                               and
     procedures  relating  to  its   own   lease
     contracts, lease receivables and equipment that are
     similar to the Lease Contracts, Lease Receivables and the
     Equipment, and,  in  any  event, consistent with the
     standard  of  care described                       in
     Section  3.02  hereof,  including   without
     limitation,  the taking of appropriate actions to
     foreclose or  otherwise  liquidate any such Defaulted
     Lease  Contract, together with the related Equipment, to
     collect any Guaranty Amounts,  and to enforce the
     Transferor's rights  under  the Lease  Acquisition
     Agreement.   All  Recoveries,  Insurance Proceeds  or
     Residual Proceeds in respect of any such  Lease Receivable
     and  the  related  Equipment  received  by
     the
     Servicer shall be remitted to the Trustee for deposit in
     the Collection Account pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof;
     
          (ii)  The  Servicer may sue to enforce or collect
     upon Lease  Contracts as agent for the Trustee on behalf
     of  the Certificateholders  and  MBIA.  If the  Servicer
     elects                                             to
     commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Lease Contract,
     the act  of  commencement shall be deemed  to  be  an
     automatic conveyance  of  the  Lease  Contract  to  the
     Servicer  for purposes   of   collection  only.   If,
     however,   in
     any
     enforcement  suit or legal proceeding it is  held  that
     the Servicer may not enforce a Lease Contract on the
     ground that it  is not a real party in interest or a
     holder entitled                                         to
     enforce  the Lease Contract, then the Trustee on  behalf
of
     the  Certificateholders and MBIA shall,  at  the
     Servicer's request  and expense, take such steps as the
     Servicer  deems necessary  and instructs the Trustee in
     writing to  take                                        to
     enforce the Lease Contract, including bringing suit  in
     its name or the names of the Certificateholders or MBIA,
     and the Trustee  shall be indemnified by the Servicer for
     any  such action taken.  Any Lease Contract temporarily
     released  from the  custody  of the Trustee to the
     Servicer or  its  agents shall  have stamped on it prior
     to its delivery a legend                                to
     the  effect  that  the Lease Contract  is  the  property
of
     Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association as Trustee,
     and the  Servicer shall promptly return all Lease
     Contracts when the  need therefore no longer exists,
     provided that no  more than 25 Lease Contracts shall be
     released to the Servicer at any one time;
     
          (iii)      The  Servicer shall exercise any  rights
of
recourse  against third parties that exist with  respect  to
any  Lease Contract in accordance with the Servicer's  usual
practice and, in any event, consistent with the standard  of
care  described  in  Section  3.02  hereof.   In  exercising
recourse rights, the Servicer is authorized on the Trustee's
behalf  to reconvey the Lease Contract to the person against
whom  recourse exists to the extent necessary,  and  at  the
price set forth in the document creating the recourse.   The
Servicer  will not reduce or diminish such recourse  rights,
except to the extent that it exercises such right;
     (iv)  The  Servicer  may  not  allow  substitutions  of
Substitute  Lease Contracts that do not comply with  Section
3.09  hereof,  Sections 2.04, 3.03 and  3.04  of  the  Lease
Acquisition  Agreement and Section 4.03  of  the  Trust  and
Security  Agreement.  If a Customer requests a financing  of
an  upgrade  to  any  Equipment, the Servicer  shall  either
(A)  include such upgrade on an existing Lease Contract  and
treat   the  Scheduled  Payments  related  thereto   as   an
Additional   Lease  Contract  for  all  purposes   of   this
Agreement, the Lease Acquisition Agreement and the Trust and
Security  Agreement,  or  (B)  originate  a  separate  lease
contract for such Customer;

     (v)   The Servicer may waive, modify or vary any  terms
of  any  Lease  Contract or consent to the  postponement  of
strict  compliance with any such term if in  the  Servicer's
reasonable   and   prudent   determination   such    waiver,
modification  or postponement is not materially  adverse  to
the  Certificateholders  or MBIA;  provided,  however,  that
(A)  the  Servicer  shall not forgive any payment  of  rent,
(B)  the  Servicer  shall not permit any  modification  with
respect  to  any  Lease  Contract that  would  decrease  any
Scheduled  Payment, defer the payment of  any  principal  or
interest  or  any  Scheduled Payment,  reduce  the  Implicit
Principal Balance (except in connection with actual payments
attributable to such Implicit Principal Balance), or prevent
the  complete amortization of the Implicit Principal Balance
from  occurring by the Calculation Date preceding the Stated
Maturity  of  the Certificates and, (C) except as  otherwise
specifically provided herein, the Servicer will not waive or
modify  the  requirement that a Customer maintain  insurance
with  respect to the related Equipment.  The Servicer  shall
provide  the Back-up Servicer, MBIA and the Trustee with  an
Amended Lease Schedule to the Lease Schedule reflecting  any
modification of any Scheduled Payment;

     (vi)  The Servicer shall not consent to the termination
of  any  Lease Contract in connection with loss of or damage
to  the  related Equipment unless the Customer has  paid  an
amount  not  less  than  the Removal Price  for  such  Lease
Contract, or if less, the maximum amount legally collectible
under the related Lease Contract;

     (vii)      Upon  termination of a Lease Contract  after
payment of the last Scheduled Payment due thereunder  or  in
the  event that the Servicer in the enforcement of any Lease
Contract  otherwise  (A)  acquires  title  to  any  item  of
Equipment  with  respect to which  title  was  held  by  the
Customer  or (B) reclaims possession of Equipment  from  the
Customer, the Servicer shall use its best efforts to sell or
re-lease  such  item  of  Equipment on  market  value  terms
promptly and consistent with the standard of care set  forth
in  Section 3.02 hereof.  Any Insurance Proceeds, Recoveries
or  Residual Proceeds related thereto shall be deposited  in
accordance with Section 3.03 hereof;

          (viii)    Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
     contained in this Agreement, the Servicer shall exercise any
     right  under  a  Lease  Contract to  accelerate  the  unpaid
     Scheduled Payments, due or to become due thereunder in  such
     a  manner as to maximize the net proceeds available  to  the
     Trust Estate; provided, however, that the Servicer will  not
     accelerate any Scheduled Payment unless permitted to  do  so
     by the terms of the Lease Contract or under applicable law;
          (ix) The Servicer shall maintain insurance with respect
     to  its  operations  and  property  which  is  adequate  and
     customary in light of the Servicer's operations; and
          (x)   The Servicer shall comply with and not modify its
     credit  and  collection policies with respect to  the  Lease
     Contracts  in  any manner which would adversely  affect  the
     Certificates or the Trust Estate.
     Section  3.02    Servicer Standard of  Care.   In  managing,
administering, servicing, enforcing and making collections on the
Lease  Contracts  and Equipment pursuant to this  Agreement,  the
Servicer  will exercise that degree of skill and care  consistent
with  industry standards for servicing of small to medium  ticket
equipment  leasing  portfolios,  and  that  which  the   Servicer
customarily exercises with respect to similar lease contracts and
equipment  owned  or originated by it, and in  any  event,  in  a
prudent  and commercially reasonable manner.  The Servicer  shall
punctually  perform all of its obligations and  agreements  under
this  Agreement and shall comply with all applicable federal  and
state  laws and regulations, shall maintain all state and federal
licenses and franchises necessary for it to perform its servicing
responsibilities hereunder, and shall not materially  impair  the
rights  of  MBIA or the Certificateholders in any Lease Contracts
or payments thereunder.
     Section 3.03   Lockbox Account and Servicer Remittances.
     (a)   The  Transferor  and the Trustee shall  establish  the
Lockbox Account within 30 days of the Closing Date at the Lockbox
Bank pursuant to the Lockbox Agreement.  At the time of execution
of  the  Lockbox Agreement, each of the Transferor,  the  Lockbox
Bank,  the  Servicer and any other party to the Lockbox Agreement
shall provide MBIA with opinions of counsel reasonably acceptable
to  MBIA  regarding  the enforceability of the Lockbox  Agreement
against such person.  The Servicer shall pay to the Lockbox  Bank
when  due  the  fees  set  forth in the Lockbox  Agreement.   The
Lockbox  Bank may be removed by the Transferor with  the  written
consent  of  MBIA if the Lockbox Bank has failed to  perform  its
duties  to  the satisfaction of the Transferor and the  Servicer,
provided   that   a   successor   Lockbox   Bank,   meeting   the
qualifications  of a corporate trustee as set  forth  in  Section
7.08  of the Trust and Security Agreement, has executed a Lockbox
Agreement  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  MBIA,  the
Trustee, the Transferor and the Servicer.

     (b)   After  the  Lockbox Agreement has been  executed,  the
Servicer  shall promptly notify the Customers of the transfer  of
the Lease Contracts to the GF Funding Equipment Lease Trust 19971
and  instruct the Customers to send all payments  relating  to
Lease  Receivables directly to the Lockbox Bank for deposit  into
the Lockbox Account.  On each Business Day, the Trustee shall, or
shall  cause  the  Lockbox Bank to, transfer  to  the  Collection
Account  all amounts allocable to the Lease Contracts on  deposit
in the Lockbox Account.

     (c)    The  Servicer,  as  agent  of  the  Transferor,   the
Certificateholders  and  MBIA shall  remit  to  the  Trustee  for
deposit in the Collection Account by 12:00 noon Minneapolis  time
on  each Tuesday and Thursday that is a Business Day, or if  such
day  is  not a Business Day, on the next Business Day thereafter,
the  amounts  described  below that have been  collected  by  the
Servicer  through  4:00 p.m. Minneapolis time  on  the  preceding
Business  Day  so  long as such amounts in the  aggregate  exceed
$1,000:

          (i)  all payments made under the Lease Contracts by  or
     on   behalf   of  the  Customers  relating  to   the   Lease
     Receivables, including prepayments and Overdue Payments  but
     excluding taxes and Servicing Charges, received directly  by
     the Servicer;
     
            (ii) all Residual Proceeds and Recoveries;
                                 
          (iii)      the  Removal  Price of  any  Lease  Contract
     purchased  by the Company or the Transferor, to  the  extent
     received by the Servicer;
     
          (iv) all Guaranty Amounts; and

          (v)  all Insurance Proceeds.

     The  Servicer  shall hold in trust for the  benefit  of  the
Holders  of  the  Certificates and MBIA any payment  it  receives
relating  to items (i) through (v) above until such time  as  the
Servicer transfers any such payment to the Trustee for deposit in
the Collection Account.

     (d)   If  ACH  debits are utilized with respect to  a  Lease
Contract, (x) the Transferor, the Trustee and the ACH Bank  shall
enter  into a depositary agreement acceptable to the Trustee  and
(y)  the  Servicer  will notify the National  Automated  Clearing
House  System to debit the Customer for all payments relating  to
Lease  Receivables under such Lease Contract  and  to  credit  an
account  (the "ACH Account") maintained at the ACH Bank,  in  the
name  of  and  in  the sole control of the (i)  Trustee  for  the
benefit  of  the Certificateholders and MBIA and (ii)  any  other
Permitted  Parties, and the Servicer shall not revoke  or  modify
such  notifications.  The Servicer shall be responsible  for  the
payment  of the fees of any ACH Account and shall not be entitled
to  reimbursement therefor.  In the event (i) a Customer provides
the  Servicer  or  the  ACH  Bank  with  written  notice  of  its
termination  of such Customer's authorization agreement  for  ACH
debits,  or (ii) the Servicer otherwise receives directly  moneys
with  respect  to Lease Receivables that would otherwise  involve
ACH debits, the Servicer shall deposit all payments from all such
Customers   into  the  Collection  Account  in  accordance   with
subsection  (c)  above,  and, in the  case  of  clause  (i),  the
Servicer  shall promptly instruct the Customer to send all  lease
payments directly to the Lockbox.  Payments received in  the  ACH
Account  representing  any payment listed in  Section  3.03(c)(i)
through  (v)  above and which are no longer provisional  will  be
transferred to the Collection Account on a daily basis.

     Section 3.04   Servicer Advances.  Not later than 10:00 a.m.
(Minneapolis  time)  on  the Determination  Date  prior  to  each
Payment  Date,  the Servicer shall make an advance  (a  "Servicer
Advance") on such date by remitting to the Trustee for deposit in
the  Collection Account an amount equal to the Scheduled Payments
or  portion thereof for each Lease Contract which is a Delinquent
Lease Contract and which were due in the prior Monthly Period but
not  received and deposited in the Collection Account on or prior
to such Determination Date; provided that, if and until the Class
B Certificates are issued, such deposit shall equal the lesser of
(i)  the  Scheduled Payments or portion thereof  for  each  Lease
Contract which is a Delinquent Lease Contract and which were  due
in the prior Monthly Period but not received and deposited in the
Collection  Account  on or prior to such Determination  Date  and
(ii) the shortfall, if any, between (a) the amounts on deposit in
the  Collection Account as of such Determination Date and (b) the
amounts  required to be paid on the related Payment Date pursuant
to  clauses (i) through (xiii) of Section 12.02 (d) of the  Trust
and  Security  Agreement;  provided, further, however,  that  the
Servicer  shall  not  be obligated to make any  Servicer  Advance
pursuant  to  this Section 3.04 that the Servicer  determines  in
good  faith,  and  in  accordance with  its  customary  servicing
practices,  is  unlikely to be eventually repaid  from  Scheduled
Payments  made by or on behalf of the related Customer; provided,
further,  that the Servicer may not make a Servicer Advance  with
respect to a Lease Contract once it has become a Defaulted  Lease
Contract.  On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver
to  the  Back-up  Servicer, the Trustee, MBIA and  the  Placement
Agent  the  Monthly  Servicer's Report,  which  shall  include  a
listing  of  the  aggregate  amount  of  Scheduled  Payments  not
received for the immediately prior Monthly Period, the amount  of
Servicer Advances, and the amounts which it has determined in its
sole  discretion, and in accordance with its customary  servicing
practices,  are  unlikely  to  be recoverable  from  the  related
Customers.
     Section 3.05   Financing Statements.  The Servicer will make
all  Uniform  Commercial Code filings and recordings  as  may  be
required  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Trust  and  Security
Agreement.  The Servicer shall, in accordance with its  customary
servicing  procedures and at its own expense, be responsible  for
taking such steps as are necessary to maintain perfection of such
security  interests.  The Trustee hereby authorizes the  Servicer
to  re-perfect  or  to cause the re-perfection of  such  security
interest on its behalf as Trustee, as necessary.
     Section  3.06    Maintenance of Insurance Policy;  Insurance
Proceeds.   The  Servicer shall have the  obligation  to  verify,
monitor  and  enforce  the  acquisition  and  maintenance  of   a
Customer's  Insurance Policies in a manner consistent  with  past
practice,  provided that the Servicer shall do  so  in  a  manner
consistent  with that practiced by other lessors in the  industry
with  similar lease contracts and equipment owned or serviced  by
them.   In  the  event  that  a Customer  fails  to  maintain  an
Insurance  Policy as required by the terms of the  related  Lease
Contract, and the cost of the Equipment is in excess of  $50,000,
the  Servicer  shall procure and maintain such  insurance  in  an
amount  not less than the amount required by such Lease Contract.
The  Servicer may satisfy its obligations under this Section 3.06
by  maintaining a blanket insurance policy covering  all  of  the
Equipment.   Any  Insurance Proceeds shall  be  remitted  to  the
Trustee for deposit in the Collection Account pursuant to Section
3.03.

     Section  3.07    Personal Property  and  Sales  Taxes.   The
Servicer shall, on behalf of the Transferor, pay or cause  to  be
paid  all  personal  property, sales and use  taxes  on  or  with
respect  to the Equipment, or the acquisition or leasing thereof,
as  and when such taxes become due, to the extent a Customer  has
paid amounts to the Servicer or into the Lockbox Account for such
taxes.   The  Servicer shall also cause to be filed in  a  timely
manner  any  and all returns and reports required  in  connection
with the payment of such taxes.

     Section 3.08   Servicing Compensation.
     (a)   As compensation for the performance of its obligations
under  this  Agreement the Servicer shall be entitled to  receive
the  Servicer Fee and the Additional Servicer Fee, if applicable.
The Servicer Fee with respect to any Lease Contract shall be paid
monthly,  commencing on the Initial Payment Date and  terminating
on  the  first to occur of (i) the receipt of the last  Scheduled
Payment  and related Residual Proceeds with respect to  the  last
remaining  Lease  Contract, (ii) the receipt  of  Recoveries  and
Insurance  Proceeds  with  respect to the  last  remaining  Lease
Contract,  or  (iii)  the date on which the  Transferor  or  MBIA
purchases  the last remaining Lease Contract.  The  Servicer  Fee
shall be paid to the Servicer at the times and in the priority as
set  forth  in  the Trust and Security Agreement.   The  Servicer
shall  pay  all  expenses incurred by it in connection  with  its
servicing  activities hereunder, including,  without  limitation,
payment   of  the  fees  and  disbursements  of  the  Independent
Accountants  and payment of expenses incurred in connection  with
distributions  and reports to the Trustee, the Back-up  Servicer,
MBIA, the Rating Agencies and Certificateholders, payment of  the
fee  of  the  Lockbox Bank under the Lockbox  Agreement  and  any
payment of any fees in connection with the ACH Account and  shall
not  be  entitled  to reimbursement for such expenses;  provided,
however,  that  the  Servicer will be entitled  to  reimbursement
pursuant  to  Section 12.02(d)(i)(B) of the  Trust  and  Security
Agreement  for  reasonable  costs and expenses  incurred  by  the
Servicer  (including reasonable attorney's fees and out-of-pocket
expenses)   in   connection  with  the   realization,   attempted
realization or enforcement of rights and remedies upon  Defaulted
Lease  Contracts, from amounts received as Recoveries  from  such
Defaulted Lease Contracts.

     (b)   In  connection  with  any transfer  of  the  servicing
obligations  to a successor Servicer in accordance  with  Section
6.02   hereof,  the  Back-up  Servicer  shall  be   entitled   to
reimbursement of Transition Costs as provided therein and in  the
Trust and Security Agreement.

     Section 3.09   Substitution or Purchase of Lease Contracts.

     (a)   The  Servicer shall not allow termination of  a  Lease
Contract prior to the scheduled expiration date or prepayment  of
any  Lease Contract (except as may be specifically required under
such  Lease Contract in connection with a casualty to the related
Equipment), unless the Transferor has (i) conveyed to the Trustee
a  Substitute  Lease Contract, the Lease Receivables  under  such
Substitute  Lease Contract and the Transferor's interest  in  the
related  Equipment  and  delivered to the  Trustee  the  original
executed   counterpart  of  the  Substitute  Lease  Contract   or
(ii)   removed  such  prepaid  Lease  Contract  and  the  related
Equipment  from  the Trust Estate by remittance  of  the  Removal
Price  to  the Servicer for deposit in the Collection Account  in
accordance  with  Section  3.03 hereof; provided,  however,  that
removals  and substitutions of Lease Contracts pursuant  to  this
subparagraph   (a)   shall  comply  with  the   requirements   of
Section 4.03 of the Trust and Security Agreement and the criteria
set forth in Section 3.04 of the Lease Acquisition Agreement.

     (b)   The Servicer shall permit the Transferor to (i) remove
any  Defaulted  Lease Contract or Delinquent Lease Contract  from
the Trust Estate by remittance by the Transferor to the Servicer,
for   deposit  in  the  Collection  Account  in  accordance  with
Section 3.03 hereof, of the Removal Price for such Lease Contract
or (ii) substitute for any Defaulted Lease Contract or Delinquent
Lease  Contract,  a  Substitute  Lease  Contract  and  the  Lease
Receivables  under  such  Substitute  Lease  Contract   and   the
Transferor's  interest  in the related Equipment  and,  upon  the
delivery  to the Trustee of the original executed counterpart  of
the  Substitute  Lease  Contract and the related  Lease  Contract
File; provided that removals and substitutions of Lease Contracts
pursuant   to  this  subparagraph  (b)  shall  comply  with   the
requirements of Section 4.03 of the Trust and Security  Agreement
and  the  criteria  set  forth  in  Section  3.04  of  the  Lease
Acquisition Agreement.

     (c)   Notwithstanding any other provision contained in  this
Agreement,  the Servicer shall not, with respect to  a  Defaulted
Lease Contract, (i) negotiate or enter into a new lease with  the
Customer  relating to the Equipment or the Customer's obligations
under  such  Defaulted Lease Contract or (ii) allow the  Customer
thereunder  to  resume  its  rights under  such  Defaulted  Lease
Contract,   unless  the  Transferor  has  removed   or   made   a
substitution for such Defaulted Lease Contract in the manner  set
forth in subsection (b) hereof.
     (d)  In the event that the Company is required to repurchase
or  substitute a Lease Contract pursuant to Sections 2.06 or 3.03
of the Lease Acquisition Agreement the Servicer shall permit such
repurchase or substitution only in accordance with the  terms  of
Sections 3.03 and 3.04 of the Lease Acquisition Agreement.
     Section 3.10   No Offset.  Prior to the termination of  this
Agreement,  the obligations of the Servicer under this  Agreement
shall  not  be subject to any defense, counterclaim or  right  of
offset  that the Servicer has or may have against the Transferor,
whether  in respect of this Agreement, any Lease Contract,  Lease
Receivable, Equipment or otherwise.
                             ARTICLE 4
                ACCOUNTINGS, STATEMENTS AND REPORTS
                                 
                                 
     Section  4.01   Monthly Servicer's Reports.  No  later  than
10:00  a.m.  (Minneapolis time) on each Determination  Date,  the
Servicer  shall  deliver  the Monthly Servicer's  Report  to  the
Transferor, the Back-up Servicer, the Trustee, and the  Placement
Agent, and the Trustee will deliver the Monthly Servicer's Report
to  each Certificateholder, MBIA, and the Rating Agencies in  the
form attached as Exhibit A hereto with respect to the activity in
the  immediately  preceding Monthly Period.   In  the  course  of
preparing the Monthly Servicer's Report, the Servicer shall  seek
direction  from  the Holder of the Transferor Certificate  as  to
remittance   of  any  funds  to  be  paid  pursuant  to   Section
12.02(d)(xvi)  of  the  Trust  and  Security  Agreement.    Lease
Contracts  which  have been substituted for or purchased  by  the
Company  or the Transferor shall be identified by Customer  lease
number  on the Monthly Servicer's Report.  On each Payment  Date,
the  Servicer shall deliver to the Back-up Servicer  and  MBIA  a
Computer  Tape  in  a format acceptable to the  Back-up  Servicer
containing  the information from which the Servicer prepared  the
Monthly  Servicer's Report, as well as any additional information
reasonably  requested  by  the Back-up  Servicer  prior  to  such
Payment Date.

     Section  4.02    Financial Statements; Certification  as  to
Compliance; Notice of Default.

     (a)   The  Servicer (and the Company if the initial Servicer
is  no  longer  the  Servicer) will deliver to the  Trustee,  the
Placement Agent, MBIA, the Back-up Servicer, the Rating  Agencies
and each Certificateholder of Outstanding Certificates (and, upon
the   request   of  any  Certificateholder,  to  any  prospective
transferee  of  any Certificate which has executed  an  agreement
with   the   Transferor   and  the  Servicer   containing   terms
substantially  similar  to  those set forth  in  Section  4.04(f)
hereof):

          (i)   within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year
     of the Reported Companies, a copy of the Reported Companies'
     Financial   Statements,   all  in  reasonable   detail   and
     accompanied   by  an  opinion  of  a  firm  of   Independent
     Accountants  stating that such financial statements  present
     fairly  the  financial condition of the  Reported  Companies
     (or,  in  the  case of a successor Servicer, such  successor
     Servicer's  financial condition) and have been  prepared  in
     accordance  with  generally accepted  accounting  principles
     consistently  applied (except for changes in application  in
     which such accountants concur), and that the examination  of
     such   accountants   in  connection  with   such   financial
     statements  has  been  made  in  accordance  with  generally
     accepted  auditing standards, and accordingly included  such
     tests  of  the  accounting records and such  other  auditing
     procedures   as   were   considered   necessary    in    the
     circumstances;

          (ii)  with  each  set of Reported Companies'  Financial
     Statements  delivered pursuant to subsection  (a)(i)  above,
     the  Servicer will deliver an Officer's Certificate  stating
     that  such  officer has reviewed the relevant terms  of  the
     Trust   and   Security  Agreement,  the  Lease   Acquisition
     Agreement,  the Insurance Agreement and this  Agreement  and
     has  made,  or  caused  to  be made,  under  such  officer's
     supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions  of
     the  Reported  Companies during the period  covered  by  the
     Reported   Companies   Financial   Statements   then   being
     furnished,  that the review has not disclosed the  existence
     of  any Servicer Default or Servicer Event of Default or, if
     a  Servicer  Default or a Servicer Event of Default  exists,
     describing its nature and what action the Servicer has taken
     and is taking with respect thereto, and that on the basis of
     such  review the officer signing such certificate is of  the
     opinion  that  during such period the Servicer has  serviced
     the Lease Contracts in compliance with the procedures hereof
     except as disclosed in such certificate.
     
          (iii)      immediately  upon  becoming  aware  of   the
     existence  of  any  condition or event which  constitutes  a
     Servicer  Default or a Servicer Event of Default, a  written
     notice  describing its nature and period  of  existence  and
     what  action the Servicer is taking or proposes to take with
     respect thereto;
     
          (iv)  promptly upon the Servicer's becoming  aware of:
     
               (A)   any proposed or pending investigation of  it
          or  the  Transferor  by any governmental  authority  or
          agency, or
          
               (B)    any   pending   or   proposed   court    or
          administrative proceeding which involves or may involve
          the  probability of materially and adversely  affecting
          the   properties,  business,  prospects,   profits   or
          condition  (financial or otherwise) of the Servicer  or
          the Transferor or the Trust Estate,
          
     a written notice specifying the nature of such investigation
or  proceeding and what action the Servicer is taking or proposes
to take with respect thereto and evaluating its merits;
          (v)   with  reasonable promptness any  other  data  and
     information with respect to the Servicer or the Lease Assets
     which  may  be  reasonably  requested  from  time  to  time,
     including without limitation any information required to  be
     made available at any time to any prospective transferee  of
     any  Certificates  in order to satisfy the  requirements  of
     Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
          (vi)   quarterly,  unaudited versions of  the  Reported
     Companies' consolidating balance sheet and income  statement
     within 45 days after the end of each quarter; and
          (vii)       such  other  information  as  may   be
     specified in the Trust and Security Agreement.
     (b)   On or before each March 25, commencing March 25, 1998,
so  long as any of the Certificates are outstanding, the Servicer
shall furnish to MBIA, each Certificateholder and the Trustee  an
Officer's  Certificate either stating that such action  has  been
taken with respect to the recording, filing, and rerecording  and
refiling  of any financing statements and continuation statements
as  necessary to maintain the interest of the Trustee created  by
the Trust and Security Agreement with respect to the Trust Estate
and  reciting the details of such action or stating that no  such
action  is  necessary to maintain such interest.  Such  Officer's
Certificate   shall   also   describe  the   recording,   filing,
rerecording   and  refiling  of  any  financing  statements   and
continuation  statements that will be required  to  maintain  the
interest  of the Trustee in the Trust Estate until the date  such
next Officer's Certificate is due.

     Section  4.03    Independent  Accountants'  Reports;  Annual
Federal Tax Lien Search.

     (a)   Promptly at the end of the Servicer's fiscal year, the
Servicer  at  its expense shall cause the Independent Accountants
(who  may  also render and deliver other services to the Servicer
and  its  Affiliates)  to  prepare a  statement  to  the  Back-up
Servicer,  the Trustee, the Certificateholders, MBIA, the  Rating
Agencies and the Placement Agent, dated as of the close  of  such
period,  to  the  effect  that the Independent  Accountants  have
examined the servicing procedures, manuals, guides and records of
the  Servicer,  and  the  accounts and records  of  the  Servicer
relating  to  the Lease Contracts and any files or  documentation
pertaining to the Lease Assets (which procedures, manuals, guides
and  records shall be described in one or more schedules to  such
statement),  that such Independent Accountants have compared  the
information contained in the Monthly Servicer's Reports delivered
in the relevant period with information contained in the accounts
and  records  for  such period, and that, on the  basis  of  such
examination  and comparison, nothing has come to the  Independent
Accountants'  attention to indicate that the  Servicer  has  not,
during  the  relevant  period, serviced the  Lease  Contracts  in
compliance with such servicing procedures, manual and guides  and
in  the same manner required by the Servicer's standards and with
the  same degree of skill and care consistent with that which the
Servicer  customarily  exercises with respect  to  similar  Lease
Contracts  owned  by  it and otherwise in  compliance  with  this
Agreement,  that  such  accounts  and  records  have   not   been
maintained  in  accordance with Section  4.04  hereof,  that  the
information contained in the Monthly Servicer's Reports does  not
reconcile  with  the information contained in  the  accounts  and
records or that such certificates, accounts and records have  not
been properly prepared and maintained in all material respects or
in  accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, except in
each  case for (i) such exceptions as the Independent Accountants
shall believe to be immaterial and (ii) such other exceptions  as
shall be set forth in such statement.  The Servicer shall deliver
to the Back-up Servicer, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, the
Placement Agent, the Rating Agencies and MBIA a copy of any  such
statement within 120 days of the close of the relevant period.
     (b)   Promptly after the end of the Servicer's fiscal  year,
commencing  with  the  fiscal year  ending  June  30,  1998,  the
Servicer,  at its expense, shall cause a search of  any  and  all
federal tax liens against the Company and the Transferor and  any
Affiliates as of the end of such fiscal year to be conducted  and
shall   deliver  to  the  Back-up  Servicer,  the  Trustee,   the
Certificateholders and MBIA on or before July 31  of  each  year,
commencing  July 31, 1998, an officer's certificate signed  by  a
Servicing  Officer  (i)  stating that there  are  no  outstanding
federal  tax liens filed against any portion of the Trust Estate,
the Company, the Transferor, or any Affiliate or (ii) listing the
outstanding  federal tax liens filed against any portion  of  the
Trust Estate, the Company, the Transferor, or any Affiliate.   In
the  event  any such certificate shall disclose any such  federal
tax  liens,  the Servicer shall promptly thereafter, satisfy  any
such federal tax liens.

     Section   4.04     Access  to  Certain   Documentation   and
Information.

     (a)   The  Servicer  shall provide to the Back-up  Servicer,
MBIA,  the  Trustee,  or  any Certificateholder  and  their  duly
authorized  representatives, attorneys or accountants  access  to
any  and  all documentation regarding the Trust Estate (including
the  Lease  Schedule) that the Servicer may possess, such  access
being  afforded  without charge but only upon reasonable  request
and   during  normal  business  hours  so  as  not  to  interfere
unreasonably with the Servicer's normal operations or customer or
employee relations, at offices of the Servicer designated by  the
Servicer.

     (b)  At all times during the term hereof, the Servicer shall
keep  available at its principal executive office for  inspection
by Certificateholders, the Trustee, the Back-up Servicer and MBIA
a  list  of all Lease Contracts then held as a part of the  Trust
Estate,  together with a reconciliation of such list to that  set
forth in the Initial Lease Schedule or the Amended Lease Schedule
and  each  of  the  Monthly  Servicer's Reports,  indicating  the
cumulative addition and removal of Lease Contracts from the Trust
Estate.

     (c)   The Servicer will maintain accounts and records as  to
each respective Lease Contract serviced by the Servicer that  are
accurate  and sufficiently detailed as to permit (i)  the  reader
thereof to know as of the most recent Calculation Date the status
of   such  Lease  Contract,  including  any  payments,  Insurance
Proceeds, Residual Proceeds and Recoveries received or owing (and
the  nature of each) thereon and (ii) the reconciliation  between
payments, Insurance Proceeds, Residual Proceeds or Recoveries  on
(or  with  respect to) each Lease Contract and the  amounts  from
time  to  time deposited in the Collection Account in respect  of
such Lease Contract.

     (d)   The  Servicer  will maintain all of  its  computerized
accounts  and  records so that, from the Closing Date  and  after
each  Acquisition  Date and the conveyance of the  related  Lease
Contract,  Lease  Receivables and Equipment to the  Trustee,  the
Servicer's  accounts and records (including any back-up  computer
archives)   that  refer  to  any  such  Lease  Contracts,   Lease
Receivables  or  Equipment  indicate  clearly  that   the   Lease
Contracts,  Lease  Receivables and Equipment  are  owned  by  the
Trustee  for  the  benefit  of MBIA and  the  Certificateholders.
Indication of the Trustee's interest in a Lease Contract will  be
deleted  from or modified on the Servicer's accounts and  records
when,  and only when, the Lease Contract has been paid  in  full,
replaced  with  a Substitute Lease Contract or purchased  by  the
Company or the Transferor or conveyed to the Servicer pursuant to
this Agreement.

     (e)    Nothing  in  this  Section  4.04  shall  affect   the
obligation  of  the  Servicer  to  observe  any  applicable   law
prohibiting  disclosure of information regarding  the  Customers,
and the failure to provide information otherwise required by this
Section  4.04  as  a result of such observance by  the  Servicer,
shall not constitute a breach of this Section 4.04.

     (f)   All  information obtained by the Trustee, the  Back-up
Servicer,  MBIA or any Certificateholder regarding the  Customers
and  the  Lease  Contracts, whether upon exercise of  its  rights
under this Section 4.04 or otherwise, shall be maintained by  the
Trustee, the Back-up Servicer, MBIA or the Certificateholder,  as
applicable, in confidence and shall not be disclosed to any other
Person,  unless such disclosure  shall not violate any applicable
law  or regulation or any proprietary rights of the Company,  the
Transferor  or  the  Servicer  unless  ordered  by  a  court   of
applicable  jurisdiction; provided that MBIA may make disclosures
with  respect to any of the above matters to the Rating Agencies,
reinsurers  or any entity having regulatory authority  over  MBIA
and  provided  further that the Certificateholders  may  disclose
such  information  to  the  extent permitted  by  the  applicable
Certificate Purchase Agreement.

     Section 4.05   Other Necessary Data.  The Servicer shall, on
request  of  the Back-up Servicer, the Trustee or  MBIA,  (i)  on
reasonable  notice, furnish the Trustee, the Back-up Servicer  or
MBIA  such  data necessary for the administration  of  the  Trust
Estate  as can be reasonably generated by the Servicer's existing
data  processing systems, and (ii) on and after a Servicer  Event
of  Default, within 5 Business Days, provide the Trustee and  the
Back-up  Servicer  with  access to the Servicer's  existing  data
processing systems and any files or records with respect  to  the
Lease Assets that it may have.

     Section   4.06     Trustee  to  Cooperate.    Upon   payment
(including through application of any prepayment) in full of  any
Lease Contract, the Servicer will notify the Trustee on the  next
succeeding  Determination  Date by written  certification  (which
certification  shall include a statement to the effect  that  all
amounts  received in connection with such payments in full  which
are  required to be deposited in the Collection Account  pursuant
to  Section  3.03 hereof have been so deposited) of  a  Servicing
Officer and shall request delivery of the Lease Contract  to  the
Servicer.   Upon  receipt of such delivery request,  the  Trustee
shall within 7 days of such request by the Servicer release  such
Lease  Contract  to  the Servicer.  Upon release  of  such  Lease
Contract, the Servicer is authorized to execute an instrument  in
satisfaction of such Lease Contract and to do such other acts and
execute  such other documents as it deems necessary to  discharge
the  Customer thereunder and, if applicable, release any security
interest  in  the Equipment related thereto.  The Servicer  shall
determine when a Lease Contract has been paid in full.  Upon  the
written  request  of  a  Servicing Officer  and  subject  to  the
Trustee's  rights to indemnity contained herein and in the  Trust
and Security Agreement, the Trustee shall perform such other acts
as  reasonably requested in writing by the Servicer and otherwise
cooperate   with   the   Servicer   in   enforcement    of    the
Certificateholders'  rights and remedies with  respect  to  Lease
Contracts.

                             ARTICLE 5
                                 
                           THE SERVICER
                                 
                                 
     Section 5.01   Servicer Indemnification.
     (a)   The  Servicer  shall indemnify and hold  harmless  the
Trustee,  the  Transferor, the Back-up Servicer,  MBIA,  and  the
Certificateholders, from and against any loss, liability,  claim,
expense,  damage or injury suffered or sustained  to  the  extent
that such loss, liability, claim, expense, damage or injury arose
out of or was imposed by reason of the failure by the Servicer to
perform its duties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
or  are  attributable  to  errors or omissions  of  the  Servicer
related  to  such duties or  a breach of the representations  and
warranties made by the Servicer in Section 2.01 hereof; provided,
however, that the Servicer shall not indemnify any party  to  the
extent  that  acts  of  fraud,  gross  negligence  or  breach  of
fiduciary duty by such party contributed to such loss, liability,
claim, expense, damage or injury.

     (b)  The Servicer shall not be liable for any settlement  of
any  action  or  claim  effected without  its  consent.   If  the
Servicer  has  made any indemnity payments to MBIA, the  Trustee,
the  Back-up Servicer or the Certificateholders pursuant to  this
Section  and  such party thereafter collects any of such  amounts
from   others,  such  party  will  promptly  repay  such  amounts
collected  to the Servicer, without interest.  The provisions  of
this Section 5.01 shall survive any expiration or termination  of
this Agreement.

       Section 5.02   Corporate Existence; Reorganizations.
                                 
     (a)   The  Servicer shall keep in full effect its  existence
and  good standing as a corporation in the State of Delaware  and
will  obtain and preserve its qualification to do business  as  a
foreign   corporation  in  each  jurisdiction   in   which   such
qualification is or shall be necessary to enable the Servicer  to
perform its duties under this Agreement, except where the failure
to  so  qualify would not have a material adverse effect  on  the
Trust Estate or the ability of the Servicer to perform its duties
hereunder; provided, however, that the Servicer may reorganize as
a  corporation in another state, if to do so would be in the best
interests  of the Servicer and would not have a material  adverse
effect upon the Certificateholders or MBIA.

     (b)   The Servicer shall not (i) (other than pursuant to one
or  more  additional lease pool financings) convey,  transfer  or
lease  substantially  all of its assets as  an  entirety  to  any
Person, or (ii) merge or consolidate with another Person,  unless
(A)  such  Person  or the merged or consolidated entity  acquires
substantially all the assets of the Servicer as an entirety,  has
adequate   servicing  skills  and  personnel,  is   substantially
involved  in the equipment financing lease business and  executes
and  delivers  to  the  Transferor,  MBIA  and  the  Trustee   an
agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory  to  the
Transferor, MBIA, the Controlling Holders and the Trustee,  which
contains  an assumption by such Person or entity of the  due  and
punctual   performance  and  observance  of  each  covenant   and
condition to be performed or observed by the Servicer under  this
Agreement,  (B) no Default, Event of Default or Servicer  Default
(or  an  event  that due to the lapse of time or failure  to  act
would  become a Servicer Default) has occurred and is continuing,
and  (C)  MBIA  shall have given its prior written consent.   The
Servicer shall provide prompt written notice of such event to the
Rating Agencies and shall provide to the Trustee, for the benefit
of  MBIA  and  the  Certificateholders,  an  Opinion  of  Counsel
confirming the enforceability of such assumption agreement.

     (c)   The  Servicer  shall provide written  notice  (to  the
extent  the  Servicer  has actual knowledge  or  notice  and  the
provision  of  such information does not violate  any  securities
laws)  to  the  Trustee  and  MBIA within  ten  days  after   any
acquisition by one person or a group of persons acting in concert
of more than 50% of the stock of the Servicer.

     Section  5.03   Limitation on Liability of the Servicer  and
Others.   Except as provided in Section 5.01 hereof, neither  the
Servicer nor any of the officers, directors, employees or  agents
of the Servicer shall be under any liability for any action taken
or  for  refraining from the taking of any action in its capacity
as  Servicer pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however,  that
this  provision shall not protect the Servicer or any such person
against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by  reason
of  willful  misconduct,  bad faith or  gross  negligence  (which
includes  negligence with respect to the duties of  the  Servicer
explicitly set forth in this Agreement) in the performance of its
duties  hereunder.   The  Servicer  and  any  officer,  director,
employee or agent of the Servicer may rely in good faith  on  any
document  of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted
by  any Person with respect to any matters arising hereunder.  No
implied  covenants  or  obligations  shall  be  read  into   this
Agreement  against  the  Servicer.  In  the  event  the  Servicer
performs   any  activities  beyond  the  requirements   of   this
Agreement,  the Servicer shall have the option but  will  not  be
required to perform such activities in the future.

     Section 5.04   The Servicer Not to Resign.

     (a)   The  Servicer  shall not resign from  the  duties  and
obligations  hereby imposed on it except upon a determination  by
its  Board  of  Directors that by reason of change in  applicable
legal  requirements,  with which the Servicer  cannot  reasonably
comply,  the continued performance by the Servicer of its  duties
under  this Agreement would cause it to be in violation  of  such
legal  requirements,  said determination to  be  evidenced  by  a
resolution   from  its  Board  of  Directors  to   such   effect,
accompanied  by  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  to  such  effect   and
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and MBIA.

     (b)   No  such  resignation shall become effective  until  a
successor  Servicer  shall have assumed the responsibilities  and
obligations of the Servicer hereunder.

     (c)   Except  as provided in Sections 5.02 and 6.01  hereof,
the  duties and obligations of the Servicer under this  Agreement
shall continue until this Agreement shall have been terminated as
provided  in Section 8.01 hereof, and shall survive the  exercise
by  the  Transferor or the Trustee of any right or  remedy  under
this  Agreement, or the enforcement by the Transferor, MBIA,  the
Trustee  or  any  Certificateholder  of  any  provision  of   the
Certificates or this Agreement.



                             ARTICLE 6
                                 
                       SERVICING TERMINATION
                                 
                                 
     Section 6.01   Servicer Events of Default.
     (a)    Any  of  the  following  acts  or  occurrences  shall
constitute a Servicer Event of Default:
          (i)   Any  failure by the Servicer to  deliver  to  the
     Trustee  for  payment to Certificateholders any proceeds  or
     payments received from a Customer or in respect of the Trust
     Estate  and required to be so delivered under the  terms  of
     the  Trust  and  Security Agreement and this Agreement  that
     continues unremedied until 10:00 a.m. (Minneapolis time)  on
     the  following  Business Day; provided,  however,  that  the
     Trustee,  upon  receiving actual knowledge of such  failure,
     shall  give  the  Servicer  prompt  written,  telecopied  or
     telephonic  notice  of  such failure.   Notwithstanding  the
     foregoing, any failure by the Trustee to deliver such notice
     to  the  Servicer  shall not prevent  the  occurrence  of  a
     Servicer Event of Default; or
          (ii)  Any failure by the Servicer to deliver a  Monthly
     Servicer's  Report  pursuant to  Section  4.01  hereof  that
     continues unremedied until 10:00 a.m., Minneapolis time, the
     following  Business  Day; provided,  however,  that  if  the
     Servicer has not delivered the Monthly Servicer's Report  by
     12:00 noon (Minneapolis time) on the Determination Date, the
     Trustee  shall  give the Servicer notice  of  such  failure.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure by the Trustee to
     deliver  such notice to the Servicer shall not  prevent  the
     occurrence of a Servicer Event of Default; or
          (iii)Any  failure by the Servicer to  make  a  Servicer
     Advance  pursuant to Section 3.04 hereof or to  deposit  any
     Removal Price received by it that continues unremedied until
     10:00  a.m.  (Minneapolis time) the following Business  Day;
     provided,  however, that if the Servicer has  not  made  the
     Servicer Advance or deposited any Removal Price received  by
     it  by  12:00  noon (Minneapolis time) on the  Determination
     Date  and the Trustee has received written notification from
     the  Servicer  by  way of the Monthly Servicer's  Report  or
     otherwise that such Servicer Advance or Removal Price is  to
     be paid, the Trustee shall give the Servicer prompt written,
     telecopied   or   telephonic   notice   of   such   failure.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure by the Trustee to
     deliver  such notice to the Servicer shall not  prevent  the
     occurrence of a Servicer Event of Default; or
     
          (iv)  Any  failure on the part of the Servicer  in  its
     capacity  as such duly to observe or perform in any material
     respect  any  other covenants or agreements of the  Servicer
     set  forth  in  this  Agreement or the  Trust  and  Security
     Agreement,  as the case may be, or if any representation  or
     warranty of the Servicer set forth in Section 2.01  of  this
     Agreement  shall  prove to be incorrect,  which  failure  or
     breach  (A) materially and adversely affects or could affect
     the  interest  or  rights  of  MBIA,  the  Trustee,  or  the
     Certificateholders and (B) continues unremedied for a period
     of  30  days  after  the date on which the Servicer  becomes
     aware  of such failure or breach or written notice  of  such
     failure  or breach, requiring the situation giving  rise  to
     such  breach  or non-conformity to be remedied,  shall  have
     been  given  to a Servicing Officer of the Servicer  by  the
     Trustee,  MBIA, the Transferor, or the Back-up Servicer,  or
     to a Servicing Officer of the Servicer, MBIA and the Trustee
     by Holders of Certificates representing not less than 25% of
     the Certificate Balance; or
          (v)   Any  assignment by the Servicer to a delegate  of
     its  duties  or  rights  under  this  Agreement,  except  as
     specifically  permitted hereunder, or any  attempt  to  make
     such an assignment; or
          (vi)  The  entry of a decree or order for relief  by  a
     court  having jurisdiction in respect of the Servicer  or  a
     petition  against the Servicer in an involuntary case  under
     any  federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in effect,
     or  any  other present or future federal or state bankruptcy
     insolvency  or  similar  law, or appointing  a  conservator,
     receiver,    liquidator,   assignee,   trustee,   custodian,
     sequestrator or other similar official for the  Servicer  or
     for  any  substantial part of its property, or ordering  the
     winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Servicer and
     the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and  in
     effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or
          (vii)The  commencement by the Servicer of  a  voluntary
     case  under any federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter
     in  effect, or any other present or future federal or  state
     bankruptcy,  insolvency, reorganization or similar  law,  or
     the  consent by the Servicer to the appointment of or taking
     possession by a conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee,
     trustee,  custodian, sequestrator or other similar  official
     in  any  insolvency,  readjustment of  debt,  marshaling  of
     assets and liabilities, bankruptcy or similar proceedings of
     or  relating  to the Servicer or relating to  a  substantial
     part  of its property, or the making by the Servicer  of  an
     assignment  for the benefit of creditors, or the failure  by
     the Servicer generally to pay its debts as such debts become
     due  or if the Servicer shall admit in writing its inability
     to  pay  its  debts  as they become due, or  the  taking  of
     corporate  action by the Servicer in furtherance of  any  of
     the foregoing; or
          (viii)The occurrence of a Trigger Event if the  initial
     Servicer is the Servicer.
     (b)   So long as a Servicer Event of Default shall not  have
been  remedied within the period set forth in (i),  (ii),  (iii),
(iv)  or  (vi)  above, as applicable, or if a Servicer  Event  of
Default  described  in  (v), (vii) or (viii)  above  occurs,  the
Trustee, at the direction of MBIA shall, or if there has been  an
MBIA Default or Termination, the Trustee, the Transferor, or  the
Back-up  Servicer may and shall at the request of the Controlling
Holders, by notice (the "Servicer Termination Notice") then given
in  writing  to the Servicer and the Back-up Servicer,  terminate
all, but not less than all, of the rights and obligations of  the
Servicer under this Agreement.
     (c)   Upon  the occurrence of a Trigger Event,  the  Trustee
shall,  at  the direction of MBIA, or if there has been  an  MBIA
Default or Termination, the Trustee, the Transferor, or the Backup
Servicer  may  and shall at the request  of  the  Controlling
Holders, by Servicer Termination Notice then given in writing  to
the Servicer and the Back-up Servicer, terminate all but not less
than all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under this
Agreement.
     (d)   On  or after the receipt by the Servicer of a Servicer
Termination Notice, all authority and power of the Servicer under
this  Agreement, whether with respect to the Certificates or  the
Lease Contracts or otherwise, shall pass to and be vested in  the
successor  Servicer  appointed pursuant to Section  6.02  hereof,
and,  without  limitation,  such  successor  Servicer  is  hereby
authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the
Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents
and other instruments, and to do or accomplish all other acts  or
things  necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes  of  such
notice  of termination, whether to complete the transfer  of  the
Lease  Contracts  and  related  documents,  or  otherwise.    The
Servicer  agrees  to  cooperate with  the  Trustee,  the  Back-up
Servicer  and the successor Servicer in effecting the termination
of  the  responsibilities and rights of the  Servicer  hereunder,
including,  without  limitation, the transfer  to  the  successor
Servicer for administration by it of all cash amounts that  shall
at  the  time be held by the Servicer for deposit, or  have  been
deposited   by  the  Servicer,  in  the  Collection  Account   or
thereafter  received with respect to any of the Lease  Contracts.
To  assist  the successor Servicer in enforcing all rights  under
the  Lease Contracts and the Insurance Polices to the extent they
relate to the Lease Contracts, the outgoing Servicer, at its  own
expense,  shall  transfer its records (electronic and  otherwise)
relating  to  such Lease Contracts to the successor  Servicer  in
such  form  as the successor Servicer may reasonably request  and
shall  transfer  the related Lease Contracts and  Lease  Contract
Files  (to  the  extent not held by the Trustee)  and  all  other
records,  correspondence  and documents  relating  to  the  Lease
Contracts  that it may possess to the successor Servicer  in  the
manner  and  at  such  times  as  the  successor  Servicer  shall
reasonably  request.  In addition to any other amounts  that  are
then  payable to the Servicer under this Agreement, the  Servicer
shall  be entitled to receive reimbursements for any unreimbursed
Servicer Advance made during the period prior to the delivery  of
a Servicer Termination Notice pursuant to this Section 6.01 which
terminates  the obligations and right of the Servicer under  this
Agreement.

     Section  6.02    Back-up Servicer to Act;  Taking  of  Bids;
Appointment of Successor Servicer.

          (a)(i)    Except as provided in Section 6.02(d) hereof,
     on  and  after  the  time the Servicer resigns  pursuant  to
     Section  5.04  hereof  or  receives a  Servicer  Termination
     Notice  pursuant  to  Section 6.01(b)  or  (c)  hereof,  the
     Back-up   Servicer   shall,   unless   prevented   by   law,
     automatically  and without further action be  the  successor
     Servicer.  If the Back-up Servicer cannot serve as successor
     Servicer,  MBIA,  or if an MBIA Default or  Termination  has
     occurred  and  is  continuing, the  Trustee,  shall  appoint
     another firm acceptable to it and the Controlling Holders.
     
          (ii)  The  successor Servicer shall, upon the execution
     of  a written agreement to be bound by all of the provisions
     of  this Agreement, be the successor in all respects to  the
     Servicer  in  its capacity as Servicer under this  Agreement
     and  the  transactions set forth or provided for herein  and
     shall  be  subject to all the responsibilities,  duties  and
     liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer  by  the
     terms  and  provisions hereof; provided, however,  that  the
     successor  Servicer (x) shall not be required  to  make  any
     Servicer   Advance  if  such  Servicer  Advance   would   be
     prohibited by applicable law and (y) shall not be liable for
     any  acts or omissions of the outgoing Servicer or  for  any
     breach   by   the   outgoing  Servicer   of   any   of   its
     representations and warranties contained herein  or  in  any
     related  document  or  agreement.  With  the  prior  written
     consent  of  MBIA  (which consent shall not be  unreasonably
     withheld),  the  successor  Servicer  may  subcontract  with
     another  firm to act as subservicer so long as the successor
     Servicer  remains  fully  responsible  and  accountable  for
     performance of all obligations of the Servicer on and  after
     the  time  the  Servicer receives the  Servicer  Termination
     Notice.   The  successor Servicer shall be entitled  to  the
     Servicer Fee and any Additional Servicer Fee, subject to the
     taking of bids as described in subsection (b) below.
     (b)   Solely for purposes of establishing the fee to be paid
to  the successor Servicer upon receipt of a Servicer Termination
Notice, the Back-up Servicer shall solicit written bids,  with  a
copy  to  MBIA (such bids to include a proposed servicer fee  and
servicing  transfer  costs) from not  less  than  three  entities
experienced  in the servicing of Lease Contracts similar  to  the
Lease  Contracts and that are not affiliates of the Trustee,  the
Back-up  Servicer,  the  Servicer  or  the  Transferor  and   are
reasonably  acceptable to MBIA.  The Transferor may also  solicit
additional  bids  from  other such entities.   Any  such  written
solicitation shall prominently indicate that bids should  specify
any  applicable subservicing fees required to be  paid  from  the
Servicer  Fee and that any fees and transfer costs in  excess  of
the   Servicer  Fee  shall  be  paid  only  pursuant  to  Section
12.02(d)(ix)  of  the  Trust  and  Security  Agreement   as   the
Additional  Servicer Fee.  The successor Servicer  shall  act  as
Servicer  hereunder  and shall, subject to  the  availability  of
sufficient  funds in the Collection Account pursuant  to  Section
12.02(d)(i) (up to the Servicer Fee) and Section 12.02(d)(ix) (up
to  any  Additional  Servicer Fee and  any  successor  Servicer's
Transition  Costs) and Section 12.02(d)(ix) (up to any additional
Transition Costs) of the Trust and Security Agreement, receive as
compensation therefor a fee equal to the fee proposed in the  bid
so  solicited  which  provides  for  the  lowest  combination  of
servicer  fee  and transition costs, as reasonably determined  by
MBIA.

     (c)  The Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Transferor, the
Trustee  and  such  successor Servicer shall  take  such  action,
consistent  with  this  Agreement,  as  shall  be  necessary   to
effectuate  any  such succession.  The Back-up Servicer  (or  the
Trustee or the Certificateholders if such Certificateholders have
previously  reimbursed  the  Back-up  Servicer  and  the  Trustee
therefor)  shall  be  reimbursed for Transition  Costs,  if  any,
incurred in connection with the assumption of responsibilities of
the  successor  Servicer, upon receipt of documentation  of  such
costs and expenses and in accordance with Section 12.02(d)(ix) of
the  Trust  and  Security Agreement.  The Back-up Servicer  shall
have no claim against the Transferor or the Trust Estate for  any
costs  and  expenses  incurred in effecting  such  succession  in
excess  of  the amount specified in the definition of "Transition
Costs."

     (d)   Upon written notification to the Trustee that  on  any
Determination  Date following the solicitation of  bids  provided
for  in Section 6.02(b) hereof, the sum of the aggregate Implicit
Principal  Balance  for all Lease Contracts plus  the  amount  on
deposit  in  the  Cash  Collateral  Account  less  the  Class   A
Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate Balance is less  than
the  lesser of (1) $50,000 or (2) the proposed servicing transfer
costs  set forth in the lowest bid solicited pursuant to  Section
6.02(b)  hereof, then the Back-up Servicer shall be  relieved  of
its  obligation under Section 6.02(a)(i) hereof, and MBIA, or  if
there  is  an  MBIA Default or Termination, the Transferor  shall
appoint  a  successor  Servicer.  In such event,  MBIA  shall  be
reimbursed  for any Transition Costs incurred solely pursuant  to
Section  6.02(b) hereof in the manner and to the extent  provided
for in Section 12.02(d)(ix) of the Trust and Security Agreement.

     Section  6.03    Notification  to  Certificateholders.   The
Servicer  shall  promptly  notify  the  successor  Servicer   (if
specified in the Trust and Security Agreement), Back-up Servicer,
MBIA, the Transferor, the Rating Agencies and the Trustee of  any
Servicer  Event  of Default upon actual knowledge  thereof  by  a
Servicing Officer.  Upon any termination of, or appointment of  a
successor  to,  the  Servicer pursuant to  this  Article  6,  the
Trustee  shall give prompt written notice thereof to  the  Rating
Agencies and the Certificateholders at their respective addresses
appearing in the Certificate Register.

     Section 6.04   Waiver of Past Defaults.  The Trustee  shall,
at  the  direction of MBIA or at the direction of the Controlling
Holders,  on  behalf of all Certificateholders, with the  written
consent  of  MBIA,  so  long  as there  is  no  MBIA  Default  or
Termination, waive any default by the Servicer in the performance
of  its obligations hereunder and its consequences, other than  a
default  with  respect  to  required  deposits  and  payments  in
accordance with Article 3 or a default of the type set  forth  in
clause  (vii)  or (viii) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, which  waiver
shall  require  the consent of each Certificateholder  and  MBIA.
Upon  any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease
to  exist,  and  any Servicer Event of Default arising  therefrom
shall  be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of  this
Agreement.   No  such waiver shall extend to  any  subsequent  or
other  default or impair any right consequent thereon  except  to
the  extent expressly waived.  The Trustee shall provide  to  the
Rating Agencies notification of any such waiver.

        Section 6.05   Effects of Termination of Servicer.
     (a)   Upon  the  appointment of the successor Servicer,  the
predecessor Servicer shall remit any Scheduled Payments,  Overdue
Payments  and any other payments or proceeds that it may  receive
pursuant  to  any  Lease Contract or otherwise to  the  successor
Servicer after such date of appointment.

     (b)   After  the delivery of a Servicer Termination  Notice,
the  outgoing  Servicer  shall have no further  obligations  with
respect    to    the   management,   administration,   servicing,
enforcement, custody or collection of the Lease Contracts and the
successor  Servicer  shall have all of such  obligations,  except
that  the  outgoing  Servicer  will  transmit  or  cause  to   be
transmitted  directly  to  the successor  Servicer,  promptly  on
receipt and in the same form in which received, any amounts  held
by  the  outgoing Servicer (properly endorsed where required  for
the successor Servicer to collect them) received as payments upon
or  otherwise  in  connection  with  the  Lease  Contracts.   The
outgoing  Servicer's  indemnification  obligations  pursuant   to
Section  5.01 hereof will survive the termination of the Servicer
but  will  not  extend to any acts or omissions  of  a  successor
Servicer.

     Section  6.06    No  Effect  on  Other  Parties.   Upon  any
termination of the rights and powers of the Servicer pursuant  to
Section  6.01  hereof,  or upon any appointment  of  a  successor
Servicer, all the rights, powers, duties and obligations  of  the
other  parties  under  this Agreement,  the  Trust  and  Security
Agreement,  and  the  Lease Acquisition  Agreement  shall  remain
unaffected by such termination or appointment and shall remain in
full force and effect thereafter.

                             ARTICLE 7
                       THE BACK-UP SERVICER
                                 
                                 
     Section  7.01    Representations of Back-up  Servicer.   The
Back-up   Servicer   makes  the  following  representations   and
warranties:

     (a)   The  Back-up Servicer has been duly organized  and  is
validly  existing  as  a  national banking  association  in  good
standing  under  the laws of the United States of  America,  with
power  and  authority to own its properties and  to  conduct  its
business  as  such properties shall be currently owned  and  such
business is presently conducted.

     (b)   The  Back-up Servicer has the power and  authority  to
execute  and  deliver  this Agreement,  the  Trust  and  Security
Agreement  and  the Insurance Agreement and to  carry  out  their
respective terms; and the execution, delivery, and performance of
this  Agreement,  the  Trust  and  Security  Agreement  and   the
Insurance  Agreement  shall  have been  duly  authorized  by  the
Back-up Servicer by all necessary corporate action.

     (c)    Each  of  this  Agreement,  the  Trust  and  Security
Agreement and the Insurance Agreement constitutes a legal, valid,
and  binding  obligation of the Back-up Servicer  enforceable  in
accordance  with  its respective terms, except as  enforceability
may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  or
other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
in  general  and by general principles of equity,  regardless  of
whether  such enforceability shall be considered in a  proceeding
in equity or at law.

     (d)   The  consummation of the transactions contemplated  by
this  Agreement,  the  Trust  and  Security  Agreement  and   the
Insurance  Agreement  and the fulfillment of  the  terms  thereof
shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms
and  provisions  of, nor constitute (with or  without  notice  or
lapse of time) a default under, the articles of incorporation  or
by-laws of the Back-up Servicer, or any indenture, agreement,  or
other  instrument to which the Back-up Servicer is a party or  by
which it shall be bound; nor result in the creation or imposition
of  any lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms  of
any  such indenture, agreement, or other instrument; nor  violate
any  law  or  any  order, rule, or regulation applicable  to  the
Back-up  Servicer  of  any  court or  of  any  Federal  or  state
regulatory  body,  administrative agency, or  other  governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Back-up Servicer  or
its properties.

     (e)   There are no proceedings or investigations pending or,
to  the Back-up Servicer's best knowledge, threatened before  any
court,   regulatory  body,  administrative   agency,   or   other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Back-up
Servicer  or its properties (i) asserting the invalidity  of  the
Servicing  Agreement,  the Trust and Security  Agreement  or  the
Insurance Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation  of
any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Trust
and  Security Agreement or the Insurance Agreement, (iii) seeking
any  determination or ruling that might materially and  adversely
affect the performance by the Back-up Servicer of its obligations
under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement,  the
Trust and Security Agreement or the Insurance Agreement.

     Section 7.02   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption  of
the  Obligations of, Back-up Servicer.  Any Person (i) into which
the  Back-up Servicer may be merged or consolidated,  (ii)  which
may  result from any merger or consolidation to which the Back-up
Servicer  shall  be a party, or (iii) which may  succeed  to  the
properties and assets of the Back-up Servicer substantially as  a
whole,  which  Person in any of the foregoing cases  executes  an
agreement  of  assumption  to perform  every  obligation  of  the
Back-up Servicer hereunder, shall be the successor to the Back-up
Servicer  under this Agreement with the prior written consent  of
MBIA  and  without  any further act on the part  of  any  of  the
parties  to  this  Agreement.  In the event  that  the  resulting
entity does not meet the eligibility requirements for the Trustee
set  forth  in  the  Trust  and Security Agreement,  the  Back-up
Servicer, upon the written request of MBIA, shall resign from its
obligations and duties under this Agreement.
     Section  7.03   Back-up Servicer Resignation.   The  Back-up
Servicer  shall not resign from its obligations and duties  under
this Agreement, the Trust and Security Agreement or the Insurance
Agreement  except  (i)  as provided in  Section  7.02  above,  or
(ii)  upon determination that the performance of its duties shall
no   longer  be  permissible  under  applicable  law  (any   such
determination permitting the resignation of the Back-up  Servicer
shall  be  evidenced  by  an Opinion of Counsel  to  such  effect
delivered  to the Trustee and MBIA).  Upon the Back-up Servicer's
resignation  or termination pursuant to Sections 7.02  hereof  or
this Section 7.03, notice thereof shall be provided to the Rating
agencies   and  the  Back-up  Servicer  shall  comply  with   the
provisions of this Agreement until the acceptance of a  successor
servicer.

     Section 7.04   Oversight of Servicing.

     (1)   Prior to each Payment Date, the Back-up Servicer shall
review  the Monthly Servicer's Report related thereto  and  shall
determine the following:

          (i)  that such Monthly Servicer's Report is complete on
     its face;
     
          (ii) that the amount credited to and withdrawn from the
     Lockbox Account is the same as the amount set forth  in  the
     Monthly Servicer's Report as so credited; and
     
          (iii)      that  the amounts credited to and  withdrawn
     from the Collection Account and the Cash Collateral Account,
     and  the  balance  of such accounts, as  set  forth  in  the
     records of the Back-up Servicer, are the same as the  amount
     set forth in the Monthly Servicer's Report.
     
     (b)   The  Back-up Servicer shall, within  30  days  of  the
receipt  thereof,  load  the  Computer  Tape  received  from  the
Servicer  pursuant  to the Section 4.01 hereof,  make  sure  such
Computer  Tape is in readable form and shall calculate and  check
the following:

          (i)    the   Aggregate  IPB  as  of  the  most   recent
     Calculation Date;
     
          (ii) the Class A Principal Distribution Amount and  the
     Class  B Principal Distribution Amount as of the most recent
     Payment Date; and
     
          (iii)      the  Annualized  Gross  Default  Rate,   the
     Cumulative Gross Default Rate and the Delinquency  Rate  for
     the  related Monthly Period as set forth in the most  recent
     Monthly Servicer's Report.
In  addition, the Back-up Servicer shall confirm that  the  items
set  forth in the Monthly Servicer's Report, other than the items
listed  in the section entitled "Deposits by or on behalf of  the
Servicer"  are  accurate  based solely on  a  comparison  to  the
Computer Tape referred to above.
     (c)  In the event of any discrepancy between the information
set  forth  in  subparagraphs (a) and (b) as  calculated  by  the
Servicer  from  that  determined or  calculated  by  the  Back-up
Servicer,   the  Back-up  Servicer  shall  promptly  notify   the
Servicer,  the Trustee, the Certificateholders and MBIA  of  such
discrepancy.  If within 30 days of such notice being provided  to
the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer and the Servicer are unable to
resolve  such  discrepancy, the Back-up Servicer  shall  promptly
notify  the  Rating  Agencies,  MBIA  and  the  Holders  of   the
Certificates of such discrepancy.

     (d)  Based solely on the information included in the Initial
Lease  Schedule  delivered on the Closing Date and  each  Amended
Lease  Schedule  delivered  on  each  Acquisition  Date  and  the
Computer Tapes provided each Payment Date thereafter, the Back-up
Servicer  shall  determine that any Funded  Lease  Contracts  and
Substitute  Lease Contracts satisfy the criterion  set  forth  in
Section  3.04(b) of the Lease Acquisition Agreement and that  the
acquisition  of such Funded Lease Contracts and Substitute  Lease
Contracts  do not violate the Concentration Limits set  forth  in
the Lease Acquisition Agreement.

     (e)   The  Back-up Servicer will make a site  visit  to  the
offices  of  the Servicer on an annual basis for the  purpose  of
reviewing the operations of the Servicer.  The reasonable out-of
pocket  costs  and expenses of the Back-up Servicer  incurred  in
connection with this Agreement, including without limitation, the
site  visit  referred  to  in  the  preceding  sentence  will  be
reimbursed to the Back-up Servicer by the Servicer.

     (f)   Other than as specifically set forth elsewhere in this
Agreement,  the  Back-up Servicer shall  have  no  obligation  to
supervise, verify, monitor or administer the performance  of  the
Servicer  and  shall have no liability for any  action  taken  or
omitted by the Servicer.

     (g)   The  Back-up  Servicer shall consult  fully  with  the
Servicer  as  may be necessary from time to time  to  perform  or
carry out the Back-up Servicer's obligations hereunder, including
the  obligation  to  succeed  at  any  time  to  the  duties  and
obligations  of  the  Servicer  as servicer  under  Section  6.02
hereof.

     Section   7.05     Back-up   Servicer   Compensation.     As
compensation  for the performance of its obligations  as  Back-up
Servicer  under  this  Agreement the Back-up  Servicer  shall  be
entitled to receive the Back-up Servicer Fee.

     Section 7.06   Duties and Responsibilities.

     (a)  The Back-up Servicer shall perform such duties and only
such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement,  and
no  implied  covenants or obligations shall  be  read  into  this
Agreement against the Back-up Servicer; and

     (b)   In the absence of bad faith or negligence on its part,
the Back-up Servicer may conclusively rely as to the truth of the
statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein,
upon  certificates or opinions furnished to the Back-up  Servicer
and  conforming to the requirements of this Agreement; but in the
case of any such certificates or opinions, which by any provision
hereof  are specifically required to be furnished to the  Back-up
Servicer,  the Back-up Servicer shall be under a duty to  examine
the  same  and  to determine whether or not they conform  to  the
requirements of this Agreement.
                             ARTICLE 8
                     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                                 
                                 
     Section 8.01   Termination.
     (a)   Except  with  respect  to  a  particular  party  under
Sections  5.01,  5.04,  5.05, 6.01,  7.02  or  7.03  hereof,  the
respective   duties   and  obligations  of  the   Servicer,   the
Transferor, the Back-up Servicer and the Trustee created by  this
Agreement  shall terminate upon the discharge of  the  Trust  and
Security  Agreement  in  accordance  with  its  terms;  and   the
respective duties and obligations of the Trustee shall  terminate
with  respect to the Trustee in the event the Trustee resigns  or
is  replaced  under  Section  7.09  of  the  Trust  and  Security
Agreement;  provided, however, that no resignation or removal  of
the  Trustee  and  no  appointment of a successor  Trustee  shall
become  effective  until the acceptance  of  appointment  by  the
successor  Trustee under Section 7.10 of the Trust  and  Security
Agreement.   Upon the termination of this Agreement  pursuant  to
this  Section  8.01(a), the Servicer shall pay  all  monies  with
respect to the Lease Assets held by the Servicer and to which the
Servicer   is  not  entitled  to  the  Transferor  or  upon   the
Transferor's order.

     (b)  This Agreement shall not be automatically terminated as
a  result  of  an Event of Default under the Trust  and  Security
Agreement  or  any  action taken by the Trustee  thereafter  with
respect thereto, and any liquidation or preservation of the Trust
Estate  by the Trustee thereafter shall be subject to the  rights
of  the  Servicer to service the Lease Receivables and to collect
servicing compensation as provided hereunder.

     Section 8.02   Amendments.

     (a)   Subject  to paragraph (b) of this Section  8.02,  this
Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Transferor, the
Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, and the Trustee, with the consent
of MBIA but without the consent of any of the Certificateholders,
to  cure  any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any  provisions
herein  that may be inconsistent with any other provisions herein
and therein, as the case may be.

     (b)   The  provisions of this Agreement may be  waived  from
time  to time and this Agreement may be amended from time to time
by  the  Transferor, the Servicer and the Back-up Servicer,  with
the consent of the Trustee, MBIA and the Controlling Holders, for
the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner
or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement; provided,
however,  that  no  such amendment or waiver shall,  without  the
consent of each Certificateholder, (i) alter the priorities  with
which any allocation of funds shall be made under this Agreement,
(ii)  permit the creation of any lien on the Trust Estate  (other
than the lien of the Trust and Security Agreement) or any portion
thereof  or deprive any such Certificateholder of the benefit  of
this  Agreement with respect to the Trust Estate or  any  portion
thereof, (iii) modify this Section 8.02 or (iv) modify any of the
items  referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) of Section  9.02
(a) of the Trust and Security Agreement.
     (c)   Promptly  after  the execution of any  amendment,  the
Servicer  shall  send to the Trustee, MBIA, each  Holder  of  the
Certificates and each Rating Agency a conformed copy of each such
amendment.

     (d)   Any amendment or modification effected contrary to the
provisions of this Section 8.02 shall be void.

     (e)    The  manner  of  obtaining  any  consents  from   the
Certificateholders  and of evidencing the  authorization  of  the
execution thereof by Certificateholders shall be subject to  such
reasonable regulations as the Trustee may prescribe.

     Section  8.03    GOVERNING  LAW.  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL  BE
CONSTRUED  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE  STATE  OF
NEW  YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES  AND  THE
OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER  SHALL
BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     Section   8.04     Notices.   All   demands,   notices   and
communications  hereunder  shall  be  in  writing  and  shall  be
delivered  or  mailed  by registered or certified  United  States
mail,  postage prepaid, and addressed, in each case  as  follows:
(a)  if  to  the  Transferor, at 6424 W. 91st  Avenue,  Suite  C,
Westminster,  CO   80030; (b) if the Servicer, at  6424  W.  91st
Avenue,  Westminster, CO  80030; (c) if to the Trustee, at  Sixth
Street  and  Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0070;
(d)  if  to  MBIA, at 113 King Street, Armonk, New  York   10504,
Attention:  Structured Finance - Insured Portfolio Management (SF
IPM);  or  (e)  if to the Certificateholders at the  address  set
forth  on  Exhibit  A  to  the  applicable  Certificate  Purchase
Agreement.  All notices and demands shall be deemed to have  been
given  either at the time of the delivery thereof to any  officer
of the Person entitled to receive such notices and demands at the
address of such Person for notices hereunder, or on the third day
after the mailing thereof to such address, as the case may be.

     Section  8.05   Severability of Provisions.  If one or  more
of  the  provisions  of this Agreement shall be  for  any  reason
whatever  held invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severable
from  the  remaining covenants and provisions of this  Agreement,
and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of such
remaining  provisions, the rights of any parties hereto,  or  the
rights  of  the Trustee, MBIA or any Certificateholder.   To  the
extent  permitted by law, the parties hereto waive any  provision
of  law  which renders any provision of this Agreement prohibited
or unenforceable in any respect.

     Section  8.06    Binding  Effect.  All  provisions  of  this
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit  of  the
respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and  all
such   provisions   shall   inure   to   the   benefit   of   the
Certificateholders.  This Agreement may not be modified except by a
writing signed by all parties hereto.

     Section  8.07   Article Headings and Captions.  The  article
headings  and  captions in this Agreement are for convenience  of
reference  only,  and  shall not limit or  otherwise  affect  the
meaning hereof.

     Section  8.08   Legal Holidays.  In the case where the  date
on which any action required to be taken, document required to be
delivered  or payment required to be made is not a Business  Day,
such  action, delivery or payment need not be made on such  date,
but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day.
     Section 8.09   Assignment for Security for the Certificates.
The  Servicer  and  the  Back-up  Servicer  understand  that  the
Transferor  will convey to the Trustee all its right,  title  and
interest  to  this  Agreement.   The  Servicer  and  the  Back-up
Servicer  consent to such conveyance and further agree  that  all
representations,  warranties, covenants  and  agreements  of  the
Servicer and the Back-up Servicer made herein shall also  be  for
the benefit of and inure to the Trustee and all Holders from time
to time of the Certificates.
     Section  8.10    No  Servicing Assignment.   Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided  in
Sections  5.02, 5.04 and 8.09 hereof, this Agreement may  not  be
assigned  by  the  Transferor or the Servicer without  the  prior
written consent of MBIA and the Controlling Holders.

     Section  8.11    MBIA Default or Termination.   If  an  MBIA
Default or Termination occurs and is continuing, MBIA's right  to
consent hereunder and to direct the Trustee shall be voided  and,
in such event, in all provisions of this Agreement wherein MBIA's
consent  or  direction is required or permitted, the  consent  or
direction  of  the  Controlling  Holders  shall  be  required  or
permitted unless a larger number of Holders is required under the
relevant provision of this Agreement.

     Section  8.12   Third Party Beneficiary.  Each of  MBIA  and
the   Holders  of  the  Certificates  are  express  third   party
beneficiaries to this Agreement.

     Section 8.13   Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed
in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be
deemed  to  be  an  original,  but all  such  counterparts  shall
together constitute but one and the same instrument.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Transferor,  the  Servicer,  the
Trustee  and  the  Back-up Servicer have  caused  this  Servicing
Agreement  to  be  duly  executed by  their  respective  officers
thereunto  duly  authorized as of the date and year  first  above
written.


                                   GF FUNDING CORP. III,
                                   Transferor
                                   
                                   
                                   By: ______________________
                                   Name:    William W. Wehner
                                   Title:   President
                                   GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.,
                                   Servicer
                                   
                                   By: ______________________
                                   Name:    William W. Wehner
                                   Title:   President

                                   NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                                   NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
                                   Trustee and Back-up Servicer
                                   
                                   By: ______________________
                                   Name:    Eileen Stelzner
                                   Title:   Assistant Vice
                                   President
                             Exhibit A
                                 
                 Form of Monthly Servicer's Report
                                 
                                 
                          [see attached]
                             Exhibit B
                                 
                     FORM OF LOCKBOX AGREEMENT
                                 
                                 
                                 
    This Lockbox Agreement, dated as of  [
], 1997 is by and between [                           ] (the
"Bank"), Granite Financial, Inc. ("Granite"), as servicer on
behalf of GF Funding Corp. III, GF Funding Corp. III, Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee under the terms of the
Trust and Security Agreement dated as of March 1, 1997 for the
benefit of MBIA Insurance Corporation and the Certificateholders
thereunder (the "Secured Party").

    WHEREAS, GF Funding Corp. III has assigned to the Secured
Party the right to certain payments which GF Funding Corp. III is
to receive from its customers;

    WHEREAS, GF Funding Corp. III and the Secured Party wish to
expedite the posting of deposits to the Secured Party account
described below (the "Secured Party's Account"):

[enter info re Collection Account]

    WHEREAS, GF Funding Corp. III's customers have been directed
to mail payments to GF Funding Corp. III at the post office box
described as follows:

GF Funding Corp. III
[address]

(the "Lockbox"); and

    WHEREAS, Granite, GF Funding Corp. III, the Secured Party, and
Bank wish to set forth their mutual understandings as to the terms
and conditions upon which Bank will pick up the contents of the
Lockbox and upon which Bank will receive such contents at its
Operations Center, process the checks, drafts and other
instruments for the payment of money contained in such mail, and
wire transfer the appropriate amounts to the Secured Party's
Account.

    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the
mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties
agree as follows:

1.  Deliver Contents of Lockbox to Operations Center

    Each business day, Bank or its authorized designees shall
remove the contents of the Lockbox and deliver them to Bank's
Operations Center in ________________ ("Operations Center"). Every
day is a business day except Saturdays, Sundays and holidays
observed by Bank.  Bank may, at its option and without any
obligation to do so, perform the services set forth in this
Agreement on a day that is not a business day.

2.  Process Contents of Lockbox
    Bank will process the mail removed from the Lockbox ("Items")
and deliver it to its Operations Center.  Standard processing of
the Items will generally include the following:
    2.1 All Items will be opened and inspected.
    2.2  Each check will be examined for date, payee, signature,
         consistency of written and numerical amounts on the face
         of the check, and legends.  Bank will only process
         checks which are made payable to a payee whose name or
         reasonable variations thereof appear on the "Wholesale
         Lockbox Implementation Worksheet" attached as Exhibit I
         hereto.
         2.2.1    Any check that is undated will be dated by Bank
              with the date that the Item is processed, and will
              be processed as if correctly dated.
         2.2.2    A postdated check will be processed if the
              check is postdated not later than 2 days from the
              date the check was received at the Operations
              Center.  Otherwise the check will be delivered to
              the Granite.
         2.2.3    Any check whose written and numerical amounts
              disagree will be credited to the Lockbox Account
              (as defined below) in an amount equal to the
              written amount; provided however, that if the
              written amount is ambiguous, such check will be
              delivered to Granite.
        2.2.4    A request to obtain proper signature or
              authority to pay will be stamped on any unsigned
              check, and such check will be deposited to the
              Lockbox Account.
              
         2.2.5    If a check contains the legend "paid in full"
              or any other language that is intended to modify GF
              Funding Corp. III's contractual rights, or is
              payable to a payee other than a payee whose name or
              reasonable variations thereof appear on the
              "Wholesale Lockbox Implementation Worksheet"
              attached as Exhibit I hereto, the check will be
              delivered to Granite.
              
   2.3 Mail that does not contain any checks will be delivered
to Granite.

   2.4  If the amount of any check differs from the amount of
         the invoice received in the same envelope, the amount on
         the invoice will be crossed out and the amount of the
         check will be inserted.
         
    2.5  If a check is received without an accompanying invoice,
         any related correspondence and other material received
         with such check will be stapled to the envelope in which
         it is received.
         
    2.6  Each business day, copies of all deposit tickets, all
         tape listing, all rejected checks, and all other
         instruments and papers referred to in this paragraph
         will be delivered to Granite in accordance with the
         instructions set forth in the "Wholesale Lockbox
         Implementation Worksheet" attached hereto as Exhibit I.

3.  Deposit Checks to Lockbox Account; Wire Transfer to Secured
Party's Account
    (a) For all processed checks, other than those with respect
to which Paragraph 2 provides a different procedure, the GF
Funding Corp. III hereby authorize Bank to supply any endorsement
necessary to pass good title of such checks to the Secured Party
and to deposit them into an account (the "Lockbox Account") at the
Bank held in the name of the Secured Party on the business day of
receipt; provided, however, that for this purpose checks received
by Bank at its Operations Center after 3:00 P.M. on a business day
will be deemed to have been received on the following business
day.

    (b) On each business day, Bank shall wire transfer in
immediately available funds to the Secured Party's Account, all
amounts on deposit in the Lockbox Account representing payments
collected and cleared by Bank from customers of GF Funding Corp.
III which are available by 3:00 P.M. on such business day.

4.  Credit for Checks

      Bank will credit the Lockbox Account for each deposited
check in accordance with Bank's then current availability schedule
applicable to the Lockbox Account.  Collected balances will be
used in computing earnings allowances which shall only be used to
offset the fees due pursuant to Section 7 below.

5.  Account Subject to Deposit Agreement

    Except as modified by this Agreement each and every provision
of any account agreement between the Secured Party and Bank with
respect to the Lockbox Account shall remain in full force and
effect.

6.  Limitation of Liability

    Bank's liability in connection with the performance of the
transactions covered by this Agreement shall be strictly limited
as follows:

       6.1  Bank shall have no duty to perform services not
         enumerated herein.  Bank shall exercise Ordinary Care in
         selecting agents and independent contractors to pick up
         and deliver the contents of the Lockbox ("Bank's
         Designees").  In the event of loss caused by Bank's
         Designee's negligence or misconduct, Bank's sole
         obligation will be to exercise reasonable efforts, at GF
         Funding Corp. III's cost and expense, to assist GF
         Funding Corp. III in obtaining redress from the
         responsible party.  "Ordinary Care" means the observance
         of reasonable commercial standards, prevailing in the
         area in which Bank is located, with respect to the
         business in which Bank is engaged.
         
    6.2  Bank shall exercise Ordinary Care in determining the
         optimum time to pick up mail at the Lockbox and the best
         carrier to deliver that mail to Bank.  However, Bank
         shall not be liable in the event the chosen pickup time
         and carrier prove not to result in the earliest possible
         availability of funds.
         
    6.3  In performing its duties hereunder, Bank will exercise
         Ordinary Care and will act in good faith.  Bank will not
         be accountable for its failure to perform any of its
         obligations hereunder, except in the event of its
         negligence or willful misconduct, or that of its
         employees, officers, or agents.  If, as a result of such
         negligence or willful misconduct, Bank is liable for
         mishandling any item, such liability shall be limited to
         the lesser of the face amount of any check involved or
         the actual amount of GF Funding Corp. III's direct loss
         as a result of such mishandling, and in no event shall
         Bank be responsible for any incidental or consequential
         damages.
         
    6.4  Bank shall not be liable for any loss, delay or damage
         arising from acts beyond its control including but not
         limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of
         war, epidemics, governmental regulations imposed after
         the fact, fire, communication line failures, power
         failures, electronic data processing equipment failures,
         earthquakes or other disasters.
         
7.  Fees.

    For the services to be provided by Bank, Granite will pay Bank
in accordance with the schedule attached hereto as Schedule I.
Where applicable, there shall be added to the fees amounts equal
to any applicable taxes, however designated, exclusive of taxes
based on the net income of Bank.  Except as otherwise
agreed, all fees and taxes shall be invoiced monthly and shall be
due and payable thirty (30) days after date of invoice.

8.  Access to Lockbox and Lockbox Account.

    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the
Lockbox and the Lockbox Account shall be maintained by Bank for
the sole benefit of the Secured Party, on behalf of MBIA Insurance
Corporation and all other persons for whom the Secured Party is
acting as trustee.  Secured Party shall have sole dominion and
control over the Lockbox and the Lockbox Account at all times and
shall exclusively be entitled to give instructions to Bank
concerning the Lockbox and the Lockbox Account.  Bank is hereby
authorized to follow any and all instructions given by the Secured
Party to Bank regarding the Lockbox and the Lockbox Account from
time to time.

9.  Debits to the Lockbox Account.

    Bank agrees not to make any charges or debits to the Lockbox
Account, except as approved by Secured Party and MBIA or exercise
any right of set-off or banker's lien with respect thereto;
provided, however that Bank may (without the approval of the
Secured Party or MBIA) credit or debit the Lockbox Account to
correct processing mistakes which are capable of correcting,
including without limitation chargebacks, return items and other
similar account adjustments.

10. Term and Termination.

    This Agreement shall be effective as of the date and year
first written above when a copy of this Agreement, executed by the
Bank, Granite, Secured Party and GF Funding Corp. III, has been
delivered to Bank.  The parties hereto may terminate this
Agreement at any time, with or without cause, upon 30 days'
written notice to the other parties.

11. Notice.

    Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be
deemed to have been given when mailed, postage prepaid, or when
delivered to the following addresses:
If to Bank:


If to the Secured Party:

     6th Street & Marquette Minneapolis,
     MN 55479-0070
     
If to GF Funding Corp. III:

      6424 W. 91st Avenue, Suite C
     Westminster, CO  80030
If to Granite:
     6424 W. 91st Avenue
     Westminster, CO  80030

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement
as of the day and year first above written.

[BANK]

By:
Name:
Title:


NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Secured Party

By:
Name:
Title:


GF FUNDING CORP. III

By:
Name:
Title:

GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:
Schedule I
attach fee schedule

     EXHIBIT I

     Attach Wholesale Lockbox Implementation Worksheet




                                
                                
                                2
h:\FWD\GFI-CA.doc

              UNSECURED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

This  Unsecured  Revolving Credit Agreement (the "Agreement")  is
made as of January ______, 1997, between GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.,
a Delaware corporation ("Borrower") and COLORADO NATIONAL BANK, a
national banking association ("Bank").

                            RECITALS:

i.   Borrower  and Bank have entered into that certain  Loan  and
     Security  Agreement dated January ____, 1997 among Borrower,
     CoreStates  Bank, N.A., as agent, Bank as a Lender  and  the
     other  financial institutions named therein (as  it  may  be
     supplemented,  amended, extended or replaced  from  time  to
     time, herein called the "Warehouse Line Agreement");

ii.  Borrower  has requested that Bank make available to Borrower
     an  unsecured  revolving line of credit  in  the  amount  of
     $2,000,000  for  working  capital  purposes  due  to  timing
     differences  between lease originations and  warehousing  or
     securitization or sale; and

iii. Bank  is  willing to make available such line of  credit  as
     requested  by  Borrower, upon and subject to the  terms  and
     conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises  and  of  the
mutual  covenants contained in this Agreement, Borrower and  Bank
agree as follows:

1.TERMS OF BORROWING

1.01 Revolving  Credit Line.  Subject to the following terms  and
     conditions,  Bank agrees to make a line of credit  available
     to  Borrower  (the "Revolving Credit Line") in  the  maximum
     amount  of $2,000,000 (the "Maximum Line") or, if less,  the
     amount  of  the Borrowing Base (defined below), pursuant  to
     which  Bank  will make loans to Borrower (each an "Advance")
     in  such amounts as Borrower may request from time to  time,
     the  proceeds of which shall be used for general  short-term
     working capital. The aggregate outstanding principal balance
     of  all  Advances made hereunder may not exceed the  Maximum
     Line.  Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Line  may
     be  repaid  prior  to the Termination Date  (defined  below)
     without  penalty and may be reborrowed subject to the  terms
     hereof.

     Bank's  commitment to make Advances hereunder is subject  to
     the   conditions  in  Section  3  below  and  the  following
     limitations:
     
          a.    Bank's commitment to lend hereunder terminates on
          the  earlier  of (i) January 31, 1998, (ii)  such  date
          Bank  is  no  longer a Lender under the Warehouse  Line
          Agreement,  or (iii) the date of any termination  under
          Section 7 below (the "Termination Date");
  
         b.    Bank  shall not be obligated to make  any  Advance
          which would cause the outstanding principal balance  of
          the  Revolving  Credit  Line (the  "Line  Balance")  to
          exceed  the  Maximum  Line or, if less,  the  Borrowing
          Base; and
  
         c.    Bank shall not be obligated to make any Advance if
          an  Event of Default, as defined in Section 7 below, or
          an  event which, with the giving of notice or lapse  of
          time,  or  both,  would  become  an  Event  of  Default
          (a  "Potential Default"), has occurred and has not been
          cured by Borrower or waived by Bank.
  
1.02 Line  Note.   Borrower's indebtedness to  Bank  for  amounts
     borrowed  under the Revolving Credit Line and  for  interest
     accrued  thereon shall be evidenced by Borrower's promissory
     note  to  Bank,  on  Bank's  standard  form  for  commercial
     promissory notes and otherwise satisfactory to Bank, in  the
     principal amount of the Maximum Line (the "Line Note").

1.03 Interest.   Borrower  agrees to pay  interest  on  the  Line
     Balance from time to time as provided herein.  Interest will
     accrue   on  the  daily  outstanding  Line  Balance   at   a
     fluctuating rate per annum equal at all times to the sum  of
     the  Reference  Rate  plus  three  fourths  of  one  percent
     (0.75%),  which rate will change when and as  the  Reference
     Rate  changes.  "Reference Rate" means the rate of  interest
     per  annum  announced publicly from time to time  as  Bank's
     "reference rate", which may be a rate at, above or below the
     rate or rates at which Bank lends to other parties and it is
     not   necessarily  the  lowest  rate  charged  by  Bank   on
     commercial loans.  Accrued interest shall be due and payable
     (i)  on the first day of each month, (ii) at maturity of the
     Line  Note  and (iii) on demand after such maturity.   After
     the  occurrence of an Event of Default or after maturity  or
     any  acceleration of maturity of the Line  Note,  at  Bank's
     option, the interest rate applicable to the Line Balance may
     be  increased  as  provided in the Line  Note  and  Borrower
     agrees to pay any such increased interest. Interest shall be
     computed  using the actual number of days in the period  for
     which such computation is made and a per diem rate equal  to
     1/360 of the fluctuating rate per annum.

1.04 Repayment  of  Principal.   Borrower  agrees  to  repay  all
     Advances made hereunder.  The Line Balance will be  due  and
     payable in full at the maturity of the Line Note, which will
     be  January  31,  1998  subject  to  acceleration  upon  the
     occurrence of an Event of Default.

1.05 Borrowing  Base  and  Related Definitions.   The  "Borrowing
     Base" means from time to time an amount equal to 100% of the
     present value (using the current interest rate under Section
     1.03  above)  of the total remaining payments  due  Borrower
     under  any  and  all Unencumbered Leases (as defined  below)
     owned  and  held  by  Borrower in  the  ordinary  course  of
     business  as  shown  on  the  most  recent  Borrowing   Base
     Certificate  (defined below) delivered to  Bank.  "Borrowing
     Base   Certificate"   means   a  certificate   showing   the
     calculation of the Borrowing Base and the amount of the Line
     Balance  executed by an appropriate officer of  Borrower  in
     the  form  attached  as Exhibit A or  otherwise  in  a  form
     satisfactory to Bank.  "Lease" means any lease or  purported
     lease  under  which Borrower is lessor or of which  Borrower
     has  received assignment directly from the original  lessor,
     now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited
     to all schedules, amendments, addenda and riders to any such
     lease,  together  with  all  sums  due  or  to  become   due
     thereunder, all claims for damages arising out of  a  breach
     thereof, and all rights of Borrower to terminate said lease,
     to perform thereunder and to compel performance of the terms
     thereof.   "Lease  Documents" means,  with  respect  to  any
     Lease, all material documents connected therewith which are,
     or  would  be, necessary for the enforcement of such  Lease,
     including  without limitation all options  to  purchase  the
     relevant  equipment, consents by landlords or other persons,
     guaranties,  notes,  certificates of acceptance,  copies  of
     invoices  for all equipment subject thereto and  assignments
     from  the  original  lessor, if any.   "Unencumbered  Lease"
     means any Lease and the related Lease Documents that are not
     subject  to any assignment, lien, pledge, security  interest
     or other encumbrance to any other party or person.

1.06 Method of Borrowing.  Requests for Advances may be submitted
     by  Borrower  in  writing or by telephone.   Bank  shall  be
     entitled to honor any such request it reasonably believes to
     be  genuine, whether or not the person making the request is
     named as an authorized person in any corporate resolution or
     instruction furnished Bank by Borrower.  Advances  shall  be
     disbursed  only  by  deposit to  a  demand  deposit  account
     maintained  by  Borrower at Bank.  Proceeds  of  an  Advance
     shall  be  disbursed on the Banking Day (as defined  in  the
     Colorado  Uniform Commercial Code) Bank receives  Borrower's
     request if such request is received before 2:00 p.m.  Denver
     time on such day, and on the next Banking Day if received at
     or  after  2:00  p.m. on such day, and in  either  case  the
     conditions of Section 3 are met.

1.07 Letters  of  Credit.  In the event and to  the  extent  Bank
     issues  a  letter of credit (an "L/C") on behalf of Borrower
     under  the Revolving Credit Line in lieu of an advance,  the
     Maximum  Line shall be considered utilized by the amount  of
     such  L/C.  Borrower shall pay fees for any such L/C at  the
     time  of  issuance  according to  Bank's  schedule  of  fees
     relating  to letters of credit in effect from time to  time;
     and Borrower shall execute Bank's then current standard form
     application and agreement for such L/C.  Amounts drawn under
     any  such  L/C  and  honored  by Bank  but  not  immediately
     reimbursed  by  Borrower  to Bank shall  become  an  Advance
     hereunder in such amount at such time evidenced by the  Line
     Note and subject to all the terms of this Agreement, whether
     or  not  any  Event  of  Default or  Potential  Default  has
     occurred.   No  such  L/C  shall  expire  later   than   the
     Termination Date.

1.08 Quarterly  Rest  Period.   Notwithstanding  that  the   Line
     Balance  is  not  due  in full until maturity,  during  each
     calendar quarter Borrower agrees to reduce the Line  Balance
     to zero and refrain from reborrowing for a period of fifteen
     (15)  consecutive  days commencing at  a  time  selected  by
     Borrower during each calendar quarter.

2.REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

  To   induce  Bank  to  enter  into  this  Agreement,   Borrower
  represents and warrants as follows:
  
2.01 Incorporation.   Borrower is a corporation  duly  organized,
     validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the
     State  indicated  at  the beginning of this  Agreement,  and
     Borrower  is duly qualified or licensed and in good standing
     to do business as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions
     in   which  the  nature  of   Borrower's  business  requires
     qualification.

2.02 Borrower's  Authorization.   The  execution,  delivery   and
     performance by Borrower of this Agreement, the Line Note and
     any  other documents required by the Bank in connection with
     this  Agreement are within Borrower's corporate powers, have
     been authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not
     and will not contravene Borrower's Articles of Incorporation
     or  Bylaws,  violate any provision of law  or  result  in  a
     breach  of  or  default under any other agreement  to  which
     Borrower is a party.

2.03 Litigation.   There  is  no pending  or  threatened  action,
     claim,  investigation,  lawsuit  or  proceeding  against  or
     affecting  Borrower  before any court, governmental  agency,
     arbitrator or arbitration panel, which if decided  adversely
     to  Borrower  would have a material adverse  affect  on  the
     financial  condition or operations of  Borrower  or  in  any
     event  which claims or involves an amount exceeding $100,000
     ("Material Litigation").

2.04 Financial  Condition.  The balance sheet of Borrower  as  at
     October  31, 1996, and the related statements of income  and
     retained earnings for the period then ended, copies of which
     have  been  furnished to Bank, fairly present the  financial
     condition of Borrower as at such date and the results of the
     operations  of Borrower for the period ended on  such  date,
     all   in   accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
     principles  ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis,  subject
     to  year-end  audit  adjustments and  omission  of  footnote
     disclosures, and since October 31, 1996 there  has  been  no
     material adverse change in such condition or operations.

2.05 Valid Obligations.  This Agreement constitutes, and the Line
     Note  when  delivered hereunder will be, a legal, valid  and
     binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower
     in accordance with its respective terms.

2.06 Taxes.   Borrower (i) has filed all tax reports and  returns
     required  to be filed, including but not limited to  reports
     and  returns concerning income, franchise, employment, sales
     and  use, and property taxes; (ii) has paid all of  its  tax
     liabilities  which were due on or prior to the date  hereof;
     and  (iii) is not aware of any pending investigation by  any
     taxing   authority   or  of  any  pending   assessments   or
     adjustments   which  would  materially  increase   its   tax
     liability.

2.07 Regulation  U.  Borrower is not engaged in the  business  of
     extending  credit for the purpose of purchasing or  carrying
     margin  stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued  by
     the  Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System),  and
     no proceeds of any Advance will be used to purchase or carry
     any  margin  stock  or to extend credit to  others  for  the
     purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

2.08 Disclosure.  No information, exhibit or report furnished  by
     Borrower to Bank in connection with the negotiation of  this
     Agreement  contains  any material misstatement  of  fact  or
     omitted  to  state  a material fact necessary  to  make  the
     statement contained therein not misleading.

2.09 Environmental  Compliance.  The ownership and  operation  of
     Borrower's  properties have been and are in compliance  with
     all  applicable  federal,  state,  and  local  environmental
     protection   and  hazardous  waste  disposal  statutes   and
     regulations.  Borrower has not received any notice of  claim
     under  or  violation  of any such laws affecting  Borrower's
     properties.

3.CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

3.01 Conditions Precedent to Initial Advance.  The obligation  of
     Bank to make its initial Advance hereunder is subject to the
     condition  precedent  that Bank shall have  received  on  or
     before  the day of such Advance the following, each in  form
     and substance satisfactory to Bank:

       i.   the Line Note duly executed by Borrower;

       ii.   copies of the Articles of Incorporation and  By-laws
       of  Borrower, each certified by the Secretary of  Borrower
       to  be  a  true  and correct copy thereof,  including  all
       amendments thereto, if any;

       iii.    certified copies of the resolutions of  the  Board
       of  Directors of Borrower approving this Agreement and the
       Line   Note,   and  of  all  documents  evidencing   other
       necessary corporate action and governmental approvals,  if
       any, with respect to this Agreement and the Line Note;

       iv.      a   certificate  of  the  Secretary  of  Borrower
       certifying  the names and true signatures of the  officers
       of  Borrower  authorized to sign this  Agreement  and  the
       Line Note; and

       v.a certificate of the Secretary of State of the State  in
       which  Borrower is incorporated certifying  that  Borrower
       is  a  corporation  duly organized and  in  good  standing
       under the laws of such State.

3.02 Conditions  Precedent to All Advances.   The  obligation  of
     Bank  to  make each Advance (including the initial  Advance)
     shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that on
     the date of such Advance:

          i.   the following statements shall be true:
     
                      (a)   the  representations  and  warranties
               contained  in Section 2 are correct on and  as  of
               the date of such Advance as though made on and  as
               of such date; and

                    (b)  no event has occurred and is continuing,
               or   would   result  from  such   Advance,   which
               constitutes  an  Event  of  Default  or  Potential
               Default;

           and  Bank  may request a certificate of an officer  of
     Borrower stating the foregoing;
     
          ii.   Bank  shall  have received such other  approvals,
          opinions  or documents as Bank may reasonably  request;
          and

          iii. Bank's legal counsel is reasonably satisfied as to
          all  legal  matters  incident to  the  making  of  such
          Advance.
4.AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So  long as the Line Note or any indebtedness of Borrower to Bank
remains  unpaid  or  Bank has any commitment to  lend  hereunder,
Borrower will:

4.01 Accounting  Records.  Maintain adequate books and accounting
     records  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  consistently  applied,
     reflecting all financial transactions of Borrower.

4.02 Inspections.  At any reasonable time and from time to  time,
     permit any agents or representatives of Bank to examine  and
     make  copies  of and abstracts from  records  and  books  of
     account of Borrower, to visit and inspect the properties  of
     Borrower  and to discuss the affairs, finances and  accounts
     of Borrower with any of its officers or directors.

4.03 Maintenance of Property.  Maintain and preserve all  of  its
     properties and assets necessary or useful in the performance
     of its business in good working order, repair and condition,
     ordinary wear and tear excepted.

4.04 Insurance.    Maintain   insurance  with   responsible   and
     reputable  insurance companies in such amounts and  covering
     such  risks  as  is  usually  and  customarily  carried   by
     companies  engaged in similar businesses and owning  similar
     properties, including, but not limited to, public liability,
     property  damage and worker's compensation, and  deliver  to
     Bank,  at  Bank's  request,  schedules  setting  forth   all
     insurance  then  in effect and copies of  such  policies  or
     certificates of insurance.

4.05 Payment of Taxes, Liens.  Pay and discharge, before the same
     become   delinquent,   (i)   all  taxes,   assessments   and
     governmental charges or levies imposed upon Borrower or upon
     its  property, and (ii) all lawful claims which, if  unpaid,
     might  by  law become a lien upon its property,  except  any
     thereof  which  is  being contested in  good  faith  and  by
     appropriate proceedings.

4.06 Compliance with Laws.  Comply in all material respects  with
     all  applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders  of  any
     government   authority,  non-compliance  with  which   would
     materially adversely affect its business or credit.

4.07 Corporate  Existence.  Preserve and maintain  its  corporate
     existence  and  rights  and  franchises  in  its  State   of
     incorporation,  and all licenses necessary to  do  business;
     and  qualify and remain qualified and in good standing as  a
     foreign  corporation  in  each jurisdiction  in  which  such
     qualification  is  necessary in view  of  its  operation  or
     ownership of its properties.

4.08 Reporting.  Furnish Bank the following as soon as  available
     and in any event:

       i.Within  thirty (30) days after the end of each month,  a
       Borrowing  Base  Certificate for any month  in  which  any
       Advance is outstanding; and

       ii.     From time to time such other information  as  Bank
       may reasonably request.

4.09 Financial  Condition.  Maintain the financial  condition  of
     Borrower,  determined in accordance with GAAP, so  that  its
     Borrowing  Base  is not less than the Line  Balance  at  any
     time.
     
4.10 Deposit  Accounts.  Maintain a material deposit  account  at
     Bank.

4.11  Notice  of  Significant Events.  Promptly  notify  Bank  in
  writing  of  1)  the  occurrence of any  Event  of  Default  or
  Potential Default; 2) any change in its name, address, form  of
  entity,  or  organizational or capital  structure;  or  3)  the
  threat of or commencement of any Material Litigation.
5.NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So  long as the Line Note or any indebtedness of Borrower to Bank
remains  unpaid  or  Bank has any commitment to  lend  hereunder,
without the prior written consent of Bank, Borrower will not:
  
5.01 Use  of Funds.  Use any of the amounts loaned to it by  Bank
     pursuant  to  this  Agreement for  any  purpose  except  for
     general short-term working capital; or

5.02 Nature  of Business.  Materially change the scope or  nature
     of its business.

6.DEFAULT

  If  any  of  the following events shall occur, it shall  be  an
  event of default ("Event of Default"):
  
6.01 Non-Payment.   Borrower fails to pay any  principal  of  the
     Line  Note  or  any other sums payable by Borrower  to  Bank
     pursuant  to this Agreement when due, or Borrower  fails  to
     pay any interest on the Line Note within five (5) days after
     any such interest is due;

6.02 Representations.   Any representation or  warranty  made  by
     Borrower  herein or in connection herewith  proves  to  have
     been incorrect in any material respect when made;

6.03 Breach of Negative Covenants.  Borrower fails to observe  or
     comply  with  any  of the covenants in  Section  5  of  this
     Agreement;

6.04 Breach  of Covenants.  Borrower fails to perform or  observe
     any  other  term,  covenant or agreement contained  in  this
     Agreement (other than those referred to in Section 6.01  and
     6.03)  and such failure has not been cured within  ten  (10)
     days after Bank has notified Borrower of such failure;

6.05 Default on Other Debt.  Borrower shall fail to pay any  Debt
     of  Borrower (other than Debt evidenced by the Line Note) or
     any  interest  or  premium  thereon  when  due  (whether  by
     scheduled   maturity,  required  prepayment,   acceleration,
     demand or otherwise), including any Debt under the Warehouse
     Line  Agreement, and such failure shall continue  after  the
     applicable grace period, if any, specified in the  agreement
     or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other default or
     event under any agreement or instrument relating to any such
     Debt  shall  occur and shall continue after  the  applicable
     grace  period,  if  any,  specified  in  such  agreement  or
     instrument,  if the effect of such default or  event  is  to
     accelerate,  or to permit the acceleration of, the  maturity
     of  such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be  due
     and  payable,  or required to be prepaid (other  than  by  a
     regularly  scheduled  required  prepayment),  prior  to  the
     stated maturity thereof;

6.06 Insolvency.  Borrower shall generally not pay its  debts  as
     such  debts  become  due,  or shall  admit  in  writing  its
     inability  to  pay  its debts generally,  or  shall  make  a
     general  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors;  or  any
     proceeding  shall  be  instituted  by  or  against  Borrower
     seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking
     liquidation,   winding   up,  reorganization,   arrangement,
     adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or  its
     debts  under  any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency  or
     reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of
     an  order  for  relief  or the appointment  of  a  receiver,
     trustee,  or  other  similar official  for  it  or  for  any
     substantial part of its property and, if instituted  against
     Borrower,  shall remain undismissed for a period  of  thirty
     days;  or  Borrower  shall  take  any  corporate  action  to
     authorize  any  of  the  actions set  forth  above  in  this
     subsection;

6.07 Judgments.  Any judgment or order for the payment  of  money
     in excess of $100,000 shall be rendered against Borrower and
     either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced
     by  any  creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii)  there
     shall  be any period of 10 consecutive days during  which  a
     stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason  of
     a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;

6.08 Change  in  Management.  Borrower's current Chief  Executive
     Officer  ceases to be employed by Borrower in such capacity,
     or  the  responsibility  or authority  of  such  officer  is
     materially reduced; or

6.09 Change  in Control.  Any person, entity or group of  persons
     acting   together  (not  including  the  current   principal
     shareholder(s) of Borrower) acquires a sufficient number  of
     the  shares of Borrower's voting common stock to enable such
     acquiring  person, entity or group to elect  a  majority  of
     Borrower's Board of Directors.

7.REMEDIES

Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Bank shall have  the
right by notice to Borrower:
  
7.01 Further   Loans.   To  terminate  its  commitment  to   make
     Advances;

7.02 Acceleration.  To declare the Line Balance and all  interest
     accrued  thereon  and all other amounts payable  under  this
     Agreement  to  be immediately due and payable whereupon  all
     such  indebtedness of Borrower to Bank shall become  and  be
     immediately  due  and  payable without presentment,  demand,
     protest  or  further notice of any kind, all  of  which  are
     hereby expressly waived by Borrower; and

7.03 Pledge  of Leases.  To request that Borrower deliver, pledge
     and  assign to Bank such numbers of Unencumbered Leases then
     owned and held by Borrower as shall secure repayment of  the
     Line Balance to the satisfaction of Bank; and

7.04 Other  Rights.   To  exercise any other rights  or  remedies
     available to it whether at law or in equity.

8.MISCELLANEOUS

8.01 Waiver;  Amendments.  No waiver by Bank or any amendment  of
     any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent of Bank  to
     any  failure  to comply with the terms hereof  by  Borrower,
     shall  be  effective unless made in writing  and  signed  by
     Bank.   No waiver by Bank of any default or of any right  to
     enforce  this  Agreement shall operate as a  waiver  of  any
     other  default, or of the same default on a future occasion,
     or  of  the  right to enforce this Agreement on  any  future
     occasion.  No delay in or discontinuance of the  enforcement
     of   this   Agreement,  nor  the  acceptance  by   Bank   of
     installments  of principal or interest after the  occurrence
     of  any  Event of Default, shall operate as a waiver of  any
     default.

8.02 Rights  Cumulative.  The rights and remedies herein provided
     are  cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or  remedies
     afforded by any  promissory note or other agreement executed
     in connection herewith, or provided by law.  Bank's remedies
     may  be  exercised concurrently or separately, in any order,
     and  the election of one remedy shall not be deemed a waiver
     of any other remedy.

8.03 Expenses.  Borrower will pay to Bank on demand all expenses,
     including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, paid or
     incurred by Bank in connection with the making or collection
     of   Advances  made  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  or  the
     protection,  preservation or enforcement  of  Bank's  rights
     hereunder.

8.04 Successors  and  Assigns.  This Agreement shall  be  binding
     upon  and  inure to the benefit of Borrower, Bank and  their
     respective successors and assigns.  However, Borrower  shall
     not  have  the  right  to assign or otherwise  transfer  any
     rights  in  or  under  this Agreement without  Bank's  prior
     written  consent.  Bank reserves the right to sell,  assign,
     transfer, negotiate or grant participations in the  Advances
     provided  for  herein.   In connection  therewith  Bank  may
     disclose all documents and information which Bank now has or
     may hereafter acquire relating to the Advances, Borrower  or
     Borrower's business.

8.05 Governing  Law.   This Agreement shall be  governed  by  and
     construed  in  accordance with the  laws  of  the  State  of
     Colorado.

8.06 Notices.  All notices, requests and demands given to or made
     upon either party must be in writing and shall be deemed  to
     have been given or made when personally delivered or two (2)
     days  after having been deposited in the United States Mail,
     first class postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

     If to Borrower:          Granite Financial, Inc.
                    Attn: William W. Wehner
                    President and CEO
                    6424 W. 91st Avenue
                    Westminster,  CO  80030-2913
     
     If to Bank          Colorado National Bank
                    Attn:  Commercial Loan Department
                    Post Office Box 5168
                    Denver, CO  80217

8.07 Accounting  Terms.   All accounting terms  not  specifically
     defined  herein  shall  be  construed  in  accordance   with
     generally   accepted   accounting  principles   consistently
     applied, except as otherwise stated herein.

8.08 Recitals.    The   recitals  to  this  Agreement   and   any
     definitions  set  forth therein are made a part  hereof  and
     incorporated in this Agreement.

8.09 Entire  Agreement.   The  following  documents  contain  the
     entire  agreement between the parties concerning the subject
     matter   hereof:   this  Agreement   and   the   Line   Note
     (collectively,     the    "Relevant    Documents").      Any
     representation,  understanding  or  promise  concerning  the
     subject  matter hereof, which is not expressly set forth  in
     any  of the Relevant Documents, shall not be enforceable  by
     any party hereto or its successors or assigns.  In the event
     of  any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of  this
     Agreement and the terms of any other relevant document,  the
     terms of this Agreement shall govern.

8.10 Severability.  The unenforceability of any provision of this
     Agreement shall not affect the enforceability or validity of
     any other provision hereof.

8.11 JURY  TRIAL  WAIVER.   BANK  AND BORROWER  EACH  IRREVOCABLY
     WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING
     OF  ANY ISSUE, CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER CAUSE OF ACTION,
     WHETHER  IN CONTRACT OR TORT, BASED UPON OR ARISING  OUT  OF
     THIS  AGREEMENT, THE CREDIT EXTENDED HEREUNDER, OR ANY OTHER
     AGREEMENT OR DEALINGS RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS
     AGREEMENT.

IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the
date first stated above for the purposes set forth herein.

GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.                 COLORADO NATIONAL BANK

By:                                By:

Title:                                                            Title:

                           EXHIBIT  A
                                
                   BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
                               of
                     GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.
                           "Borrower"
                                
   As Of the Period Ending ___________________________, 199___
 
 This Certificate is submitted to Colorado National Bank ("Bank")
 in  connection  with  the Unsecured Revolving  Credit  Agreement
 dated  as  of January ____, 1997 (the "Agreement") between  Bank
 and  Borrower.  Capitalized terms used herein are defined in the
 Agreement.
 
 The undersigned hereby certifies to Bank that the undersigned is
 familiar with the following financial information which has been
 taken  from Borrower's books and records which are complete  and
 accurate  and  that the following calculations of the  Borrowing
 Base and the remaining amount available under the Borrowing Base
 are true and correct:
 
                         BORROWING BASE
                                
                                
 
 1.   Total Remaining Payments due under all
          Unencumbered Leases                   $
 
 2.   Borrowing Base:  Present Value of Line 1 using
          current interest rate on Line Balance        $
 
 3.   Current Line Balance (i.e. outstandings under
          Revolving Credit Line)                  $
 
 4.   [Excess/Deficit] Borrowing Base:            $
 
 
 The  undersigned  further  certifies that  (a)  Borrower  is  in
 compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Agreement,
 and  (b)  there has been no Event of Default under the Agreement
 which has not been cured or waived, and no Potential Default has
 occurred.
 
 
          By:
 
          Title:
 
          Date:
 





K:\ROSNER\CORESTAT\GRANITE\GFI\L&S.R6    1/29/97

2:44pm

























                  LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                   Granite Financial, Inc.

                              with

                CoreStates Bank, N.A., as

                              Agent and

      Each of the Financial Institutions Now or
         Hereafter Shown on the Signature Pages hereof
         as Lenders
         
         
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                             PAGE
SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION                      1
          1.1   Terms Defined                                   1
          1.2   Accounting Principles                           8

SECTION 2.  THE LOANS                                           9
          2.1   Credit Facility - Description                   9
          2.2   Advances, Conversions and Payments             10
          2.3   Preconditions to Advances and Assignment
                 of Leases and Leased Property                 12
          2.4   Credit Facility Interest                       13
          2.5   Additional Interest Provisions.                14
          2.6   Fees                                           14
          2.7   Prepayments                                    15
          2.8   Use of Proceeds                                16
          2.9   Capital Adequacy                               16

SECTION 3.  COLLATERAL                                         16
          3.1   Description                                    16
          3.2   Lien Documents                                 16
          3.3   Other Actions                                  17
          3.4   Searches                                       17
          3.5   Filing Security Agreement                      18
          3.6   Power of Attorney                              18

SECTION 4.  CLOSING AND CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ADVANCES       18
          4.1   Resolutions, Opinions, and Other Documents     18
          4.2   Absence of Certain Events                      19
          4.3   Warranties and Representations at Closing      20
          4.4   Compliance with this Agreement                 20
          4.5   Officers' Certificate                          20
          4.6   Closing                                        20
          4.7   Non-Waiver of Rights                           20
SECTION 5.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                     20
          5.1   Organization and Validity                      20
          5.2   Places of Business                             21
          5.3   Pending Litigation                             21
          5.4   Title to Collateral                            22
          5.5   Governmental Consent                           22
          5.6   Taxes                                          22
          5.7   Financial Statements                           22
          5.8   Full Disclosure                                22
          5.9   Subsidiaries                                   23
          5.10  Guarantees; Other Indebtedness                 23
          5.11  Government Regulations, etc.                   23
          5.12  Names                                          24
          5.13  Other Associations                             24
          5.14  Environmental Matters                          24
          5.15  Capital Stock                                  25
          5.16  Solvency                                       25
          5.17  Leases and Leased Property                     25

SECTION 6.  BORROWER'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS                   29
          6.1   Payment of Taxes and Claims                    29
          6.2   Maintenance of Properties and Corporate
                Existence                                      29
          6.3   Business Conducted                             30
          6.4   Litigation                                     30
          6.5   Taxes                                          30
          6.6   Bank Accounts                                  31
          6.7   Warranties for Future Advances                 31
          6.8   Financial Covenants                            31
          6.9   Financial and Business Information             32
          6.10  Officers' Certificates                         34
          6.11  Inspection                                     34
          6.12  Tax Returns and Reports                        35
          6.13  Material Adverse Developments                  35
          6.14  Places of Business                             35
          6.15  Sale of Collateral                             35
          6.16  Receipt of Payments                            35


SECTION 7.  BORROWER'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS:                     36
          7.1   Merger, Consolidation, Dissolution or
                Liquidation                                    36
          7.2   Liens and Encumbrances                         36
          7.3   Negative Pledge                                36
          7.4   Transactions With Affiliates or Subsidiaries   37
          7.5   Guarantees                                     37
          7.6   Distributions, Redemptions and Other
                Indebtedness                                   37
          7.7   Use of Lenders' Name                           37
          7.8   Change of Management                           37


SECTION 8.  DEFAULT                                            38
          8.1   Events of Default                              38
          8.2   Cure                                           40
          8.3   Rights and Remedies on Default                 40
          8.4   Nature of Remedies                             42
          8.5   Set-Off                                        42


SECTION 9.  AGENT                                              42
          9.1   Appointment and Authorization                  42
          9.2   General Immunity                               43
          9.3   Consultation with Counsel                      43
          9.4   Documents                                      43
          9.5   Rights as a Bank                               43
          9.6   Responsibility of Agent                        43
          9.7   Collections and Disbursements                  44
          9.8   Indemnification                                45
          9.9   Expenses                                       46
          9.10  No Reliance                                    46
          9.11  Reporting                                      46
          9.12  Removal of Agent                               46
          9.13  Action on Instructions of Lenders              47
          9.14  Several Obligations                            47
          9.15  Consent of Banks                               47
          9.16  Participations and Assignments                 49

SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS                                     49
          10.1  GOVERNING LAW                                  49
          10.2  Integrated Agreement                           49
          10.3  Waiver                                         49
          10.4  Time                                           50
          10.5  Expenses of Agent                              50
          10.6  Brokerage                                      50
          10.7  Notices                                        51
          10.8  Headings                                       51
          10.9  Survival                                       51
          10.10 Successors and Assigns                         52
          10.11 Counterparts                                 52
          10.12  Modification
52
          10.13  Signatories
52
          10.14  Third Parties
52
          10.15  Discharge of Taxes, Borrower's Obligations,
          Etc.
          52
          10.16  Most Favored Lenders
53
          10.17  Consent to Jurisdiction
53
          10.18  Waiver of Jury Trial
53
          10.19  WARRANT OF ATTORNEY
53
          10.20  Information to Participant
54

                         EXHIBIT LIST
                               
                               
                               
 Exhibit  2.1(b)         --   Form of Revolving Credit Note
 Exhibit  2.1(d)         --   Form of Borrowing Base
Certificate
 Exhibit  2.3(b)(ii)     --   Form of Assignment Agreement
 Exhibit  5.1            --   Borrower's States of
Qualifications
 Exhibit  5.2            --   Places of Business
Exhibit  5.3            --   Judgments, Proceedings, Litigation
and Orders
 Exhibit  5.9            --   Subsidiaries and Affiliates
 Exhibit  5.10           --   Existing Guaranties, Investments
and Borrowings, Leases and Employment Agreements
 Exhibit  5.12(a)        --   Schedule of Names
     Exhibit  5.12(b)        --   Trademarks, Patents and
                          Copyrights
 Exhibit  5.13           --   Other Associations
   Exhibit  5.14           --   Environmental
                     Matters
 Exhibit  5.15           --   Capital Stock
 Exhibit  5.17           --   Form of Lease
 Exhibit                      6.9(ii)        --   Form of
                              Receivables Aging Report
     Exhibit  6.9(vi)        --   Covenant Compliance
                        Certificate
 Exhibit  6.10           --   Officers' Certificates

                         SCHEDULES

                             

                             

Schedule A     --   Schedule and Addresses of Lenders

                   LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This Loan and Security Agreement ("Agreement") is dated
this 4th day of February, 1997, by and among Granite Financial,
Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower"), CoreStates Bank,
N.A., a national banking association in its capacity as agent
("Agent"), and CoreStates Bank, N.A. ("CoreStates") and the
financial institutions listed on Schedule A attached hereto and
made a part of this Agreement (as such Schedule may be amended,
modified or replaced from time to time), in their capacity as
lenders (singly, each is a "Lender" and collectively, all are
"Lenders").
                           BACKGROUND
                                
     A.  Borrower wishes, from time to time, to obtain advances
from Lenders up to the Maximum Credit Limit.  Lenders are
willing to make loans and grant extensions of credit to Borrower
under the terms and provisions hereinafter set forth.

     B.   The parties desire to define the terms and conditions
of their relationship to writing.

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally
bound, hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1.1  Terms Defined:  As used in this Agreement, the
following terms have the following respective meanings and if a
Section reference follows any such term below, the meaning
ascribed thereto in such Section.

          Account - Any right to payment for goods sold or
leased or for services rendered which is not evidenced by an
Instrument or Chattel Paper, whether or not it has been earned
by performance.

            Additional Facility Fee - Section 2.6(d).
                                
          Adjusted Debt to Tangible Net Worth Ratio -  At any
time means the ratio of Borrower's (i) total Liabilities less
Nonrecourse Debt to (ii) Tangible Net Worth.

          Advance(s) - Any monies loaned or credit extended to
Borrower by any Lender under the Credit Facility.

          Affiliate - As to any Person, each other Person that
directly, or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries,
controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with,
the Person in question.

          Agent Fee - Section 2.6(c).

          Agreement - This Loan and Security Agreement, as it
may hereafter be amended, supplemented, extended or replaced
from time to time.

           Assignment Agreement - Section 2.3(b)(ii).
                                
          Authorized Officer - Any officer of Borrower
authorized by specific resolution of Borrower to request
Advances as set forth in the incumbency certificate referred to
in Section 4.1(d) of this Agreement.

           Available Credit Amount - As of any date of
determination, an amount equal to the lesser of:

          (i) the Maximum Credit Limit, and
          (ii) the Borrowing Base.
          Base Rate - A per annum fluctuating rate of interest
which is five eighths (5/8) of one percentage point in excess of
the Prime Rate.
          Books and Records - All of Borrower's original ledger
cards, payment schedules, credit applications, Contract Rights,
liens, security instruments, guarantees and other General
Intangibles relating in any way to the Leases or Leased
Property.
          Borrowing Base - As of any date of determination, an
amount equal to the lesser of the following with respect to each
Eligible Lease, (x) 75% of the Lease Receivables corresponding
to each such Eligible Lease, and (y) 95% of the Present Value of
the Lease Receivables corresponding to each such Eligible Lease.
          Business Day - Any day that is not a Saturday or
Sunday or day on which Agent or any Lender is required or
permitted to close.


          Chattel Paper - The meaning ascribed thereto in the

Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code.

          Closing - Section 4.6.

          Closing Date - Section 4.6.

          Closing Fee - Section 2.6(b).

          Collateral - All now or hereafter existing Leases and
Leased Property, Books and Records and all cash and noncash
proceeds, thereof, including, without limitation, insurance
proceeds.


          Contract Rights - All rights under contracts not yet
earned by performance.


          Credit Facility - Section 2.1(a).


          Current Term - The Initial Term during the period of
the Initial Term, and any renewal or extended term during the
term thereof, if Lenders elect, in their sole discretion, to
renew or extend the Credit Facility.


          Defaulted Lease - Any Lease where the Lease or Leased
Property associated therewith fails, at any time, to comply with
all of the representations and warranties set forth in Section
5.17 below.


           Defaulting Lender - Section 2.2(b)(iii)(C).
                                
                                
          Distribution -


          (1)    The payment of dividends or other distributions
on capital stock of Borrower; and


          (2)    The redemption, repurchase or acquisition of
such capital stock or of warrants, rights or other options to
pur chase such capital stock.

         Documents - The meaning ascribed thereto in the
Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code.

          Eligible Lease(s) - Each Lease which meets all of the
following specifications: (1) is not subject to any Lien,
security interest or assignment other than Agent's security
interest for the benefit of Lenders and the rights of the
Lessees thereunder; (2) is a valid and enforceable Lease,
representing the undisputed obligation of the Lessee, with
rentals due thereunder not more than 61 days contractually past
due; (3) is not subject to any defense, set off, counterclaim,
deduction, or allowance or adjustment; (4) provides for the
lease of Leased Property which has not been returned, rejected,
lost or damaged; (5) arose in the ordinary course of Borrower's
business; (6) Borrower has not received notice of bankruptcy,
receivership, reorganization, insolvency or material adverse
change in the financial condition of the Lessee; (7) the Lessee
is not a Subsid iary or Affiliate of Borrower; (8) is not a
Defaulted Lease; (9)
the Lease does not have an initial stated term in excess of
sixtyfive (65) months; (10) the Lease has not been pledged to
Agent and/or Lenders for a period exceeding, in the aggregate,
six (6) months; and (11) is a Lease with a Lease Receivable,
which together with all other Lease Receivables owed by the same
Lessee, does not exceed $200,000 in the aggregate, unless
otherwise agreed to in writing by the SuperMajority Lenders.

         Equipment - The meaning ascribed thereto in the
Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code.

          ERISA - The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as the same may be amended, from time to time.

          Event of Default - Section 8.1.

          Exchange Act - The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, together with all rules and regulations in connection
therewith.

          Expenses - Section 10.5.

          Federal Funds Rate - means a fluctuating interest rate
per annum equal, for each day, to the weighted average of the
rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of
the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as
published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day,
for the next succeeding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York, or if such rate is not so published for any
day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for
such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three
federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the
Agent.

          Financial Statements - The financial statements of
Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP.

          GAAP - Generally accepted accounting principles as in
effect on the Closing Date, as they may be amended from time to
time.

          General Intangibles - The meaning ascribed thereto in
the Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code and shall include, but
not be limited to, all contract rights (including without
limitation, all rights under remarketing agreements), Chattel
Paper, documents, Instruments, books, records, ledgers,
journals, check books, print outs, blue prints, designs,
computer programs, computer tapes, punch cards, formulae,
drawings, customer lists,
choses in action, claims, goodwill, designs and plans,
licenses, license agreements, tax and all other types of
refunds, returned and unearned insurance premiums, rights and
claims under insurance policies, patents, patent application,
trademarks, trade names, trade styles, trademark applications
and copyrights.

          Hazardous Substance - Section 5.14.

          Initial Term - Section 2.1(c).

          Instruments - The meaning ascribed thereto in the
Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code.

          Intercreditor Agreement - The Granite Lock Box
Intercreditor Agreement dated January 24, 1997 by and among
Borrower, Agent, Colorado National Bank, FBS Business Finance
Corporation, Leasing Division, Norwest Equipment Finance, Inc.,
and the other parties joining therein, from time to time, in
accordance with the terms thereof, as the same may be amended,
modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

          Inventory - The meaning ascribed thereto in the
Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code and shall include, but not
be limited to, all additions, improvements, accessions,
attachments, upgrades, replacements and substitutions thereto
or therefor.

          Lease(s) - All of Borrower's Accounts, Documents,
General Intangibles, Instruments and Chattel Paper arising in
connection with each and every equipment lease and/or schedule
to a master lease agreement assigned to Lenders and/or Agent
for the benefit of Lenders, or now or hereafter designated on
any schedule as being assigned to Lenders and/or Agent for the
benefit of Lenders.  The term "Lease" includes (i) all payments
to be made thereunder, (ii) all rights of Borrower therein, and
(iii) any and all amendments, renewals, extensions or
guarantees thereof.

          Lease Receivable(s) - With respect to each Lease, the
gross value of the contractual firm term remaining lease
payments plus the absolute and unconditional obligation, if
any, of the corresponding Lessee to make a payment(s) at the
end of the stated Lease term.

          Leased Property - Any personal property leased or to
be leased or financed by Borrower pursuant to a Lease; the term
"Leased Property" includes all of Borrower's Inventory or
Equipment so leased and any and all additions, improvements,
accessions, attachments, upgrades, replacements and
substitutions thereto and therefor.

          Lessee - The lessee(s) or obligor(s) responsible for
payment and/or performance under a Lease.

          Liabilities - All liabilities of every kind of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as would be shown on a
consolidated financial statement of Borrower prepared in
accordance with GAAP, and all contingent and unmatured
obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to any
and all guarantee, surety or similar type agreements relating
to the debts of Persons outside of the consolidated group.

          Lien - Any interest of any kind or nature in property
securing an obligation owed to, or a claim of any kind or
nature in property by, a Person other than the owner of the
Property, whether such interest is based on the common law,
statute,
regulation or contract, and including, but not limited to, a
security interest or lien arising from a mortgage, security
agreement, encumbrance, pledge, conditional sale or trust
receipt, a lease, consignment or bailment for security
purposes, a trust, or an assignment.

          Loans - All Revolving Credit Loans.

          Loan Documents - This Agreement, the Revolving Credit
Notes and all agreements, instruments and documents executed
and/or delivered from time to time in connection therewith, as
amended or replaced from time to time.

          Maturity Date - The later of (i) the date which is
one (1) year from the date hereof or (ii) the last day of the
then Current Term.

          Maximum Credit Limit - The sum of the Pro Rata Shares
which at the time of Closing equals Thirty-Six Million Dollars
($36,000,000).

          Net Income - The net income after taxes of Borrower
as such would appear on Borrower's statement of income,
prepared in accordance with GAAP.

          Net Worth - At any time means the amount of
shareholder equity in Borrower, as defined under GAAP.

          Nonrecourse Debt - All Liabilities of Borrower which
are non-recourse in nature and treated as non-recourse
obligations on Borrower's Financial Statements.  The term "Non
recourse Debt" shall not include the recourse portion of any
partially recourse Liabilities whether or not such Liabilities
are shown on a balance sheet of Borrower prepared in accordance
with GAAP.

          Obligations - All existing and future liabilities and
obligations of every kind or nature at any time owing by
Borrower to Lenders (or any of them) and/or to Agent, whether
joint or several, related or unrelated, primary or secondary,
matured or contingent, due or to become due, and whether
principal, interest, fees or Expenses, including, without
limitation, obligations in respect of the Revolving Credit
Loans and any extensions, modifications, substitutions,
increases and renewals thereof, and Borrower's unconditional
obligation to reimburse Agent and/or Lenders for all fees paid
by Agent and/or Lenders pursuant to Section 8 of the
Intercreditor Agreement, and the payment of all reasonable
amounts advanced by Agent (or any Lender after the occurrence
of an Event of Default) to preserve, protect and enforce rights
hereunder and in the Collateral and all Expenses incurred by
Agent (or any Lender after the occurrence of an Event of
Default) in connection therewith.

          Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code or UCC - The
Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in Pennsylvania, as the same
shall be amended from time to time.

          Person - An individual, partnership, corporation,
limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association or
organization, joint venture or any other entity.

          Present Value - The value, from time to time, as of
the date of determination, of the remaining Lease Receivables
due under a Lease, discounted using the Base Rate.  Present
Value calculations shall fluctuate from time to time as the
Base Rate changes, with such fluctuations to be reflected in
calculating
the Borrowing Base hereunder.

          Prime Rate - The per annum rate designated or
announced by Agent at its principal office from time to time as
its prime rate of interest, which may be greater or less than
other interest rates charged by Agent to other borrowers and is
not solely based or dependent upon the interest rate which
Agent may charge any particular borrower or class of borrowers.

           Pro Rata Percentage - Section 2.1(a)(ii).
                               
          Pro Rata Share - Section 2.1(a)(ii).

          Property - Any interest of Borrower in any kind of
property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible
or intangible.

           Revolving Credit Loans - Section 2.1(a).
                               
           Revolving Credit Notes - Section 2.1(b).
                               
          Securitization Transaction - Any transaction, for
which Agent has received 30 days prior written notice, using,
in part, leases or leased Property to secure promissory notes
issued by Borrower or a special purpose subsidiary of Borrower
and in connection with which, Borrower will be subject to
limited recourse arising out of a servicing agreement or no
recourse.

          Subsidiary - As to any Person, any corporation more
than fifty percent (50%) of whose voting stock is legally and
beneficially owned by such Person or owned by a corporation
more than fifty percent (50%) of whose voting stock is legally
and beneficially owned by such Person.

          SuperMajority Lenders - At any time, Lenders holding
Pro Rata Percentages aggregating at least sixty-six and two
thirds (66-2/3%) percent of the aggregate amount outstanding
under the Credit Facility at such time; provided, however, that
if there is no outstanding amount under the Credit Facility,
the SuperMajority Lenders shall be determined by those Lenders
holding sixty-six and two-thirds (66-2/3%) percent of the
Maximum Credit Limit.

          Tangible Net Worth - At any time means the amount of
shareholder equity in Borrower (excluding trademarks, goodwill,
deferred closing costs, loans to shareholders or Affiliates and
all other intangible assets, as those terms are defined under
GAAP and further excluding an amount equal to twenty-five
percent (25%) of all restricted cash pledged as collateral in
connection with Securitization Transaction(s)).

          Unmatured Event of Default - An event or condition
which, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both
would become an Event of Default.

          Unused Line Fee - Section 2.6(a).

     1.2  Accounting Principles:  Where the character or amount
of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is
required to be determined or any consolidation or other
accounting computation is required to be made for the purposes
of this Agreement, this shall be done in accordance with GAAP,
to the extent applicable, except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement.

SECTION 2.  THE LOANS

     2.1  Credit Facility - Description:

          (a)    (i)     Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, each Lender, severally, hereby establishes for
the benefit of Borrower a credit facility (collectively
referred to as "Credit Facility") which shall include Advances
extended by Lenders to or for the benefit of Borrower from time
to time hereunder in the form of revolving credit loans
("Revolving Credit Loans").  The proceeds of all Revolving
Credit Loans shall be used solely to finance the acquisition of
Leased Property or Leases.  The aggregate outstanding principal
amount of all Loans, at any time, shall not exceed the
Available Credit Amount. Subject to such limitation, the
outstanding balance of all Revolving Credit Loans may fluctuate
from time to time, to be reduced by repayments made by Borrower
and to be increased by future Revolving Credit Loans which may
be made by Lenders.  The obligations of Borrower under the
Credit Facility and this Agreement shall at all times be
absolute and unconditional.
              (ii)   Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, each Lender, severally, agrees to lend to
Borrower an amount equal to such Lender's respective percentage
(as to each Lender, the percentage of the Credit Facility set
forth opposite its name on Schedule A attached hereto and made
a part hereof and referred to as its "Pro Rata Percentage") of
the Advance requested by Borrower.  The aggregate outstanding
Loans by each Lender shall not exceed the respective amount
("Pro Rata Share") set forth opposite such Lender's name on
Schedule A.
          (b)    At Closing and contemporaneously with the
joinder of any Lender after the Closing Date, Borrower shall
execute and deliver its promissory note to each Lender for the
total principal amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share
(collectively as may be amended, modified or replaced from time
to time, the "Revolving Credit Notes").  The Revolving Credit
Notes shall evidence Borrower's absolute and unconditional
obligation to repay such Lender(s) for all Revolving Credit
Loans made by such Lender(s) under the Credit Facility, with
interest as herein and therein provided.  Each and every
Revolving Credit Loan under the Credit Facility shall be deemed
evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes, which are deemed
incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.  All
Revolving Credit Notes shall be substantially in the form set
forth in Exhibit 2.1(b) attached hereto and made a part hereof.
          (c)    The term ("Initial Term") of the Credit
Facility shall expire on the day which is one (1) year from the
date hereof.  In Lenders' sole discretion, without any
obligation to do so, the Credit Facility may, nonetheless, be
renewed annually for additional one year periods.  Borrower's
request for such renewal must be made at least 60 days prior to
the expiration of the then Current Term.  After the Maturity
Date no further Advances shall be available from Lenders.
Borrower acknowledges that no Lender has any obligation to
renew its part of the Credit Facility.
          (d)    Borrower shall deliver, at least monthly on
the tenth (10th) day of each month, and with each borrowing
request, unless Agent requests more frequent delivery, a
Borrowing Base Certificate in the form of Exhibit 2.1(d)
attached hereto and made a part hereof, executed by an
Authorized Officer, evidencing availability under the Borrowing
Base for any such borrowing request.
     2.2  Advances, Conversions and Payments:

          (a)  Except to the extent otherwise set forth in this
Agreement, all payments of principal and of interest on the
Credit Facility, the Unused Line Fee, the Closing Fee, the
Additional Facility Fee, the Agent Fee, the Expenses, and all
other charges and any other Obligations of Borrower hereunder,
shall be made to Agent at its main Philadelphia banking office,
CoreStates Bank, N.A., 1339 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, in United States dollars, in immediately
available funds.  Agent, on behalf of all Lenders, shall have
the unconditional right and discretion to make an Advance under
the Credit Facility in the form of a Revolving Credit Loan
(whether or not availability exists under the Borrowing Base)
to pay, and/or to charge Borrower's operating account with
Agent, for all of Borrower's Obligations as they become due
from time to time under this Agreement, including without
limitation, interest, principal, fees and reimbursement of
Expenses.
          (b)(i) Advances which may be made by Lenders from
time to time under the Credit Facility shall be made available
by crediting such proceeds to Borrower's operating account with
Agent.
             (ii) Each Advance requested by Borrower must be
requested by 11:00 A.M. Eastern time, one (1) Business Day
prior to the date of such requested Advance.  All requests and
confirmations of requests for Advances are to be in writing and
may be sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission provided that
Agent shall have the right to require that receipt of such
request not be effective unless confirmed via telephone with
Agent.
             (iii)  A.  Upon receiving a request for an Advance
in accordance with subparagraph (ii) above, as soon as
reasonably practical thereafter, Agent shall notify all Lenders
of the request.  Each Lender shall advance its applicable Pro
Rata Percentage of the requested Advance to Agent by remitting
federal funds, immediately available, to Agent pursuant to
Agent's instructions prior to 11:00 A.M. Eastern Time on the
scheduled date of the Advance.  Subject to satisfaction of the
terms and conditions hereof, Agent shall make the requested
Advance available to Borrower by crediting such amount to
Borrower's operating account with Agent as soon as is
reasonably practical thereafter on the day the requested
Advance is to be made.  In lieu of the foregoing, Agent may, in
its discretion, fund the Pro Rata Percentage of such Advance on
behalf of any one or more Lenders (unconditionally and
absolutely obligating each affected Lender to reimburse Agent
in full without deduction or setoffs for its portion of such
Advance) with a settlement of the Pro Rata Percentage of such
Advance of each Lender on the following Business Day under such
procedures as Agent may establish.
                    B.  Neither Agent nor any other Lender
shall be obligated for any reason whatsoever to advance the
share of any other Lender.  If such corresponding amount is not
made available to Agent by such Lender on the date the Advance
is made and Agent elects (at its discretion, without any
obligation to do so) to make such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage
of the Advance, Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount
on demand from such Lender together with interest at the per
annum rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate in respect of the
first two days and at the Base Rate in respect of each day
thereafter during the period commencing 2:00 P.M. Eastern Time
on the date of such Advance and ending on (but excluding) the
date Agent recovers such amount. Agent shall also be entitled
to recover any and all losses and damages (including without
limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees
and costs) from any Lender failing to so advance upon demand of
Agent.  Agent may set off the obligations of a Lender under
this subsection against any distributions or payments of the
Obligations which Agent would otherwise make available to such
Lender.
                    C.   To the extent and during the time
period in which any Lender fails to provide or delays providing
its respective payment to Agent pursuant to subsections A or B
above (any such Lender being referred to, during such period,
as a "Defaulting Lender"), such Lender's percentage of all
payments of the Obligations (but not its Pro Rata Percentage of
future Advances required to be funded by such Lender) shall
decrease to reflect the actual percentage which its actual
outstanding Loans bears to the total outstanding Loans of all
Lenders.  In addition, notwithstanding any definition or other
provision of this Agreement to the contrary except Section
9.15(b) herein, during any period in which a Lender is a
Defaulting Lender, all calculations for voting purposes among
the Lenders shall be made as if the Defaulting Lender were not
a Lender and not a party to this Agreement except when
calculating votes on the issues enumerated in Section 9.15(b)
herein, for which each Lender shall have a vote regardless of
whether it is a Defaulting Lender at the time of any vote on
such issues.
          2.3    Preconditions to Advances and Assignment of
          Leases and Leased Property

          (a)    Before Lenders will make any Advance:

             (i) Borrower will deliver to Agent the following
(dated and signed) in form and substance satisfactory to Agent
and its counsel:

                 A. A borrowing request setting forth the
requested date of the Advance (but no sooner than three (3)
Business Days after Agent receives the request), the requested
Advance amount, a Borrowing Base Certificate in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit 2.1(d) setting forth the
availability under the Borrowing Base, any information required
by this Agreement and such other information as Agent shall
reasonably request.  A borrowing request may be made orally,
provided that Borrower confirms the request in writing within
two (2) days thereafter, provided further, however, that
Lenders need not make any Advances until Agent receives actual
written confirmation and a Borrowing Base Certificate,

                 B. Such financial information concerning any
of the Leases, Borrower or any Lessee, as Agent may reasonably
request, and

                 C. Such other instruments, agreements and
documents as Agent reasonably requests to carry out the intent
of the parties to this Agreement.

             (ii) No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default shall have occurred hereunder.

          (b)    In order to increase the Borrowing Base,
Borrower shall deliver to Agent, for the benefit of Lenders,
the following items:

           (i) A list of Leases being assigned and a
description of all such Leases, which shall include
identification of the Lessee, a description of the Leased
Property, the net cost of the Leased Property, the net
remaining principal balance under the Lease(s), and the terms
of and rentals owed under each Lease, and such other
information which Agent or Lenders shall reasonably request,

             (ii) An Assignment Agreement signed by Borrower
assigning Borrower's right, title and interest in and to the
Leased Property and Leases to Agent for the benefit of Lenders,
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.3(b)(ii) ("Assignment
Agreement"),

             (iii) Invoices showing the true cost of the Leased
Property net of any servicing or maintenance charges, brokers'
fees or similar type of "soft costs",

             (iv) If requested by Agent, additional Uniform
Commercial Code ("UCC") financing statements covering, inter
alia, the Leased Property and the Leases listing Agent, for the
benefit of Lenders, as secured party and Borrower as debtor, to
be filed in locations reasonably required by Agent,

             (v) Copies of all UCC-1 financing statements filed
by Borrower against Lessee(s) and any acknowledgment copies or
recording information Borrower has received back from the
filing or recording offices,

             (vi) The sole original of each Lease including all
relevant schedules, duly assigned to Agent for the benefit of
Lenders,

             (vii) For each item of Leased Property with a fair
market value greater than $25,000.00, evidence that such item
of Leased Property is insured against such risks, in such
amounts, with such insurance, and on such terms and conditions
as shall be satisfactory to Agent, including but not limited
to, provisions naming Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, lender
loss payee and preventing cancellation or modification of the
insurance coverage without at least 30 days prior notice to
Agent ("Insurance Cover age"),

             (viii) A certificate of acceptance or other
document evidencing that the Lessee has received and accepted
the Leased Property, and

             (ix)   An undated notice signed by the Borrower
directing each Lessee to pay all sums due or to become due
under each Lease directly to Agent for the benefit of Lenders
("Lessee Notice") to be used only following the occurrence of
an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default.  Agent will
hold the Lessee Notices in safekeeping and will not release
them, unless and until an Event of Default or Unmatured Event
of Default shall have occurred.

     2.4  Credit Facility Interest:  The unpaid principal
balance of all Revolving Credit Loans shall bear interest,
subject to the terms hereof, at the per annum fluctuating rate
equal to the Base Rate.  Changes in the applicable interest
rate shall become effective on the same day as Agent announces
a change in its Prime Rate.  Interest on Revolving Credit Loans
shall be due and payable in arrears on the first day of each
calendar month commencing the first full month following the
Closing Date.

     2.5  Additional Interest Provisions.

          (a)    Calculation of Interest:  Interest on the
Loans, regardless of the applicable interest rate, shall be
based on a
three hundred sixty five (365) day year and charged for the
actual number of days elapsed.

          (b)    Default Rate:  After the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, the per annum
effective rate of interest on all Revolving Credit Loans
outstanding under the Credit Facility shall be increased to a
per annum rate equal to two (2%) percentage points in excess of
the otherwise applicable interest rate.

          (c)    Continuation of Interest Charges:  All
contractual rates of interest chargeable on outstanding Loans,
regardless of the then applicable interest rate, shall continue
to accrue and be paid even after default, maturity,
acceleration, judgment, bankruptcy, insolvency proceedings of
any kind or the happening of any event or occurrence similar or
dissimilar.

        (f)    Applicable Interest Limitations:  In no
contingency or event whatsoever shall the aggregate of all
amounts deemed interest hereunder and charged or collected
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement exceed the highest rate
permissible under any law which a court of competent
jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable
hereto.  In the event that such court determines Lenders have
charged or received interest hereunder in excess of the highest
applicable rate, Agent, on behalf of Lenders, shall in its sole
discretion, apply and set off such excess interest received by
Lenders against other Obligations due or to become due and such
rate shall automatically be reduced to the maximum rate
permitted by such law.

     2.6  Fees:

          (a)    Unused Line Fee:  So long as the Credit
Facility is outstanding and has not been terminated, Borrower
shall unconditionally pay to Agent, for the benefit of Lenders
in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentages, a non
refundable fee ("Unused Line Fee") equal to one-quarter of one
percent (1/4%) per annum of the average daily unused portion of
the Credit Facility (which shall be calculated as the Maximum
Credit Limit minus the average daily outstanding balance of all
Loans during the quarter for which such calculation is made).
The Unused Line Fee shall be computed and paid on a quarterly
basis, in arrears, on the first day of each January, April,
July and October for the previous quarter for which such
computation is made by Agent, beginning on the first day of
April, 1997.

          (b)    Closing Fee:  As of the Closing, Lenders shall
have fully earned, and Borrower shall have paid to Agent, for
the benefit of Lenders, a non-refundable closing fee ("Closing
Fee") in an amount equal to Twenty Thousand Dollars
($20,000.00). CoreStates' share of the Closing Fee shall be
$5,000.00 and each other Lender's share of the Closing Fee
shall be $5,000.00.

          (c)    Agent Fee:  So long as the Credit Facility is
outstanding and has not been terminated, Borrower shall
unconditionally pay to Agent, for Agent's account, a non
refundable fee ("Agent Fee") as set forth in that certain
letter agreement between Agent and Granite Financial, LLC dated
October 5, 1996, the obligations under which have been
expressly assumed by Borrower.  The Agent Fee shall be computed
and paid on a quarterly basis, in arrears, on the first day of
each January, April, July and October for the previous quarter
for which such computation is made by Agent, beginning on the
first day of April, 1997 (provided, however, that Borrower
shall pay to Bank on the Closing Date the unpaid Agent Fee for
the quarter ending
December 31, 1996 and the portion of the Agent Fee attributable
to the quarter in which closing occurs pro rated through the
Closing Date).

          (d)    Additional Facility Fee:  In the event that
Lenders and Agent, in their sole discretion, agree from time to
time to increase the Maximum Credit Limit, Borrower shall at
the time of any such increase (as a condition thereof), pay to
Agent, for the benefit of Lenders in accordance with their
respective Pro Rata Percentages, a non-refundable additional
facility fee ("Additional Facility Fee") in an amount equal to
one-quarter of one percent (1/4%) of the applicable increase.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lenders and Agent shall at no
time be obligated to increase the Maximum Credit Limit.

     2.7  Prepayments:

          (a)    Revolving Credit Loans:  Subject to Section
2.1(a), Revolving Credit Loans may be prepaid at any time and
from time to time in whole or in part without premium or
penalty upon at least two (2) days prior written notice to
Agent.

          (b)    Proceeds of Collateral:  Prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default, proceeds from Collateral
comprising a portion of the Borrowing Base, to the extent that
the aggregate outstanding amount of all Revolving Credit Loans
exceeds the Available Credit Amount, shall promptly be paid to
Agent for the benefit of Lenders and be first applied to
accrued but unpaid interest, fees, costs and Expenses related
to the Credit Facility, and then to the outstanding balance of
the Revolving Credit Loans and then to Borrower's other
Obligations.  Following the occurrence of an Event of Default,
all proceeds from the Collateral shall be immediately delivered
to Agent and Agent may apply such proceeds to any of Borrower's
Obligations in such order as Agent may decide in its sole
discretion.

          (c)    Mandatory Prepayment:  In the event the
aggregate outstanding amount of all Loans at any time exceeds
the Maximum Credit Limit, Borrower shall immediately repay such
excess in full and if the aggregate outstanding amount of all
Revolving Credit Loans exceeds the Borrowing Base, Borrower
shall immediately either (i) repay such excess in full or (ii)
pledge additional Eligible Leases in accordance with the terms
hereof. Any such payments shall first be applied to accrued but
unpaid interest, fees, costs and Expenses related to the Credit
Facility, and then to the outstanding balance of the Revolving
Credit Loans and then to Borrower's other Obligations.

   2.8  Use of Proceeds:  The extensions of credit under the
Credit Facility shall be used to enable Borrower to purchase
Leased Property and finance Leases associated with such Leased
Property.

     2.9  Capital Adequacy:  If any present or future law,
governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline, directive or
similar requirement (whether or not having the force of law)
imposes, modifies, or deems applicable any capital adequacy,
capital maintenance or similar requirement which affects the
manner in which any Lender allocates capital resources to its
commitments (including any commitments hereunder), and as a
result thereof, in the reasonable opinion of such Lender, the
rate of return on such Lender's capital with regard to the
Loans is reduced to a level below that which such Lender could
have achieved but for such circumstances, then in such case and
upon notice from Agent and/or such Lender to Borrower, from
time to time, Borrower shall pay such Lender such additional
amount or
amounts as shall compensate such Lender for such reduction in
its rate of return.  Such notice shall contain the statement of
such Lender with regard to any such amount or amounts which
shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding upon
Borrower.  In determining such amount, such Lender may use any
reasonable method of averaging and attribution that it deems
applicable.

SECTION 3.  COLLATERAL

     3.1  Description:  As security for the payment of the
Obligations, and satisfaction by Borrower of all covenants and
undertakings contained in this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, Borrower hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of
Lenders, a continuing first lien on and security interest in,
upon and to the Collateral.

     3.2  Lien Documents:  At Closing and thereafter as Agent
deems necessary, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Agent,
or have executed and delivered (all in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Agent):

          (a)    Financing Statements - Financing statements
pursuant to the UCC, which Agent, on behalf of Lenders, may
file in any jurisdiction where any Collateral is or may be
located and in any other jurisdiction that Agent deems
appropriate; and

        (b)    Other Agreements - Any other agreements,
documents, instruments and writings, including, without
limitation, security agreements and Assignment Agreements,
reasonably required by Agent to evidence, perfect or protect
Agent's and/or Lenders' liens and security interests in the
Collateral or as Agent may request from time to time.

     3.3  Other Actions:  In addition to the foregoing,
Borrower shall do anything further that may be lawfully
required by Agent to secure Lenders and effectuate the
intentions and objects of this Agreement, including, but not
limited to, the execution and delivery of lockbox agreements,
continuation statements, amend ments to financing statements,
security agreements, contracts and any other documents required
hereunder.  Borrower shall also immediately deliver (with
execution by Borrower of all necessary documents or forms to
reflect Agent's Lien for the benefit of Lenders thereon) to
Agent as bailee for Lenders, all items for which Agent and/or
Lenders must or may receive possession to obtain a perfected
security interest, including without limitation, all Leases,
notes, certificates and documents of title,  Chattel Paper,
warehouse receipts, Instruments, and any other similar
instruments constituting Collateral.

   3.4  Searches:  Agent shall, prior to or at Closing, and
thereafter as Agent may determine from time to time, at
Borrower's sole expense, obtain the following searches (the
results of which are to be consistent with the warranties made
by Borrower in this Agreement):

          (a)    UCC Searches:  UCC financing statement
searches with the Secretary of State and local filing office of
each state where Borrower maintains its executive office, a
place of business, or assets;

          (b)    Judgments, Etc.:  Judgment, federal tax lien
and corporate tax lien searches, in all applicable filing
offices of each state searched under subparagraph (a) above.

          Borrower shall, prior to or at Closing and at its
expense, obtain and deliver to Agent good standing certificates
showing Borrower to be in good standing in its state of
incorporation and in each other state or foreign country in
which it is doing and presently intends to do business for
which Borrower's failure to be so qualified might have a
material adverse effect on Borrower's business, financial
condition, Property or Agent's and/or Lenders' rights
hereunder.
     3.5  Filing Security Agreement:  A carbon, photographic or
other reproduction or other copy of this Agreement or of a
financing statement is sufficient as and may be filed in lieu
of a financing statement.
   3.6  Power of Attorney:  Each of the officers of Agent is
hereby irrevocably made, constituted and appointed (such
appointment being coupled with an interest) the true and lawful
attorney for Borrower (without requiring any of them to act as
such) with full power of substitution to do the following:  (1)
endorse the name of Borrower upon any and all checks, drafts,
money orders and other instruments for the payment of monies
that are payable to Borrower and constitute collections on the
Collateral; (2) execute in the name of Borrower any financing
statements, schedules, assignments, instruments, documents and
statements that Borrower is obligated to give Agent hereunder
or is necessary to perfect Agent's and/or Lenders' security
interest or Lien in the Collateral; (3) to verify validity,
amount or any other matter relating to the Collateral by mail,
telephone, telecopy or otherwise; and (4) do such other and
further acts and deeds in the name of Borrower that Agent may
reasonably deem necessary or desirable to enforce any Account
or other Collateral.


SECTION 4.  CLOSING AND CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ADVANCES

     Closing under this Agreement is subject to the following
conditions precedent (all documents to be in form and substance
satisfactory to Agent and Agent's counsel):

     4.1  Resolutions, Opinions, and Other Documents:  Borrower
shall have delivered to Agent the following:

          (a)    this Agreement and the Revolving Credit Notes
all properly executed;
          (b)    each document and agreement required to be
executed under any provision of this Agreement or any related
agreement;
          (c)    certified copies of (i) resolutions of
Borrower's board of directors authorizing the execution of this
Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes to be issued hereunder
and each document, instrument and agreement required to be
delivered by any Section hereof and (ii) Borrower's articles of
incorporation and bylaws;
          (d)    an incumbency certificate identifying all
Authorized Officers of Borrower, with specimen signatures;
        (e)    a written opinion of Borrower's counsel
addressed to Agent for the benefit of all Lenders;

          (f)    certification by Borrower's chief financial
officer or president that there has not occurred any material
adverse change in the operations and condition (financial or
otherwise) of Borrower since October 31, 1996;

          (g)    payment by Borrower of all Expenses associated
with the Credit Facility incurred to the Closing Date and the
Closing Fee;
          (h)    UCC financing statement, judgment, federal and
state tax lien searches against Borrower, at Borrower's
expense, showing that the Collateral is not subject to any
Liens, together with good standing certificates showing
Borrower to be in good standing in each jurisdiction where the
failure to so qualify might have a material adverse affect on
Borrower's business, financial condition, Property or Agent's
and/or Lenders' rights hereunder;
          (i)    an initial Borrowing Base Certificate dated
the Closing Date evidencing Borrower's minimum borrowing
availability under the Borrowing Base as of the Closing Date;
          (j)    UCC-1 financing statements naming Borrower as
debtor and Agent as secured party, to be filed in all locations
satisfactory to Agent;
          (k)    a copy of the Intercreditor Agreement; and
        (l)    a certified copy of Borrower's Form S-1
Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission in connection with the initial public offering of
its capital stock consummated on October 25, 1996 together with
all amendments and exhibits and schedules thereto and all
documentation evidencing the acquisition by Borrower of all of
the membership units of Granite Financial, LLC and the
liquidation thereof and the assumption of all obligations and
liabilities thereof by Borrower.

   4.2  Absence of Certain Events:  At the Closing Date, no
Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default hereunder shall
have occurred and be continuing.

     4.3  Warranties and Representations at Closing:  The
warranties and representations contained in Section 5 as well
as any other Section of this Agreement shall be true and
correct in all material respects on the Closing Date with the
same effect as though made on and as of that date.  Borrower
shall not have taken any action or permitted any condition to
exist which would have been prohibited by any Section hereof.

   4.4  Compliance with this Agreement:  Borrower shall have
performed and complied with all agreements, covenants and
conditions contained herein including, without limitation, the
provisions of Sections 6 and 7 hereof, which are required to be
performed or complied with by Borrower before or at the Closing
Date.

   4.5  Officers' Certificate:  Agent shall have received a
certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by an Authorized
Officer of Borrower certifying that all of the conditions spec
ified in this Section have been fulfilled.

     4.6  Closing:  Subject to the conditions of this Section
4, the Credit Facility shall be made available on the date
("Closing Date") this Agreement is executed and all of the
conditions contained in Section 4 hereof are completed (the
"Closing").

     4.7  Non-Waiver of Rights:  By completing the Closing here
under, or by making Advances hereunder, neither Agent nor any
Lenders thereby waive a breach of any warranty, representation
or covenant made by Borrower hereunder or in any agreement,
document, or instrument delivered to Agent and/or any Lender or
otherwise referred to herein, and any claims and rights of
Agent and/or Lenders resulting from any breach or
misrepresentation by Borrower are specifically reserved by
Agent and Lenders.
SECTION 5.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     To induce Lenders to complete the Closing and make the
initial Advance under the Credit Facility to Borrower, Borrower
warrants and represents to Agent and Lenders that:
     5.1  Organization and Validity:
          (a)    Borrower is a corporation duly organized and
validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, is
duly qualified, is validly existing and in good standing and
has lawful power and authority to engage in the business it
conducts in each state and other jurisdiction where the nature
and extent of its business requires qualification, except where
the failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse
effect on Borrower's business, financial condition, Property or
prospects. A list of all states and other jurisdictions where
Borrower is qualified to do business is attached hereto as
Exhibit 5.1 and made a part hereof.
          (b)    The making and performance of this Agreement
and related agreements, and each document required by any
Section hereof will not violate any law, government rule or
regulation, or the articles of incorporation or bylaws of
Borrower or violate or result in a default (immediately or with
the passage of time) under any contract, agreement or
instrument to which Borrower is a party, or by which it is
bound.  Borrower is not in violation of, nor has knowingly
caused any Person to violate, any term of any agreement or
instrument to which it or such Person is a party or by which it
may be bound or of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws,
which violation could have a material adverse effect on
Borrower's business, financial condition, Property or
prospects.
          (c)    Borrower has all requisite corporate power and
authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to incur
the Obligations herein provided for, and has taken all proper
and necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and the documents and related
agreements required hereby.
          (d)    This Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes to
be issued hereunder, and all related agreements and documents
required to be executed and delivered by Borrower hereunder,
when delivered, will be valid and binding upon Borrower and
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.
   5.2  Places of Business:  The only places of business of
Borrower, and the places where it keeps and intends to keep
copies of the Leases and its Books and Records concerning the
Collateral, are at the addresses listed in Exhibit 5.2 attached
hereto and made a part hereof.  The name of the record owner of
each property is also set forth on Exhibit 5.2.

     5.3  Pending Litigation:  There are no judgments or
judicial or administrative orders, proceedings or
investigations (civil or criminal) pending, or to the knowledge
of Borrower, threatened, against Borrower in any court or
before any governmental author ity or arbitration board or
tribunal except as shown in Exhibit 5.3 attached hereto and
made a part hereof, none of which may materially and adversely
affect the business, financial
condition, Property or prospects of Borrower, or the ability of
Borrower to perform under this Agreement.  Borrower is not in
default with respect to any order of any court, governmental
authority, regulatory agency or arbitration board or tribunal,
the effect of which would materially and adversely affect the
business, financial condition, Property or prospects of
Borrower. No executive officer or director of Borrower has been
indicted or convicted in connection with or is engaging in any
criminal conduct, or is currently subject to any lawsuit or
proceeding or under investigation in connection with any anti-
racketeering or other conduct or activity.
     5.4  Title to Collateral:  Borrower has good and
marketable
title in fee simple (or its equivalent under applicable law) to
all the Collateral it respectively purports to own, free from
Liens, except those of Agent, and free from the claims of any
other Person other than the leasehold interests of the Lessees.

     5.5  Governmental Consent:  Neither the nature of Borrower
or of its business or Property, nor any relationship between
Borrower and any other Person, nor any circumstance affecting
Borrower in connection with the issuance or delivery of the
Revolving Credit Notes, is such as to require a consent,
approval or authorization of, or filing, registration or
qualification with, any governmental authority on the part of
Borrower in connection with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement or the issuance or delivery of the Revolving Credit
Notes or other documents contemplated hereby.

     5.6  Taxes: All tax returns required to be filed by
Borrower
in any jurisdiction have in fact been filed, and all taxes,
assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Borrower,
or upon any of its Property, income or franchises, which are
shown to be due and payable on such returns have been paid,
except for those taxes being contested in good faith with due
diligence by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate
reserves have been maintained under GAAP.

     5.7  Financial Statements:  Borrower's opening
consolidated
balance sheet as of October 31, 1996 has been prepared in accor
dance with GAAP (except for the omission of footnote disclosure
and year-end adjustments) and presents fairly, accurately and
completely the financial position of the Borrower as of such
date.  The fiscal year for Borrower currently ends on June 30.
Borrower's federal tax identification number is 84-1349929.

     5.8  Full Disclosure:   Neither the financial statements
referred to in Section 5.7, nor this Agreement or related
agreements and documents or any written statement furnished by
Borrower to Agent in connection with the negotiation of the
Credit Facility and contained in any financial statements or
documents relating to Borrower contain any untrue statement of
a material fact or omit a material fact necessary to make the
statements contained therein or herein not misleading.

     5.9  Subsidiaries:  Borrower has no Subsidiaries or
Affiliates, except as listed on Exhibit 5.9 attached hereto and
made a part hereof.

     5.10 Guarantees; Other Indebtedness:

          Borrower does not (i) own or hold equity or long term
debt investments in, (ii) have any outstanding advances to,
(iii) serve as guarantor, surety or accommodation maker for the
obligations of, or (iv) have any outstanding borrowings from,
any Person except as described in Exhibit 5.10, attached hereto
and a
made part hereof.
     5.11 Government Regulations, etc.:
          (a)  The use of the proceeds of and Borrower's
issuance of the Revolving Credit Notes will not directly or
indirectly violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the
Exchange Act or Regulations U, T, G or X of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R., Chapter II.
Borrower does not own or intend to carry or purchase any
"margin stock" within the meaning of said Regulation U.
          (b)  Borrower has obtained all licenses, permits,
franchises or other governmental authorizations necessary for
the ownership of its Property and for the conduct of its
business, where the failure to obtain would have a material
adverse effect on the business, financial condition, Property
or prospects of Borrower or Agent's and/or Lenders' rights with
respect to the Collateral.
        (c)    Borrower is not in violation of, has not
received written notice that it is in violation of, or has
knowingly caused any Person to violate, any applicable statute,
regulation or ordinance of the United States of America, or of
any state, city, town, municipality, county or of any other
jurisdiction, or of any agency or department thereof,
(including without limitation, environmental laws and
regulations) which may materially and adversely affect its
business, financial condition, Property or prospects or Agent's
and/or Lenders' rights with respect to the Collateral.

        (d)    Borrower is current with all reports and
documents required to be filed with any state or federal
securities commission or similar agency and is in full
compliance in all material respects with all applicable rules
and regulations of such commissions.

     5.12 Names:

          (a)    Within five (5) years prior to the Closing
Date, Borrower has not conducted business under or used any
other name (whether corporate or assumed) except for the names
shown on Exhibit 5.12(a), attached hereto and made a part
hereof. Borrower is the sole owner of all names listed on such
Exhibit 5.12(a) and any and all business done and all invoices
issued in such trade names are Borrower's business and
invoices.  Each trade name of Borrower represents a division or
trading style of Borrower and not a separate corporate
Subsidiary or Affiliate or independent entity.

          (b)    All trademarks, patents or copyrights which
Borrower uses, plans to use or has a right to use are listed on
Exhibit 5.12(b) attached hereto and made a part hereof.
Borrower is the sole owner of such Property except to the
extent any other Person has claims or rights in such Property,
as such claims and rights are described on such Exhibit
5.12(b).  To the best of Borrower's knowledge, Borrower is not
in violation of any rights of any other Person with respect to
such Property.

     5.13 Other Associations:  Borrower is not engaged and has
no interest in any joint venture or partnership with any other
Person except as described on Exhibit 5.13 hereto and made a
part hereof.

     5.14 Environmental Matters:  Except as disclosed on
Exhibit 5.14 attached hereto and made a part hereof, Borrower
has no
knowledge:

          (a)  of the presence of any Hazardous Substances on
any of the real property where Borrower conducts operations or
has its personal property, or

          (b)  of any on-site spills, releases, discharges,
disposal or storage of Hazardous Substances that have occurred
or are presently occurring on any of such real property or
where any Collateral is located, or

          (c)  of any spills, releases, discharges or disposal
of Hazardous Substances that have occurred, are presently
occurring on any other real property as a result of the
conduct, action or activities of Borrower.

As used herein, the term "Hazardous Substances" means any
substances defined or designated as hazardous or toxic waste,
hazardous or toxic material, hazardous or toxic substance or
similar term, by any environmental statute, rule or regulation
of any governmental entity presently in effect and applicable
to such real property.

     5.15 Capital Stock: The authorized and outstanding shares
of capital stock of Borrower are as set forth on Exhibit 5.15
attached hereto and made a part hereof.  All of the capital
stock of Borrower has been duly and validly authorized and
issued and is fully paid and non-assessable and has been sold
and delivered to the holders thereof in compliance with, or
under valid exemption from, all Federal and state laws and the
rules and regulations of all regulatory bodies thereof
governing the sale and delivery of securities.  Except for the
rights and obligations set forth in Exhibit 5.15, there are no
subscriptions, warrants, options, calls, commitments, rights or
agreements by which Borrower or any of the shareholders of
Borrower are bound relating to the issuance, transfer, voting
or redemption of shares of its capital stock or any pre-emptive
rights held by any Person with respect to the shares of capital
stock of Borrower.  Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.15,
Borrower has not issued any securities convertible into or
exchangeable for shares of its capital stock, or any options,
warrants or other rights to acquire such shares or securities
convertible into or exchangeable for such shares.

     5.16 Solvency:  Borrower is solvent, able to pay its debts
as they become due, and has capital sufficient to carry on its
business and all business in which it is about to engage, and
now owns Property having a value both at fair valuation and at
present fair salable value greater than the amount required to
pay its debts.  Borrower will not be rendered insolvent by the
execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the other
documents executed in connection with this Agreement or by the
transactions contemplated hereunder or thereunder.

     5.17 Leases and Leased Property:  Each Lease reported to
Agent and Lenders as an Eligible Lease and the Leased Property
associated therewith shall, at all times when such Leases are
included in the Borrowing Base calculation, be in compliance
with all of the following representations:

          (a)    Each Lease is in substantially the same form
as that attached as Exhibit 5.17 hereto and is genuine, based
on contracts that are enforceable in accordance with its terms
against the Lessee and the Leased Property named and referenced
therein, constitutes the entire agreement for the leasing of
the Leased Property thereby covered, has not been altered or
amended,
except as set forth in the related schedules, and Borrower's
Books and Records relating thereto are accurate, complete and
genuine;
          (b)    The sole original of each Lease has been
delivered to Agent, and all other counterparts of each Lease
shall contain a legend stating that the Lease has been assigned
to CoreStates Bank, N.A., As Agent, pursuant to that certain
Loan and Security Agreement dated January __, 1997, or contain
similar language specifying that such counterpart is not an
original for "Chattel Paper" purposes under the UCC;

          (c)    Where the Lease consists of a Master Lease
Agreement and specific schedules which describe the terms of
any specific items to be leased pursuant to such schedule, the
sole original schedule shall constitute the sole original
Lease, provided that the terms of the Master Lease Agreement
and the schedule make it clear that the sole original schedule
is a separate lease for "Chattel Paper" purposes under the UCC
and that possession of such schedule constitutes possession of
"Chattel Paper" under the UCC;

          (d)    None of the Leased Property is Property for
which a certificate of title is required;

          (e)    The original amount and unpaid balance of each
Lease shown on Borrower's Books and Records and on any
statement or schedule delivered to Agent in connection
therewith is the true and correct amount actually owed to
Borrower, no portion of which, except as specifically provided
for in the Lease, has been prepaid;

          (f)    The amount due under each Lease is not subject
to, and the terms of the Lease provide that the Lessee may not
assert, any claim or reduction, counterclaim, setoff,
recoupment, or any other claim, allowance or adjustment and no
Lease has been re-negotiated, restructured or compromised
except as renewed in the ordinary course of business;

          (g)    All security agreements, title retention
instruments and other documents and instruments which are
security for any Lease, and/or each Lease, contain a correct
and sufficient description of the Leased Property covered
thereby and all security interests granted therein to Borrower
(either directly or as assignee), if applicable, have been
properly perfected and assigned to Agent for the benefit of
Lenders, except for security interests in items of Leased
Property which have a fair market value of less than $25,000;

          (h)    Borrower has not and will not enter into any
agreement with a Lessee of any Leased Property which provides,
directly or indirectly, for the crediting of any obligation or
liability of Borrower to such Lessee against future rentals
accruing under the Lease;

          (i)    Each item of Leased Property has been
delivered
to and, in all instances, accepted by the Lessee and is in good
condition, ordinary wear and tear accepted, has not been
returned, rejected, lost, stolen, destroyed or damaged and has
not been removed from service;

          (j)    Each Lease has been duly executed by Borrower
and each Lessee, is a valid, legal and binding obligation of
Borrower, and such Lessee, and is enforceable against Borrower
and such Lessee in accordance with its terms.  Borrower is the
sole owner of each of the Leases and has the authority to
assign
all of its right, title and interest therein upon the terms
herein set forth;

          (k)    Each of the Leases and all Leased Property
which
is the subject matter thereof at the time of its assignment to
Agent for the benefit of Lenders and at all times thereafter,
will be free and clear of any and all assignments, options,
rights, or other Liens whatsoever except Lenders' and/or
Agent's;

          (l)    Borrower has made its usual credit
investigation
of each Lessee and has determined that the credit is
satisfactory;

          (m)    All costs, fees, and expenses incurred in
making
and closing each of the Leases has been paid and each Lease is
and, except as hereafter provided, will be current at the time
of the assignment thereof to Lenders.  No default exists or
event exists which, with the giving of notice or the passage of
time or both, will result in the occurrence of a default of any
obligation, as expressed in any Lease, except for a default
arising from a Lessee's failure to pay rent within sixty-one
days of the date when due under the Lease;

          (n)    All rentals, fees, costs, expenses and charges
paid or payable by the Lessee under any Lease, including
without limitation, any brokerage and other fees paid to
Borrower do not violate any laws relating to the maximum fees,
costs, expenses or charges that can be charged in any state in
which any Leased Property is located or in which the
corresponding Lessee is located, or in which a transaction was
consummated, or in any other state which may have jurisdiction
with respect to any such Leased Property, Lease or Lessee;

          (o)    Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, has a first
perfected lien and security interest in the Collateral
(including without limitation each Lease and the Leased
Property except for Leased Property having a fair market value
of less than $25,000) subject to no other Lien.  Borrower has
taken, and in the future shall take, all steps necessary to
maintain Agent's first perfected lien and security interest in
the Collateral, including, if required, perfecting Borrower's
security interest (in the event the Lease is not a "true
lease") through filing financing statements, amendments
thereto, or assignments and/or continuations thereof and
recording of the documentation necessary to perfect Borrower's
lien;

          (p)    For each Lease of Leased Property with a fair
market value of $25,000 or more, Borrower has filed, within ten
(10) days of receipt by the Lessee of possession of the Leased
Property, such UCC financing statements (listing Borrower as
secured party, Lessee as debtor, and such Leased Property as
collateral), in such locations as would be required by
applicable law (if Borrower were a secured party and Lessee
were a debtor) in order to perfect a security interest in such
Leased Property under the UCC or otherwise;

          (q)    For each Lease of Leased Property with a fair
market value of $25,000 or more, Borrower has either (i) listed
Agent for the benefit of Lenders, as assignee on the UCC-1
Financing Statement so filed, or (ii) after Borrower has
received acknowledgment copies of UCC-1s, delivered to Agent
executed UCC3 Financing Statements naming Agent for the benefit
of Lenders as assignee of Borrower's security interest.  Agent
agrees not to file the UCC-3 Financing Statements until such
time as an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
occurs under this Agreement, and Agent will return such UCC-3
Financing Statements
to Borrower if such Leases are ultimately sold or refinanced on
a permanent basis with another lender or in a Securitization
Transaction;
          (r)    Each Lease is valid and enforceable and
presents
the undisputed obligation of the Lessee named therein and is
not more than sixty-one (61) days contractually past due;

          (s)    Each item of Leased Property  with a fair
market
value of $25,000 or more has been insured in the ordinary
course of Borrower's or the corresponding Lessee's business;

          (t)    Borrower has not received notice of a
bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization or insolvency of any
Lessee;

          (u)    No Lessee is a Subsidiary or Affiliate of
Borrower, or under common control with Borrower or is an
officer or employee of Borrower; and

          (v)    The Lessee is not otherwise in default under
the
corresponding Lease; and

          (w)    No item of Leased Property had an original
cost
in excess of $150,000.00.


SECTION 6.  BORROWER'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     Borrower covenants that until all of Borrower's
Obligations to Lenders and Agent are paid and satisfied in full
and the Credit Facility has been terminated:

    6.1  Payment of Taxes and Claims:  Borrower shall pay,
before they become delinquent, all taxes, assessments and
governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon
Borrower's Property.

    6.2  Maintenance of Properties and Corporate Existence:
                               
          (a)    Property Insurance - Borrower shall maintain
or
cause to be maintained insurance on the Collateral (except for
items of Leased Property having a fair market value of less
than $25,000) against fire, flood, casualty and such other
hazards in such amounts, with such deductibles and with such
insurers as are satisfactory to Agent.  At or prior to Closing,
Borrower shall furnish Agent with copies of original insurance
binders certified as true and correct and being in full force
and effect as of the Closing Date or such other evidence of
insurance as Agent may require.  In the event Borrower fails to
procure or cause to be procured any such insurance or to timely
pay or cause to be paid the premium(s) on any such insurance,
Agent (on behalf of Lenders) may do so for Borrower, but
Borrower shall continue to be liable for the same.  The
policies of all such casualty insurance shall contain standard
lender's loss payable clauses issued in favor of Agent (on
behalf of Lenders) under which all losses thereunder shall be
paid to Agent (on behalf of Lenders) as Agent's interest may
appear.  Such policies shall expressly provide that the
requisite insurance cannot be altered or canceled without
thirty (30) days prior written notice to Agent and shall insure
Lenders notwithstanding the act or neglect of Borrower.
Borrower hereby appoints Agent as Borrower's attorney-in-fact,
exercisable at Agent's option, to endorse any check which may
be payable to Borrower in order to collect the proceeds of such
insurance and any amount or amounts collected by Agent pursuant
to the provisions of this paragraph may be applied
by Agent to Borrower's Obligations in such order as Agent shall
elect in its sole discretion.  Borrower further covenants that
all insurance premiums owing under its current casualty policy
have been paid.  Borrower also agrees to notify Agent,
promptly, upon Borrower's receipt of a notice of termination,
cancellation, or non-renewal from its insurance company of any
such policy.
          (b)    Public Liability Insurance -  Borrower shall
maintain, and shall deliver to Agent upon Agent's request
evidence of, public liability insurance in such amounts, with
such deductibles and with such insurers as are satisfactory to
Agent.
          (c)    Financial Records - Borrower shall keep
current and accurate books of records and accounts in which
full and correct entries will be made of all of its business
transactions, and will reflect in its financial statements
adequate accruals and appropriations to reserves, all in
accordance with GAAP. Borrower shall not change its respective
fiscal year end date without the prior written consent of
Agent.
          (d)    Legal Existence and Rights - Borrower shall do
(or cause to be done) all things necessary to preserve and keep
in full force and effect its legal existence, good standing,
rights and franchises.
          (e)    Compliance with Laws - Borrower shall be in
compliance with any and all laws, ordinances, governmental
rules and regulations, and court or administrative orders or
decrees to which it is subject, whether federal, state or
local, (including without limitation environmental or
environmental-related laws, statutes, ordinances, rules,
regulations and notices and all applicable consumer sale and/or
leasing laws and regulations), and shall obtain and maintain
any and all licenses, permits, fran chises or other
governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of its
Property or to the conduct of its businesses, which violation
or failure to obtain may materially adversely affect the
business, Property, financial conditions or prospects of
Borrower.
   6.3  Business Conducted:  Borrower shall continue in the
business presently operated by it using its best efforts to
maintain its customers and goodwill.  Borrower shall not
engage, directly or indirectly, in any material respect in any
line of business substantially different from the businesses
conducted by it immediately prior to the Closing Date, unless
such line of business is reasonably related to such business so
conducted prior to the Closing Date.

     6.4  Litigation:  Borrower shall give prompt notice to
Agent of any litigation claiming in excess of $250,000 from
Borrower, or which may otherwise have a material adverse effect
on the business, financial condition, Property or prospects of
Borrower.

     6.5  Taxes:  Borrower shall pay all taxes (other than
taxes based upon or measured by any Lender's income or
revenues), if any, in connection with the Loans and/or the
recording of any Lien documents.  The obligations of Borrower
under this section shall survive the payment of Borrower's
Obligations under this Agreement and the termination of this
Agreement.  Borrower shall cause to be paid all taxes incurred
in connection with any of the Leases or the acquisition, sale
or lease of any of the Leased Property.

     6.6  Bank Accounts:  Borrower shall maintain depository
and disbursement account(s) with Agent with a minimum balance
of
$10,000.
     6.7  Warranties for Future Advances:  Each request by
Borrower for an Advance under the Credit Facility in any form
following the Closing Date shall constitute an automatic
representation and warranty by Borrower to the effect that:
          (a)    There has been no material adverse change in
Borrower's operations or condition (financial or otherwise)
since the date of delivery of Borrower's most recent Financial
Statements;

          (b)    No Event of Default which has not been cured
or
waived, or Unmatured Event of Default, then exists;

          (c)    Each Advance is within and complies with the
terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without
limitation, the notice provisions contained in Section 2.3
hereof;

          (d)    No Lien, including, without limitation, any
federal tax Lien, has been imposed on Borrower which may, in
any way, take priority over Agent's and/or Lenders' security
interests in or Liens on any Collateral; and

          (e)    Each representation and warranty set forth in
Section 5 of this Agreement is then true and correct in all
material respects.

     6.8  Financial Covenants:  Borrower shall maintain and
comply with the following financial covenants as reflected on
and computed from their Financial Statements:

          (a)    Adjusted Debt to Tangible Net Worth Ratio:
Borrower shall have and maintain at all times an Adjusted Debt
to Tangible Net Worth Ratio on a consolidated basis, measured
quarterly as of the last day of each fiscal quarter during each
fiscal year, of not more than 5.0 to 1.

          (b)    Tangible Net Worth\Net Worth:

                 (i)     Borrower shall have and maintain a
Tangible Net Worth on a consolidated basis, measured quarterly
as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, of not less than
$8,000,000 plus an amount equal to 50% of Borrower's Net
Income, without respect to losses, for the immediately
preceding fiscal quarter, with such step-up to commence with
the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 1996.

                 (ii)    Borrower shall have and maintain a Net
Worth on a consolidated basis, measured quarterly as of the
last day of each fiscal quarter, of not less than $11,000,000
plus an amount equal to 50% of Borrower's Net Income, on a
consolidated basis without respect to losses, for the
immediately preceding fiscal quarter, with such step-up to
commence with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 1996.

          (c)    Interest Coverage Ratio:    Borrower shall
have
and maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, based on
financial information for the twelve (12) month period ending
as of the end of such fiscal quarter, on a consolidated basis,
a ratio of Net Income before interest to interest expense of
not less than 1.25 to 1.0.

          (d)    Delinquent Leases:     Borrower shall maintain
its Accounts which are 31 days or more past due at a level less
than 3.75% of its gross lease receivables, measured as of the
last day of each month.
          (e)    Charge-Offs: Borrower shall maintain its
chargeoffs on a year-to-year date basis at a level less than 2%
of equipment cost (net of "soft costs").  Compliance with this
covenant is to be calculated on a monthly basis.
   6.9  Financial and Business Information:  Borrower shall
deliver to Agent (and Agent shall thereafter promptly furnish
copies to each of the Lenders) the following:

          (a)    Financial Statements and Collateral Reports:
such data, reports, statements and information, financial or
otherwise, as Agent may reasonably request, including, without
limitation:

             (i)  within one hundred twenty (120) days after
the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, deliver to Agent,
Financial Statements of Borrower for such year including the
balance sheet of Borrower as at the end of such fiscal year and
a statement of cash flows and income statement for such fiscal
year, all on a consolidated and consolidating basis, setting
forth in the consolidated statements in comparative form, the
corresponding figures as at the end of and for the previous
fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, including all supporting
schedules, and audited and certified by independent public
accountants of recognized standing, selected by Borrower and
satisfactory to the Agent, to have been prepared in accordance
with GAAP, and such independent public accountants shall also
provide an unqualified opinion that the Financial Statements
present fairly the Borrower's financial condition.  Such
independent accountants shall also provide a statement
certifying that nothing has come to their attention to cause
them to believe that calculations contained in the compliance
certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.9(vi) below are
inaccurate;
             (ii)  within twenty-five (25) days of the end of
each calendar month, deliver to Agent the following reports for
that month and on a year-to-date basis (i) Borrower's Lease
receivables aging report in the form of Exhibit 6.9 (ii)
attached hereto, (ii) a monthly delinquency report, (iii)
Borrower's monthly portfolio statistics and (iv) such other
reports as Agent reasonably deems necessary, certified by
Borrower's chief financial officer or president as true and
correct, all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;
             (iii)  within forty-six (46) days after the end of
each fiscal quarter, deliver to Agent, Borrower's internally
prepared monthly consolidated and consolidating Financial
Statements, including balance sheet, income statement and
statements of cash flows; and
             (iv)   Within forty-five (45) days after the end
of each fiscal quarter, deliver to Agent a quarterly write-off
analysis for such quarter and on a year-to-date basis;
             (v)    Within twenty-five (25) days after the end
of each month, deliver to Agent, certified copies of all
servicing reports or similar covenant compliance reports
delivered to the applicable trustee for all existing and future
Securitization Transaction(s); and
             (vi)   Within forty-six (46) days after the end of
each fiscal quarter, deliver to Agent a covenant compliance
certificate in the form of Exhibit 6.9(vi) attached hereto.

          (b)    Notice of Event of Default - promptly upon
becoming aware of the existence of any condition or event which
constitutes a default or an Event of Default or Unmatured Event
of Default under this Agreement, a written notice specifying
the nature and period of existence thereof and what action
Borrower is taking (and proposes to take) with respect thereto;

          (c)    Notice of Claimed Default - promptly upon
receipt by Borrower, notice of default, oral or written, given
to Borrower by any creditor for borrowed money in excess of
$20,000;

          (d)    Securities and Other Reports - if Borrower
shall be required to file reports with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, promptly upon its becoming available, one copy of
each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement
sent by Borrower to stockholders generally, and, a copy of each
regular or periodic report, and any registration statement, or
prospectus in respect thereof, filed by Borrower with any
securities exchange or with federal or state securities and
exchange com missions or any successor agency.

     6.10 Officers' Certificates:  Along with the set of
Financial Statements delivered to Agent at the end of each
fiscal quarter and fiscal year pursuant to Section 6.9(a)
hereof, deliver to Agent a certificate (in the form of Exhibit
6.10 attached hereto and made a part hereof) from the chief
financial officer or president of Borrower (and as to
certificates accompanying the annual statements of Borrower,
also certified by Borrower's independent certified public
accountant) setting forth:

          (a)    Covenant Compliance - the information
(including detailed calculations) required in order to
establish whether Borrower is in compliance with the
requirements of Section 6.8 as of the end of the period covered
by the financial statements then being furnished (and any
exhibits appended thereto) under Section 6.9; and

          (b)    Event of Default - that the signer, in his
capacity as an officer of Borrower, has reviewed the relevant
terms of this Agreement and has made (or caused to be made
under his supervision) a review of the transactions and
conditions of Borrower from the beginning of the accounting
period covered by the Financial Statements being delivered
therewith to the date of the certificate, and that such review
has not disclosed the existence during such period of any
condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default or
Unmatured Event of Default or if any such condition or event
existed or exists, specifying the nature and period of
existence thereof and what action Borrower has taken or
proposes to take with respect thereto.

     6.11 Inspection:  Borrower will permit (from time to time
at Agent's discretion) any of Agent's officers or other
represen tatives to visit and inspect any of Borrower's
locations and where any Collateral is kept during regular
business hours, to examine and audit all of Borrower's books of
account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and
extracts therefrom and to discuss its affairs, finances and
accounts with its officers, employees and independent certified
public accountants. Agent will notify Lenders of each scheduled
field examination and to the extent reasonably practicable,
representatives of each Lender may accompany Agent during each
such field examination. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of
Default, Borrower shall be responsible for the cost of no more
than two (2) such
examinations per year, at a cost not to exceed $3,000 per audit
(plus out-of-pocket expenses).  After the occurrence of an
Event of Default, Borrower shall be responsible for all costs
(and outof-pocket expenses) for all audits conducted by Agent
or any outside firm retained by Agent for such purpose.
     6.12 Tax Returns and Reports:  At Agent's request from
time to time, Borrower shall promptly furnish Agent with copies
of the annual federal and state income tax returns of Borrower.
   6.13 Material Adverse Developments:  Borrower agrees that
immediately upon becoming aware of any development or other
information which would reasonably be expected to materially
and adversely affect its businesses, financial condition,
Property, prospects or its ability to perform under this
Agreement, it shall give to Agent telephonic or facsimile
notice specifying the nature of such development or information
and such anticipated effect.  In addition, any such verbal
communication shall be con firmed by written notice thereof to
Agent on the next Business Day after such verbal notice is
given.

     6.14 Places of Business:  Borrower shall give thirty (30)
days prior written notice to Agent of any changes in the
location of any of its respective places of business, or of the
places where Books and Records are kept, or the establishment
of any new place of business, or the discontinuance of any
existing place of business.

     6.15 Sale of Collateral:  Borrower shall mark its Books
and Records to indicate Agent's security interest in the
Collateral for the benefit of Lenders, including the Leases and
Leased Property and, unless Agent consents otherwise in
writing, Borrower shall retain title at all times to the Leased
Property; provided however, that so long as no Event of Default
or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred, Borrower may,
subject to the prepayment provisions set forth herein, sell (i)
Leases and Leased Property pursuant to Securitization
Transactions or (ii) Leased Property at the termination of
Leases in the ordinary course.  So long as no Event of Default
or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred, upon receipt by
Agent of the proceeds (if required) from the sale of such
Leases and/or Leased Property, Agent shall execute such
documentation as is reasonably necessary to release its
security interest in such Leases and/or Leased Property.

     6.16    Receipt of Payments:  Prior to the occurrence of
an Event of Default and the Agent's notification to lessees to
redirect payment under Leases to a place designated by Agent,
Borrower shall direct all Lessees to make payments under Leases
to Borrower at a Post Office Box No. 0280 in Denver, Colorado
80256-0280 (provided, however, that Borrower agrees to redirect
payments under the Leases to a lock-box in the name of, and
under the dominion and control of, Agent, upon the request of
Agent anytime after the expiration of 120 days from the date
hereof, provided Agent has reasonably demonstrated its ability
to provide the requisite lock-box functions in connection with
its provision of lock-box services under that certain Lockbox
Agreement dated _________, 1997 among GF Funding Corp. II,
Agent, and Norwest Bank of Minnesota, as Trustee, as amended
from time to time) and Borrower shall not redirect payments or
change such post office box without the express written consent
of Agent.

SECTION 7.  BORROWER'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS:

     Borrower covenants that until all of Borrower's
Obligations to Lenders and Agent are paid and satisfied in full
and the
Credit Facility has been terminated, that:
    7.1  Merger, Consolidation, Dissolution or Liquidation:
        (a)    Borrower shall not sell, lease, license,
transfer or otherwise dispose of more than 10% of Borrower's
aggregate assets during any 12 consecutive month period except
in the ordinary course or ordinary operation of Borrower's
business and in Securitization Transactions and other
nonrecourse financing of Leases.

          (b)  Borrower shall not enter into any merger,
consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization or acquire
all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or
entity except for a merger, consolidation or acquisition in
which properties and assets of Borrower are transferred to or
combined with, as a single entity, any one Person, so long as
(A) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has
occurred hereunder and that after giving effect to such merger,
consolidation or acquisition, no Event of Default or Unmatured
Event of Default shall have occurred, and (B) Borrower shall be
the surviving entity.
     7.2  Liens and Encumbrances:  Borrower shall not: (i)
execute a negative pledge agreement with any Person covering
any of the Collateral, or (ii) cause or permit or agree or
consent to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of
a contingency or otherwise) the Collateral, whether now owned
or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien;
     7.3  Negative Pledge:  Borrower shall not pledge, grant or
permit any Lien to exist on the common stock of its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates (except GF Funding Corp. I or any
other special purpose corporation formed in connection with a
Securitization Transaction) nor on any Leases or Leased
Property (except those Liens and assignments granted to Agent
for the benefit of Lenders).
      7.4  Transactions With Affiliates or Subsidiaries:
          (a)    Borrower shall not enter into any transaction
with any Subsidiary or other Affiliate including, without
limita tion, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property,
or the loaning or giving of funds to any Affiliate or any
Subsidiary (other than a sale to a special purpose Subsidiary
in connection with a Securitization Transaction), unless (i)
such Subsidiary or Affiliate is engaged in a business
substantially related to the business conducted by Borrower and
the transaction is in the ordinary course of and pursuant to
the reasonable requirements of Borrower's business and upon
terms substantially the same and no less favorable to Borrower
as it would obtain in a comparable arm's-length transactions
with any Person not an Affiliate or a Subsidiary, and (ii) so
long as such transaction is not prohib ited hereunder.
          (b)    Subject in any event to the limitations of
Section 7.4(a) above, Borrower shall not create or acquire any
Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary engages in a business
substantially related to the business of Borrower as conducted
immediately prior to the Closing Date.
     7.5  Guarantees:  Excepting the endorsement in the
ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for
deposit or collection, Borrower shall not become or be liable,
directly or indirectly, primarily or secondarily, in any
manner, whether as guarantor, surety, accommodation maker, or
otherwise, for the
existing or future indebtedness, matured or contingent, of any
kind of any Person.

    7.6  Distributions, Redemptions and Other Indebtedness:
Borrower shall not make any Distribution to its shareholders,
their successors or assigns while an Event of Default is
outstanding or if an Event of Default would be caused by such
Distribution.

     7.7  Use of Lenders' Name:  Borrower shall not use any
Lender's name (or the name of any of any Lender's Affiliates)
or Agent's name in connection with any of its business
operations except to identify the existence of the Credit
Facility and the names of the Lenders and Agent in the ordinary
course of Borrower's business.  Nothing herein contained is
intended to permit or authorize Borrower to make any contract
on behalf of any Lender or Agent.

     7.8  Change of Management:  William W. Wehner shall at all
times remain as President of Borrower.
SECTION 8.  DEFAULT

     8.1  Events of Default:  Each of the following events
shall constitute an event of default ("Event of Default") and
Agent shall thereupon have the option, and the SuperMajority
Lenders shall have the right to cause Agent, to declare the
Obligations immediately due and payable, all without demand,
notice, presentment or protest or further action of any kind
(it also being understood that the occurrence of any of the
events or conditions set forth in subparagraphs (j), (k) or (l)
shall automatically cause an acceleration of the Obligations):

          (a)    Payments - if Borrower fails to make any
payment of principal or interest under the Credit Facility
within five (5) days of the due date of such payment; or

          (b)    Other Charges - if Borrower fails to pay any
other charges, fees, Expenses or other monetary obligations
owing to any Lender or Agent arising out of or incurred in
connection with this Agreement within five (5) days of the date
such payment is due and payable; or

          (c)    Particular Covenant Defaults - if Borrower
fails to perform, comply with or observe any covenant or
undertaking contained in this Agreement and (other than with
respect to the covenants contained in Section 6.8 and in
Section 7 hereof, as to which no cure period shall be
applicable) such breach is not cured (to the satisfaction of
Lender) within five (5) days from the date Borrower becomes
aware or should have known of such breach; or

          (d)    Financial Information - if any statement,
report, financial statement, or certificate made or delivered
by Borrower or any of its officers, employees or agents, to
Agent or any Lender, is not true and correct, in all material
respects, when made; or

          (e)    Uninsured Loss - if there shall occur any
uninsured damage to or loss, theft, or destruction in excess of
$20,000 with respect to any portion of any Collateral; or

          (f)    Warranties or Representations - if any
warranty, representation or other statement by or on behalf of
Borrower contained in or pursuant to this Agreement, or in any
document, agreement or instrument furnished in compliance with,
relating to, or in reference to this Agreement, is false,
erroneous, or
misleading in any material respect when made; or
          (g)    Agreements with Others - if Borrower shall
default beyond any grace period under any agreement with any
creditor for borrowed money and (i) such default consists of
the failure to pay any principal, premium or interest with
respect to such indebtedness or (ii) such default consists of
the failure to perform any covenant or agreement with respect
to such indebtedness, if the effect of such default is to cause
Borrower's obligations which are the subject thereof to become
due prior to its maturity date or prior to its regularly
scheduled date of payment or would entitle such creditor to
accelerate such obligations; or

          (h)  Other Agreements with Lenders - if Borrower
breaches or violates the terms of, or if a default or an event
of default occurs under, any other existing or future agreement
(related or unrelated) between or among Borrower and Agent or
any Lender or all Lenders; or

          (i)    Judgments - if any final judgment for the
payment of money in excess of $20,000 which is not fully and
unconditionally covered by insurance shall be rendered against
Borrower; or

          (j)    Assignment for Benefit of Creditors, etc. - if
Borrower makes or proposes an assignment for the benefit of
creditors generally, offers a composition or extension to
creditors, or makes or sends notice of an intended bulk sale of
any business or assets now or hereafter owned or conducted by
Borrower which might materially and adversely affect Borrower;
or
          (k)    Bankruptcy, Dissolution, etc. - the
          commencement
of any action for the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower,
or the commencement of any proceeding to avoid any transaction
entered into by Borrower, or the commencement of any case or
proceeding for reorganization or liquidation of Borrower's
debts under the Bankruptcy Code or any other state or federal
law, now or hereafter enacted for the relief of debtors,
whether in stituted by or against Borrower; provided, however,
that Borrower shall have sixty (60) days to obtain the
dismissal or discharge of involuntary proceedings filed against
it, it being understood that during such sixty (60) day period,
no Lender shall be obligated to make Advances hereunder and
Agent may seek adequate protection in any bankruptcy
proceeding; or

          (l)    Receiver - the appointment of a receiver,
liquidator, custodian, trustee or similar official or fiduciary
for Borrower or for any of Borrower's Property; or

          (m)    Execution Process, Seizure, etc. - the
issuance
of any execution or distraint process against Borrower, or any
Property of Borrower is seized by any governmental entity,
federal, state or local; or

          (n)    Termination of Business - if Borrower ceases
any
material portion of its business operations as presently
conduct ed; or

          (o)    Pension Benefits, etc. - if Borrower fails to
comply with ERISA, so that grounds exist to permit the
appointment of a trustee under ERISA to administer Borrower's
employee plans or to allow the Pension Benefit Guarantee
Corporation to institute a proceeding to appoint a trustee to
administer such plan(s), or to permit the entry of a Lien to
secure any deficiency or claim; or

          (p)    Investigations - if any indication or evidence
is received by Agent or any Lender that reasonably leads it to
believe Borrower may have directly or indirectly been engaged
in any type of activity which, would be reasonably likely to
result in the forfeiture of any Property of Borrower to any
governmental entity, federal, state or local; or
          (q)    Securitization Transaction Violations.  If a
"Trigger Event" occurs or any other violation or default under
or in connection with any existing or future Securitization
Transaction occurs or any event occurs, the occurrence of which
entitles the trustee in connection with such Securitization
Transaction to cause an acceleration of the promissory notes or
other instruments issued in connection with such Securitization
Transaction.
     8.2  Cure - Nothing contained in this Agreement or the
Loan Documents shall be deemed to compel Agent and/or Lenders
to accept a cure of any Event of Default hereunder.
     8.3  Rights and Remedies on Default:
          (a)    In addition to all other rights, options and
remedies granted or available to Agent under this Agreement or
the Loan Documents, or otherwise available at law or in equity,
upon or at any time after the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default, Agent may, in its discretion, and the SuperMajority
Lenders shall have the right to cause Agent to, withhold or
cease making Advances under the Credit Facility.
          (b)  In addition to all other rights, options and
remedies granted or available to Agent under this Agreement or
the Loan Documents, Agent may, in its discretion, and the
SuperMajority Lenders shall have the right to cause Agent to,
upon or at any time after the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, terminate the Credit
Facility.
          (c)    In addition to all other rights, options and
remedies granted or available to Agent under this Agreement or
the Loan Documents, Agent may, upon or at any time after the
occurrence of an Event of Default, exercise all rights under
the UCC and any other applicable law or in equity, and under
all Loan Documents permitted to be exercised after the
occurrence of an Event of Default, including the following
rights and remedies (which list is given by way of example and
is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all such rights and
remedies):
             (i) The right to take possession of, and notify
all Lessees of the Agent's and Lenders' security interest in
the Collateral and require payment under the Leases to be made
directly to Agent for the benefit of Lenders and Agent may, in
its own name or in the name of Borrower, exercise all rights of
lessor under the Leases and collect, sue for and receive
payment on all Leases, and settle, compromise and adjust the
same on any terms as may be satisfactory to Agent, in its sole
and absolute discretion for any reason or without reason and
Agent may do all of the foregoing with or without judicial
process (including without limitation notifying the United
States postal authorities to redirect mail addressed to
Borrower to an address designated by Agent); or
              (ii)  By its own means or with judicial
assistance, subject to the rights of the Lessees, enter
Borrower's premises or location of Collateral and take
possession of the Collateral,
or render it unusable, or dispose of the Collateral on such
premises in compliance with subsection (d) below, without any
liability for rent, storage, utilities or other sums, and
Borrower shall not resist or interfere with such action; or
             (iii)  Require Borrower, at Borrower's sole
expense, subject to the rights of the Lessees, to assemble all
or any part of the Collateral and make it available to Agent at
any place designated by Agent; or
              (iv)  The right to reduce or modify the Maximum
Credit Limit, Borrowing Base or any portion thereof or the
advance rates or to modify the terms and conditions upon which
Agent, on behalf of and with the consent of Lenders, may be
willing to consider making Advances under the Credit Facility
(without any obligation to do so) or to take additional
reserves in the Borrowing Base for any reason; or
             (v)  The right to terminate the lock-box
arrangement established pursuant to the Lock-Box Agreement
described and defined in the Intercreditor Agreement as it
relates to this Agreement and to direct delivery of all
remittances thereto constituting Collateral in accordance with
Agent's instructions by notifying Colorado National Bank, in
its capacity as lock-box bank, to take such actions.  Any such
notice to be deemed a Control Event Notice as defined in the
Intercreditor Agreement.
          (d)    Borrower hereby agrees that a notice received
by it at least five (5) days before the time of any intended
public sale or of the time after which any private sale or
other disposition of the Collateral is to be made, shall be
deemed to be reasonable notice of such sale or other
disposition.  If per mitted by applicable law, any Collateral
which threatens to speedily decline in value or which is sold
on a recognized market may be sold immediately by Agent without
prior notice to Borrower.  Borrower covenants and agrees not to
interfere with or impose any obstacle to Agent's exercise of
its rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral, after
the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder.
   8.4  Nature of Remedies:  All rights and remedies granted
Agent or Lenders hereunder and under the Loan Documents, or
otherwise available at law or in equity, shall be deemed
concurrent and cumulative, and not alternative remedies, and
Agent may proceed with any number of remedies at the same time
until all Obligations are satisfied in full.  The exercise of
any one right or remedy shall not be deemed a waiver or release
of any other right or remedy, and Agent, upon or at any time
after the occurrence of an Event of Default, may proceed
against Borrower, at any time, under any agreement, with any
available remedy and in any order.

     8.5  Set-Off:  If any bank account of Borrower with Agent,
any Lender or any participant is attached or otherwise liened
or levied upon by any third party, Agent or such Lender or such
participant, as applicable, as agent for Lenders, shall have
and be deemed to have, without notice to Borrower, the
immediate right of set-off and may apply the funds or amount
thus set-off against any of Borrower's Obligations hereunder.

SECTION 9.  AGENT

     As between the Agent, on one hand, and the Lenders, on the
other hand, the Agent and each of the Lenders, who are now or
shall become parties to this Agreement, agree as follows (with
the consent and approval of Borrower):

     9.1  Appointment and Authorization.  Each Lender, and each
subsequent holder of any of the Revolving Credit Notes, by its
acceptance thereof, hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes
the Agent to take such action on its behalf and to exercise
such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent
by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto.  Except as may be otherwise
expressly provided herein, Borrower is hereby authorized by the
Lenders to deal solely with the Agent in all transactions which
affect the Lenders under this Agreement and the Loan Documents.
The rights, privileges and remedies accorded to the Agent
hereunder shall be exercised by the Agent on behalf of all of
the Lenders.

     9.2  General Immunity.  Subject to the provisions of this
Agreement, the Agent will handle all transactions relating to
the Loans and all other Obligations, including, without
limitation, all transactions with respect to this Agreement,
the Loan Documents and all related documents in accordance with
its usual banking practices.  In performing its duties as Agent
hereunder, the Agent will take the same care as it takes in
connection with loans in which it alone is interested.
However, neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers,
agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or
omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or in connection
herewith except for its or their own gross negligence or
willful misconduct.

     9.3  Consultation with Counsel.  The Agent may consult
with legal counsel and any other professional advisors or
consultants deemed necessary or appropriate and selected by
Agent and shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered
in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such
counsel.

    9.4  Documents.  The Agent shall not be under a duty to
examine into or pass upon the effectiveness, genuineness or
validity of this Agreement or any of the Revolving Credit
Notes, or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
hereto or in connection herewith, and the Agent shall be
entitled to assume that the same are valid, effective and
genuine and what they purport to be.  In addition, the Agent
shall not be liable for failing to make any inquiry concerning
the accuracy, performance or observance of any of the terms,
provisions or conditions of such instrument or document.

     9.5  Rights as a Bank.  With respect to its applicable Pro
Rata Percentage of the Credit Facility, the Agent shall have
the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and
may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent, and the
term "Lender" or "Lenders" shall, unless the context otherwise
indicates, include the Agent in its individual capacity.
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent may
accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any
kind of banking or trust business with Borrower and its
Affiliates as if it were not the Agent.

   9.6  Responsibility of Agent.  It is expressly understood
and agreed that the obligations of the Agent hereunder are only
those expressly set forth in this Agreement and that the Agent
shall be entitled to assume that no Event of Default and no
Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
unless the Agent has actual knowledge of such fact.  Except to
the extent Agent is required by the Lenders pursuant to the
express terms hereof to take a specific action, the Agent shall
be entitled to use its discretion with respect to exercising or
refraining from exercising any rights which may be vested in it
by, or with respect to taking or refraining from taking any
action or actions that it may be able to take under or in
respect of, this Agreement and the Loan Documents.  The Agent
shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement
and the Loan Documents by acting upon any notice, consent,
certificate, warranty or other paper or instrument believed by
it to be genuine or authentic or to be signed by the proper
party or parties, or with respect to anything that it may do or
refrain from doing in the reasonable exercise of its judgment,
or that may seem to it to be necessary or desirable under the
circumstances.  It is agreed among the Agent and the Lenders
that the Agent shall have no responsibility to carry out field
examinations or otherwise examine the books and records or
properties of Borrower, except as the Agent in its sole
discretion deems appropriate.  The relationship between the
Agent and each Lender is and shall be that of agent and
principal only and nothing herein shall be construed to
constitute the Agent a joint venturer with any Lender, a
trustee or fiduciary for any of the Lenders or for the holder
of a participation therein nor impose on the Agent duties and
obligations other than those set forth herein.
     9.7  Collections and Disbursements.
          (a)  The Agent will have the right to collect and
receive all payments of the Obligations, together with all
fees, charges and other amounts due under this Agreement and
the Loan Documents, and the Agent will remit to each Lender
according to applicable Pro Rata Percentages all such payments
actually received by Agent (subject to any required clearance
procedures) on the same Business Day of receipt thereof (but if
such payments shall not have been received by the Agent prior
to 12:00 noon Eastern Time on such Business Day then, on the
next Business Day).
          (b)    On the Business Day for which notice is given
Lenders by Agent with respect to requested Advances (which
notice shall state the date and amount of such payment), each
Lender shall, provided all preconditions to Advances contained
in Section 2.3 herein have been satisfied, remit to the Agent
its Pro Rata Percentage of the payment in respect to such
Advance. The obligations of Lenders under this Section 9.7(b)
are unconditional, not subject to set-off, are irrevocable and
may not be terminated at any time.
          (c)    If any such payment received by the Agent is
rescinded, determined to be unenforceable or invalid or is
otherwise required to be returned for any reason at any time,
whether before or after termination of this Agreement and the
Loan Documents, each Lender will, upon written notice from the
Agent, promptly pay over to the Agent its Pro Rata Percentage
of the amount so rescinded, held unenforceable or invalid or
required to be returned, together with interest and other fees
thereon if also required to be rescinded or returned.
          (d)    All payments by the Agent and the Lenders to
each other hereunder shall be in immediately available funds.
The Agent will at all times maintain proper books of account
and records reflecting the interest of each Lender in the
Credit Facility, in a manner customary to the Agent's keeping
of such records, which books and records shall be available for
inspection by each Lender at reasonable times during normal
business hours, at such Lender's sole expense.  In the event
that any Lender shall receive any payments in reduction of the
Obligations in an amount greater than its applicable Pro Rata
Percentage in respect of indebtedness to the Lenders evidenced
hereby (including, without limitation amounts obtained by
reason
of setoffs), such Lender shall hold such excess in trust for
Agent (on behalf of all other Lenders) and shall promptly remit
to the Agent such excess amount so that the amounts received by
each Lender hereunder shall at all times be in accordance with
its applicable Pro Rata Percentage.  To the extent necessary
for each Lender's actual percentage of all outstanding Loans to
equal its applicable Pro Rata Percentage, the Lender having a
greater share of any payments than its applicable Pro Rata
Percentage shall acquire a participation in the applicable
outstanding balances of the Pro Rata Shares of the other
Lenders as determined by Agent.

     9.8  Indemnification.  The Lenders hereby each indemnify
the Agent ratably according to their respective Pro Rata
Percentages, from and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature
whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or
omitted by the Agent under or related to this Agreement or the
other Loan Documents or the Loans, provided that no Lender
shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from
the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Agent
shall have the right to deduct, from any amounts to be paid by
Agent to any Lender hereunder, any amounts owing to Agent by
such Lender by virtue of this paragraph.  The indemnity
provision contained in this Section 9.8 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement, the Revolving Credit or payment
in full of the Obligations.

     9.9  Expenses.

          (a)    All out-of-pocket costs and out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by Agent and not reimbursed on demand by
Borrower, in connection with the creation, amendment,
administration, termination and enforcement of the Loans
(including, without limitation, field examination expenses,
counsel fees and expenditures to protect, preserve and defend
Agent's and any Lender's rights and interest under the Loan
Documents) shall be shared and paid on demand by Lenders pro
rata, based on their applicable Pro Rata Percentage provided
that such out-of-pocket costs and expenses shall not be
recoverable from the Lenders by the Agent to the extent such
costs and expenses resulted solely from the Agent's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

          (b)    Agent may deduct from payments or
distributions to be made to Lenders such funds as may be
necessary to pay or reimburse Agent for the costs and expenses
described in subsection 9.9(a) if not paid to Agent within
thirty (30) days of the date of demand for same by Agent
pursuant to such subsection.

     9.10 No Reliance.  By execution of or joining in this
Agreement, each Lender acknowledges that it has entered into
this Agreement and the Loan Documents solely upon its own
independent investigation and is not relying upon any
information supplied by or any representations made by Agent.
Each Lender shall continue to make its own analysis and
evaluation of Borrower.  Agent makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the
financial condition or Property of Borrower, any Lessee or any
Collateral; the accuracy, sufficiency or currency of any
information concerning the financial condition, prospects or
results of operations of Borrower; or for sufficiency,
authenticity, legal effect, validity or enforceability of the
Loan Documents.  Agent assumes no responsibility or liability
with respect to the collectibility of the Obligations or the
performance by Borrower of any obligation under the Loan
Documents.

     9.11 Reporting.  During the term of this Agreement, Agent
will promptly furnish each Lender such financial statements and
reports as any Lender may reasonably request.  Agent will
notify Lenders within a reasonable period of time after it
receives actual knowledge of any Event of Default under the
Loan Documents.

   9.12 Removal of Agent.  The Agent may resign at any time
upon giving thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof to
Lenders and Borrower.  The Agent may be removed as Agent
hereunder upon the written direction of all Lenders exclusive
of the Agent upon the following:  (i) wilful misconduct in the
performance of Agent's duties or responsibilities under this
Agreement; or (ii) if a receiver, trustee or conservator is
appointed for Agent or any state or federal regulatory
authority assumes management or control of Agent or if, under
applicable law, the administrative or discretionary duties and
responsibilities of Agent hereunder become controlled by or
subject to the approval of any state or federal regulatory
authority.  Upon any resignation or permitted removal of Agent,
the Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent
by majority vote of the other Lenders (based upon the
percentages of the total Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders other
than the Lender which is the Agent).  Upon the acceptance of
the appointment as a successor Agent hereunder by such
successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed
to and become vested with all rights, powers, obligations and
duties of the retiring Agent and the retiring Agent shall be
discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.

     9.13 Action on Instructions of Lenders.  With respect to
any provision of this Agreement, or any issue arising
thereunder, concerning which the Agent is authorized to act or
withhold action by direction of one or more Lenders, the Agent
shall in all cases be fully protected in so acting, or in so
refraining from acting, hereunder in accordance with written
instructions signed by the requisite Lenders.  Such
instructions and any action taken or failure to act pursuant
thereto shall be binding on all Lenders and on all holders of
the Revolving Credit Notes.
     9.14 Several Obligations.  The obligation of each Lender
is several, and neither the Agent nor any other Lender shall be
responsible for any obligation or commitment hereunder of any
other Lender.

     9.15 Consent of Lenders.

          (a)    Subject to this Section 9.15, Agent shall have
the sole and exclusive right to service, administer and monitor
the Loans and the Loan Documents, including without limitation,
the right to exercise all rights, remedies, privileges and
options under the Loan Documents, including without limitation
the determination as to whether Advances should be made under
this Agreement and the determination as to the basis on which
and extent to which Advances may be made.

          (b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in subparagraph (a) above, Agent shall not, without
the prior written consent of all Lenders: (i) extend or renew
the Current Term or any payment date under the Credit Facility,
(ii) decrease any interest rate on the Credit Facility, (iii)
compromise or settle all or a portion of the Obligations, (iv)
release any obligor from the Obligations except in connection
with termination of the Credit Facility and full payment and
satisfaction of all Obligations, (v) increase the Borrowing
Base advance rate, (vi) modify Section 9.15(b) or (c), or (vii)
increase the Maximum Credit Limit; provided however that Agent
may increase the Maximum Credit Limit after first offering the
amount of any such increase to each of the Lenders in
accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentage.  To the
extent any Lender may choose not to increase its respective Pro
Rata Share by the amount attributable to its Pro Rata
Percentage of such increase, such amount will be offered to the
other Lenders on such sharing basis as Agent may reasonably
establish.  After each Lender choosing to increase its Pro Rata
Share has agreed to do so, and in conjunction with the
modification of this Agreement to reflect such increase
executed by those Lenders sharing in the increase of the Credit
Facility, the Lenders' Pro Rata Percentages will be adjusted
accordingly and all Lenders (whether or not sharing in such
increase) shall be bound by such modification.

        (c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in subparagraph (a) above and subject to the terms of
subparagraph (b) above, Agent shall not, without the prior
written consent of the SuperMajority Lenders: (i) enter into
any written amendment to any of the Loan Documents; (ii) waive
Borrower's compliance with the terms and conditions of the Loan
Documents or any Event of Default hereunder or thereunder; or
(iii) consent to Borrower taking any action which, if taken,
would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or
under any of the Loan Documents.

          (d)    After an acceleration of the Obligations,
Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right, with
communication (to the extent reasonably practicable under the
circumstances) with all Lenders, to exercise or refrain from
exercising any and all rights, remedies, privileges and options
under the Loan Documents and available at law or in equity to
protect and enforce the rights of the Lenders and collect the
Obligations, including, without limitation, instituting and
pursuing all legal actions against Borrower or to collect the
Obligations, or defending any and all actions brought by
Borrower or other Person;  or incurring Expenses or otherwise
making expenditures to protect the Loans, the Collateral or
Lenders' rights or remedies.

          (e)    To the extent Agent is required to obtain or
otherwise elects to seek the consent of Lenders to an action
Agent desires to take, if any Lender fails to notify Agent, in
writing, of its consent or dissent to any request of Agent
hereunder within seven (7) Business Days of such Lender's
receipt of such request, such Lender shall be deemed to have
given its consent thereto.

          (f)    No provision in Section 9 of this Agreement
may be amended without Agent's prior written consent.

     9.16 Participations and Assignments:  Borrower and Lenders
hereby acknowledge and agree that Lenders may not grant
participations in or assign all or any portion of their
respective Pro Rata Shares, or Pro Rata Percentages or of their
right, title and interest therein or in or to this Agreement
except:

         (a)    the granting of such participations or
assignments to any Affiliate of such Lender; and

          (b)    assignments which arise by operation of law;
and
          (c)    assignments or participations approved by
Agent in its discretion and on such terms and conditions as are
reasonably acceptable to Agent.
     Agent agrees with each other Lender that it shall at all
times maintain a Pro Rata Share equal to at least $11,000,000
and a Pro Rata Percentage which is no less than the Pro Rata
Percentage of any other Lender unless the Agent obtains the
express written consent of the other Lenders.  The agreement
contained in the immediately preceding sentence is only for the
benefit of the Lenders and shall confer no rights on the
Borrower or any other third parties.
SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS
     10.1 GOVERNING LAW:  THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL RELATED
AGREEMENTS AND DOCUMENTS, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
PENNSYLVANIA.  THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS AND ALL OTHER AGREEMENTS AND DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO
HEREIN ARE TO BE DEEMED SEVERABLE, AND THE INVALIDITY OR
UNENFORCEABILITY OF ANY PROVISION SHALL NOT AFFECT OR IMPAIR
THE REMAINING PROVISIONS WHICH SHALL CONTINUE IN FULL FORCE AND
EFFECT.
     10.2 Integrated Agreement:  The Revolving Credit Notes,
the other Loan Documents, all related agreements, and this
Agreement shall be construed as integrated and complementary of
each other, and as augmenting and not restricting Lenders' and
Agent's rights and remedies.  If, after applying the foregoing,
an inconsistency still exists, the provisions of this Agreement
shall constitute an amendment thereto and shall control.
     10.3 Waiver:
          (a)    No omission or delay by Agent or Lenders in ex
ercising any right or power under this Agreement or any related
agreements and documents will impair such right or power or be
construed to be a waiver of any default, or Event of Default or
an acquiescence therein, and any single or partial exercise of
any such right or power will not preclude other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, and as to
Borrower no waiver will be valid unless in writing and signed
by Agent and then only to the extent specified.
          (b)    Borrower releases and shall indemnify, defend
and hold harmless Agent and Lenders, and their respective
officers, employees and agents, of and from any claims,
demands, liabilities, obligations, judgments, injuries, losses,
damages and costs and expenses (including, without limitation,
reasonable legal fees) resulting from (i) acts or conduct of
Borrower under, pursuant or related to this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, (ii) Borrower's breach or violation of
any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking contained
in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and (iii)
Borrower's failure to comply with any or all laws, statutes,
ordinances, governmental rules, regulations or standards,
whether federal, state or local, or court or administrative
orders or decrees, (including without limitation environmental
laws, etc.) and all costs, expenses, fines, penalties or other
damages resulting therefrom, unless resulting solely from acts
or conduct of Lenders constituting wilful misconduct or gross
negligence.  The indemnity provisions contained in this Section
10.3(b) shall survive indefinitely, notwithstanding the
termination of this Agreement, the Credit Facility or payment
in full of the Obligations.

     10.4 Time:  Whenever Borrower shall be required to make
any payment, or perform any act, on a day which is not a
Business Day, such payment may be made, or such act may be
performed, on the next succeeding Business Day.  Time is of the
essence in Borrower's performance under all provisions of this
Agreement and all related agreements and documents.
     10.5 Expenses of Agent and Lenders:  At Closing and from
time to time thereafter, Borrower will pay all expenses of
Agent (and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, all
expenses of Lenders, or any of them) on demand (including,
without limitation, search costs, audit fees, appraisal fees,
environmental fees and the fees and expenses of legal counsel
for Agent, and/or Lender(s), if applicable) relating to this
Agreement, and all related agreements and documents, including,
without limitation, expenses incurred in the analysis, nego
tiation, preparation, closing, administration and enforcement
of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the
enforcement, protection and defense of the rights of Agent and
Lenders in and to the Loans and Collateral or otherwise
hereunder, and any expenses relating to extensions, amendments,
waivers or consents related to this Agreement or any related
agreements and documents or relating to agreements with other
creditors, or termination of this Agreement (collectively, the
"Expenses").
     10.6 Brokerage:  This transaction was brought about and
entered into by Agent, Lenders and Borrower acting as
principals and without any brokers, agents or finders being the
effective procuring cause hereof.  Borrower represents that it
has not committed Agent or any Lender to the payment of any
brokerage fee, commission or charge in connection with this
transaction.
     10.7 Notices:
          (a)    Any notices or consents required or permitted
by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given
if delivered in person or if sent by telecopy or by nationally
recognized overnight courier, or via first class, Certified or
Registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows, unless such
address is changed by written notice hereunder:
     If to Agent to:     CoreStates Bank, N.A.
                         1339 Chestnut Street
                         Philadelphia, PA  19101
                         Attn:  David D'Antonio, Vice
                         President Telecopy No.: 215/786-7704
                         
                         
     With copies to:     Blank Rome Comisky & McCauley
                         Four Penn Center Plaza
                         Philadelphia, PA  19103
                         Attn: Lawrence F. Flick, II,
                         Esquire Telecopy No.: 215/569-5555
                         
     If to Borrower to:  Granite Financial, Inc.
                         6424 W. 91st Avenue
                         Westminster, CO  80030-2913
                         Attn:  William W. Wehner,
                         President Telecopy No.:  303/650-
                         4061
                         
     With copies to:     William A. Wiese, Esquire
                         475 17th Street, Suite 790
                         Denver, CO  80202
                         Telecopy No.:  303/296-3152

                         If to Lenders:      To the addresses
                         set forth on Schedule A attached
                         hereto
          (b)    Any notice sent by Agent, any Lender or
Borrower by any of the above methods shall be deemed to be
given when so received.
          (c)    Agent shall be fully entitled to rely upon any
facsimile transmission or other writing purported to be sent by
any Authorized Officer (whether requesting an Advance or
otherwise) as being genuine and authorized.
     10.8 Headings:  The headings of any paragraph or Section
of
this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used
to interpret any provision of this Agreement.

     10.9 Survival:  All warranties, representations, and
covenants made by Borrower herein, or in any agreement referred
to herein or on any certificate, document or other instrument
delivered by it or on its behalf under this Agreement, shall be
considered to have been relied upon by Agent and Lenders, and
shall survive the delivery to Lenders of the Revolving Credit
Notes, regardless of any investigation made by Lenders or on
their behalf.  All statements in any such certificate or other
instrument prepared and/or delivered for the benefit of Agent
and any and all Lenders shall constitute warranties and
represen tations by Borrower hereunder.  Except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, all covenants made by Borrower
hereunder or under any other agreement or instrument shall be
deemed continuing until all Obligations are satisfied in full.

     10.10  Successors and Assigns:  This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and
assigns of each of the parties.  Borrower may not transfer,
assign or delegate any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

     10.11  Counterparts:  Two or more duplicate originals of
this Agreement may be signed by the parties, each of which
shall constitute an original but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be
executed in counterparts, all of which counterparts taken
together shall constitute one completed fully executed
document.

     10.12  Modification:  No modification hereof or any agree
ment referred to herein shall be binding or enforceable unless
in writing and signed by Borrower, Agent and the Lenders and
except as provided in Section 9 hereof.  Any modification in
accordance with the terms hereof shall be binding on all
parties hereto, whether or not each is a signatory thereto.

     10.13  Signatories:  Each individual signatory hereto
repre
sents and warrants that such individual is duly authorized to
execute this Agreement on behalf of their principal and that
such individual executes the Agreement in such capacity and not
as a party.

     10.14  Third Parties:  No rights are intended to be
created
hereunder, or under any related agreements or documents for the
benefit of any third party donee, creditor or incidental benefi
ciary of Borrower.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall
be construed as a delegation to Agent or any Lender of
Borrower's duty of performance, including, without limitation,
Borrower's duties under any Lease, account or contract with any
other Person.

     10.15  Discharge of Taxes, Borrower's Obligations, Etc.:
Agent, in its sole discretion, shall have the right at any
time, and from time to time, with prior notice to Borrower, if
Borrower fails to do so five (5) Business Days after requested
in writing to do so by Agent, to: (a) pay for the performance
of any of Borrower's obligations hereunder, (b) discharge taxes
or Liens, at any time levied or placed on any of Borrower's
Property in violation of this Agreement unless Borrower is in
good faith with due diligence by appropriate proceedings
contesting such taxes or Liens and maintaining proper reserves
therefor in accordance with GAAP and (c) pay the fee described
in Section 8 of the Intercreditor Agreement.  Expenses and
advances, including without limitation, those advances
described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, shall be added to
the Revolving Credit Loans, bear interest at the same rate
applied to the Revolving Credit Loans, until reimbursed to
Agent.  Such payments and advances made by Agent shall not be
construed as a waiver by Agent or Lenders of an Event of
Default under this Agreement.
     10.16  Most Favored Lenders:  Borrower agrees to promptly
notify Agent in writing if any agreement for borrowed money to
which Borrower is a party contains, or is amended to contain,
financial or performance covenants more restrictive than those
contained herein and upon Agent's request, Borrower agrees to
amend this Agreement accordingly so that covenants contained
herein are substantially the same as those contained in such
other agreements for borrowed money.
     10.17  Consent to Jurisdiction:  Borrower and each Lender
hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of the Courts
of Common Pleas of Philadelphia, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
Pennsylvania in any and all actions and proceedings whether
arising hereunder or under any other agreement or undertaking
related hereto and irrevocably agree to service of process by
certified mail, return receipt requested to the address of the
appropriate party set forth herein.
     10.18  Waiver of Jury Trial:  EACH OF BORROWER, LENDERS
AND AGENT HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A
JURY TRIAL IN CONNECTION WITH ANY LITIGATION COMMENCED BY OR
AGAINST AGENT OR ANY LENDER OR LENDERS WITH RESPECT TO RIGHTS
AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR UNDER THE LOAN
DOCUMENTS.
     10.19  WARRANT OF ATTORNEY:  THIS SECTION 10.19 SHALL ONLY
APPLY AND BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST BORROWER IN THE EVENT THAT
BORROWER GRANTS SIMILAR RIGHTS TO ANY OTHER CREDITOR.  BORROWER
AUTHORIZES AND EMPOWERS ANY ATTORNEY OR ATTORNEYS OR THE
PROTHONOTARY OR CLERK OF ANY COURT OF RECORD IN THE
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA, UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT
OF DEFAULT HEREUNDER, TO APPEAR FOR BORROWER IN ANY SUCH COURT,
WITH OR WITHOUT DECLARATION FILED, AS OF ANY TERM OR TIME THERE
OR ELSEWHERE TO BE HELD AND THEREIN TO CONFESS OR ENTER
JUDGMENT AGAINST BORROWER IN FAVOR OF THE AGENT, ON BEHALF OF
LENDERS FOR ALL SUMS DUE OR TO BECOME DUE BY BORROWER TO
LENDERS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WITH COSTS OF SUIT AND RELEASE OF
ERRORS AND WITH THE GREATER OF FIVE PERCENT (5%) OF SUCH SUMS
OR $7,500.00 ADDED AS A REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEE; AND FOR
DOING SO THIS AGREEMENT OR A COPY VERIFIED BY AFFIDAVIT SHALL
BE SUFFICIENT WARRANT; SUCH AUTHORITY AND POWER SHALL NOT BE
EXHAUSTED BY ANY EXERCISE THEREOF, AND JUDGMENT MAY BE
CONFESSED AS AFORESAID FROM TIME TO TIME AS OFTEN AS THERE IS
OCCASION THEREFOR.
     BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS HAD THE ASSISTANCE OF
COUNSEL IN THE REVIEW AND EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND
FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE MEANING AND EFFECT OF THE
CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT HAVE BEEN FULLY EXPLAINED TO IT BY SUCH
COUNSEL.

     BORROWER, BEING FULLY AWARE OF THE RIGHT TO NOTICE AND A
HEARING CONCERNING THE VALIDITY OF ANY AND ALL CLAIMS THAT MAY
BE ASSERTED AGAINST BORROWER BY THE AGENT AND/OR LENDERS BEFORE
A JUDGMENT CAN BE ENTERED HEREUNDER OR BEFORE EXECUTION MAY BE
LEVIED ON SUCH JUDGMENT AGAINST ANY AND ALL PROPERTY OF
BORROWER, HEREBY WAIVES THESE RIGHTS AND AGREES AND CONSENTS TO
JUDGMENT BEING ENTERED BY CONFESSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
TERMS HEREOF AND EXECUTION BEING LEVIED ON SUCH JUDGMENT
AGAINST ANY AND ALL PROPERTY OF BORROWER, IN EACH CASE WITHOUT
FIRST GIVING NOTICE AND THE OPPORTUNITY TO BE HEARD ON THE
VALIDITY OF THE CLAIM OR CLAIMS UPON WHICH SUCH JUDGMENT IS
ENTERED.
     10.20  Information to Participant:  Agent may divulge all
information pertaining to Borrower and the Credit Facility to
any participant, co-lender or assignee or prospective
participant, co-lender or assignee it may obtain in the Credit
Facility, or any portion thereof, and furnish to any such
Person copies of any reports, financial statements,
certificates, and documents obtained under any provision of
this Agreement, or related agreements and documents; provided,
however that any potential participant, co-lender or assignee
agrees to hold in confidence all confidential or proprietary
information provided to them by Borrower or Agent except (a) to
the extent that the production of such information is required
pursuant to any statute, ordinance, regulation, rule or order
or any subpoena or any governmental inquiry or by reason of any
bank regulation in connection with any bank examination, and
(b) such potential participant, colender or assignee shall not
be prohibited from disclosing any such information to any of
their agents, officers, employees, attorneys, accountants or
consultants who shall be informed of this provision.
   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed
this Agreement the day and year first above written.


                    GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.
                               
                    By:________________________________
                         Title:
                    Attest:_____________________(Corporate
Seal) Title:


                    CORESTATES BANK, N.A., as Agent

                    By:________________________________
                         Title:

                    CORESTATES BANK, N.A., as a Lender

                    By:________________________________
                         Title:


                    COLORADO NATIONAL BANK, as a Lender

                    By:________________________________
                         Title:


                    PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender

                    By:________________________________
                         Title:
                    BANK LEUMI TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as
                    a Lender
                    
                    By:________________________________
                         Title:
                         
                         SCHEDULE A
                              
                              
                                                   Pro Rata
  Lenders                 Pro Rata Share          Percentage
CoreStates Bank, N.A.      $11,000,000                30.56%
1339 Chestnut Street
Phila., PA  19101
Attn: Mr. David D'Antonio,
      Vice President
Telecopy No.: 215/786-7704



Colorado National Bank     $10,000,000
27.78%
Commercial Banking Division
918 Seventeenth Street
Denver, CO  80202
Attn: Kerstin Treadway,
      Asst. Vice President
Telecopy No.: (303) 585-4242


PNC Bank, National         $7,500,000
20.83%
Association
PNC Bank Center
1600 Market Street
31st Floor, F2-F070-31-2
Philadelphia, PA  19103
Attn: Donald K. Schirmer,
      Vice President
Telecopy No.: 215/585-8351


Bank Leumi Trust           $7,500,000
20.83%
Company of New York
562 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY  10036
Attn: Andrew H. Melville,
      Asst. Vice President
Telecopy No.: (212) 626-1329



                         Exhibit 2.1(d)

             CoreStates Bank, N.A. ("CS"), as
                  Agent Borrowing Base
                  Availability
            for Granite Financial, Inc. ("Granite")
                  As of ______________, 19__
                               
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------
- - --


     This Certificate is submitted to CS, as Agent, in
connection with the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of
_______, 1997
(the "Agreement") between CS, as Agent, the Lenders now or
hereafter identified on the signature pages thereof and
Granite. Capitalized terms used herein without further
definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the
Agreement.
     The undersigned hereby certifies to CS, as Agent, that the
undersigned is familiar with the following financial
information which has been taken from Granite's books and
records which are complete and accurate and that the following
calculations of the Borrowing Base and remaining amount
available under the Borrowing Base and all of the
representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are
true and correct on the date hereof:
                        BORROWING BASE
1.   Total Eligible Lease Receivables
     Currently Pledged to CS
$___________________
2.   Total Ineligible Lease Receivables:
     Delinquent Leases (over 61 days past
     due)
$___________________
     Leases pledged to Lenders for
     over six (6) months
$___________________

     Other exclusions per definition
     of Eligible Leases
$___________________

3.   Borrowing Base:
$___________________
     lesser of 75% Of Eligible Lease
     Receivables or (ii) 95% of Present
     Value of such Lease Receivables.

4.   Aggregate Revolving Credit
$___________________
     Note Balances

5.   Excess of Borrowing Base
     over Revolving Credit
     Note Balances (Line 3,
     minus line 4)
$___________________

6.   Maximum Credit Limit                    $    36,000,000

7.   Availability Under Facility
     (lesser of (i) line 6, minus
     line 4 or (ii) line 5)                  $___________________

8.   Amount Of Borrowing Request             $___________________

9.   Net Availability (Line 7, minus
     line 8)                                 $___________________


Date:____________________          GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.


                              By: ___________________________
                                       Name:           Title:
                                       
                                       
                                       
                              EXHIBIT 2.3(b)(ii)
                             ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

     Granite Financial, Inc.  (hereinafter "Assignor"), does
hereby assign to CORESTATES BANK, N.A. as Agent, for the benefit
of the
Lenders (as defined below) (hereinafter "Assignee"), its
successors and assigns, all of the right, title and interest of
Assignor in and to (i) the Leases, as identified on the Schedule
A attached hereto and made a part hereof, the Leased Property
which is the subject matter of such Leases, and all proceeds
thereof; and (ii) all of the interest of Assignor as loss payee
or beneficiary under any insurance policies issued in connection
with any Lease or any Leased Property which is the subject matter
of any Lease.
   This Assignment is entered into and delivered in accordance
with and is subject to that certain Loan and Security Agreement
dated _____________, 1997 among Assignor, Assignee and the
lenders now or hereafter shown on the signature pages thereof
(collectively "Lenders") (hereinafter "Agreement").  Assignee
shall have the right to sue for, collect, and receive all
payments due or to become due under the Leases, in accordance
with the Agreement, with power to enforce in its own name or in
Assignor's name any and all rights given to Assignor thereunder.
All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meaning set forth in the Agreement.

     This Assignment and the subject matter hereof, is hereby
given as security for all of Assignor's Obligations.
     Delivered herewith are the sole originals of all Leases
referred to on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
     Assignor agrees that Assignee has not assumed and does not
assume by virtue of this assignment, any of Assignor's
obligations or liabilities to the lessee/renter under any Leases.
   All of the representations and warranties contained in the
Agreement with respect to Assignor, the Leases and the Leased
Property are true, correct and complete as of the date of this
Assignment and no Event of Default has occurred under the
Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused these
presents to be executed by its duly authorized officer this _____
day of _____________________, 199__.

                              Granite Financial, Inc.
Attest:_____________________  By:___________________________
Title:                        Title:
                         Exhibit 6.9(ii)
                                
              CoreStates Bank, N.A. ("CS"), as Agent
                     Lease Receivable Agings
             for Granite Financial, Inc.
                     ("Granite") As of
                     ___________, 199__
_________________________________________________________________

__ This Certificate is submitted to CS, as Agent, in connection

with the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of _______, 1997

(the "Agreement") between CS, as Agent, the Lenders now or

hereafter identified on the signature pages thereof and Granite.

Capitalized terms used herein without further definition shall

have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

                   Aging of Lease Receivables

Eligible Lease Receivables:

Current:                 $___________________ ( % of  portfolio)

1-30 days past due:      $___________________ ( % of  portfolio)

31-61 days past due:     $___________________ ( % of  portfolio)

Ineligible Lease Receivables:

Current:

1-30 days past due:      $___________________ ( % of  portfolio)

31-61 days past due:     $___________________ ( % of  portfolio)

over 61 days past due:   $___________________ ( % of  portfolio)

Attach supporting documentation hereto.




Borrower certifies to CS, as Agent, that the undersigned is
familiar with the above financial information which has been
taken from Granite's books and records which are complete and
accurate and that all information contained herein and the
representations and warranties made in the Agreement are true and
correct as of the date hereof.

                         Granite Financial, Inc.
DATE:_______________     BY:__________________________________
                            Name                     Title
                         Exhibit 6.9(vi)
              CoreStates Bank, N.A. ("CS"), as Agent
                  Financial Covenant Compliance
             for Granite Financial, Inc.
             ("Granite")
                     As of ___________, 199__
_________________________________________________________________
__ This Certificate is submitted to CS, as Agent, in connection
with the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of _______, 1997
(the "Agreement") between CS, as Agent, the Lenders now or
hereafter identified on the signature pages thereof and Granite.
Capitalized terms used herein without further definition shall
have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.
                  Financial Covenant Compliance
Covenant            Required            Actual         Compliance
                                                       Yes/No
Adjusted Debt to
Tangible Net Worth    5.0 to 1

Tangible Net Worth

Net Worth

Interest Coverage Ratio  1.25x

Delinquencies  less than 3.75%
               of gross receivables

Charge-Offs    less than 2%
               of equipment cost

Attach supporting documentation hereto.

Borrower certifies to CS, as Agent, that the undersigned is
familiar with the above financial information which has been
taken from Granite's books and records which are complete and
accurate
and that all information contained herein and the representations
and warranties made in the Agreement are true and correct as of
the date hereof.
                         Granite Financial, Inc.
DATE:_______________     BY:__________________________________
                            Name                     Title



Amendment No. 1                                             Dated
To Loan and Security Agreement- 1 -                April 18, 1997
                         AMENDMENT NO. 1
                               to
                   Loan and Security Agreement

     Amendment  No. 1, dated April 18, 1997, (herein  called  the
"Amendment")  to  Loan and Security Agreement dated  February  4,
1997  (the  "Credit Agreement"), by and among Granite  Financial,
Inc.  ("GFI"),  the financial institutions which are  signatories
thereto   (collectively,  the  "Lenders"  and   individually,   a
"Lender")  and  CoreStates Bank, N.A. as agent  for  the  Lenders
under the Agreement ("Agent").  All capitalized terms used herein
and  not  otherwise  defined shall have the  respective  meanings
ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.


                     Preliminary Statement


     WHEREAS, GFI formed Granite Financial Acquisition Corp. I, a
Delaware  corporation ("GFAC"), as a wholly-owned subsidiary,  in
compliance with 7.4(b) of the Credit Agreement.

     WHEREAS,  GFAC  acquired the assets and business  of  Global
Finance & Leasing, Inc. ("Global") effective March 31, 1997.

     WHEREAS,  GFI proposes to purchase from GFAC Leases  created
by Global in the ordinary course of its business and purchased by
GFAC   as  part  of  the  assets  acquired  on  March  31,   1997
("GFAC/Global Leases") as well as Leases generated by GFAC in the
ordinary course of its business ("GFAC Leases").

     WHEREAS,  GFI  wishes to assign to the Lenders,  GFAC/Global
Leases  and  GFAC Leases purchased by it and to have such  leases
treated  as Eligible Leases for purposes of the Credit  Agreement
and Advances thereunder.

     WHEREAS,  the Lenders are willing to amend the Agreement  as
provided herein.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises   and
promises hereinafter set forth and intending to be legally  bound
hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.  Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement.  The definitions of
Borrowing  Base  and  Eligible Leases set forth  in  1.1  of  the
Credit Agreement each shall be and is hereby amended and restated
in its entirety to be as follows:

          "Borrowing Base - As of any date of determination:

          (1)  with respect to each Eligible Lease generated
     by  the Borrower, an amount equal to the lesser of  75%
     of  the  Lease Receivables corresponding to  each  such
     Eligible Lease or 95% of the Present Value of the Lease
     Receivables corresponding to each such Eligible  Lease,
     and

          (2)  with respect to each Eligible Lease generated
     by  Global Finance & Leasing, Inc. or Granite Financial
     Acquisition Corp. I, an amount equal to the  lesser  of
     70% of the Lease Receivables corresponding to each such
     Eligible Lease or 90% of the Present Value of the Lease
     Receivables corresponding to each such Eligible Lease."

          "Eligible Lease(s) - Each Lease which meets all of
     the following specifications: (1) is not subject to any
     Lien,  security  interest  or  assignment  other   than
     Agent's  security interest for the benefit  of  Lenders
     and  the  rights of the Lessees thereunder;  (2)  is  a
     valid   and   enforceable   Lease,   representing   the
     undisputed  obligation of the Lessee, with rentals  due
     thereunder  not  more than 61 days  contractually  past
     due;  (3)  is  not  subject to any  defense,  set  off,
     counterclaim,  deduction, or allowance  or  adjustment;
     (4) provides for the lease of Leased Property which has
     not been returned, rejected, lost or damaged; (5) arose
     in  the ordinary course of Borrower's business,  or  in
     the  ordinary  course of business of Global  Finance  &
     Leasing,  Inc.,  the assets of which were  acquired  on
     March  31, 1997 by Granite Financial Acquisition  Corp.
     I, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary
     of  the Borrower, or in the ordinary course of business
     of  Granite Financial Acquisition Corp. I; (6) Borrower
     has  not  received notice of bankruptcy,  receivership,
     reorganization, insolvency or material  adverse  change
     in  the  financial  condition of the  Lessee;  (7)  the
     Lessee  is  not a Subsidiary or Affiliate of  Borrower;
     (8)  is  not a Defaulted Lease; (9) the Lease does  not
     have  an  initial stated term in excess  of  sixty-five
     (65)  months;  (10) the Lease has not been  pledged  to
     Agent  and/or  Lenders for a period exceeding,  in  the
     aggregate, six (6) months; and (11) is a Lease  with  a
     Lease  Receivable, which together with all other  Lease
     Receivables  owed by the same Lessee, does  not  exceed
     $200,000  in the aggregate, unless otherwise agreed  to
     in writing by the SuperMajority Lenders."

      2. Section 5.17(a) of the Credit Agreement.  5.17(a) of the
Credit  Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its  entirety
to read as follows:

          "(a)  Each Lease (1) is in substantially the  same
     form  as that attached as Exhibit 5.17 hereto,  in  the
     case  of  Leases originated by the Borrower, or Exhibit
     5.17A  hereto,  in  the  case of Leases  originated  by
     Global  Finance  & Leasing, Inc. and  acquired  by  the
     Borrower  from  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Granite
     Financial Acquisition Corp. I and Leases originated  by
     Granite  Financial Acquisition Corp. I, (2) is genuine,
     (3)  is  based  on  contracts that are  enforceable  in
     accordance  with its terms against the Lessee  and  the
     Leased  Property  named  and  referenced  therein,  (4)
     constitutes the entire agreement for the leasing of the
     Leased  Property thereby covered, and (5) has not  been
     altered or amended, except: as set forth in the related
     schedules;   and  the  Borrower's  Books  and   Records
     relating thereto are accurate, complete and genuine;"

     3.  Section 5.17(l) of the Credit Agreement.  5.17(l) of the
Credit  Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its  entirety
to read as follows:

          "(l)  Borrower  (1)  has  made  its  usual  credit
     investigation  of  each Lessee in the  case  of  Leases
     created  by  it,  (2)  has made a credit  investigation
     deemed  adequate by the Borrower in the case of  Leases
     created  by Global Finance & Leasing, Inc. and acquired
     from  Granite Financial Acquisition Corp. I or  created
     by  Granite  Financial Acquisition Corp. I itself,  and
     (3)  has  determined that the credit in  each  case  is
     satisfactory;"

     4.   Exhibit 2.1(d) to the Agreement.  Exhibit 2.1(d)  shall
be  and is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to  be  as
set forth in Exhibit 2.1(b) attached hereto.

     5.  Representations and Warranties.  GFI hereby restates the
representations  and  warranties made in  the  Credit  Agreement,
including but not limited to Section 5 thereof, on and as of  the
date hereof as if originally given on this date.

     6. Covenants.  GFI hereby represents and warrants that it is
in  compliance and has complied with each and every covenant  set
forth  in the Agreement, including but not limited to Sections  7
and 8 thereof, on and as of the date hereof.

     7.   Affirmation.   GFI  hereby  affirms  its  absolute  and
unconditional  promise to pay to the Lenders the  Loans  and  all
other  amounts due under the Credit Agreement and any other  Loan
Document on the maturity date(s) provided in the Agreement or any
other Loan Document, as such documents may be amended hereby.

     8.  Effect  of Amendment.  This Amendment amends the  Credit
Agreement only to the extent and in the manner herein set  forth,
and  in  all other respects the Credit Agreement is ratified  and
confirmed.
     9. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be signed in any number
of  counterparts,  each of which shall be an original,  with  the
same effect as if the signatures hereto were upon the same instru
ment.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have each caused this
Agreement   to   be  duly  executed  by  their  duly   authorized
representatives as of the date first above written.


                             GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.



                             By ______________________________
                                Name:
                                Title:



                             CORESTATES  BANK, N.A.,  for  itself
                             and as Agent



                             By ______________________________
                                 David D'Antonio
                                 Vice President



                             COLORADO NATIONAL BANK


By __________________________
                                Name:
                                Title:



                             PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


By __________________________
                                Name:
                                Title:



                             BANK  LEUMI  TRUST  COMPANY  OF  NEW
YORK


By __________________________
                                Name:
                                Title:
                             
                                                   Exhibit 2.1(d)

         CoreStates Bank, N.A. ("CoreStates"), as Agent
                  Borrowing Base Availability
            for Granite Financial, Inc. ("Granite")
                  as of ____________, 19____
                  (Interim____/Month-End____)
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------
- - -------------------------------------------------

     This  Certificate is submitted to CoreStates, as  Agent,  in
connection  with  the  Loan and Security agreement  dated  as  of
February 4, 1997 (the "Agreement") between CoreStates, as  Agent,
the  Lenders  now or hereafter identified on the signature  pages
thereof  and  Granite.   Capitalized terms  used  herein  without
further  definition shall have the meanings ascribed  thereto  in
the Agreement.

     The  undersigned hereby certified to CoreStates,  as  Agent,
that  the  undersigned is familiar with the  following  financial
information which has been taken from Granite's books and records
which   are   complete  and  accurate  and  that  the   following
calculations of the Borrowing Base and remaining amount available
under  the  Borrowing  Base and all of  the  representations  and
warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct on the
date hereof:

                        BORROWING BASE

1.   Total Eligible Lease Receivables as of the last
     Borrowing Base Certificate (Line 5 from immediately
     preceding,    or    prior   month-end    Borrowing    Base).
$_________________

2.   Additional Eligible Lease Receivables
     pledged to CoreStates (since immediately preceding, or
     prior month-end Borrowing Base)

     $________________   Schedule_______________

     $________________   Schedule_______________

     $________________                    Schedule_______________
$_________________

3.   Total Ineligible Lease Receivables (since
     immediately preceding, or prior month-
     end Borrowing Base:

     Delinquent Leases (over 61 days past due):   $_____________
     
     Leases pledged to Lenders for over six (6)
     months                        $_____________

     Other exclusions per definition of Eligible
     Leases                   $_____________ $_________________

4.   Aggregate sales of Eligible Lease Receivables
     (since immediately preceding, or prior month-
     end Borrowing Base)

     $________________   Date_______________

     $________________   Date_______________

     $________________                        Date_______________
$________________

5.   Total Eligible Lease Receivables pledged to CoreStates
     (Line     1     plus     2     minus     3     minus      4)
$________________

6.   Borrowing Base:
       (1) Borrower Eligible Leases:
            lesser of 75% of Eligible Lease
            Receivables or 95% of Present
            Value of such Lease Receivables  $_____________
       (2) Global Finance & Leasing, Inc.
            and Granite Financial Acquisition
            Corp. I Eligible Leases:
            lesser of 70% of Eligible Lease
            Receivables or 90% of Present
             Value  of  such  Lease  Receivables   $_____________
$________________

7.       Aggregate     Revolving     Credit     Note     Balances
$________________

8.   Excess of Borrowing Base over Revolving Credit
     Note     Balances     (Line     6     minus     Line      7)
$________________

9.                 Maximum              Credit              Limit
$________________

10.  Availability Under facility (Lesser of (i) Line 9 minus
     Line         7,        or        (ii)         Line         8
     $________________
     
11.           Amount         of         Borrowing         Request
$________________

12.                        Net                       Availability
$________________

     

                              GRANITE FINANCIAL, INC.


                              

Date:________________________
By:_______________________________
                                                            Name:
Title:
                              
                                                    Exhibit 5.17A

                         Form of Lease
                 Global Finance & Leasing, Inc.
             Granite Financial Acquisition Corp. I





                          Page 1 of  _

                    ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     This  Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 31,  1997,
is  among  Granite  Financial Acquisition  Corp.  I,  a  Delaware
corporation ("Buyer"); Global Finance & Leasing, Inc., a Michigan
corporation ("Seller") and Thomas Mannes ("Mannes").

                            Recitals

A.    Seller is engaged in the business of equipment leasing (the
"Business").

B.   Mannes is the owner of all the issued and outstanding common
stock of Seller.

C.    Upon  and  subject  to the terms and conditions  set  forth
herein,  Buyer  desires to buy and Seller  desires  to  sell  and
transfer  all of the assets and business of Seller, and Buyer  is
willing  to  assume certain specified liabilities and obligations
of Seller, all as hereinafter set forth.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of  the
mutual  covenants of the parties hereto, it is hereby  agreed  as
follows:

     1.   Definitions

     1.1   Definitions.   The following terms when used  in  this
Agreement shall have the following meanings:

     "Acquisition  Proposal"  shall mean  any  proposal  for  the
acquisition of, or merger or other business combination involving
Seller or the sale of any controlling equity interest in, or  the
Business  or substantially all the assets of, Seller, other  than
the Contemplated Transactions.

     "Action"   shall   mean   any  action,   suit,   proceeding,
investigation or arbitration.

     "Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any person,  at  the
time  in question any other person controlling, controlled by  or
under common control with such person.

     "Agreement"  shall  mean  this  Asset  Purchase   Agreement,
including   the  exhibits  and  schedules  hereto,  as   amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     The  term  "audit"  or  "audited" when  used  in  regard  to
financial  statements shall mean an examination of the  financial
statements  by a firm of independent certified public accountants
in  accordance with generally accepted auditing standards for the
purpose of expressing an opinion thereon.

     "Business  Day" shall mean each Monday, Tuesday,  Wednesday,
Thursday  and  Friday  which  is  not  a  day  on  which  banking
institutions  in the City of Denver, are authorized or  obligated
by law or executive order to close.

     "Certificate of Incorporation" shall mean, in  the  case  of
any  corporation, the certificate of incorporation,  articles  of
incorporation or charter of a corporation, howsoever  denominated
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

     "Claims"   shall   mean   any   actions,   suits,    claims,
counterclaims or legal, administrative or arbitral proceedings or
investigations of any kind.

     "Closing" shall mean the closing of the sale and purchase of
the  Purchased Assets and Business of Seller, as contemplated  by
this Agreement.

     "Contract"  shall  mean any contract, agreement,  indenture,
note,  bond, lease, conditional sale contract, mortgage, license,
franchise,  instrument, commitment or other binding  arrangement,
whether written or oral.

     "Code"  shall  mean the Internal Revenue Code  of  1986,  as
amended.

     "Contemplated    Transactions"   means   the    transactions
contemplated  by  this  Agreement or any  other  Contract  to  be
entered into in connection herewith.

     "Control" (including the terms "controlling , controlled by"
and  "under  common  control with") shall  mean  the  possession,
direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction
of  the  management and policies of a person whether through  the
ownership of voting securities or otherwise.

     "Employee  Benefit  Plan" shall mean any qualified  or  non-
qualified  deferred compensation plan or arrangement that  Seller
maintains or to which Seller contributes or which Seller has ever
maintained  or  contributed  for the  benefit  of  any  director,
officer  or  employee of Seller, including  but  not  limited  to
employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA).

     "Environmental  Laws"  shall mean, without  limitation,  all
environmental  statutes enacted by Governmental Bodies,  and  any
executive  orders,  ordinances, rules or regulations  promulgated
under the foregoing, and state tort laws and common law.

     "Environmental  Matters" shall mean any matter  arising  out
of,  relating  to  or  resulting from  pollution,  contamination,
protection  of  the environment or human health  and  safety,  or
other  related  matters, including any matters  relating  to  the
spill,   pumping,   injection,   disposal,   dumping,   leaching,
migration, emission, discharge or threatened release of Hazardous
Materials  into  the  indoor  or outdoor  environment,  including
without  limitation, the movement of Hazardous Materials  through
or  in air, soil, surface water, ground water or property or  the
manufacture,  process,  distribution,  use,  treatment,  storage,
disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials.
     "Equipment   Leases"  shall  mean  those   equipment   lease
agreements  between  Seller, as lessor, and the  lessee  thereof,
that are owned or serviced by Seller as of the Closing.

     "ERISA"  shall mean the Employee Retirement Income  Security
Act of 1976, as amended.

     "Federal"  shall mean of or pertaining to the government  of
the United States.

     "Financial  Statements"  shall mean  the  audited  financial
statements of Seller consisting of a balance sheet, statements of
income and supporting schedules as at and for the (i) years ended
December  31,  1995  and 1996 and (ii) the  interim  period  from
January  1,  1997 through February 28, 1997, complete  copies  of
which have been delivered to Buyer.

     "GAAP"  shall mean generally accepted accounting  principles
in  effect  on  the date hereof as set forth in the opinions  and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute  of  Certified Public Accountants  and  statements  and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or  in
such other statements by such other entity as may be approved  by
a  significant segment of the accounting profession of the United
States.

     "Governmental Body" shall mean any government  or  political
subdivision  thereof  whether federal, state  or  local,  or  any
agency  or  instrumentality of any such government  or  political
subdivision or any court or arbitrator.

     "Hazardous    Materials"   shall   mean   any    pollutants,
contaminants,   hazardous   or   toxic   substances,   materials,
constituents   or   chemicals  (including,  without   limitation,
petroleum  or any by-products or fractions thereof, any  form  of
natural   gas,   asbestos   and  asbestos-containing   materials,
polychlorinated biphenyls ("PCBs") and PCB-containing  equipment,
radon  and  other radioactive elements, infectious, carcinogenic,
mutagenic,   or   etiologic   agents,   pesticides,   defoliants,
explosives,  flammables, corrosives and urea  formaldehyde)  that
are regulated by any Environmental Laws.

     "IRS" shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

     The  term  "knowledge" with respect to  (a)  any  individual
shall  mean  actual knowledge and (b) any entity shall  mean  the
actual knowledge of the directors, executive officers or managers
of such entity; and "knows" has a correlative meaning.

     "Laws"  shall mean any federal, state or local law, statute,
code, ordinance, rule, regulation or other requirement.

     "Liability"  shall mean any direct or indirect indebtedness,
liability,   assessment,   claim,   loss,   damage,   deficiency,
obligation  or  responsibility,  fixed  or  unfixed,  choate   or
inchoate,  liquidated  or  unliquidated,  secured  or  unsecured,
accrued,  absolute, actual or potential, contingent or  otherwise
(including any liability under any guaranties, letters of credit,
performance credits or with respect to insurance loss accruals).
     "Lien"  shall mean, with respect to any asset, any mortgage,
lien  (including mechanics, warehousemen, laborers and  landlords
liens),  claim,  pledge,  charge, security  interest,  preemptive
right, right of first refusal, option, judgment, title defect, or
encumbrance of any kind in respect of or affecting such asset.

     "Material  Adverse  Effect" shall mean an  effect  which  is
either   (i)  materially  adverse  to  the  Permits,  properties,
prospects, business, condition (financial or otherwise),  assets,
liabilities, or results of operations of the Purchased Assets  or
the  Business or (ii) adverse to the ability of Seller or  Mannes
to consummate any of the Contemplated Transactions.

     "Order"  shall mean any order, judgment, injunction, decree,
consent or writ.

     "Permit"   shall   mean  any  license,  franchise,   permit,
certificate of occupancy, authorization or approval.

     "person"  shall  mean  and  includes  any  natural   person,
corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm,  joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, business trust,
unincorporated organization or other entity.

     "Purchased  Assets"  shall mean all the properties,  rights,
interests  and  assets,  real, personal  or  mixed,  tangible  or
intangible  to be sold, assigned, conveyed, demised or  otherwise
transferred to Buyer pursuant to the terms hereof.

     "Representatives"  of  a person shall  mean  the  directors,
officers, employees, accountants, lawyers, advisers and agents of
such person.

     "Subject Equipment" means the equipment owned by Seller that
is   subject  to  an  Equipment  Lease  and  all  warranties  and
guarantees, if any, express or implied, existing for the  benefit
of Seller with respect to the Subject Equipment.

     "Subsidiary"  of any person shall mean any entity  of  which
securities  or  other ownership interests having ordinary  voting
power  to  elect  a majority of the board of directors  or  other
persons  performing  similar  functions  are  owned  directly  or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both,  by  such
person.

     "Tax"   (including,  with  correlative  meaning,  the  terms
"Taxes"  and  "Taxable") shall mean (i)  any  net  income,  gross
income,   gross  receipts,  sales,  use,  ad  valorem,  transfer,
transfer   gains,   franchise,  profits,  license,   withholding,
payroll,  employment, excise, severance, stamp, rent,  recording,
occupation,  premium,  real  or personal  property,  intangibles,
environmental  or  windfall profits tax,  alternative  or  add-on
minimum  tax, customs duty or other tax, fee, duty, levy, impost,
assessment  or charge of any kind whatsoever (including  but  not
limited  to  taxes  assessed to real  property  and  sewer  rents
relating  thereto), together with any interest and  any  penalty,
addition  to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental
Body  (domestic  or foreign) (a "Tax Authority") responsible  for
the  imposition  of  any such tax, with respect  to  Seller,  the
Business or the Purchased Assets (or the transfer thereof);  (ii)
any Liability for the payment of any amount of the type described
in  the  immediately preceding clause (i) as a result of Seller's
being  a member of an affiliated or combined group with any other
corporation at any time on or prior to the Closing Date and (iii)
any  Liability  of Seller for the payment of any amounts  of  the
type  described  in the immediately preceding  clause  (i)  as  a
result of a contractual obligation to indemnify any other person.

     "Tax  Returns" shall mean any report, return, statement,  or
other  information required to be supplied to a Taxing  Authority
in connection with Taxes.

     The following terms are defined in the following sections of
this Agreement:

     Term                                         Section

     Assumed Contracts                  2.1

     Assumed Liabilities                2.3(a)

     Benefit Arrangements          5.13(a)

     Business                                Recital

     Closing                                 3.1

     Closing Date                            3.1

     Employment Contract           4.2(g)(viii)

     Equipment                               2.1(g)

     Holdback                                3.2

     Retained Liabilities               2.5(6)

     Financial Information              5.4(a)

     Governmental Authorizations   5.11

     Intellectual Property              2.1(p)

     Purchase Price                     3.2(c)

     Leases                                       5.6(a)(ii)
     LINC                                         3.2(a)

     Seller Required Consents      5.3

     Supplies                                2.1(h)

     1.2    Interpretation.      Unless  the  context   otherwise
requires, the terms defined in Section 1.1 shall be applicable to
both  the  singular and plural forms of any of the terms  defined
herein.   The  headings  contained  in  this  Agreement  are  for
reference  purposes  only and shall not affect  in  any  way  the
meaning  or  interpretation of this Agreement.  The  use  of  the
neuter gender herein shall be deemed to include the masculine and
feminine  genders wherever necessary or appropriate, the  use  of
the  masculine gender shall be deemed to include the  neuter  and
feminine  genders  and the use of the feminine  gender  shall  be
deemed  to  include  the  neuter and masculine  genders  wherever
necessary
or appropriate.

     2.   Purchase  and  Sale  of Assets; Assumption  of  Certain
          Liabilities

     2.1    Transfer   of   Assets.   On   the   basis   of   the
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements and subject
to  the  satisfaction (or waiver by the party  whose  obligations
hereunder are subject to such satisfaction) of the conditions set
forth  in this Agreement, on the Closing Date, Seller shall sell,
convey,  assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer, and  Buyer  shall
purchase  and  acquire from Seller, all of  the  assets,  rights,
properties,  Claims,  Contracts and business  of  Seller  at  the
Closing  Date  of every kind, nature, character and  description,
tangible  and  intangible, personal or mixed,  wherever  located,
free  and clear of all Liens, including, without limitation,  the
following:

     (a)  All cash and cash equivalents;

     (b)  All accounts and notes receivable;

     (c)  All Equipment Leases and Subject Equipment;

     (d)  All  applications,  credit files, purchase  orders  and
          other   agreements  and  documents  for  pending  lease
          applications:

     (e)  All  Contracts referred to in Sections 5.6(a) (i), (ii)
          and (iii) (the "Assumed Contracts");

     (f)  The  leasehold  interests in real  property  leased  by
          Seller, as lessee;

     (g)    All   equipment,  furniture,  furnishings,  fixtures,
machinery,  vehicles, telephones, computer systems  and  hardware
and  other  tangible personal property of Seller,  excluding  the
Subject   Equipment  (collectively,  the  "Equipment")  and   all
warranties  and guarantees, if any, express or implied,  existing
for the benefit of Seller with respect to the Equipment;
     (h)   All supplies on hand, in transit or on order as of the
opening  of  business  on  the Closing Date,  including,  without
limitation,   stationery,   forms,   labels,   directories    and
promotional materials collectively, (the "Supplies");

     (i)   All management information systems; employee and asset
records;  and  Customer  names, Customer, subscriber  and  vendor
lists;   catalogs,  research  material,  technical   information,
technology,   and  quality  control  data  (whether   manual   or
computerized);

     (j)    All  business  plans,  sales  promotion  and  selling
literature,   promotional  and  advertising   materials,   market
research reports and competitor information;

     (k)   All  Permits issued by any Governmental Body or  other
third party;

     (l)   All  security  (including cash) deposited  with  third
parties,  including,  without limitation, the  Holdback  held  by
LINC;

     (m)  All goodwill and going concern value;

     (n)  All  prepaid expenses as of the opening of business  on
          the Closing Date;

     (o)  All Claims against other parties;

     (p)   All  trademarks, trade names, corporate names, service
marks,  logos,  designs, know-how, trade  and  business  secrets,
photographs,  artwork,  licenses, copyrights,  patents,  computer
software  programs  and licenses and electronic  data  processing
software  and  other  similar  tangible  or  intangible  property
including, without limitation, the name Global Finance & Leasing,
together  with any derivative of the foregoing and  the  goodwill
associated therewith (collectively, "Intellectual Property"); and

     (q)  All of the Seller's right, title and interest in and to
the telephone and telecopier numbers currently assigned to Seller
for business purposes.  Attached as Schedule 2.1 is a listing  of
all telephone and telecopier numbers assigned to Seller which are
being transferred to Buyer.

     2.2   Instruments of Conveyance and Transfer.  (a)   On  the
Closing  Date, Seller shall (i) deliver or cause to be  delivered
to Buyer such bills of sale, endorsements, consents, assignments,
and  other  good  and sufficient instruments  of  conveyance  and
assignment, all in recordable form, where applicable, as shall be
effective  to  vest  in Buyer all right, title  and  interest  of
Seller in and to the Purchased Assets, and (ii) transfer to Buyer
originals  of  all  Equipment Leases,  Contracts,  books,  lists,
records,  files, certificates, Permits, plans and  specifications
and other data of Seller, including, without limitation, computer
tapes   and  computer-generated  records  relating  to   Seller's
Business or the Purchased Assets.  All materials referred  to  in
subsection (ii) shall be delivered to Buyer in the form and order
in which they are maintained by Seller.

     (b)   From  time  to  time after the Closing  Date,  Seller,
Mannes  and any Affiliate thereof shall execute, acknowledge  and
deliver,  or  cause to be executed, acknowledged  and  delivered,
such  other  instruments of conveyance, assignment, transfer  and
delivery (all documents to be prepared by Buyer) and will take or
cause  to  be  taken such other actions as Buyer  may  reasonably
request  in  order  more  effectively to  sell,  convey,  assign,
transfer, and deliver to Buyer any of the Purchased Assets, or to
enable  Buyer  to  protect, exercise and  enjoy  all  rights  and
benefits of Seller with respect thereto, and as otherwise may  be
appropriate to carry out the Contemplated Transactions.

     2.3   Assumed  Liabilities.     (a)  On  the  basis  of  the
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements and subject
to   the  satisfaction  of  the  conditions  set  forth  in  this
Agreement, on the Closing Date, Buyer shall assume and  agree  to
pay,  perform,  fulfill and discharge the Liabilities  of  Seller
recorded  on  the  balance sheet of Seller  as  of  Closing  (the
"Closing Balance Sheet"), but only to the extent of the amount of
such  Liabilities reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet.  Seller
shall  prepare and provide Buyer with a copy of Seller's  Closing
Balance  Sheet  at or prior to the Closing.  The liabilities  and
obligations assumed by Buyer in accordance with this Section  2.3
are   sometimes   hereinafter  referred  to   as   the   "Assumed
Liabilities."

     (b)   Seller and Mannes will take such reasonable action  as
may be appropriate to obtain the consent of the appropriate party
or  parties so that Buyer will be permitted to assume the Assumed
Liabilities on terms no less favorable than currently exist.

     (c)   Except  for  the  Assumed Liabilities,  Buyer  is  not
assuming and shall not have any Liability to pay any of the other
Liabilities of Seller of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown,
fixed  or contingent relating to Seller or the Purchased  Assets,
or to any of them.  Without derogating from the generality of the
forgoing,  Buyer  specifically  is  not  assuming:  (i)  any  Tax
Liabilities of Seller accruing either before or after the Closing
Date, (ii) any Liability of Seller to any of its employees or  on
account of compensation or benefits due or to become due to  such
employees  or on account of any payments, benefits or  rights  to
which  any  of  such employees are or may be entitled  under  any
Contract  or Law (including, without limitation, any arising  out
of  or by reason of the Contemplated Transactions and all pension
plans, profit sharing plans and other plans or Contracts
relating to major medical, health, disability, life insurance and
other  related  benefits  which are or have  been  maintained  by
Seller), or (iii) any Liabilities incurred by Seller or Mannes in
connection  with the negotiation and closing of the  Contemplated
Transactions, it being understood that Seller is and shall remain
responsible  for  any and all Liabilities not  being  assumed  by
Buyer hereunder.

     Such obligations and liabilities of Seller not being assumed
by  Buyer  are  referred to herein collectively as the  "Retained
Liabilities."   Seller agrees to perform, fulfill and  discharge,
when  due,  all of the Retained Liabilities.  Seller  and  Mannes
shall  take any and all action which may be necessary to  prevent
any  person  from  having recourse against any of  the  Purchased
Assets or against Buyer as transferee thereof with respect to any
Retained  Liabilities  and  shall indemnify  Buyer  and  hold  it
harmless therefrom.

     (d)   At  its  sole discretion, Buyer may pay  any  Retained
Liabilities not assumed by it pursuant to this Agreement, if such
Liability  is  not  otherwise being contested in  good  faith  by
Seller  and  may deduct the amount paid or incurred in connection
with  any  such Liability from any payment due Seller  or  Mannes
hereunder or any other Contract contemplated hereby.

     3.   Closing: Purchase Price

     3.1   Closing Date.  On and subject to the conditions herein
set  forth, the closing with respect to the transactions provided
for  in this Agreement (the "Closing") shall take place on  April
1,  1997, or at such other time and place as shall be agreed upon
by the parties thereto.  Notwithstanding the time and date of the
delivery  of  this Agreement and the other documents contemplated
hereby, the transactions provided for in this Agreement shall  be
deemed  to have been consummated and shall be fully effective  as
of the close of business on March 31, 1997 (the "Closing Date").

     3.2   Purchase  Price.     (a)  Initial Payment.     At  the
Closing,  Buyer  shall  pay Seller an amount  of  cash  equal  to
$1,884,000,  which  represents  the  total  purchase   price   of
$2,800,000 less $916,000 of the "Holdback", as hereafter defined,
held by Newcourt LINC Financial, Inc., and any of its affiliates,
subsidiaries, parent, predecessors, and successors (collectively,
"LINC") as of the Closing Date (the "Initial Payment").  Holdback
means  the  cash  due Global and held by LINC  as  collateral  or
security  for  Global's obligations arising out of  any  and  all
transactions between Global and LINC.

     (b)   Contingent Payment. A contingent payment equal to  the
amount of Holdback paid by LINC to Granite subsequent to closing,
but,  in  no event, exceeding the amount of the Holdback deducted
from  the total purchase price under 3.2 (a) above.  The  parties
recognize that the Holdback received from LINC may be in the form
of  cash or lease contracts.  As Holdback is received from  LICN,
the  parties shall divide such Holdback between them as  follows:
55.9%  to  Seller (determined by dividing the amount of  Holdback
deducted  under 3.2(a) above of $916,000 by the total  amount  of
the  Holdback as of the Closing Date of $1,639,449.98) and  44.1%
to  Buyer.   Once  Seller has received a total of $916,000  under
this  Section  3.2(b), all remaining Holdback, if  any,  received
from LINC shall be paid to Buyer.

     (c)   Allocation of Price.     The amounts payable to Seller
in  accordance  with  the provisions of Section  3.2(a)  and  (b)
(collectively,  the "Purchase Price") shall be allocated  in  the
manner  set  forth in Schedule 3.2(c) hereto.  Buyer  and  Seller
agree  to  act  in accordance with such allocations  in  all  Tax
Returns,  reports and filings and complete and timely  file  Form
8594 pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations.

     (d)   Method  of  Payment.  All payments due hereunder  from
Buyer to Seller or from Seller to Buyer shall be made by means of
a  cashiers  check  or certified check of the  party  making  the
payment  or by means of a wire transfer of immediately  available
funds  in  accordance  with  written  directions  given  by   the
receiving  party at least one Business Day prior to the  date  of
transfer.

     4.   Conditions Precedent

     4.1   Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Parties.    The
respective  obligations of the parties hereto to  consummate  the
Contemplated Transactions shall be subject to the satisfaction at
or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

     (a)   No Injunction. No provision of any applicable Law  and
no  judgment,  injunction,  order or decree  shall  prohibit  the
consummation of the Contemplated Transactions.

     (b)   No  Proceedings or Litigation. No  Action  before  any
court  or  any  Governmental Body instituted by any person  shall
have  been commenced or pending against Buyer,  Seller or  Mannes
or  any  of their respective Affiliates, associates, officers  or
directors  which  Action  shall have a reasonable  likelihood  of
success  and which Action seeks to restrain, prevent,  change  or
delay  in  any material respect the Contemplated Transactions  or
seeks  to  challenge  any  of the terms  or  provisions  of  this
Agreement  or seeks material damages in connection  with  any  of
such  transactions or seeks to restrain or prevent the  ownership
and  operations by Buyer after the Closing Date of the  Purchased
Assets and Business of Seller.

     4.2   Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Buyer.      The
obligations  of Buyer to consummate the Contemplated Transactions
are  subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by Buyer) at or prior
to the Closing Date of each of the following conditions:

     (a)    Accuracy  of  Representations  and  Warranties.   All
representations  and  warranties of Seller and  Mannes  contained
herein  or  in  any  certificate, instrument  or  other  document
delivered  to Buyer pursuant hereto shall be true and correct  in
all  material  respects on and as of the Closing Date,  with  the
same  force  and  effect  as  though  such  representations   and
warranties had been made on and as of the Closing Date, except to
the  extent that any such representation and warranty is made  as
of  a  specified  date,  in  which case such  representation  and
warranty shall have been true and correct as of such date.

     (b)   Performance of Obligations.   Seller and Mannes  shall
have  performed all obligations and agreements, and complied with
all  covenants and conditions, contained in this Agreement to  be
performed or complied with at or prior to the Closing Date.

     (c)   Absence of Certain Changes.   Since December 31, 1996,
there  shall not have been any change in the condition (financial
or  other), results of operations, assets, business or  prospects
of the Business of Seller or any Action or Claim filed, or to the
knowledge  of  Seller or Mannes threatened, against or  affecting
Seller, which has or could have a Material Adverse Effect, except
as otherwise disclosed in any Schedule hereto.

     (d)    Employees.      Seller  shall  have   released   from
employment  all  employees of the Business that Buyer  wishes  to
employ  and  Buyer shall have entered into employment  agreements
with certain of such employees upon terms acceptable to Buyer.
     (e)   Lien  Search.   Buyer shall have received satisfactory
results of Lien searches with respect to the Purchased Assets.

     (f)   Consents.  etc. All Permits, consents, approvals,  and
orders  of  Governmental Bodies and other third parties necessary
for  the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions shall have
been obtained.

     (g)  Deliveries.    There shall have been delivered to Buyer
the following:

          (i)   one or more duly executed original bills of  sale
and assignments, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, and
all  applications  therefor, and such other  instruments  as  are
necessary  or desirable to effect the transfers, conveyances  and
assignments to Buyer of the Purchased Assets, and a  set  of  the
keys to all premises of Seller and to all locks located therein.

          (ii)  A  certificate, dated the Closing  Date,  of  the
Chief  Financial  Officer  of Seller and  Mannes  confirming  the
matters set forth in Sections 4.2(a), (b) and (c).

          (iii)     A certificate, dated the Closing Date, of the
Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary of Seller  certifying,  among
other  things, that attached or appended to such certificate  (A)
is a true and correct copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of
Seller,  and  all  amendments, if any, thereto  as  of  the  date
hereof;  (B) is a true and correct copy of the By-laws of  Seller
as  of  the  date  hereof; (C) is a true copy  of  all  corporate
actions   taken   by  Seller  and  its  shareholders,   including
resolutions   of   its  Board  of  Directors  and   shareholders,
authorizing  the  execution, delivery  and  performance  of  this
Agreement  and  each  other document to be  delivered  by  Seller
pursuant  hereto and the Contemplated Transactions; (D)  are  the
names  and  signatures  of Seller's duly  elected  and  appointed
officers who
are  authorized  to  execute and deliver this Agreement  and  any
certificate, document or other instrument in connection herewith.

          (iv) A good standing certificate of Seller.

          (v)  Copies of all Seller Required Consents.

          (vi)   Evidence  of  possession  and  control  of   the
Purchased  Assets of Seller (including all corporate books,  bank
accounts, records and documents).

          (vii)      A signed opinion(s) of Seller's and Mannes's
counsel,   dated   the   Closing  Date,   addressed   to   Buyer,
substantially in the form of opinion annexed as Exhibit A hereto.

          (viii)     A  original  of  the  Employment/Non-Compete
Agreement,  duly executed by Mannes, in the form attached  hereto
as Exhibit B (the "Employment Contract").

     (h)    Actions  and  Proceedings.  All  corporate   actions,
proceedings,  instruments  and  documents  of  Seller   and   its
Affiliates required to carry out the Contemplated Transactions or
incidental thereto and all other related legal matters  shall  be
reasonably  satisfactory to counsel for Buyer, and  such  counsel
shall  have  been furnished with such certified  copies  of  such
corporate actions and proceedings and such other instruments  and
documents as it shall have reasonably requested.

     (i)   Minimum  Net  Worth.  Seller's  balance  sheet  as  of
closing  shall  reflect  a  net worth (total  assets  less  total
liabilities) of at least $300,000.

     (j)  Seller shall have fully reserved on both of its balance
sheets  dated  December  31, 1996, and closing,  for  the  entire
amount of the Holdback through increases to its loss reserve.

     4.3   Conditions  Precedent to the  Obligations  of  Seller.
The   obligations  of  Seller  and  Mannes  to   consummate   the
Contemplated  Transactions are subject to  the  satisfaction  (or
waiver  by Seller or Mannes) at or prior to the Closing  Date  of
each of the following conditions:

     (a)    Accuracy  of  Representations  and  Warranties.   All
representations and warranties of Buyer contained  herein  or  in
any certificate, instrument or other document delivered to Seller
or  Mannes  pursuant  hereto shall be true  and  correct  in  all
material  respects on and as of the Closing Date, with  the  same
force  and  effect as though such representations and  warranties
had been made on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent
that  any  such  representation and warranty  is  made  as  of  a
specified  date, in which case such representation  and  warranty
shall have been true and correct as of such date.

     (b)    Performance  of  Obligations.    Buyer   shall   have
performed all obligations and agreements, and complied  with  all
covenants  and  conditions, contained in  this  Agreement  to  be
performed or complied with by it prior to the Closing Date in all
material respects.

     (c)  Deliveries.     There  shall  have  been  delivered  to
          Seller the following:

          (i)   One  or  more  duly executed original  assumption
agreements,  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to   Seller,
pursuant to which Buyer shall assume the Assumed Liabilities.

          (ii)  A  certificate, dated the Closing  Date,  of  the
President  of Buyer confirming the matters set forth in  Sections
4.3(a) and (b).

          (iii)     A certificate, dated the Closing Date, of the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Buyer certifying, among other
things,  that attached or appended to such certificate (A)  is  a
true  and  correct  copy of the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
Buyer,  and  all  amendments, if any,  thereto  as  of  the  date
thereof; (B) is a true and correct copy of its By-laws as of  the
date  thereof; (C) is a true copy of all corporate actions  taken
by   it,   including  resolutions  of  its  Board  of  Directors,
authorizing  the  execution, delivery  and  performance  of  this
Agreement,  and  each  other document to be  delivered  by  Buyer
pursuant hereto; and (D) are the names and signatures of its duly
elected  or appointed officers who are authorized to execute  and
deliver  this  Agreement and any certificate, document  or  other
instrument in connection herewith.

          (iv) A good standing certificate of Buyer.

          (v)   A signed opinion(s) of Buyer's counsel, dated the
Closing  Date, addressed to Seller, substantially in the form  of
opinion annexed as Exhibit C hereto.

          (vi)                     A      original     of     the
                                   Employment/Non-Compete
                                   Agreement,  duly  executed  by
                                   Buyer,  in  the form  attached
                                   hereto as Exhibit B.

     (d)    Actions  and  Proceedings.  All  corporate   actions,
proceedings, instruments and documents of Buyer required to carry
out  the Contemplated Transactions or incidental thereto and  all
other  related legal matters shall be reasonably satisfactory  to
counsel  for  Seller, and such counsel shall have been  furnished
with  such  certified  copies  of  such  corporate  actions   and
proceedings and such other instruments and documents as it  shall
have reasonably requested.

     5.    Representations and Warranties of Seller  and  Mannes.
Seller and Mannes jointly and severally represent and warrant  to
Buyer as follows:

     5.1   Due Organization; Power; Good Standing. Seller  is  an
entity  duly  organized, validly existing and  in  good  standing
under  the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and  has  the
requisite  power  and  authority to own, lease  and  operate  its
properties  and  assets  and  to  conduct  its  business  as  now
conducted  by it.   Seller has all requisite power and  authority
to enter into this Agreement and any other agreement contemplated
hereby  and  to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.
Except  as  reflected in Schedule 5.1, Seller is duly authorized,
qualified  or  licensed to do business as a foreign  corporation,
and  is  in good standing, in each of the jurisdictions in  which
its  right, title or interest in or to any of the assets held  by
it,  or the conduct of its business, requires such authorization,
qualification  or  licensing, except  where  the  failure  to  so
qualify  or  to  be in good standing could not  have  a  Material
Adverse Effect.

     5.2   Authorization and Validity.   The execution,  delivery
and  performance  by  Seller  of this  Agreement  and  any  other
agreements contemplated hereby and the consummation by it of  the
Contemplated Transactions have been duly authorized by Mannes and
the  Board  of  Directors and shareholders of Seller.   No  other
corporate  action is necessary for the authorization,  execution,
delivery  and  performance by Seller of this  Agreement  and  any
other  agreements  contemplated hereby and  the  consummating  by
Seller of the Contemplated Transactions.  This Agreement has been
duly  executed  and delivered by each of Seller  and  Mannes  and
constitutes  a valid and legally binding obligation  of  each  of
Seller and Mannes enforceable against them in accordance with its
terms.

     5.3   No  Governmental  Approvals or  Notices  Required;  No
Conflict.  The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of   this
Agreement and any other agreements contemplated hereby by  Seller
and  Mannes  and  the consummation by Seller and  Mannes  of  the
Contemplated  Transactions  (a) if  the  consents  set  forth  in
Schedule   5.3  hereto  (the  "Seller  Required  Consents")   are
obtained, will not violate (with or without the giving of  notice
or  the lapse of time or both), or require any consent, approval,
filing  or  notice  under, any provision of  any  Law,  court  or
administrative  order,  writ, judgment or  decree  applicable  to
Seller or any of its assets or properties, and (b) will not (with
or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both) (i)
violate or conflict with, or result in the breach, suspension  or
termination  of any provision of, or constitute a default  under,
or result in the
acceleration  of  the  performance of the obligations  of  Seller
under, or (ii) result in the creation of any Lien upon all or any
portion  of  the  properties,  assets  (including  the  Purchased
Assets)  or business of Seller pursuant to the charter or by-laws
of  Seller,  or any Contract, Permit or instrument to  which  the
Seller  is  a  party  or  by  which the  Seller  or  any  of  its
properties,  assets  (including  the  Purchased  Assets)  or  the
Business is bound.

     5.4    Financial  Information;  Liabilities.       (a)   The
Financial Statements of Seller, the Closing Balance Sheet and all
other  financial  and  other information provided  by  Seller  to
Buyer,  including,  but not limited to, information  on  revenue,
operating   expenses   and   lease   delinquencies   and   losses
(collectively  with  the  Financial Statements  and  the  Closing
Balance  Sheet, the "Financial Information"), are true, complete,
and  correct and, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence,
present  fairly and accurately the financial condition of  Seller
and  the results of Seller's operations for the periods reflected
in  such Financial Information.  Except as otherwise specifically
indicated  in  the  Financial Information or on  Schedule  5.4(a)
hereto,  all  such  Financial Information has  been  prepared  in
accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the  periods
involved.

     (b)   Seller  has no Liability for Taxes, or  any  long-term
lease  or unusual forward or long-term commitment for which Buyer
will  have  any  liability after Closing other than  the  Assumed
Liabilities.

     (c)   Attached as Schedule 5.4(c) hereto is a  list  of  all
creditors of Seller as of the end of the month preceding the date
of this Agreement.  Such list has been prepared, signed, sworn to
(or  affirmed) in accordance with the provisions of, and contains
the  information  set  forth in, Section  6-104  of  the  Uniform
Commercial Code.

     (d)   Except as set forth on Schedule 5.4(d): (i) As at  the
date  of  the  Financial  Statements, Seller  did  not  have  any
Liabilities  that  were  not fully and  adequately  reflected  or
reserved  against on the balance sheet contained in,  or  in  the
notes  to, the Financial Statements; (ii) Seller has not,  except
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice,
incurred  any  Liabilities since the  date  of  the  most  recent
balance sheet included in Financial Statements; and (iii) neither
Seller   nor  Mannes  has  any  knowledge  of  any  circumstance,
condition,  event or arrangement that they reasonably  anticipate
would  hereafter give rise to any Liabilities of  Seller  or  any
successor  to  its  business except Liabilities  arising  in  the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

     5.5   Title  and Condition of Properties: Absence of  Liens.
(i)  Seller  is the sole, true and lawful owner of the  Purchased
Assets and has, and Buyer on the Closing Date will receive,  good
and  marketable title to all the Purchased Assets, which will  at
the  time  of Closing be free and clear of all Liens, except  for
those Liens recorded or reflected on the Financial Statements  or
the  Schedules  hereto.  Neither the Seller nor the  Business  is
party to any contract that will interfere in any material respect
with,  or  impose a material burden on, the continuing ownership,
operation  or use of the Purchased Assets or any portion  thereof
by  Buyer.  Seller does not, directly or indirectly, own any real
property.

          (ii) Seller has no knowledge of any material defect  in
the  normal  operating condition and repair of the Equipment  and
the Subject Equipment.

          (iii)      Except  as  disclosed on Schedule  5.5(iii),
payments due from lessees under all of the  Equipment Leases  are
current and there are no other defaults existing thereunder.

          (iv)  Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.5(iv),  to  the
knowledge of Seller and Mannes: (A) neither the Business nor  the
Real  Property  is in violation in any material  respect  of  any
building, zoning, health, occupational safety or other Law or any
Order  or  Permit in respect of such Real Property, improvements,
structures  and  buildings located therein  or  thereat;  (B)  no
person, other than Seller, has any right to occupy or possess any
of the Real Property or any such structures or buildings thereat;
(C)  all  tenant  improvements  or  other  work  required  to  be
performed  by or on the part of Seller under any Lease  has  been
completed substantially in accordance with the provisions of such
Lease;  and  (D) no notice has been received by Seller  from  any
insurer  or  any Governmental Body recommending or requiring  any
work to be performed on or with respect to the Real Property.

     5.6   Contracts.     (a) (i) Schedule 5.61(a)(i) contains  a
complete  and  correct  list of all Contracts  (other  than  real
property Leases and Equipment Leases).

     (ii)  Schedule  5.6(a)(ii) contains a complete  and  correct
list  of  all  written leases ("Leases") of real property  ("Real
Property")  under which Seller is a lessee.  Schedule  5.6(a)(ii)
also sets forth the date of each Lease and any amendments thereto
and assignments thereof, the term thereof, (including any renewal
options),  options to purchase, rights of first refusal  and  the
aggregate monthly rental payable thereunder.

     (iii)      Schedule  5.6(a)(iii)  contains  a  complete  and
correct list of all Equipment Leases owned or serviced by  Seller
along with a detailed aging of all such Equipment Leases.

     (b)   True  and  complete  copies of all  Assumed  Contracts
(including all amendments thereto and waivers in respect thereof)
referred  to  in  Section 5.6(a)(i), (ii) and  (iii)  or  in  the
Schedules  thereto have been delivered to Buyer.   There  are  no
Contracts  binding,  affecting or  otherwise  pertaining  to  the
Purchased   Assets,  except  for  this  Agreement,  the   Assumed
Contracts,  Equipment  Leases, Leases and  Liens  listed  in  the
Schedules  to  this Agreement.  To the knowledge  of  Seller  and
Mannes  all such Assumed Contracts, Equipment Leases, Leases  and
other  arrangements  referred to in such Schedules  are  in  full
force and effect and are valid and enforceable in accordance with
their   respective  terms  and,  except  as  disclosed  in   such
Schedules,  no  consent  or approval of any  person  is  required
thereunder  by  virtue of the Contemplated Transactions.   Seller
has  paid or accrued all amounts due under all such Contracts and
has  satisfied  or  provided  for  all  of  its  liabilities  and
obligations through the date hereof.

     (c)   Each  Lease  is with an unrelated third-party  lessor.
Except  for  the consents required to consummate the Contemplated
Transactions, none of the rights of the lessee under any  of  the
Leases  will  be impaired by the consummation of the Contemplated
Transactions and all of the rights under such Leases  assumed  by
Buyer pursuant to this Agreement will inure to and be enforceable
by  Buyer.  As of the Closing Date, all rentals and other  monies
due  for such leased location shall be paid in full.  Seller  and
Mannes represent and warrant that the Business operated by Seller
is at the following leased location:

     Global Finance & Leasing, Inc.
     3097 Prairie, S.W.
     Grandville, MI 49418

     (d)    Except  as  disclosed  in  Schedule  5.6(d),  to  the
knowledge  of  Seller  and  Mannes:  (i)  the  Assumed  Contracts
(including   the   Leases  and  Equipment  Leases)   are   valid,
subsisting, in full force and effect and binding upon Seller  and
the  other  parties thereto in accordance with  their  respective
terms;  (ii)  neither Seller nor any other party  thereto  is  in
default  (or alleged default) of any such Contract, nor does  any
condition  exist that with notice or the lapse of  time  or  both
would  constitute a default (or give rise to a termination right)
thereunder;  (iii)  none  of the parties  to  any  such  Contract
intends  to terminate or materially alter the provisions thereof;
(iv)  since December 31, 1996, Seller has not waived any material
right  under  any  such  Contract, materially  amended  any  such
Contract or terminated or failed to renew (or received notice  of
termination  or  failure  to  renew with  respect  to)  any  such
Contract;  and  (v) Seller has paid or accrued  all  amounts  due
under all such Contracts and has satisfied or provided for all of
its Liabilities through the date hereof.

     5.7   Legal  Proceedings.  Except as described  in  Schedule
5.7, there is no Action to which Seller is a party pending or, to
the  knowledge  of Seller and Mannes, threatened  against  it  or
relating to the Purchased Assets or the Business of Seller or the
Contemplated  Transactions.  Neither  Seller  nor  Mannes  is  in
violation  of any term of any judgment, writ, decree,  injunction
or   order  entered  by  any  court  or  Governmental  Body   and
outstanding against Seller or Mannes with respect to any  of  its
assets  or  properties.  To the knowledge of Seller  and  Mannes,
except  as  described in Schedule 5.7, there are no  facts  which
could  provide  a  basis  for  any such  Action.   There  are  no
judgments  of record against Seller or any judgment Lien  on  the
Purchased Assets, nor any petition in bankruptcy or an insolvency
proceeding involved by or against it, nor has it made any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors.

     5.8   Insurance.      Schedule 5.8 is  a  list  of  Seller's
insurance maintained on its properties and assets (including  the
Purchased   Assets)   and   with  respect   to   its   employees,
representatives and Business.  All policies of insurance  are  in
full  force and effect and all premiums currently due  and  owing
have been paid.  There is no Claim by Seller pending under any of
such policies as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or
disputed by the underwriters of such policies.  Such policies  of
insurance  are of the type and in amounts customarily carried  by
persons  conducting a business similar to that of Seller.  Seller
does  not  know  of  any threatened termination  of,  or  premium
increase
with  respect to, any of such policies.  True and complete copies
of all such policies have been delivered to Buyer.

     5.9   Labor.     (a)(i) To Seller's and Mannes's  knowledge,
Seller  is  in  compliance  in  all material  respects  with  all
applicable  Laws  relating  to employment  practices,  terms  and
conditions of employment and wages and hours; (ii) there  are  no
controversies pending or, to the knowledge of Seller and  Mannes,
threatened  between Seller and any of their respective employees,
prospective employees, former employees, retirees or labor unions
or other collective bargaining representatives representing their
employees;  (iii) no unfair labor practice complaints  have  been
filed  against  Seller  and Seller has not  received  any  notice
reflecting  an intention or a threat to file any such  complaint;
(iv)  there  is no labor strike, dispute, slow-down  or  stoppage
pending or, to the knowledge of Seller
and  Mannes,  threatened against Seller;  (v)  no  representation
petition  is pending with the National Labor Relations Board  (or
any  other  labor  relations board) in respect  of  Seller;  (vi)
Seller  has  paid  in  full to all of its  employees  all  wages,
salaries,  commissions, bonuses, benefits and other  compensation
due  to such employees; (vii) Seller has not closed any facility,
effectuated  any  layoffs of employees or implemented  any  early
retirement or separation program within the past three years, nor
has  Seller  planned or announced any such action or program  for
the  future; (viii) no promises of benefit improvements under the
Employee  Benefit  Programs  have been  made  by  Seller  or  any
affiliate  thereof to any employee of Seller; and (ix) there  are
no  collective bargaining agreements or agreements with any labor
organization which Seller or its Affiliates have entered into  on
behalf  of  any  employees of Seller, nor, to  the  knowledge  of
Seller and Mannes, are there any ongoing efforts to organize  any
union representation.

     (b)    Schedule  5.9(b)  sets  forth  (i)  the  name,  total
compensation,  date of hire and current salary for  each  current
employee  of  Seller, (ii) the name and total direct compensation
of each consultant, agent or other representative of Seller whose
current  or  committed  annual rate  of  compensation  (including
bonuses  and  commissions) exceeds $25,000, (iii)  all  wage  and
salary  increases,  bonuses and increases  in  any  other  direct
compensation  received  by  or  accrued  to  such  persons  since
December  31, 1996, (iv) any payments or commitments to  pay  any
severance or termination pay to any such persons or to any  other
person,  and (v) any accrual for, or any commitment or  agreement
by Seller to pay, such increases, bonuses or pay.

     (c)   All  employees are "employees-at- will" of Seller  and
Buyer shall be free to hire any such employees after the Closing.

     5.10  Intellectual Property.   (a) Schedule 5.10 contains  a
complete  and  correct  list of (i) all  trademarks  and  service
marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications,
trade   names   and   corporate  names,  (ii)   patents,   patent
applications  and all other patent rights, copyrights,  copyright
registrations  and  applications owned by Seller  and  (iii)  all
material non-governmental licenses or sublicenses granted  by  or
to  Seller and other covenants or Contracts to which Seller is  a
party,  which  relate in whole or in part to  any  items  of  the
categories  mentioned above or to any other material  proprietary
rights,  trade  secrets ideas or know-how owned  or  licensed  by
Seller.

     (b)   Seller has, and will transfer to Buyer on the  Closing
Date, good and marketable title to all the Intellectual Property,
free and clear of all Liens.  To the best knowledge of Seller and
Mannes,  after due inquiry, no claims have been asserted  to  the
effect  that  the  use  of the Intellectual  Property  by  Seller
infringes  on any Intellectual Property of any other person.   To
the  knowledge of Seller and Mannes, the use of the  Intellectual
Property by Seller does not infringe on the rights of any person.
Seller  owns all material Intellectual Property used in  Seller's
business as presently conducted.  To Seller's knowledge no  third
party is using any Intellectual Property which is confusing  with
or similar to any of Seller's Intellectual Property.

     5.11  Governmental Authorizations.  Schedule 5.11 lists  all
Permits,  variances,  waivers, consents and other  authorizations
of,    by    or    from    Governmental   Bodies   ("Governmental
Authorizations")  related  to the Purchased  Assets  or  the  use
thereof,  or  to the knowledge of Seller required  in  connection
with  the  valid assignment and transfer of the Purchased  Assets
pursuant hereto or the use of the Purchased Assets by Buyer after
the Closing Date.  The Governmental Authorizations constitute all
Permits  required in connection with the ownership, operation  or
use  of  the Purchased Assets.  In all material respects,  Seller
has  owned,  operated and used the Purchased Assets in accordance
with   the   conditions  and  provisions  of  such   Governmental
Authorizations.   The  Governmental Authorizations  are  in  full
force and effect, Seller is in compliance with all obligations
thereunder or imposed thereby, and no Actions are pending or,  to
Seller's or Mannes's knowledge, threatened, which might result in
any  modification, revocation, termination or suspension  of  any
Governmental    Authorization.    Each   of   the    Governmental
Authorizations will either (i) continue in full force and  effect
and  inure  to  the benefit of Buyer without any  action  by  any
person, or (ii) comparable replacement or substitute Governmental
Authorizations will be obtained by Buyer at little or no cost  in
the ordinary course after application by Buyer therefore.

     5.12  Compliance  with  Law and Requirements.    Seller  has
conducted  its  business in compliance in all  material  respects
with   all  applicable  Laws,  rights  of  concession,  licenses,
know-how  or other proprietary rights of others, the  failure  to
comply  with which could individually or in the aggregate have  a
Material Adverse Effect.  Seller is not in violation of any Order
of  any Governmental Body affecting its property, business or the
Purchased  Assets, the effect of which, individually  or  in  the
aggregate, could have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.13  Employee Benefit Programs.    (a)  Except asset  forth
in  Schedule  5.13,  neither Seller nor any Affiliate  of  Seller
maintains  or  has  ever  maintained and/or  contributed  to  any
Employee  Benefit  Plan  or  other  employee  benefit   plan   or
arrangement  of any kind whatsoever (such employee benefit  plans
or  arrangements  hereinafter collectively  called  the  "Benefit
Arrangements").

     (b)   Each  Benefit  Arrangement  has  been  maintained  and
administered  at all times substantially in compliance  with  all
applicable  Laws  including, without limitation,  ERISA  and  the
Code.   All employer contributions required to be made under  the
Benefit Arrangements have been fully and timely paid.
     (c)   No  Action  involving  the  Benefit  Arrangements  has
occurred,  is pending or, to the knowledge of Seller and  Mannes,
is threatened.

     5.14  Certain  Fees.   Except  for  Barry  Geister,  neither
Mannes,  Seller, nor any of its officers, directors or  employees
or  its  Affiliates has employed any broker or finder or incurred
any  other  liability  for  any brokerage  fees,  commissions  or
finders'  fees  in connection with the Contemplated Transactions.
Buyer and Seller shall each pay one half of Barry Geister's fees;
provided,  however, that the total amount of such fees shall  not
exceed $50,000.

     5.15  Absence  of  Certain Changes or  Events.    Except  as
reflected  in the Financial Information or Schedule  5.15,  since
December  31,  1996, there has not been (i) any material  adverse
change  in  the assets or in the condition (financial or  other),
results of operations, prospects or business of Seller, (ii)  any
material damage, destruction or loss relating to the business  or
assets  of  Seller,  whether  or not  insured,  (iii)  except  as
disclosed  on  any  Schedule hereto,  any  Liability  created  or
incurred  which Buyer will assume under Section 2.5 hereof,  (iv)
any  Lien  created  on  any Purchased Asset  (v)  except  in  the
ordinary  course of business, any increase in, or  commitment  or
plan  adopted  to  increase, the wages,  salaries,  compensation,
pension  or  other  benefits or payments to employees,  (vi)  any
material  capital  expenditures or commitment to  make  any  such
expenditures with respect to the Purchased Assets or as to  which
Buyer  will become obligated after the Closing pursuant  to  this
Agreement, (vii) any condemnation Actions commenced with  respect
to  any  Purchased Asset or notice received by Seller as  to  the
proposed  commencement of any such Actions, (viii) any rights  of
substantial value waived with respect to the Purchased Assets  or
the  Business  of  Seller,  (ix) any  sale  or  transfer  of  any
Purchased  Assets other than dispositions in the ordinary  course
of  business,  (x) any termination or failure to  renew,  or  the
receipt  of  any  written threat to terminate or  not  renew  any
material Contract or (xi) a Material Adverse Effect or any  event
or events that individually or in the aggregate could result in a
Material  Adverse  Effect.  Since December 31, 1996,  other  than
acts  relating  to the Contemplated Transactions, and  except  as
otherwise  disclosed  herein, the Business  of  Seller  has  been
conducted  in  all  significant respects  only  in  the  ordinary
course, consistent with past practice.

     5.16  Equipment  Vendors.  Schedule 5.16 lists  for  the  12
months ended December 31, 1996, the __ largest vendors that refer
lease  applicants  and  sell Subject Equipment  to  Seller.   The
relationships   of  Seller  with  such  vendors  are   reasonable
commercial  working relationships and: (i) no vendor has  refused
to  provide credit, or has suspended the provision of credit,  to
Seller  as a result of the failure or delay in payment of amounts
due  to such vendors; (ii) all amounts owing to such vendors,  if
not   in  dispute,  have  been  paid  in  accordance  with  their
respective  terms; (iii) no person within the last twelve  months
has  threatened in writing to cancel, or otherwise terminate, the
relationship  of  such person with Seller,  and  (iv)  no  person
during  the  last twelve months has decreased materially  or,  to
Seller's  knowledge, threatened to decrease or limit  materially,
its  relationship  with Seller or intends to  decrease  or  limit
materially its referrals of lease applicants to Seller.

     5.17 Environmental Matters.   Neither Seller nor any of  its
Affiliates  has in the past violated and is not now in  violation
of  any  Environmental Laws in connection with the  ownership  or
operation  of any of its assets (including the Purchased  Assets)
and  the  conduct  of  the Business of Seller.   Seller  has  not
received any notice from any Governmental Body, and does not have
knowledge of any governmental inquiry, with respect to any actual
or  alleged  violation of any Environmental Laws with respect  to
the  Purchased Assets or the Business of Seller and there is  not
pending or, to the knowledge of Seller and Mannes, threatened any
Action  against  Seller relating to any violation  or  threatened
violation  of any Environmental Law.  There has been no  storage,
disposal  or  treatment of solid wastes or hazardous  wastes  on,
under  or  at any real property used by Seller while  Seller  has
been  in  possession  of  such real  property  and,  to  Seller's
knowledge,  prior  to Seller's possession.   There  has  been  no
release,   including  any  spill,  discharge,   leak,   emission,
injection, escape or dumping, of any kind onto any real  property
used  by Seller or into the environment surrounding any such real
property,  of any Hazardous Materials, other than those  releases
permissible  under applicable Laws or allowable under  applicable
Permits while Seller has been in possession of such real property
and,  to  Seller's  and  Mannes'  knowledge,  prior  to  Seller's
possession.  Neither Seller nor, to the knowledge of  Seller  and
Mannes,  any  other  person  has  discovered  any  occurrence  or
condition  on any real property adjoining or in the  vicinity  of
any  real  property  used by Seller that could  cause  such  real
property or any part thereof to be subject to any restrictions on
the  ownership, occupancy, transferability or use  of  such  real
property under any Environmental Law.

     5.18  Entire  business.    On the Closing Date, Seller  will
transfer  to Buyer all of the Purchased Assets used by Seller  in
Seller's  Business  and such Purchased Assets are  sufficient  to
enable Buyer to carry on the Business.

     5.19  Tax  Matters.   Except as disclosed on Schedule  5.19,
all   Tax  Returns  required  to  be  filed  by  Seller  (or  its
predecessors) on or before the Closing Date have been or shall be
timely  filed and all Taxes which are due or which may be claimed
to  be  due  have  been or shall be paid.  All  Taxes  of  Seller
attributable  to  periods ending on or before  the  Closing  Date
which  are  not  yet due have been adequately  provided  for  and
remain  the sole responsibility of Seller and/or Mannes.   As  of
the time of filing, the Tax Returns correctly reflected (and,  as
to any Tax Returns not filed as of the date hereof will correctly
reflect)  the  facts  regarding  the  income,  business,  assets,
operations, activities and status of Seller.  There  are  no  Tax
Liens  upon  any property of Seller except for Liens for  current
Taxes  not  yet  due  and payable.  All amounts  required  to  be
withheld  by  Seller  from  employees for  income  Taxes,  social
security  and  other  payroll  Taxes  have  been  collected   and
withheld, and either paid to the respective Governmental  Bodies,
set  aside in accounts for such purpose, or have been or will  be
accrued, reserved against and entered upon the books and  records
of  Seller.   Except  for  sales  Taxes  which  result  from  the
consummation  of  the  Contemplated  Transactions,   Seller   has
collected and remitted to the appropriate Tax Authority all sales
and  use or similar Taxes required to have been collected  on  or
prior  to  the  Closing  Date  and has  been  furnished  properly
completed  exemption  certificates for all  exempt  transactions.
Seller  has  maintained  and has in its possession  all  records,
supporting  documents  and  exemption  certificates  required  by
applicable  sales Tax statutes and regulations to be retained  in
connection  with the collection and remittance of sales  and  use
Taxes  for  all  periods up to and including  the  Closing  Date.
Seller  (or  any of its predecessors) is not a party  to  or  has
received  any  notice  with respect to any  proposed  or  pending
Action  by any Governmental Body for assessment or collection  of
Taxes,  or is party to any dispute or threatened dispute  and  no
such  claim for assessment or collection of Taxes has  been  made
upon Seller.  Seller is not a "foreign person" within the meaning
of  section 1445 of the Code, and Seller will furnish Buyer  with
an  affidavit that satisfies the requirements of section 1445 (b)
(2) of the Code.  Seller is not and has never been a member of or
included  in  any  consolidated, combined or  unitary  group  for
purposes  of  filing  Tax Returns or paying Taxes  at  any  time.
Seller  has  no  Liability for Taxes of any  other  person  under
Treasury Regulation section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of
state  or  foreign law), or as a transferee of  such  person,  or
under any other provision of law or tax sharing, tax indemnity or
similar Contract.

     5.20 Capital Stock; No Subsidiaries.    Mannes owns 100%  of
the  issued  and outstanding common stock of the Seller.   Except
for  GFL  & S, Inc., Seller does not have any equity interest  in
any other person.

     5.21 Prohibited Payments.     Neither Seller nor any of  its
officers,  directors, employees or agents has  offered,  paid  or
agreed  to pay any illegal payment or other illegal consideration
to  customers,  suppliers, purchasing agents or other  customers'
representatives,  or  engaged  in any  other  illegal  reciprocal
practice in respect of sales made or to be made by Seller.

     5.22  Affiliate  Transactions.   Except  as  set  forth   on
Schedule  5.22, Seller is not party to any arrangements with  any
Affiliate  of  Seller  or Mannes or any employee  of  Seller  the
absence  of which could have a Material Adverse Effect.  Schedule
5.22  lists  all transactions through the date of this  Agreement
(or  which were entered prior to such date but continue in effect
to the date thereof) entered into by Seller with any Affiliate of
any  of the following: Mannes, Seller, or any directors, officers
or employees of Seller.

     5.23  Disclosure.    This Agreement, together with all other
documents  and  instruments to be executed  and/or  delivered  by
Seller  or Mannes in connection herewith, does not and  will  not
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to  state
a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein
and  therein not misleading.  There is no fact (other than  facts
relating  to general economic, social or political conditions  or
other facts not specifically relating to the Purchased Assets  or
the   Business)  known  to  Seller  or  Mannes  which  materially
adversely  affects  or  in the future may,  materially  adversely
affect  the Purchased Assets or the ownership, operation, or  use
thereof by Buyer which has not been set forth herein.

     6.    Representations  and Warranties  of  Buyer.      Buyer
represents and warrants to Seller and Mannes as follows:

     6.1  Due Organization; Good Standing and Power.   Buyer is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Buyer has all requisite
corporate  and  other  power and authority  to  enter  into  this
Agreement  and  any other agreement contemplated  hereby  and  to
perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

     6.2   Authorization and Validity.   The execution,  delivery
and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and any other document
contemplated  hereby  and  the  consummation  by  Buyer  of   the
Contemplated Transactions have been duly authorized by its  Board
of  Directors.   No  other  corporate or  stockholder  action  is
necessary   for  the  authorization,  execution,   delivery   and
performance  by Buyer of this Agreement and any other  agreements
contemplated  hereby  and  the  consummation  by  Buyer  of   the
Contemplated Transactions.  This agreement has been duly executed
and  delivered  by  Buyer and constitutes  a  valid  and  legally
binding  obligation  of  Buyer,  enforceable  against  Buyer   in
accordance with its terms.

     6.3   Governmental Approvals: No Conflict.    The execution,
delivery  and  performance  of  this  Agreement  and  any   other
agreements  contemplated hereby by Buyer and the consummation  by
it of the Contemplated Transactions (i) will not violate (with or
without  the giving of notice or the lapse of time or  both),  or
require  any  consent,  approval,  filing  or  notice  under  any
provision  of  any  Law,  court  or administrative  order,  writ,
judgment  or  decree  applicable  to  Buyer  or  its  assets   or
properties, except for such violations the occurrence  of  which,
and  such consents, approvals, filings or notices the failure  of
which to obtain or make, could not, either individually or in the
aggregate,  have a material adverse effect on Buyer's ability  to
perform its obligations hereunder, and (ii) will
not (with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or
both)  violate  or  conflict  with,  or  result  in  the  breach,
suspension  or termination of any provision of, or  constitute  a
default  under, or result in the acceleration of the  performance
of  the  obligations of Buyer, under, or in the creation  of  any
Lien  pursuant to the charter or by-laws of Buyer or any Contract
to  which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer or any of its assets
or  properties  is bound, except for such violations,  conflicts,
breaches,  suspensions, terminations, defaults, accelerations  or
Liens  which could not have a material adverse effect on  Buyer's
ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

     6.4   Certain Fees.  Except for Barry Geister, neither Buyer
nor  any  of  its officers, directors or employees on  behalf  of
Buyer,  has employed any broker or finder or incurred  any  other
liability for any brokerage fees, commissions or finders' fees in
connection with the Contemplated Transactions.  As provided under
Section  5.14, Buyer and Seller shall each pay one half of  Barry
Geister's fees; provided, however, that the total amount of  such
fees shall not exceed $50,000.

     6.5   Litigation.    There is no Action to which Buyer is  a
party  pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer, threatened  against
it  or  relating  to  the business of Buyer or  the  Contemplated
Transactions.   Buyer is not in violation  of  any  term  of  any
judgment, writ, decree, injunction or order entered by any  court
or  Governmental Body and outstanding against Buyer with  respect
to  any  of its assets or properties.  To the knowledge of Buyer,
there  are  no  facts which could provide a basis  for  any  such
Action.  There are no judgments of record against Buyer, nor  any
petition in bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding involved by or
against  it,  nor  has  it made any general  assignment  for  the
benefit of creditors.

     6.6   Compliance  with  Law  and Requirements.    Buyer  has
conducted  its  business in compliance in all  material  respects
with   all  applicable  Laws,  rights  of  concession,  licenses,
know-how  or other proprietary rights of others, the  failure  to
comply  with which could individually or in the aggregate have  a
Material Adverse Effect on Buyer or its business.  Buyer  is  not
in  violation of any Order of any Governmental Body affecting its
property,   business  or  the  assets,  the  effect   of   which,
individually  or in the aggregate, could have a Material  Adverse
Effect.

     6.7   Environmental Matters.   Neither Buyer nor any of  its
Affiliates  has in the past violated and is not now in  violation
of  any  Environmental Laws in connection with the  ownership  or
operation of any of its assets and the conduct of the business of
Buyer.   Buyer  has not received any notice from any Governmental
Body,  and  does not have knowledge of any governmental  inquiry,
with   respect  to  any  actual  or  alleged  violation  of   any
Environmental  Laws  with respect to the business  of  Buyer  and
there  is  not pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer,  threatened
any  Action against Buyer relating to any violation or threatened
violation  of any Environmental Law.  There has been no  storage,
disposal  or  treatment of solid wastes or hazardous  wastes  on,
under or at any real property used by Buyer while Buyer has  been
in  possession  of such real property and, to Buyer's  knowledge,
prior   to  Buyer's  possession.   There  has  been  no  release,
including any spill, discharge, leak, emission, injection, escape
or  dumping, of any kind onto any real property used by Buyer  or
into  the environment surrounding any such real property, of  any
Hazardous Materials, other than those releases permissible  under
applicable Laws or allowable under applicable Permits while Buyer
has  been  in  possession of such real property and,  to  Buyer's
knowledge,  prior to Buyer's  possession. Neither Buyer  nor,  to
the  knowledge  of  Buyer, any other person  has  discovered  any
occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in  the
vicinity of any real property used by Buyer that could cause such
real  property  or  any  part  thereof  to  be  subject  to   any
restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or  use
of such real property under any Environmental Law.

     6.8  Assumption of Purchased Assets.    On the Closing Date,
Buyer  will  accept and assume from Seller all of  the  Purchased
Assets  used in Seller's Business; provided, however, that  Buyer
is  only  assuming those liabilities of Seller  recorded  on  the
Closing Balance Sheet.

     7.   Covenants and Agreements.

     7.1   Access to Information.   Seller agrees to (a) give  or
cause  to be given to Buyer and its Representatives and potential
financing  sources such access, during normal business hours,  on
reasonable  advance  written notice, to the offices,  properties,
books  and  records  of Seller as Buyer may  from  time  to  time
reasonably  request and (b) furnish or cause to be  furnished  to
Buyer  such  financial and operating data and  other  information
with  respect  to  the  business and  properties  (including  the
Purchased  Assets)  of Seller, as Buyer may  from  time  to  time
reasonably  request. Buyer and its Representatives and  potential
sources  of  financing  shall have access, in  consultation  with
Seller, to such Representatives of Seller as Buyer may reasonably
request.    Mannes  shall,  and  shall  cause  Seller   and   its
Representatives to, cooperate fully with Buyer's investigation.

     7.2   Conduct of the Business. Seller and Mannes jointly and
severally  agree  that, except as required by this  Agreement  or
otherwise  consented to in writing by Buyer,  during  the  period
commencing  on  the  date of this Agreement  and  ending  on  the
Closing Date, Seller shall:

     (a)   operate  its business only in the usual,  regular  and
ordinary manner, on a basis consistent with past practice and, to
the  extent  consistent with such operation, use  its  reasonable
efforts  to  preserve  its present business organization  intact,
keep available the services of its present employees and preserve
its present business relationships;

     (b)   maintain its books, accounts and records  relating  to
its  business  in the usual, regular and ordinary  manner,  on  a
basis  consistent with past practice, comply with and perform  in
all   material  respects  all  Laws  and  contractual  and  other
obligations applicable to it or its business;

     (c)   except  for  Equipment  Leases  entered  into  in  the
ordinary course of business, not enter into any Contract which is
not  terminable  by the parties upon 30 days notice  or  less  or
which involves aggregate consideration in excess of $1,000.00;

     (d)   not  (i)  dispose of or abandon any of  the  Purchased
Assets, other than in the ordinary course of business, consistent
with  past  practice, (ii) enter into, change, waive or otherwise
modify  any  Contract,  other than  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business  consistent  with past practice,  (iii)  enter  into  or
engage  in  any  transaction with any  Affiliate  other  than  to
continue existing business relationships with Affiliates;

     (e)  not change any material accounting principle and Seller
shall  maintain  its books, accounts, and records  in  conformity
with past practices;

     (f)    not   authorize  or  make  any  capital  expenditures
involving  the  payment or Liability of $5,000  or  more  in  the
aggregate; or

     (g)  authorize  any of, or commit or agree to take  any  of,
          the foregoing actions.

     7.3  Further Actions.    Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, Seller and Buyer agree to use reasonable efforts to take,
or  cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done,
all  things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make
effective  the  Contemplated Transactions,  including  using  its
reasonable efforts (without payment of money, commencement of  an
Action  or  the  assumption of any material obligation):  (i)  to
obtain at the earliest practicable date prior to the Closing Date
(pursuant to instruments reasonably satisfactory to Buyer in form
and    substance)   all   Permits   and   consents,    approvals,
authorizations, qualifications and orders of Governmental  Bodies
and other third parties to Contracts with Seller as are necessary
for  the  consummation of the Contemplated Transactions; (ii)  to
effect  all necessary registrations and filings; (iii) to furnish
to  each other such information and assistance as reasonably  may
be requested in connection with the foregoing; and (iv) to assist
Buyer  in  obtaining prior to the Closing Date  all  Governmental
Authorizations  as  are necessary in order  to  enable  Buyer  to
conduct the business of Seller in the ordinary course as  of  and
from  the opening of business on the Closing Date.  To the extent
that any consent or approval is not obtained with respect to  any
Contract   as  contemplated  above,  this  Agreement  shall   not
constitute an assignment or an attempted assignment thereof.   In
each  such  case, without prejudicing or limiting Buyer's  rights
under  other  Sections  of  this  Agreement,  Seller  agrees   to
cooperate  with Buyer in any reasonable arrangement  designed  to
provide for Buyer the benefits under any such Contract, including
enforcement at the cost and for the account of Buyer of  any  and
all  rights  of Seller against the other party or otherwise.   If
and  to  the  extent that such arrangement cannot be made,  Buyer
shall not have any Liability with respect to any such Contract.

     7.4   Notification.  Seller shall promptly notify Buyer  and
keep  it  advised of (i) any Action instituted or  threatened  in
writing against Seller which could, if adversely determined, have
a   Material  Adverse  Effect;  (ii)  any  material   damage   or
destruction  of any of the Purchased Assets; (iii)  any  material
adverse change in the condition (financial or other), results  of
operations,  assets, business or prospects of  Seller,  including
the Purchased Assets and the Business; (iv) any termination of an
employee  relationship  with Seller;  (v)  any  notice  from  any
Governmental   Body   in   connection   with   the   Contemplated
Transactions; and (vi) any event, condition or circumstance  that
would  constitute  a  violation or breach of any  representation,
warranty or covenant contained herein.

     7.5   No Inconsistent Action.  The parties hereto shall  not
take  any  action inconsistent with their obligations under  this
Agreement   or  which  could  materially  hinder  or  delay   the
consummation  of  the  Contemplated Transactions.   None  of  the
parties  hereto shall take or omit to take any action that  could
result  in any of their respective representations and warranties
not being true in all material respects as of the Closing Date.

     7.6  Seller Employees.   Seller shall not interfere with the
efforts  of  Buyer to hire those employees of Seller  whom  Buyer
wishes  to employ after the Closing.  Seller covenants and agrees
that it will not be a party to any action or activity which would
deprive  Buyer  of  the  services of the foregoing  employees  of
Seller.   Buyer  shall have no obligation and by  this  Agreement
does  not assume any obligation to any employee of Seller, except
as  may  specifically be negotiated by such employee  and  Buyer.
Nothing  herein shall be deemed to constitute Buyer  a  successor
employer  to Seller.  Seller shall remain solely responsible  for
all  wages, sick leave, vacation pay or other benefits which  may
be due to such employees prior to the Closing.

     7.7   Change of Names.    At the Closing, Seller shall,  and
Mannes  shall cause Seller to, relinquish any and all rights  any
of  them  may  have  in and to the trade name "Global  Finance  &
Leasing" and any other trade name, trademark or service mark used
by  them  or any of their affiliates and convey to Buyer any  and
all  such  rights.  Promptly following the Closing (and,  in  any
event,  within fifteen (15) business days following  the  Closing
Date)  Seller shall, and Mannes shall cause Seller to, take  such
action  as  necessary to change the name of Seller so  that  such
name will not resemble the trade name "Global Finance & Leasing".
Immediately  after  the  Closing Date, Seller  shall  discontinue
using   and  deliver  to  Buyer  any  assets  in  its  possession
including,  without  limitation, stationery, business  cards  and
literature, bearing the trade name "Global Finance & Leasing."

     7.8   Negotiations with Others.     From and after the  date
hereof  unless and until this Agreement shall have terminated  in
accordance  with its terms, Mannes will not, and will not  permit
Seller,   or   any   officer,   director,   employee   or   other
representative of Seller to, directly or indirectly (a)  solicit,
engage  in discussions or engage in negotiations with any  person
(other  than Buyer or any of its Affiliates) with respect  to  an
Acquisition  Proposal;  (b)  provide information  to  any  person
(other than Buyer or any of its Affiliates) in connection with an
Acquisition Proposal; or (c) enter into any transaction with  any
person  (other than Buyer or any of its Affiliates) with  respect
to  an Acquisition Proposal.  If any of Mannes, Seller, or any of
their  Representatives receives any offer or  proposal  to  enter
into  discussions or negotiations relating to any of  the  above,
Seller  will  immediately  notify Buyer  in  writing  as  to  the
identity of the offeror or the party making any such proposal and
the specific terms of such offer or proposal.

     7.9    Bulk  Sales  Law.      The  parties  agree  to  waive
compliance  with  the provisions of the Bulk  Sales  Law  of  any
jurisdiction.

     7.10   Public  Announcements.     Upon  execution  of   this
Agreement,  Buyer  may  issue  a news  release  or  other  public
announcement regarding  the Contemplated Transactions.  No  other
public announcements will be made by Seller or Mannes without the
prior written consent of Buyer.

     7.11  Expenses. Subject to Section 7.12, whether or not  the
Contemplated  Transactions are completed,  each  of  the  parties
hereto  shall  pay  the  fees  and expenses  incurred  by  it  in
connection  with  the  negotiation,  preparation,  execution  and
performance  of  this  Agreement, including, without  limitation,
attorneys' and accountants' fees.  The foregoing shall not affect
the  legal  right,  if any, that any party  hereto  may  have  to
recover   expenses  from  any  other  party  that  breaches   its
obligations hereunder.

     7.12  Transfer Taxes and Recording Expenses.   Seller  shall
bear  and pay any and all sales, motor vehicle or transfer  Taxes
and recording expenses, if any, required to be paid in connection
with  the  transfer  of  the  Purchased  Assets  (including   any
interest, charge or penalty with respect thereto).

     7.13  Books and Records.  From and after the Closing,  Buyer
and  Seller, at the expense of the requesting party,  shall  make
available to each other (including the right to make copies)  any
and  all  books  and records of or relating to Seller  reasonably
requested   in   connection  with  (a)  any  matter   for   which
indemnification  is claimed; (b) any inquiry or investigation  by
any Governmental Body; or (c) any Action.  Buyer and Seller shall
retain, or cause to be retained, for as long as any taxable  year
in  the  Tax period (including partial periods) that ends  on  or
prior to the Closing Date, including but not limited to any short
taxable  year  required under Section 1.1502-76 of  the  Treasury
regulations,  shall  remain open for  assessment  of  Taxes,  any
material records or information which may be relevant to any such
Tax  returns or audits or other examinations by any Tax Authority
relating  to the Company, and shall not dispose of any  such  Tax
returns, books or records relating to
the Company during such period.

     7.15  Confidentiality.    (a)  Buyer, on the one  hand,  and
Mannes  and Seller, on the other hand, each shall hold in  strict
confidence,  and  shall use its best efforts  to  cause  all  its
Representatives to hold in strict confidence, unless compelled to
disclose  by  judicial  or administrative  process  or  by  other
requirements of Law, including disclosure required by  applicable
securities  laws,  all  confidential or  proprietary  information
concerning Seller (in the case of Buyer) and Buyer (in  the  case
of the Seller) which is created or obtained prior to, on or after
the   dates   hereof   in   connection  with   the   Contemplated
Transactions, and Buyer and Seller each shall not use or disclose
to  others,  or  permit  the use of or disclosure  of,  any  such
information  created  or obtained except  (i)  to  its  officers,
directors,  employees, Representatives and  lending  institutions
who  need  to  know  such  information in  connection  with  this
Agreement,  and (ii) to the extent that such information  can  be
shown  to  have been (A) previously known by Buyer or Seller,  as
the case may be, or (B) in the public domain through no fault  of
Buyer  or  Seller, as the case may be, or any of their respective
Representatives.

     (b)   If  the  Contemplated  Transactions  are  consummated,
Seller and Mannes shall each hold in strict confidence, and shall
use its best efforts to cause all its Representatives to hold  in
strict  confidence, unless compelled to disclose by  judicial  or
administrative  process  or by other  requirements  of  Law,  all
information  concerning the Business and Seller and  Mannes  each
shall  not  use or disclose to others, or permit the  use  of  or
disclosure of any such information except to the extent that such
information  can  be  shown to have been  in  the  public  domain
through  no  fault of Seller or Mannes or any of their respective
Representatives.

     8.   Termination

     8.1   General.   This  Agreement may be terminated  and  the
Contemplated  Transactions abandoned (a)  by  mutual  consent  of
Buyer  and  Seller,  (b) by Buyer, if there has  been  breach  of
Seller's or Mannes' covenants and agreements hereunder or if  the
conditions contained in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 cannot be  fulfilled
on  or  before the Closing Date, as extended by agreement of  the
parties,  (c)  by Seller, if there has been a breach  of  Buyer's
covenants and agreements hereunder or if the conditions contained
in  Sections  4.1 and 4.3 cannot be fulfilled on  or  before  the
Closing Date, as extended by agreement of the parties, or (d)  by
any  party by notice to the other parties in the event  that  the
Closing, as extended by agreement of the parties, shall not  have
occurred on or before April 11, 1997; provided however,  that  if
the  Closing shall not have occurred on or before April 11, 1997,
due  to the act or omission of one of the parties, that party may
not terminate the Agreement, except that no party shall be deemed
to  have  willfully taken action or to have willfully omitted  to
take action for purposes hereof by reason of such party's failure
or  refusal to (i) pay money to any third parties, (ii)  commence
litigation,  (iii)  assume  any  other  material  obligation  not
otherwise required to be assumed by this Agreement or (iv)  agree
with  any  Governmental Body or any other person that such  party
will  divest  or  hold  separate any assets  as  a  condition  of
completing any of the Contemplated Transactions.

     8.2  No Liabilities in Event of Termination. In the event of
any  termination of the Agreement pursuant to Section  8.1,  this
Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and of no  further
force  or effect and there shall be no Liability on the  part  of
Buyer,  Seller or Mannes, except under Sections 7.11,  7.15,  8.3
and  9  of  this Agreement which shall remain in full  force  and
effect, and except that termination shall not preclude any  party
from suing any other party for breach of this Agreement.

     8.3   Non-Solicitation.   All parties further agree that for
one (1) year following the termination of this Agreement pursuant
to Section 8.1, that they will not solicit for employment or hire
any employees of any other party to this Agreement.

     9.   Indemnification

     9.1   Survival  of  Representations.   The  representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement,
and   in   any  agreements,  certificates  or  other  instruments
delivered pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full  force
and effect, regardless of any investigations made by or on behalf
of  any  party, but subject to all express limitations and  other
provisions contained in this Agreement.  Such representations and
warranties  shall  survive the Closing  hereunder:  (a)  for  the
applicable statute of limitations period with respect to  matters
covered by Section 5.19; and (b) for three (3) years with respect
to all other matters.

     9.2   Seller  and  Mannes  Indemnity.   Seller  and  Mannes,
jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless  Buyer
and  its Affiliates against and in respect of (i) all Liabilities
of  Seller or any of its Affiliates not assumed by Buyer pursuant
to  this  Agreement  or  under any other agreement  executed  and
delivered  by  the  parties in furtherance  of  the  transactions
described herein; (ii) any Claim, cost, loss, Liability or damage
incurred  or sustained by Buyer or its Affiliates as a result  of
any  misrepresentation or breach of warranty by Seller or  Mannes
or  a  breach  by  Seller  or Mannes of  any  covenant  or  other
agreement contained herein or under any other agreement  executed
and  delivered by the parties in furtherance of the  transactions
described  herein; (iii) Liabilities for sales, use,  income  and
other  Taxes  arising  at any time out of the  operation  of  the
Business  of  Seller and its Affiliates prior to the  opening  of
business  on  the  Closing  Date; (iv)  any  Claim,  cost,  loss,
Liability  or  damage  incurred or  sustained  by  Buyer  or  its
Affiliates as a result of the operation of the Business of Seller
and  its  Affiliates  prior to the opening  of  business  on  the
Closing Date, except to the extent specifically assumed by  Buyer
pursuant  to  this  Agreement and (v)  all  Claims,  liabilities,
losses,  costs and expenses incurred by Buyer (in excess  of  the
Holdback)  arising out of or in connection with all  transactions
between   Seller   and   LINC,  including,  without   limitation,
repurchases of leases by Buyer from LINC due to a payment default
by  lessee  within the first three payments after being purchased
by  LINC  or  a  default by Seller of its other  representations,
warranties  or  covenants in favor of LINC.   Seller  and  Mannes
jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless  Buyer
and its Affiliates against and in respect of all reasonable costs
and   expenses   (including  reasonable   attorneys'   fees   and
disbursements) incurred by Buyer or its Affiliates in  connection
with  any Action, demand, assessment or judgment incident to  any
of  the  matters indemnified against in this Section 9.2.   Buyer
shall  not  assert  a claim for indemnification  from  Seller  or
Mannes  under  this  Section 9.2 unless and until  the  aggregate
amount  of  Buyer's claims exceeds $250,000, at which  time  this
sentence shall be of no further force and effect and Buyer  shall
be entitled to fully assert all such existing claims.

     9.3   Buyer Indemnity.    Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless  Seller, Mannes and their respective Affiliates  against
and  in respect of (i) any Claim, cost, loss, Liability or damage
incurred  or  sustained  by  Seller,  Mannes  or  any  of   their
respective  Affiliates as a result of the  failure  by  Buyer  to
assume  and  discharge the Assumed Liabilities; (ii)  any  Claim,
cost,  loss, Liability or damage incurred or sustained by Seller,
Mannes  or any of their respective Affiliates as a result of  any
misrepresentation or breach of warranty by Buyer or a  breach  by
Buyer  of  any  covenant or other agreement contained  herein  or
under  any other agreement executed and delivered by the  parties
in  furtherance  of  the  transactions  described  herein;  (iii)
Liabilities  for sales, use, income and other Taxes accruing  and
incurred as result of the operation of the Business subsequent to
the  Closing; and (iv) any Claim, cost, loss, Liability or damage
incurred  or  sustained  by  Seller,  Mannes  or  any  of   their
respective  Affiliates  as  a result  of  the  operation  of  the
Business  by  Buyer  following the opening  of  business  on  the
Closing  Date.   Buyer  agrees  to indemnify  and  hold  harmless
Seller,  Mannes  and their respective Affiliates against  and  in
respect   of   all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses   (including
reasonable  attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred  by  such
parties  in  connection  with any Action, demand,  assessment  or
judgment  incident to any of the matters indemnified  against  in
this Section 9.3.

     9.4    Procedures  for  Indemnification.     Promptly  after
receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of
any  Claim,  the commencement of any Action, or the discovery  of
any  facts or circumstances which could reasonably result in,  if
not  attended  to,  a Claim or commencement of  any  Action,  the
indemnified party shall, if a Claim in respect thereof is  to  be
or  may be made against the indemnifying party under this Section
9,  notify  the indemnifying party in writing of the  Claim,  the
commencement  of that Action or state of facts of  circumstances;
provided that, the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall
not  relieve  it  from any Liability which it  may  have  to  the
indemnified party, except to the extent it is actually prejudiced
as  a  result of such delay.  If any such Claim shall be  brought
against   an   indemnified  party,  and  it  shall   notify   the
indemnifying  party  thereof,  the indemnifying  party  shall  be
entitled to participate at its cost and expense jointly with  the
indemnified party in the indemnified party's defense,  settlement
or  other disposition of any such Claim. With respect to any such
Claim  relating solely to the payment of money damages and  which
will  not  result in the indemnified party's becoming subject  to
injunctive  or  other  relief or otherwise  materially  adversely
affect  the business of the indemnified party in any manner,  and
as  to  which  the indemnifying party shall have acknowledged  in
writing the obligation to indemnify the
indemnified  party hereunder, the indemnifying party  shall  have
the  sole  right to defend, settle or otherwise dispose  of  such
claim  on  such  terms as the indemnifying  party,  in  its  sole
discretion,  shall deem appropriate; provided, however  that  the
indemnifying  party  shall  obtain the  written  consent  of  the
indemnified  party,  which  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,
prior  to  ceasing to defend, settling or otherwise disposing  of
any such claim if as a result thereof the indemnified party would
become  subject to injunctive or other equitable  relief  or  the
business  of the indemnified party would be materially  adversely
affected  in  any  manner; and provided,  further,  that  if  the
indemnified  party  has  elected to be  represented  by  separate
counsel  pursuant to the proviso to the following sentence,  such
settlement or compromise shall be effected only with the  consent
of the indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld.  After  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party  to  the
indemnified party of its election to assume the defense  of  such
claim  or  action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable  to
the indemnified party under this Section 9 for any legal or other
expenses  subsequently  incurred  by  the  indemnified  party  in
connection with the defense thereof.  The indemnified party shall
have  the  right to employ counsel to represent  it  if,  in  the
indemnified party's reasonable judgment, it is advisable for  the
indemnified party to be represented by separate counsel,  and  in
that  event the fees and expenses of such separate counsel  shall
be  paid  by  the indemnified party.  The parties each  agree  to
render to the other parties such assistance as may reasonably  be
requested  in order to insure the proper and adequate defense  of
any such claim or proceeding.

     9.5   Additional Agreements.   (a)  The parties  agree  that
Buyer  shall  be  permitted to offset against  any  payments  due
Seller  or  Mannes  under  this  Agreement  or  under  any  other
agreement   contemplated  herein  (except  for   the   Employment
Contract,  against which no offset shall be made) the  amount  of
any  indemnification payments required to be made  by  Seller  or
Mannes pursuant to this Section 9, provided, however, that if  it
is  subsequently determined that any such offset was not  proper,
Buyer  shall pay to the person against whom such offset was made,
in addition to the amount of such offset, interest thereon at the
rate  of  2% in excess of the Buyer's cost of borrowing  at  such
time  from the date such payment should have been paid to  Seller
or Mannes.

     (b)   The  parties  agree that any indemnification  payments
made pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for tax purposes
as an adjustment to the Purchase Price, unless otherwise required
by applicable Law.

     10.  Miscellaneous

     10.1  Notices.   All  notices, requests, demands  and  other
communications  which are required or may  be  given  under  this
Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to  have  been
duly  given  if  delivered  personally,  telecopied  or  sent  by
nationally  recognized overnight carrier, or mailed by  certified
mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, as follows:

          (a)  If to Seller or Mannes, to:

               Thomas Mannes
               3097 Praire, S.W.
               Granville, MI 49418

               Telephone: 616-530-8117
               Telecopier: 616-530-1788

          (b)  If to Buyer:
          
               Granite Financial Acquisition Corp. I
               6424 W. 91st Avenue
               Westminster, CO  80030-2913
               Telephone: 303-650-4059
               Telecopier: 303-650-4061
or  to  such  other address as any party shall have specified  by
notice  in  writing  to  the other parties.   All  such  notices,
requests, demands and communications shall be deemed to have been
received  on  the  date  of personal delivery  or  on  the  first
Business  Day after dispatch by an overnight carrier  or  on  the
third  Business  Day  after  mailing by  certified  mail,  return
receipt requested.

     10.2  Entire  Agreement.    This  Agreement  (including  the
Exhibits  and Schedules thereto) constitutes the entire agreement
between  the  parties hereto and supersedes all prior  agreements
and  understandings, oral and written, between the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter thereof.

     10.3 Binding Effect; Benefit. This Agreement shall inure  to
the  benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and  their
respective  successors and assigns.  Nothing in  this  Agreement,
expressed  or implied, is intended to confer on any person  other
than  the  parties  hereto  or their  respective  successors  and
assigns,  any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities  under
or by reason of this Agreement.

     10.4  Assignability. Except as set forth in  Section  10.12,
this  Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part,  by
any  party hereto without the prior written consent of the  other
parties thereto.

     10.5  No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing herein expressed
or  implied shall confer upon any of the employees of Seller  any
rights  or remedies, including, without limitation, any right  to
employment, or continued employment for any specified period,  of
any nature or kind under or by reason of this Agreement.

     10.6  Amendment;  Waiver.  This Agreement  may  be  amended,
supplemented  or otherwise modified only by a written  instrument
executed by the parties thereto.  No waiver by any party  of  any
of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set
forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving.  Except as
provided  in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant  to
this  Agreement, including without limitation, any  investigation
by  or  on  behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute  a
waiver  by  the party taking such action of compliance  with  any
representations,  warranties, covenants, or agreements  contained
herein, or in any documents delivered or to be delivered pursuant
to  this  Agreement or in connection with the Closing  hereunder.
The  waiver  by any party hereto of a breach of any provision  of
this  Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver  of
any subsequent breach.

     10.7 Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement shall
be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal,
void,  or  unenforceable, all other provisions of this  Agreement
shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect.

     10.8  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed  in  any
number  of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to  be  an
original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one  and
the same instrument.
     10.9 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed  in accordance with, the laws of the State of  Colorado
without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

     10.10     Attorneys' Fees.    In the event of any litigation
concerning any controversy, Claim or dispute between the  parties
hereto,  arising  out  of or relating to this  Agreement  or  the
breach hereof, or the interpretation hereof, the prevailing party
shall  be  entitled to recover from the losing  party  reasonable
expenses,  attorneys' fees and costs incurred therein or  in  the
enforcement  or  collection  of any judgment  or  award  rendered
therein.   The  "prevailing party" means the party determined  by
the  court to have most nearly prevailed, even if such party  did
not  prevail  in all matters, not necessarily the  one  in  whose
favor a judgment is rendered.

     10.11      Exhibits.  All  Exhibits and  Schedules  attached
hereto are hereby incorporated by reference into, and made a part
of, this Agreement.  The disclosure contained in any one Schedule
to  this  Agreement, if by its description in  such  Schedule  is
clearly applicable to other sections of this Agreement, will also
be  deemed to have been made with respect to such other  sections
even if such disclosure is not repeated in any other Schedules.

     10.12      Designated Buyer.   It is understood  and  agreed
between  the parties that Buyer may cause one or more  Affiliates
or  other  entities designated by it (the "Designated Buyer")  to
carry  out  all  or part of the Contemplated Transactions  to  be
carried  out  by  Buyer; provided, that Buyer nevertheless  shall
remain  liable  for  all  of its obligations  and  those  of  any
Designated Buyer hereunder.

     10.13      Arbitration.   Each party hereby agrees to submit
to  binding  arbitration  in Denver, Colorado,  all  disputes  or
controversies  arising  out  of  or  in  conjunction  with   this
Agreement in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules  of
the   American  Arbitration  Association  then  in  effect.   The
prevailing party in any such arbitration shall be entitled to  an
award  of  reasonable  attorneys fees, costs  and  disbursements,
including   reimbursement  for  costs  of  witness'  travel   and
subsistence  incurred  as a result of such arbitration.  Judgment
upon any arbitration award rendered
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto have  executed  and
delivered  this  Asset Purchase Agreement as of  the  date  first
above written.


                              Granite Financial Acquisition Corp.
                              I



                              By:
                              ___________________________________

                              Title:
                              __________________________________

                              Global Finance & Leasing, Inc.



                              By:
                              ___________________________________

                              Title:
                              __________________________________



                              ___________________________________
                              _____
                              Thomas Mannes, individually


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUN-30-1997             JUN-30-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1997             MAR-31-1997
<CASH>                                       4,774,653               4,774,653
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                               36,279,163              36,279,163
<ALLOWANCES>                                   740,055                 740,055
<INVENTORY>                                          0                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     0                       0
<PP&E>                                         911,003                 911,003
<DEPRECIATION>                                 130,210                 130,210
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              45,494,718              45,494,718
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                0                       0
<BONDS>                                     26,216,125              26,216,125
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                         3,725                   3,725
<OTHER-SE>                                  14,742,173              14,742,173
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                45,494,718              45,494,718
<SALES>                                     22,452,552              50,307,716
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            23,459,436              53,226,104
<CGS>                                       20,864,725              46,876,077
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               20,864,725              46,876,077
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               939,497               2,192,397
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               311,686                 442,686
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             436,249               1,376,999
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                907,279               2,337,945
<INCOME-TAX>                                   353,042                 982,563
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            554,237               1,355,382
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                   554,237               1,355,382
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .14                     .44
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .14                     .44
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission